The sea does not keep its silence out of malice. It speaks endlessly—in a language older than any human word, written in a cursive of salt, foam and light. This language, Lang Zhan, is not a code to be cracked but a literacy to be earned. The waves are the Mother’s breath; to read them is to feel her pulse.
This manual is for those who are called to that literacy. It is not a museum piece, but a living transmission, adapted from the fragmentary texts of the Chao Wu Lu, the lore of the Fujianese Tide Witches and the cosmology of the Salt-Water Yi. It begins with the first and most profound step: go to the sea. Stand barefoot where the water meets the land. Tell her your name. She has been waiting to hear it.
The art of Lang Zhan does not offer the comfort of fixed meanings. It offers a relationship with a vast, intelligent and utterly indifferent presence that reflects your own soul back to you with terrifying clarity. The future is the least interesting thing about the sea. The depths are what matter.
)(*)(
PART ONE: THE GRAMMAR OF WATER
Before you can read a text, you must understand its alphabet. The sea’s alphabet is not composed of letters but of the Eight Primal Patterns (Bā Làng Tú), the fundamental brushstrokes of the Mother’s calligraphy. These patterns are best read at dawn, when the boundary between darkness and light, yin and yang, is at its thinnest and the water’s truth is most visible.
THE EIGHT PRIMAL PATTERNS
A practitioner must learn to feel these patterns, not just see them. The wave that “looks” like a Dragon’s Rib must also feel like safety in the gut. The wave that forms Ghost Teeth must send a chill of warning up the spine.
1. Dragon’s Ribs (龍骨浪, Lóng Gǔ Làng)
Visual: Parallel, evenly spaced swells, moving in a single, unified direction. The sea breathes in an orderly rhythm.
Meaning: Alignment. Safety. Favorable conditions. The cosmic breath is in order. A voyage or undertaking will proceed as planned. The current is with you.
The Whisper of the Sea:“The day belongs to you. Sail now.”
Caution: If seen at noon, it signals an unnatural calm before a great shift. Investigate the stillness.
2. Ghost Teeth (鬼牙浪, Guǐ Yá Làng)
Visual: Jagged, chaotic wavelets that overlap and break against each other, creating sharp, irregular peaks like a serrated blade.
Meaning: Betrayal. Hidden danger. Divided intentions. The surface is a lie. A trusted ally may fail you, or a seemingly sound plan hides a fatal flaw.
The Whisper of the Sea:“Look to your left hand. The sea sees what you refuse to see.”
Navigator’s Note: Look not for an enemy fleet, but for the silence in your own crew.
3. Silk Unfurling (展絲浪, Zhǎn Sī Làng)
Visual: Long, smooth, rolling swells that stretch for miles without breaking. The water’s surface is like liquid glass, taut and serene.
Meaning: A rare and powerful omen of hidden treasure or an unexpected, profound opportunity approaching from a great distance. It is the sea’s gift.
The Whisper of the Sea:“The gift is already on its way. Be ready to receive what you did not earn.”
A Tide Witch’s Saying:“If you see it once in a season, you are fortunate. If you see it once in a year, you are still fortunate.”
4. The White Serpent (白蛇浪, Bái Shé Làng)
Visual: A single, undulating line of thick white foam stretching laterally across multiple wave fronts, like a serpent moving through the water.
Meaning: Transformation. A significant, life-altering change is approaching, representing the end of one phase and the difficult, often painful, beginning of another. It is not inherently good or bad, only inevitable.
The Whisper of the Sea:“Read the direction. The serpent points its head toward the source of the change: seaward for the external world, landward for the struggle within.”
5. The Shattered Mirror (破鏡浪, Pò Jìng Làng)
Visual: A wave that rises and then collapses suddenly and inwards upon itself, producing a circular, non-resolving ripple that distorts all reflections.
Meaning: Illusion. Deception. Self-delusion. You are seeing what you desperately wish to see, not the truth. This pattern often appears when a woman asks about a man she knows she should leave.
The Whisper of the Sea:“The sea cannot make you leave. She can only show you the broken glass. Whether you cut yourself on it is your choice.”
6. The Dragon’s Gate (龍門浪, Lóng Mén Làng)
Visual: Two large, powerful waves rising simultaneously on the left and right, leaving a distinct, narrow channel of impossibly still water between them.
Meaning: A test. A threshold. The mythic waterfall where a carp must leap to become a dragon. A challenge that cannot be avoided or circumvented; it must be faced and passed through to achieve the next stage of being.
The Whisper of the Sea:“The gate is open. Leap, or turn back. There is no other path.”
7. The Drowned Hand (溺手浪, Nì Shǒu Làng)
Visual: A single wave that rises anomalously higher than all others, crests and is then abruptly and violently pulled down from below, as if seized by a hand from the deep, before it can break.
Meaning: Direct intervention from the spirit world. A ghost, an ancestor, or a cthonic force is reaching into your reality. You are not alone.
The Whisper of the Sea:“You will know if this is a helping hand or a dragging claw by the temperature of your blood. A dead ally reaches up with warmth. A dead enemy pulls you down with cold.”
8. The Silent Tide (默潮浪, Mò Cháo Làng)
Visual: Waves that move with visible force but produce no sound whatsoever—an unnatural, absolute silence. It is not a suppression of noise, but an absence of it.
Meaning: The rarest and most dangerous pattern. An unrecognizable presence has entered your waters—a land-spirit, a powerful sorcerer working against you, or a thing with no name. The sea itself is holding its breath in warning.
The Whisper of the Sea:“The sea is silent because she is terrified. You should be, too.”
The Tide Witch’s Response: Immediate and absolute protective action. Deploy the Three Concealments—the Stealth Talisman, the Muffling Oar and the Sailor’s Shadow Ward—at once, without delay.
)(*)(
PART TWO: THE DEEPER ARTS OF READING
Mastering the eight patterns is the first step. To become a true Wave Calligrapher, one must learn to read the sea’s subtler texts, written in foam, salt and the behavior of her creatures.
1. The Practice of Lang Zhan (A Foundational Ritual)
Timing: Dawn or dusk. Noon is discouraged, as the sun flattens the water and makes the sea’s “handwriting” illegible. Midnight is for urgent questions only.
Position: Barefoot at the tide line, where the highest wave of the last tide touched.
The Question: Frame your question silently and clearly. Ask one thing. The sea answers one thing.
The Observation: Watch the waves for the space of one hundred slow breaths. Do not stare, but hold a soft focus, “as you would gaze at the face of a lover, not as you would stare at a chart.”
The Interpretation: After the hundred breaths, close your eyes. The first pattern you recall is the primary answer. The sea shows many things; the thing you remember without trying is the thing she wants you to know.
The Recording: Keep a Wave Journal. Write down the pattern, the date, the tidal state, the lunar phase and the question. The sea’s answers are precise, but your memory is not.
2. The Method of the Conch-Shell For this, you require a spiral-cut conch shell large enough to hold your whispered intent. Wade into the shallows at dawn or dusk. Cup the shell in your hands and breathe your specific question into its opening as a soft whisper that fogs the inner pearl. Submerge the shell and release it to the sea. Then, stand and watch the waves for one hundred breaths. The first pattern to arise is a direct response from the Ocean Mother, a perception born of the sea’s own script.
3. Foam Necromancy (Pào Hún Fǎ) This art is for communicating with the drowned. Collect nine handfuls of the purest white foam from the crest of a just-breaking wave. Spread it on a square of black silk. Let it settle. If the foam contracts into a single, dense central cluster, the dead approve of your question and are present to help you. If it scatters loosely across the silk, their answer is a foretelling of disaster—a shipwreck in your affairs.
4. Salt-Crack Divination (Yán Liè Zhān) For this fiery art, scrape the salt crusts formed on a ship’s deck or a rock saturated by sea-spray. Build a small, hot fire. Throw the salt into the flames and watch how the crystals crack. Cracks that fork like lightning bolts reveal the active wrath of the Dragon King—a celestial warning against your current course. Cracks that split into interwoven, net-like shapes warn of a rival’s trap—a net closing around you, laid by human hands.
)(*)(
PART THREE: THE LOST ART OF THE WAVE CALLIGRAPHERS (LANG SHUFA)
Literacy, for a master, becomes authorship. A fragment from Folio 51 of the Chao Wu Lu hints at a lost tradition, the Lang Shufa, the living art from which Lang Zhan derived. A woman on Penghu could speak to her sister on the Fujian coast by beating the water’s surface with the flat of an oar: three strikes, a pause, two strikes. The message would arrive at her feet over a hundred miles away. This art required a lifetime of practice and a bond between the two practitioners that was closer than blood. The text cannot teach this lost art. But it can teach you the first, foundational exercise for a new lineage of Water-Speakers.
A Beginner’s Exercise in Wave-Calling Seek out a still, sheltered body of salt water: a tide pool or a quiet cove. Sit beside it and let your breathing slow until it feels like the rhythm of the gentle waves. Drop a single, small, smooth stone into the center of the pool. Watch as the concentric ripples spread outward—this is your voice, initiated by a single act. Now, recite a single word imbued with strong feeling—a name, a question, a line of verse—silently in your mind. Drop the stone again. Did the ripples change? Practice this daily for one turning of the moon. Record your findings. The sea, as the Compiler noted, is large enough to carry voices. She is old enough to remember how. She is only waiting for someone to learn.
Compiled and Annotated from Fragments Preserved in the Taiwan Folk Belief Archive, the Guangdong Maritime Museum, and Oral Traditions of the Fujian and Penghu Coasts.
Compiler’s Preface
The Chao Wu Lu (Tide Witch Register) is a fragmented manuscript attributed to an anonymous collective of female ritualists operating along the Fujian-Guangdong coast during the late eighteenth and early nineteenth centuries. The earliest surviving fragments date from approximately the Jiaqing reign (1796–1820), a period that coincides with the height of the Cantonese pirate confederation under Ching Shih and Cheung Po Tsai. Later additions and annotations suggest the manuscript was copied and supplemented across multiple generations before entering the collections where its scattered pages now reside.
The Lu is written in a vernacular coastal dialect with substantial Classical Chinese ritual vocabulary, suggesting authors who were functionally literate but not products of the formal examination system. Its contents—instructions for talismanic diagrams, incantations, ritual protocols, and fragmentary cosmological teachings—constitute the only known English-language compilation of Daoist-Fujian sea magic centered explicitly on female practitioners and female deities.
This edition presents a collated text drawn from the three most complete surviving folio sets (Taiwan Folk Belief Archive Folios #MH-7 through #MH-58; Guangdong Maritime Museum Accession #GDM-OC-77; and the Penghu oral transcriptions published in Taiwanese Pirate Spells, 2005), supplemented by related materials from the Fujian Wave-Divination Classic (1689), the Scripture of the Southeast Dragon Kings (1783), the Secret Manual of Southern Sea Witchcraft (circa 1820), and the Record of Pacifying Fujian’s Sea Ghosts (1891). Annotations are the work of the compiler; errors of translation and interpretation are his alone.
The Chao Wu Lu is not a fixed text. It is a register—a living document that records the practices of the women who carried it. In the spirit of the tradition, each practitioner who receives this transmission is invited to add her own name, her own workings, and her own cautions to the pages that follow the formal text. The sea is the final witness. The register has no end.
—ZJC (2026)
Part One: The Register of the Sea Matriarchs
The Dao as Tidal Mother
The foundation of the Sea Witch’s practice rests on a single cosmological claim, drawn from the Daodejing and affirmed throughout The Chao Wu Lu: the Dao is named Mother, and the Mother’s body is salt water.
The Daodejing speaks of the Dao as “the mysterious female” (xuanpin, 玄牝), the dark animal gate through which all things enter existence. It speaks of the Dao as water—yielding, formless, irresistible, the softest thing in the universe that overcomes the hardest. The Chao Wu Lu fuses these two images into a single theology: the Dao is the sea, the sea is the Mother, and to practice sea magic is to align one’s own inner tides with the cosmic Mother’s eternal rhythm.
The Lu‘s opening folio states this creed in terms that leave no ambiguity:
“The Dao is the Mother of all things. The sea is the body of the Mother. The tide is her breath. The waves are her speech. The salt is her memory. You are her child, born of water, returning to water, made of water in the meantime. To practice this magic is to remember what you are. To forget is to drown on dry land.”
This is the theological ground from which everything else grows. The female is not derivative of the male. Yin is not subordinate to yang. The Mother is the source, and the source is the sea, and the sea does not negotiate her sovereignty.
Mazu: The Celestial Consort
“She was a fisherman’s daughter who would not be sold. The matchmaker came; she turned her face to the sea. The broker came; she climbed the mast and would not descend. At sixteen she took the bronze mirror and the red cord into her hands and said: I will marry no man. I will marry the tide. On the twenty-eighth day of the ninth moon, she walked into the water and did not return. Eight days later the fleet saw her standing on the waves, a red light burning between her brows. She had become the one who returns.”
Before she was Tianhou, Celestial Consort and Empress of Heaven—before the temples, the titles, the imperial canonization—Mazu was Lin Mo, a Fujianese fisherman’s daughter born in the tenth century on Meizhou Island. The official hagiographies smooth her edges: she was pious, filial, gifted in silent meditation. But the folk record, preserved in temple oral traditions and marginalia like The Chao Wu Lu, tells a sharper story.
Lin Mo refused marriage. This refusal was not passive. It was a public, repeated, and finally absolute act of self-determination. By declining the bride-price, she removed herself from the exchange economy that defined women’s value in late imperial coastal society. By cultivating her spirit in solitude—standing on the shore for hours, learning to project her consciousness into the waves—she developed abilities that the local community first dismissed and then, reluctantly, began to seek out.
The central miracle of her mortal life established the template for everything she would become: when her father and brothers were caught in a typhoon, Lin Mo entered a trance and sent her spirit across the water to guide them home. She rescued the men of her family not by physical intervention but by projection—a form of power that did not require her body to enter male space. She remained on the shore, eyes closed, and her presence moved across the waves.
This is the Mazu of the Sea Witch’s practice: not the serene porcelain figure of temple statuary, but the woman who weaponized stillness, who made her interiority a force that could reach across miles of open water. Her domain is navigation, divination, safe passage, and the right to refuse what the world insists you must accept.
Scholarly Touchstone: Brigitte Baptandier’s work on Fujianese goddess cults (particularly The Lady of Linshui, 2008) provides the anthropological framework for understanding how female deities in this region functioned as models of resistance to patrilineal norms. Judith Boltz’s surveys of Daoist revelation texts clarify the mechanism by which local cult figures were absorbed into orthodox Daoist pantheons without losing their folk character.
Xiwangmu: The Queen Mother of the West
“She does not walk on water. She does not need to. The water comes to her mountain and stops. Around Kunlun spreads the Weak Water, which will not float a feather, will not carry a leaf, will not bear a boat. No man has crossed it. No ship has crossed it. When the Tide Witches call upon the Queen Mother, they do not ask her to descend. They ask her to teach them how to become the shore against which everything breaks and everything means nothing. She spoke once to a witch who had fasted for forty-nine days: ‘Stillness is not absence. Stillness is the thing the wave forgets it cannot move.'”
Long before Daoism systematized its pantheon, before the Jade Emperor claimed the celestial throne, there was Xiwangmu—the Queen Mother of the West—and she was not benign.
The earliest texts present her as a feral sovereign: a woman with tiger’s teeth and a leopard’s tail, crowned with a victory headdress and dwelling in a mountain fastness ringed by water that will not permit passage. The Shanhaijing (Classic of Mountains and Seas, circa 4th–1st century BCE) describes her as the mistress of pestilence and the keeper of the elixir of immortality—a dual function that places life and death in the same female hand. She is not a mother goddess in the soft, nurturing sense. She is the mother as origin and terminus, the door through which one enters life and the door through which one exits it. Her province is the boundary, and she guards it with teeth.
The later Daoist tradition softened her iconography. By the Tang dynasty, she had become a beautiful immortal queen, attended by jade maidens, presiding over peach banquets in the gardens of the west. The Taoist Inner Scripture and related neidan texts recast her as the embodiment of pure Yin—the creative and destructive essence of the receptive principle, the great stillness from which all movement arises and toward which all movement tends.
The Chao Wu Lu draws from both traditions, but it privileges the earlier, wilder figure. The Tide Witches understood Xiwangmu not as a celestial bureaucrat but as a strategic model. Her method is not force but refusal. She does not conquer; she waits—and the world exhausts itself against her. For women whose lives were defined by constant vulnerability to violence, to poverty, to the demands of husbands and fathers and officials and navies, the Queen Mother’s stillness represented a radical alternative: power achieved not through action but through the cultivation of an immovable center.
Feminist scholarship on Xiwangmu has undergone significant revision in recent decades. Suzanne Cahill’s Transcendence and Divine Passion: The Queen Mother of the West in Medieval China (1993) remains the foundational English-language study. More recently, work on female alchemy traditions—particularly Elena Valussi’s research on the Nüdan lineages—has opened new avenues for understanding how women practitioners reclaimed and reinterpreted the Queen Mother as a model for internal cultivation outside patriarchal religious structures.
Chen Jinggu: The Rain-Bringer Who Died Standing
“She was pregnant when she danced the rain down. This is the part the temple priests leave out. Her belly was heavy with a child that would have been a daughter, and she knew that if she danced the full rite, the child would not survive the birth. She danced anyway. The drought had lasted three years. The rivers were dust. The Dragon Kings had turned their backs. So she took the bronze sword and the white snake whip and she danced on the altar until the sky cracked open and the water came—and when it came, she was already bleeding, and the rain was pink with her blood, and the child was born blue and silent. Chen Jinggu held the dead infant in one arm and raised the sword with the other, and the rain kept falling, and she kept dancing, and when the storm finally broke, she was still standing, but she was no longer alive. The women who witnessed this said that her body remained upright for three days in the downpour, and her eyes were open, and her mouth was smiling. Mazu came for her. Mazu said: ‘You are not a ghost. You are a door.’ And she took Chen Jinggu’s hand and led her into the company of the ones who protect women.”
Chen Jinggu (陳靖姑, also known as Lady Linshui, Linshui Furen 臨水夫人) occupies a singular position in the Fujianese pantheon. She is at once a Daoist exorcist, a fertility goddess, a protector of women and children, and—crucially for the Sea Witch’s register—a model of somatic sacrifice in service of communal survival. Her cult, which emerged during the Tang dynasty and crystallized in the Song, remains active across Fujian, Taiwan, and the Chinese diaspora.
The received hagiography, preserved in texts like the Linshui Pingyao (The Lady of Linshui Pacifies the Demons), tells of a woman who studied Daoist ritual arts under the legendary master Xu Xun, who exorcised snake demons and white-bone spirits, who saved villages from drought and plague, and who died at the age of twenty-four while performing a rainmaking ritual—her body exhausted, her pregnancy sacrificed, her spirit ascending to the celestial bureaucracy where she was granted authority over the Register of Infant Souls. It is a story of heroism smoothed into orthodoxy, its sharper edges worn down by centuries of institutional approval.
The Chao Wu Lu restores those edges. In its account, Chen Jinggu’s sacrifice was not simply tragic but deliberate. She knew the cost. She calculated it. And she chose, with full agency, to trade her life and her child’s life for the lives of the drought-stricken community. The Lu treats this not as martyrdom in the Christian sense—passive, suffering, redemptive—but as a strategic act of exchange with the cosmos. Blood for water. Life for rain. It is the logic of the bargain, and Chen Jinggu drove the hardest bargain of them all.
For the Sea Witch, Chen Jinggu embodies the principle that protection is not gentle. It may require blood. It may require standing in the storm until the storm yields. It may require holding the dead child in one arm and the sword in the other and refusing to fall.
Brigitte Baptandier’s The Lady of Linshui: A Chinese Female Cult (2008, English translation of the 1988 French original) remains the definitive study, examining how Chen Jinggu’s mythology negotiates the impossible demands placed on women—fertility and sacrifice, motherhood and vocation, bodily autonomy and communal obligation. Baptandier reads Chen Jinggu’s death in childbirth during the rainmaking ritual not as a failure but as a deification that transforms biological tragedy into spiritual sovereignty.
The Tide Witches (Chao Wu): The Exiled Ones
“We are the ones the temples did not want. The widows who would not die with their husbands. The daughters who ran. The priestesses who asked the wrong questions. The survivors of shipwrecks who should have drowned and did not. The ones who loved women. The ones who loved no one. The ones whose bodies would not bear children. The ones whose bodies bore children they refused to give to fathers. The sea took us in because the land spit us out. We learned the tides because we had no choice. We learned the ghosts because we were already half-ghost ourselves. Do not look for us in the official records. We are written in water.”
If Mazu is the Sea Witch’s patroness, Xiwangmu her strategic model, and Chen Jinggu her paradigm of sacrifice and endurance, the Tide Witches are something else entirely: they are the lineage itself. They are not a goddess to be petitioned but a collective to be joined. They are the ancestors, and their lives were the same shape as the lives of the women most likely to seek out this grimoire—marginal, imperiled, resourceful, furious.
The Chao Wu Lu never defines “Tide Witch” as a formal title. There is no ordination, no temple, no priestly hierarchy. The term chao wu (潮巫)—literally “tide shaman” or “tide sorceress”—appears in fragmented Qing-era sources as a pejorative, applied by officials and orthodox Daoist clergy to women practicing unsanctioned coastal magic. The Lu reclaims it. Throughout the manuscript, “Tide Witch” is used interchangeably with “Sea Witch,” and the opening folio makes clear that The Lu itself is the collective self-documentation of these women—a record passed from hand to hand, copied in secret, added to and annotated across generations.
The historical reality of such women is not in doubt, though their names are largely lost. Qing coastal gazetteers occasionally record the punishment of “sea sorceresses” who offered storm-calming services to fishing villages, or of widows accused of using “water magic” to curse rivals. European traders’ journals from the Canton period mention “women of the waves” consulted by pirate junks. Chen Qinan’s Chinese Pirate Religion (2004) documents oral traditions from Fujian and Taiwan that describe a class of female ritualists who operated outside both the Buddhist convent system and the Daoist temple hierarchy, serving liminal communities—fishermen, smugglers, pirates, and other women.
The Chao Wu Lu is their composite portrait. It is also their manual. And its opening folio makes a startling claim: The Lu was never “written” in the conventional sense. It was assembled from fragments spoken aloud, from instructions given in dreams, from patterns traced in salt and allowed to dry. The written manuscript is a secondary form. The primary text is the body of the practitioner and the body of the sea.
The Tide Witches’ Code
Scattered through The Chao Wu Lu‘s folios, interspersed between rituals, are short aphorisms and instructions that collectively form what might be called an ethical code—not a set of prohibitions but a set of reminders. These fragments appear below, reconstructed as a unified passage:
“A Tide Witch does not drown the innocent. The sea is her weapon, and a weapon used without cause rusts in the hand.
A Tide Witch does not refuse another woman who seeks shelter. You were given shelter by the sea when the land threw you out. Return the gift. Your door is a tide pool—open it to all that need refuge.
A Tide Witch does not lie to the sea. She may lie to men, to officials, to enemies, to anyone who does not deserve her truth. But the sea knows her blood. She cannot be deceived. If you stand in the water and speak, speak true or be silent.
A Tide Witch does not forget the ones who came before. We are written in water because water remembers. You are the record. Keep it.
A Tide Witch does not seek power over the sea. She seeks power with the sea. The difference is the difference between a captain and a corpse. The sea has captains. The sea has many corpses. Be the first thing, not the second.”
Part Two: The Tactical Grimoire
The Three Concealments (San Yin, 三隱)
The Chao Wu Lu groups three protective workings under the title “Three Concealments”—the foundational tactical suite of the Sea Witch. Together, they render a vessel undetectable by sight, by sound, and by spiritual tracking.
“A ship warded with the Three Concealments is not a ship. It is a rumor. It passes through the world without leaving evidence. The enemy sees calm water. The enemy hears wind. The enemy’s sorcerer stares into his mirror and sees only his own reflection. And somewhere, in a sea that has no record of them, the Tide Witches are sailing.”
The Stealth Talisman (Yin Shen Fu, 隱身符)
“When they asked the Tide Witch of the Red Banner how she made the fleet disappear, she laughed. ‘Disappear?’ she said. ‘We were never invisible. We were only unlookable-at. There is a difference. An invisible ship still makes waves. An unlookable-at ship makes the enemy’s eyes slide sideways. They see the water where you are. They see the moon. They see their own hands on the rigging. They do not see you. Their eyes are working perfectly. Their minds are not. That is the art. Not to vanish. To become irrelevant to the gaze.'”
Of all the tactical arts preserved in The Chao Wu Lu, none is more emblematic of the Sea Witch’s strategic philosophy than the Stealth Talisman—the talisman of “hidden body” (yin shen fu, 隱身符). In orthodox Daoism, yin shen talismans are a recognized category of protective magic, typically deployed to conceal the bearer from malevolent spirits, disease, or misfortune. The Chao Wu Lu adapts this category for a more specific and pragmatic purpose: evading human pursuit.
The cosmology behind the talisman is elegant. It does not render the ship or its crew optically invisible. Instead, it works on the principle of reflected attention—the talisman acts as a spiritual mirror, bending the hostile gaze away from its target and toward something else: the glint of moonlight on waves, a passing cloud, the enemy’s own doubts. The Lu explains:
“The eye sees what it expects to see. A warship expects to see a junk. A patrol expects to see a sail. Give them water. Give them empty horizon. Give them their own fear reflected back. They will see what you give them. They will not see you.”
This is, in The Lu‘s own terms, a distinctly feminine magical technology—not because men cannot use it, but because it is forged in the experience of those who have always had to manage the predatory gaze. The Tide Witch does not overpower the watcher. She redirects him. She becomes, in The Lu‘s phrase, “unlookable-at”—a negative space in the visual field, a ship-shaped absence that the eye fills with whatever it already believes is there.
Source:Chao Wu Lu, Folio 24–25. The Lu attributes the core technique to the ritualists of the Red Banner Fleet under Cheung Po Tsai, but notes that earlier versions appear in fragmentary form in Ming dynasty Daoist manuals from the Lu Shan tradition. The incorporation of cuttlebone ink is identified as a Fujianese coastal adaptation: “The cuttlefish moves without wake. The shark moves without sound. Both are teachers. Neither needs to die for the lesson.”
Materials:
Yellow or off-white paper—traditionally, The Lu specifies “paper that has been on a ship for at least one full voyage,” but any ritual paper will serve.
Ink prepared by mixing cinnabar with seawater and a pinch of powdered cuttlebone—the internal shell of the cuttlefish, which is shed naturally and can be gathered from beaches without harm to the living animal. The Lu notes: “The cuttlebone is the shark’s gift by proxy. It carries the same signature of silence, the same grammar of the deep.” If cuttlebone is unavailable, The Lu permits the substitution of powdered mother-of-pearl from an oyster shell—“another creature of the deep, another shell that remembers silence.”
A small mirror, bronze or glass—The Lu calls this “the companion mirror” and it is an essential component, not an optional addition.
A length of black thread.
Timing: The talisman is prepared at night, ideally under a waning moon. The Lu specifies that the working should be done “when the moon is small and the shadows are large”—a condition that favors concealment.
The Talisman’s Design:
The Yin Shen Fu consists of three registers:
Upper register: The character 隱 (yin, “hidden,” “concealed,” “secret”) written in seal script, its strokes deliberately faint and incomplete—“as though the ink itself is hiding from the paper.”
Middle register: A central spiral or whirlpool, painted counterclockwise, surrounded by four small circles representing the four directions. The Lu explains: “The spiral is the eye of the enemy. The circles are the four things he sees instead of you: water, sky, his own reflection, his own fear. You are the fifth thing. You are not drawn.”
Lower register: The Mirror-Breaking character, a composite sigil formed by writing 目 (mu, “eye”) and then crossing it through with a single diagonal slash—“the line that cuts the gaze, the blade that severs seeing from seen.” Below this, the seal of the Celestial Master (張天師印) in abbreviated form.
Procedure:
The Preparation of the Mirror. Before painting the talisman, breathe onto the companion mirror’s surface until it fogs. With your finger, trace onto the fogged glass the character 隱 (yin). As the fog clears and the character vanishes, say: “As this breath fades from the glass, Let the eyes of my enemies fade from me.” Set the mirror aside, facing away from you—“lest you catch your own gaze and conceal yourself from yourself.”
The Painting. Prepare the ink. As you mix it—cinnabar and cuttlebone, or cinnabar and mother-of-pearl—speak: “Ink of the cuttlefish who moves without wake, Essence of the shark who teaches without being touched, Write me out of the enemy’s sight. Write me into the water’s keeping.” Paint the talisman’s three registers in order, from top to bottom. Work in silence after the spoken preparation. The Lu instructs: “Once the brush touches the paper, do not speak again until the talisman is complete. Your breath is part of the ink. Let it be still.”
The Activation. Hold the completed talisman before the companion mirror. The mirror should reflect the talisman—and in that reflection, The Lu claims, the ink will appear to shimmer or shift, “as though the characters are trying to hide even from the glass.” This is the sign of a correctly prepared talisman. Speak the words of activation: “By the cuttlefish’s silence, By the shark’s tutelage, By the mirror that shows only what I permit— Yin shen! Hidden body! What looks for me sees something else. What hunts me hunts a ghost. What sails toward me sails through me. I am the gap in the horizon. I am the ship they do not see.”
The Mounting. Affix the talisman to the vessel’s mast, prow, or primary door—or, for personal use, fold it and carry it against the body. The Lu recommends wrapping the folded talisman in the black thread, “three turns counterclockwise, to turn away the gaze; three turns clockwise, to seal the working.”
Signs of Efficacy:
The companion mirror, when consulted after the activation, shows a faint blurring or darkening around the edges—as though the glass is “squinting.”
A feeling of “quietness” settling over the vessel or the practitioner’s person, “as though you have stepped behind a curtain that no one else can see.”
The Lu records a field-test: “Hang the talisman at the prow and sail past a fishing village at dawn. If the dogs do not bark, it is working.”
Cautions from The Lu:
“The Stealth Talisman conceals you from hostile eyes. It does not conceal you from the sea. The sharks will still know where you are. You have borrowed their nature without taking their blood, which is the correct way—the shark’s tutelage is a gift, not a transaction. Respect it. If your nets come up empty three days after using this talisman, you have offended Ao Guang, not the sharks. Throw a gold coin overboard and apologize. The Dragon King values courtesy above all things.”
The Muffling Oar Talisman (Mo Jiang Fu, 默槳符)
“The oar that speaks is a traitor. The oar that creaks is a spy. The oar that splashes is a drum that calls the enemy to battle. A ship should move like a thought through a mind—arriving before it is noticed, departing before it is remembered. The Tide Witch of the Black Banner taught her crew to row in silence by rowing with the drowned. ‘They do not make noise,’ she said. ‘They have forgotten how. You will learn to forget, too.’ And she carved the character for Silence into every oar, and the wood remembered, and the water forgot them.”
Where the Stealth Talisman addresses sight, the Muffling Oar Talisman addresses sound. Together they form a complete sensory defense: a ship that cannot be seen and cannot be heard is a ship that, for all practical purposes, does not exist in the enemy’s operational reality.
The Chao Wu Lu locates the talisman’s origin in a specific tactical problem. Pirate fleets operating in the shallow coastal waters of Fujian and Guangdong often needed to pass within earshot of naval patrols. The sound of oars—their rhythmic creak in the oarlocks, their splash against the water’s surface—carried across still water with dangerous clarity. A single poorly muffled oar could betray an entire fleet. The Mo Jiang Fu was the solution: a carved and wrapped talisman that The Lu describes as “teaching the oar the silence of the drowned.”
The underlying logic is necromantic but not predatory. The Lu does not instruct the practitioner to bind actual water ghosts into the oar. Instead, it invokes the drowned as models—tutelary presences whose silence the oar is asked to emulate. The drowned do not speak. The drowned do not splash. The drowned have become part of the water’s own quiet. The oar, through the talisman, learns from them.
“The wood was once alive. Then it was dead. Then it was shaped into an oar. It has already died twice. To ask it to be silent is to ask it to remember its own death—the stillness of the tree before it was felled, the stillness of the water before the first wave broke. Silence is the oar’s oldest memory. The talisman only wakes it.”
Source:Chao Wu Lu, Folio 27–28. The Lu identifies this as a working of the Black Banner Fleet (late 18th century), associated with the pirate Cai Qian (蔡牵), who was known for using Daoist ritualists to enhance his ships’ operational capabilities. A Qing naval report from 1804, preserved in the Fujian Admiralty Archives, describes the capture of a pirate vessel whose oars were “bound with red paper scrawled in cinnabar, the character for silence carved into each shaft.”
Materials:
An oar. Traditionally bamboo, but any wooden oar will serve. The Lu specifies that the oar should be “borrowed”—not stolen in the sense of theft, but taken without asking, used, and returned. The logic is precise: “If you ask permission, the oar belongs to the person you asked. If you take it without asking, it belongs to no one, and a belongingless oar is more willing to learn a new nature.” For the contemporary practitioner who cannot easily borrow an oar, The Lu suggests purchasing one and then ritually “unbelonging” it by leaving it in seawater for a full tide cycle before use.
Red paper or red silk cloth, prepared with ash from burned silkworm cocoons. The Lu explains: “The silkworm spins in silence. Its ash carries the signature of soundlessness.” If silkworm cocoon ash is unavailable, The Lu permits the ash of burned rice paper—“paper has no voice; its ash has none either.”
Ink mixed from cinnabar and powdered mother-of-pearl. The pearl’s function here is different from the Moon-Cutting talisman: it is not for mirroring the moon but for “reflecting sound away from the oar, as a pearl reflects light.”
Black thread, nine lengths, each the span of the practitioner’s forearm.
Timing: The talisman is carved and applied at the dark of the moon, or at midnight when the tide is at its slackest—“the moment between ebb and flow, when even the water holds its breath.”
Preparation of the Oar:
Before the talisman is made, the oar must be prepared. The Lu instructs:
“Take the oar into the water. Submerge it fully. Hold it under for the space of nine breaths. As you hold it, say nothing. Think nothing. Let the wood remember what it is to be below the surface, where sound does not travel. When you raise it, it will be heavier. It will be full of the sea’s silence. That is the first teaching.”
The Talisman’s Design:
The Mo Jiang Fu is carved directly into the oar’s shaft and then wrapped with the red paper or silk. The carving is shallow, “no deeper than a leaf’s thickness,” and consists of:
Primary character: 默 (mo, “silence,” “quiet,” “wordless”) carved in seal script near the oar’s grip, where the rower’s hand will cover it.
Below the primary character: A horizontal line, representing the surface of the water, and below it an inverted image of the primary character—“the silence below the surface, where the drowned teach.”
At the oar’s blade: A single spiral, carved counterclockwise, representing sound being drawn inward and extinguished.
The Paper Wrapping:
The red paper or silk is wrapped around the oar’s shaft at the point where it meets the oarlock. Before wrapping, the paper is inscribed with a simplified talisman:
Top: 默 (mo, “silence”)
Middle: 水鬼耳聾 (shuigui er long, “water ghosts go deaf”)
Bottom: A small seal of the Celestial Master
The wrap is bound into place with the nine lengths of black thread, knotted tightly.
Procedure:
The Carving. Using a knife or chisel that has been held underwater for nine breaths, carve the talisman into the oar’s shaft. Work in silence. The Lu instructs: “If you speak while carving, the oar will learn your voice and repeat it to the water. Carve as the drowned carve—without words, without breath, without witness.”
The Wrapping. Wrap the inscribed paper or silk around the shaft and bind it with the nine black threads. With each knot, speak one word of the nine-word binding: “Silent—as—the—drowned—man’s—breath—silent—as—the—shark’s—death.” Wait. The Lu acknowledges the apparent miscount and explains: “The ninth word is not spoken. It is the silence after ‘death.’ That is the knot that holds. The word you do not say is the strongest word.”
The Testing. Submerge the oar in water. If no ripples form where the wood enters, the talisman holds. If the water seems to part around the oar without sound, the talisman holds. The Lu adds a practical test: “Row with it. Have a companion stand on the shore with their back turned. If they cannot hear the oar, it is working.”
The Activation. Before the oar is used in earnest, hold it before you and speak the activation: “Oar of shadow, blade of night, Wood that remembers the stillness of the tree, Water-ghosts, teach this oar your quiet. Let no ear find us. Let no listener wake. We pass like a dream passes— Only remembered after we are gone.”
Signs of Efficacy:
The oar enters water with a sensation of “thickness”—as though the water has become oil, resisting sound
The rower feels a coolness creeping up the shaft toward their hands, “the cold of the deep places, the cold of mouths that do not speak”
Listeners on shore report hearing wind and wave but not the rhythmic creak and splash of oars
Cautions from The Lu:
“Do not use the same muffled oar for more than seven nights in succession. The silence accumulates. By the eighth night, the rower will notice that their own voice has grown faint, that their cough makes no sound, that their heart beats without echo. The drowned teach silence generously, but they do not know when to stop teaching. After the seventh night, return the oar to the sea. Let the water keep it for a full tide. Then take it up again. The surplus silence will have washed away.”
The Sailor’s Shadow Ward (Shuishou Ying Hu, 水手影護)
“Every sailor knows that the shadow is the soul’s shell. When a man drowns, his shadow drowns with him. When a woman is cursed, her shadow darkens before she does. The enemy who cannot find your ship will curse your shadow instead. The spirit who cannot enter your body will enter your shadow and ride it like a horse. This is why the Tide Witches paint their shadows on the deck and fix them there. Let the curse land on the painted shape. Let the ghost climb into the painted shape. The painted shape does not breathe. The painted shape does not bleed. The painted shape is a decoy, and decoys do not die—they only wait to be struck, and when they are struck, they fall apart, and you are already gone.”
The Sailor’s Shadow Ward completes the tactical triad. The Stealth Talisman deflects sight. The Muffling Oar absorbs sound. The Shadow Ward addresses something subtler and more dangerous: spiritual tracking.
The Chao Wu Lu operates within a cosmology where malevolent forces—vengeful ghosts, enemy sorcerers, hungry spirits drawn by the scent of fear—can locate and harm a person through their shadow. The shadow is understood not as a mere absence of light but as a numinous double, a “soul-shell” (hun qiao, 魂殼) that walks beside the body and carries its spiritual signature. To curse a shadow is to curse the person who casts it. To follow a shadow is to follow the person home.
The Shadow Ward’s response is characteristically indirect. Rather than shielding the shadow—a defensive posture The Lu dismisses as “holding a door closed against something that has already seen the keyhole”—the practitioner creates a decoy. She traces her own silhouette, or that of her crewmates, onto the deck in cinnabar, fixes the tracing with saltpetre, and then ritually severs the connection between the living shadow and the painted double. The painted shadow remains in place. The living shadow departs with the body, but it is now, in The Lu‘s phrase, “a shadow without an address”—untraceable, uncurseable, invisible to spiritual surveillance.
The logic is elegant and cold: you cannot be found through your shadow if your shadow has been left behind in two places, neither of them quite where you are.
Source:Chao Wu Lu, Folio 30–31. The Lu attributes the working to oral tradition from the Penghu Islands, where it was preserved by fishing families who used it “not for war but for the ghosts that follow boats home from drowned villages.” The technique was later adopted by pirate crews for tactical purposes. A fragmentary account recorded in Taiwanese Pirate Spells (臺灣海盜咒法, 2005) describes a simplified version still in use among Penghu fishermen as late as the mid-20th century.
Materials:
Cinnabar powder, sufficient to trace the outline of a human shadow.
Saltpetre (potassium nitrate), finely ground—traditionally sourced from aged guano or mineral deposits, but any pure saltpetre will serve.
A wooden surface: the deck of a ship, a floorboard, a plank that can be carried. The Lu specifies that the surface must be “something the sea can see”—wood, not stone or earth, because “wood remembers the tree, and the tree remembers the wind, and the wind carries voices away.”
A small bowl of seawater.
A knife, needle, or pin—anything with a point sharp enough to draw a single drop of blood.
Timing:The Lu prescribes noon—“when shadows are shortest and most tightly bound to the body.” This is the moment when the living shadow is at its most concentrated and easiest to duplicate. The ritual may also be performed at midnight during an eclipse, but The Lu notes that “eclipses are rare and noon is free.”
Preparation:
The ritual must be performed in sunlight strong enough to cast a clear shadow. The practitioner—and any crewmates whose shadows are to be warded—stands on the wooden surface such that their shadow falls across it in sharp outline.
Procedure:
The Tracing. Working quickly, before the sun moves, trace the outline of each person’s shadow onto the wood with the cinnabar powder. The Lu instructs: “Do not trace your own shadow. Each traces another’s. The shadow traced by its owner is a vanity. The shadow traced by another is a gift—and a gift can be given away, which is what you are about to do.” If working alone, The Lu permits self-tracing but warns: “You will feel the brush of your own hand across your own soul-shell. It will be cold. Do not flinch.”
The Fixing. Sprinkle the saltpetre over the cinnabar outlines. The saltpetre “fixes” the shadow in place—a chemical and symbolic stabilization. As you sprinkle, speak: “Salt to hold, fire to bind, Shadow stay, soul unwind.”The Lu notes that saltpetre is chosen for its dual nature: it preserves and it burns. “The shadow is preserved against curses, but it burns against spirits. What touches it tastes fire.”
The Severing. The practitioner now pricks her finger—The Lu specifies the left ring finger, as in Chen Jinggu’s invocation—and lets one drop of blood fall onto the cinnabar tracing of her own shadow. As the blood touches the pigment, she speaks the severing: “Shadow is the soul’s shell. Sea is the soul’s road. I leave this shell here. I take my soul with me. What walks in my shape is not me. What falls in my shape is not me. What hunts my shadow hunts a ghost of cinnabar and salt. Let it hunt. Let it find. Let it strike. I am elsewhere.”
The Sealing. Wet your finger with seawater and trace a circle around the painted shadows, connecting them all in a single enclosure. The Lu explains: “The circle is a net. The net catches what is thrown at the shadows. The shadows catch nothing. The circle is the boundary between what is cursed and what is free.”
After the Ritual:
The painted shadows are left in place. They must not be stepped on, scrubbed, or otherwise disturbed. The Lu warns: “To step on the ward is to step back into the decoy. You will feel the curses meant for the painted shape. You will carry ghosts home on your shoulders.”
If the wooden surface is a ship’s deck, the shadows remain for the duration of the voyage and are washed away only upon safe return to harbor—using seawater, never fresh, “because fresh water erases but does not dissolve, and the shadow might float free and follow you inland.”
If the surface is a portable plank, it may be stored face-down in a dark place, reactivated by exposure to sunlight when needed.
Signs of Efficacy:
Within hours: a feeling of “lightness” or “transparency,” as though the practitioner has become slightly less solid, less trackable, less findable
Within days: the cinnabar outlines may show signs of disturbance—smudging, cracking, the appearance of small scorch marks from the saltpetre. The Lu interprets these as evidence that the decoy is working: “Something has tried to strike the shadow. The shadow has taken the blow. You have not felt it. That is the proof.”
Auditory sign: a faint crackling sound near the painted shadows at night, “like salt burning, like paper tearing far away.” Ignore it. It means the ward holds.
Cautions from The Lu:
“Do not paint the shadow of someone who has not consented. The shadow that is taken without permission becomes a curse in return. You will have stolen a soul-shell, and the soul whose shell you stole will follow you—not in body, but in hunger. You will feel her standing behind you at odd moments. You will see her face in still water. You will hear her breathing when you are alone. Give the shadow back. Trace the outline in ash instead of cinnabar and let the wind take it. Then apologize. She may accept. She may not. The Sea Witch who steals shadows is no longer a Sea Witch. She is a thief, and the sea does not protect thieves.”
Part Three: Rituals of the Tide
The Moon-Cutting Tide Talisman (Zhan Chao Fu, 斬潮符)
“In the tiger month of the jiazi year, the Red Banner fleet was trapped in the Bay of a Thousand Needles by three Qing warships. The Tide Witch stood at the prow and painted this fu on red sailcloth with ink ground from a pearl taken from a Spanish priest’s reliquary. The moon was full and low on the water. She nailed the talisman to the mast and the sea before the fleet parted like a curtain, opening a corridor of still water. The ships slipped through. The Qing vessels, entering the same passage, found only jagged waves and a sudden squall that cracked their mainmast. The witch told the captain: The moon lends her knife once. Do not ask twice in the same season.”
The Moon-Cutting Tide Talisman is one of the most dramatic workings in The Chao Wu Lu—a ritual of emergency, deployed when a vessel must pass through water that would otherwise destroy it. The Lu presents it as a gift of the “Silver Lady,” a Tide Witch’s epithet for Mazu in her lunar aspect.
Source:Chao Wu Lu, Folio 7. The manuscript attributes the talisman’s use to the fleets of Cheung Po Tsai (張保仔, 1783–1822), the legendary Cantonese pirate who commanded the Red Banner Fleet. A marginal note in The Lu provides the vivid account quoted above.
Materials:
One sheet of red paper, preferably handmade and unsized (traditionally, a scrap of sailcloth could substitute).
Ink prepared by grinding a small quantity of powdered pearl into a standard cinnabar base. The pearl—associated with the moon, with Mazu’s luminous body, and with the “silver mirror” of still water—is the ritually active component.
A rusted ship’s nail. The rust carries the memory of salt water; the iron carries the weight of human craft. Ideally, this nail should be salvaged from a shipwreck, but a nail that has spent at least one full lunar cycle submerged in seawater will serve.
One black candle, preferably of beeswax or tallow, to be burned at the talisman’s base.
Timing: Perform at high tide under a visible moon. The moon need not be full, but it must be seen—clouded skies obstruct the talisman’s mirror-sympathy with the lunar body. The Lu specifies that the rite should be done “when the moon stands above the water and her reflection is unbroken.”
The Talisman’s Design:
The Zhan Chao Fu is painted on red paper using the pearl-ink:
Crown (top): The character 靳 (zhan, “to cut, to sever, to cleave”) rendered in seal script, its vertical strokes suggesting a blade descending
Body (middle): The two-character command 潮令 (chao ling, “Tide Command”), flanking an unpainted circle that represents the full moon. Within the circle, leave the paper bare—the red ground itself is the moon
Base (bottom): The Dragon King’s name, 敖廣 (Ao Guang), with the seal of the Celestial Master (張天師印) below it. The Dragon King is invoked and simultaneously bound by the higher authority of the Zhengyi lineage
Left and right margins: Swirling lines representing suppressed waves, curving inward toward the moon-circle like drawn curtains
Procedure:
Preparation of the space. Face the sea or the largest available body of natural water. If landlocked, a basin of ocean water may serve, but The Lu warns that “still water listens less well than running water.” Position the candle so that it will burn between you and the water’s edge.
The Painting. On the red paper, using the pearl-ink, paint the talisman as described above.
The Incantation. Holding the finished talisman in both hands, face the water and speak: “Silver Lady of the Sky, lend your knife. Jade Rabbit’s light divides the deep. By the Three Immortals’ decree— MAKE STILL THE SEA.”The Lu notes that on the final line, the voice should drop rather than rise—a command, not a plea.
The Nailing. Affix the talisman to the mast, prow, or nearest wooden upright surface with the rusted nail. Drive the nail through the moon-circle at the talisman’s center. The Lu instructs: “Three strikes of the hammer, no more, no less. The first is for Heaven. The second is for Earth. The third is for the one who stands between.”
The Candle. Light the black candle at the talisman’s base. Allow it to burn while you observe the water. The Lu prescribes a period of silent watching: “Stand until the candle gutters or the tide turns, whichever comes first.”
Signs of Efficacy:
Favorable: The nail becomes cold to the touch, as though it has been plunged into deep water. The candle flame bends toward the talisman and then straightens. The wave pattern before you shifts noticeably—parallel swells replacing chaos, or a path of smooth water opening.
Uncertain: The nail remains warm. The candle flame leans away from the water. Wait one full tide cycle and attempt the working again.
Unfavorable: The talisman tears during nailing, or the candle extinguishes before burning halfway. The Lu advises: “Do not press the moon. She gives her knife freely to those she favors, but she does not haggle.”
Cautions from The Lu:
“The Moon-Cutting opens a way but does not sustain it. The water will remember its shape. Do not ask the Silver Lady to part the same sea twice in the turning of one moon. She is generous, but she counts her gifts. The witch who forgets this will find the tide’s mouth closing around her own throat.”
The Rain-Bringer’s Invocation (Zhaoyu Zhou, 招雨咒)
“As the sky can forget how to weep, so the witch can forget how to flow. The blood slows. The visions stop. The tide goes out and does not return. In such times, call upon the Rain-Bringer. She knows what it is to be emptied. She knows what it is to be filled again.”
The Chao Wu Lu records an invocation to Chen Jinggu designed not for exorcism of spirits but for the breaking of “internal droughts”—periods when the practitioner’s creative or spiritual forces have dried up, when the inner sea has receded and left only salt flats.
Source:Chao Wu Lu, Folio 18–19. The Lu notes that the incantation was “taught by the goddess herself to a Tide Witch of the Min River in the year of the iron rat, transmitted in dream, and written down upon waking.”
Timing: Perform at the dark of the moon, or during any period of personal drought. The Lu instructs that the ritual should be done at the water’s edge when the tide is at its lowest ebb—“when the sea has withdrawn as far as it will go, and the wet sand stretches like a wound.”
Materials:
A bowl of fresh water (not seawater; The Lu specifies that this water must be “sweet, drawn from a spring or a well, water that has not yet tasted salt”).
A white ribbon or strip of white cloth, long enough to tie around your left wrist.
A single drop of your own blood, drawn from the left ring finger—the finger associated in The Lu with the heart’s collateral vessel.
Three grains of uncooked rice.
Procedure:
The Offering of Water. Kneel at the water’s edge and set the bowl of fresh water before you. Gaze into its surface. The Lu instructs: “See in the water the thing you have lost—the words you cannot write, the song you cannot sing, the work you cannot finish, the child you could not carry, the self you could not save. See it. Name it silently. Let the water know what it is asked to restore.”
The Opening of the Vessel. Prick the left ring finger and allow one drop of blood to fall into the bowl. As the blood blooms in the clear water, speak the first part of the invocation: “Blood remembers water. Water remembers blood. What was dried remembers the flood.”
The Binding of the Ribbon. Tie the white ribbon around your left wrist, knotting it three times. With each knot, speak one line: “First knot: I bind the drought. Second knot: I bind the silence. Third knot: I bind the fear that I will never flow again.”
The Incantation of Chen Jinggu. Raise the bowl toward the sea (or the sky, if landlocked) and speak the words attributed to the goddess’s own instruction: “Lady of the Bronze Sword, Who bled rain from a dry sky, Who stood when standing was impossible, Who holds the dead child in one arm And the living storm in the other— Chen Jinggu, Rain-Bringer, Gate of Women’s Returning, Let what is barren flow again. Let what is silent speak again. Let what is empty fill. I offer water to the water. I offer blood to the blood. By the sword you still carry, By the rain you still are, Open the sky of my body. Let the tide come back.”
The Scattering of the Rice. Take the three grains of rice and scatter them into the sea or onto the earth. The rice is not an offering to the goddess; it is an offering to the practitioner’s own future—a seed of what will grow when the drought ends. The Lu explains: “The rice does not ask the goddess for rain. The rice tells the goddess: I am ready to receive it.”
The Waiting. Remain kneeling until the tide begins to turn. If you are not at the sea, remain until the water in the bowl has gone perfectly still and your reflection is unbroken. When you rise, leave the bowl at the water’s edge (or empty it onto the earth). The white ribbon is to be worn for seven days and then burned, its ashes scattered into moving water.
Signs of Response:
Within three days: A sudden impulse to create, to speak, to move, to engage—an inner tide beginning to rise.
Within seven days: A dream of water, rain, or a woman in white holding a bronze sword. The Lu considers the white-clad woman dream definitive: “Chen Jinggu has heard. She sends her sword ahead of her. The rain follows the blade.”
Ongoing: The feeling of the left wrist pulsing when creative work is needed, as though the ribbon’s binding has left an invisible thread connecting the practitioner to the Rain-Bringer’s awareness.
Cautions from The Lu:
“Do not call on Chen Jinggu lightly. She answers, but she asks in return. When the rain comes, you must use it. The water she sends is not for hoarding. If she opens the sky of your body and you let the ground lie fallow, she will not come a second time. She did not die for your idleness. She died for the village. Whatever flows from you after this invocation belongs to the village, even if your village is only the one person who needs what you can make. Give it. That is the bargain.”
The Blood-Breast Talisman (Xueru Fu, 血乳符): Chen Jinggu’s Ward for Women
“After she died, the women who had witnessed her dance found that her blood had soaked into the altar cloth. They cut the cloth into pieces and distributed them among themselves. When a woman wore the cloth against her skin, no man could raise his hand against her—his arm would grow heavy, his fingers would forget their purpose, his eyes would slide off her body like water off oil. Over time, the cloth fragments were lost, but the knowledge of the pattern remained, and the Tide Witches painted it on silk and wore it beneath their garments.”
The Blood-Breast Talisman is a ward for women who travel alone, who sleep in strange houses, who walk roads where men wait. It is one of the few talismans in The Lu that is explicitly gendered in its application, and its origin story ties it directly to Chen Jinggu’s own bodily sacrifice.
Source:Chao Wu Lu, Folio 20.
Materials:
A square of red silk, small enough to be worn beneath clothing against the skin (traditionally, a piece the size of the palm).
Cinnabar ink, prepared with a single drop of the wearer’s blood—or, in a variation preserved in The Lu, the ink may be mixed with water that has been held in the mouth while reciting the Rain-Bringer’s Invocation.
A needle and red thread.
Timing: The talisman is prepared at night, ideally during the waning moon (for protective, diminishing qualities). The Lu does not prescribe a particular lunar phase but notes that “Chen Jinggu’s moon is the moon that bleeds—the moon that is going, not coming. She is the last quarter. She is the tide pulling back.”
The Talisman’s Design:
The talisman consists of a central character surrounded by a border of simplified wave-forms:
Center: The character 護 (hu, “protect”), written in a style that elongates its vertical stroke into a sword-shape descending through the character below it.
Below the center: A single small circle, representing the drop of blood, positioned beneath the descending sword-stroke.
Border: Four wave-forms at the cardinal directions, curving inward toward the center as though drawn to the blood-drop.
Reverse side of the silk: The name 陳靖姑 (Chen Jinggu) written in regular script, small, at the center.
Procedure:
Prepare the ink by mixing the cinnabar with the blood or the mouth-held water, grinding it smooth.
Paint the talisman on the silk, speaking the following words as you work—one line for each element of the design: “The sword goes down. The blood stays. The waves come close, but they do not touch. Chen Jinggu stands between.”
When the ink is dry, fold the silk three times toward you—each fold a sealing of the ward’s intent. The Lu specifies: “Fold as though you are closing a door. The first fold is the outer gate. The second fold is the inner gate. The third fold is the chamber where no one enters without your word.”
Sew the folded silk into a small pouch with the red thread, leaving a loop or cord so that it may be worn around the neck or pinned inside clothing. As you sew, speak: “Thread is the thread of my life. Needle is the needle that pierces only what I permit. This ward is sealed until I unseal it.”
Wear the talisman against the skin. The Lu notes that it should be “touched to the breast, over the heart—where Chen Jinggu held her dead child, where the milk and the blood mixed.”
Signs of Efficacy:
The talisman becomes warm against the skin when the wearer is in the presence of a genuine threat—“a warning that does not need words.”
A man who intends harm will find himself unable to meet the wearer’s eyes, will forget his purpose, or will suddenly feel an urgent need to leave.
Cautions from The Lu:
“The Blood-Breast Talisman loses its strength if the wearer uses it to harm an innocent. Chen Jinggu protects women; she does not license cruelty. If you strike without cause, the talisman will fall from your neck of its own accord. You will find it on the floor in the morning, unfolded, the ink faded. She will have taken back her sword. Do not call on her again.”
The Tide Surge (Chaoyong, 潮湧): Ritual of the First Tide
“You do not need us to accept you. The sea does the accepting. We are only witnesses, and we witness across time. When you wade into the water and speak the words, we hear you—the ones who came before, the ones who will come after, the ones standing beside you in a century you cannot see. The tide is simultaneous. The tide does not live in time. Neither do we.”
The Chao Wu Lu offers a ritual of self-dedication—a “becoming” that the practitioner performs alone at the threshold between land and water.
Source:Chao Wu Lu, Folio 2–3.
Timing: The ritual is performed at the turning of the tide—at the moment when the outgoing tide pauses before beginning its return. This moment, called chaoshui zhuan (潮水轉), is described as “the hinge of the sea, the door left open between what was and what will be.” If precise tidal timing is impossible, The Lu permits the ritual to be performed at dawn on a new moon.
Location: The edge of the sea. If the practitioner is landlocked, a saltwater bath may substitute, but The Lu is explicit that “the sea herself is preferred. She knows her own. A bathtub is a mirror; the ocean is a face. Speak to the face.”
Materials:
A garment or token that represents your old life—something you are willing to leave in the water. The Lu suggests a ribbon, a written paper, a lock of hair, or a piece of clothing that belongs to a version of yourself you are ready to release.
A handful of salt (if at the sea, the salt is optional; your own tears, The Lu notes, will suffice).
Your bare feet on wet sand or stone.
Procedure:
The Walking In. Remove your shoes. Stand at the edge of the surf and let the water touch your feet. Breathe until your breathing matches the rhythm of the waves. The Lu specifies: “Do not count. Do not force. The sea breathes in sevens. Your body knows this. Let it remember.”
The Naming of the Self. Speak your name aloud to the water. Then speak the names of the women who made you—your mother, your grandmothers, as far back as the line runs. If you do not know their names, say: “I am the daughter of daughters whose names were not written down. I speak them now into the water, where all names are kept.”The Lu instructs: “The sea is the oldest archive. She has never forgotten a woman’s name. She has simply been waiting for someone to ask.”
The Release of the Old Life. Hold your token or garment in both hands. Speak: “I came from the land, and the land named me. It named me daughter, wife, mother, widow, whore, witch. It named me small. It named me silent. It named me property. I return these names to the water. I return these shapes to the salt. What the sea dissolves, the sea keeps. I am not what they named me.” Release the token into the surf. Watch it go.
The Speaking of the Oath. Wade deeper—ankle-deep, knee-deep, as far as you can safely stand. Turn to face the horizon. Speak: “I am the tide coming in. I am the tide going out. I am the ghost tide and the still tide and the tide that rises under the moon’s knife. I am the daughter of Mazu, who walked on the waves. I am the student of Xiwangmu, who waits at the center. I am the sister of Chen Jinggu, who danced until the sky bled. I am the inheritor of the Tide Witches, who were never defeated, only erased—and who are not erased now, because I remember them. I take the sea as my witness. I take the sea as my teacher. I take the sea as my mother, my sister, my self. I am the Tide Witch. I have always been. I am only now saying it aloud.”
The Return. Walk backward out of the water. Do not turn your back on the sea—The Lu instructs that “the sea is not done with you, and turning away is a discourtesy.” When you reach dry sand, sit down and let the water dry on your skin. The salt that remains is the sea’s acknowledgment.
Signs of Acceptance:
A wave that reaches higher than the ones before it, touching you above the knee or hip—the sea’s embrace.
A sudden stillness in the water around your legs, as though the tide is holding its breath.
A seabird that crosses your path flying seaward. The Lu identifies the white-bellied sea eagle as the Tide Witches’ particular messenger.
An overwhelming urge to laugh or weep or both. The Lu notes: “The sea does not distinguish between joy and grief. She receives both as offerings. Let her have them.”
If the Sea Refuses:
The Lu acknowledges this possibility briefly and without elaboration: “If the sea is silent, she is not refusing you. She is waiting. Come back at the next new moon. Come back at the next turning of the tide. Come back until she speaks. She will speak. She is testing your patience, which is the first thing a Tide Witch must learn.”
The Weak Water Meditation (Ruoshui Guan, 弱水觀)
“This is not a working against an enemy. This is a working against the part of yourself that still believes what the enemy says. The Queen Mother does not argue with the wave. She lets it break. You will learn to let it break.”
The Chao Wu Lu preserves an internal cultivation practice called the Weak Water Meditation—a method for turning the practitioner’s stillness into an active, protective force. The Queen Mother’s principle is operative: “Yin overcomes yang through stillness and tranquility. The female overcomes the male. The still overcomes the agitated. This is the way of things, and the world has forgotten it.”
Source:Chao Wu Lu, Folio 14, with supplementary material from the Nüdan (female alchemy) tradition of the Qing dynasty, particularly the Nüdan Hebian (Collected Works on Female Alchemy, 1835).
Timing: Practice at dawn or dusk, when the boundary between light and dark is thinnest. The Lu prescribes a seven-day initial cycle, but the meditation may be maintained indefinitely as a daily practice.
Posture: Seated, preferably on the ground or a low cushion. The spine is straight but not rigid; the hands rest palm-up on the knees. If near the sea, face the water. If inland, face west—the direction of Kunlun, of endings, of the autumn and the setting sun.
Procedure:
The Finding of the Center. Close your eyes. Bring your attention to the Ocean of Qi (qihai), the lower dantian, located approximately three finger-widths below the navel. Breathe into this point. Do not visualize. Simply feel the breath arriving there, pooling, settling. The Lu instructs: “Do not pull the breath down. Let it fall. Let it be a stone dropping through still water. It knows where the bottom is.”
The Becoming of the Shore. When the breath has settled and the mind has quieted, bring to awareness a thing that disturbs you—a fear, an enemy, a circumstance that causes the “tides within to rise and fall without your consent.” Picture this disturbance as a wave. Let it approach. Feel its size, its noise, its apparent power. Now—and this is the core of the practice—do not push back. Do not flee. Do not argue. Simply be the shore. The wave arrives. It breaks. It recedes. You remain. The Lu provides a phrase to hold in the mind during this phase: “I am the sand. I am the stone. I am the thing the water cannot dissolve.”
The Turning of the Tide. After sufficient practice—The Lu suggests seven days, but acknowledges variability—the practitioner will notice a subtle shift. The wave-image will begin to lose its force before it reaches the imagined shore. This is the external effect of the internal stillness: the disturbance, deprived of reaction, begins to dissolve of its own accord.
Signs of Progress:
First marker: The breath drops easily to the qihai without conscious effort.
Second marker: During meditation, external sounds (wind, voices, the surf) become distant without disappearing—as though a buffer of quiet air has formed around the body.
Third marker: In daily life, a situation that would previously have provoked immediate reaction instead produces a pause—a space between stimulus and response in which choice becomes possible. The Lu identifies this pause as “the Queen Mother’s gift.”
Cautions from The Lu:
“The Weak Water protects, but it does not discriminate. If you cultivate stillness too deeply, you may find that joy also breaks against you without entering. The Queen Mother lives on a mountain ringed by impassable water, and she is powerful beyond measure. She is also alone. Practice this meditation, but do not forget to descend the mountain. The Sea Witch walks on the shore between the water and the land. She is not meant to dwell in the heights forever.”
The Ghost Tide Exorcism (Qu Gui Chao Fa, 驅鬼潮法)
“There are times when the sea inside you will rise without cause. You will wake and find your mind is a storm—waves where there should be stillness, noise where there should be direction, a churning that serves no purpose and leads to no harbor. The land-doctors call this melancholy, hysteria, the wandering womb, the weakened will. They are wrong. It is a ghost tide in the body. The water within you has been agitated by something unseen—a curse you absorbed without knowing, a grief you swallowed and did not digest, a spirit that brushed against you in a crowd and left its restlessness behind. The cure is not talk. The cure is not time. The cure is to nail the tide to the floor of the sea and command it to be still.”
The Nailing of the Tide is an exorcism—but its target is not an external possessing entity. It is an internal state of chaotic agitation that has been personified in order to be addressed. The Lu treats emotional and psychological turmoil not as pathology but as a spiritual intrusion: a “ghost tide” (gui chao, 鬼潮) that rises from the depths of the self and threatens to overwhelm the surface of daily life.
Source:Chao Wu Lu, Folio 33–35. The core ritual appears in at least two other Fujianese manuscripts: The Record of Pacifying Fujian’s Sea Ghosts (閩海鎮鬼錄, 1891) and The Secret Manual of Southern Sea Witchcraft (南海巫法秘本, circa 1820).
Materials:
Three iron nails, ideally salvaged from a shipwreck. The Lu instructs: “The nails must remember drowning. They must have been pulled from wood that went down with a ship and came up again. The nail that has survived the deep knows what it is to be pinned. It will teach the tide what it knows.” If shipwreck nails are unavailable, any three iron nails may be used, but they must be soaked in seawater for three days and three nights before the working.
A hammer.
Red thread, long enough to bind the three nails into a triangle.
A small bowl of your own blood, drawn from the left arm. The Lu specifies: “Not a few drops. Enough to wet the thread. The blood is the price. The blood is what the tide takes in exchange for its stillness.”
Black paper cut into a simple human shape—a paper doll with no face. This is the tishen (替身), the substitute body that will carry the agitation away.
Matches or a lighter, for the burning of the substitute.
Timing: The ritual is performed at the tide line when the tide is at its highest point and about to turn—“the hinge of the water, the moment of maximum reach.”The Lu prescribes dusk.
Procedure:
The Diagnosis. Before the nailing, confirm that a ghost tide is truly present. Stand at the water’s edge, close your eyes, and ask aloud: “Is this mine, or have I swallowed something that belongs to the sea?” If the next wave reaches higher than the ones before it, touching your feet where the previous waves did not, the tide answers yes. If the wave recedes farther than the ones before it, the agitation is your own and requires a different working. The Lu notes: “Your own storms are best weathered, not nailed. The nail is for intruders. Your own sorrows must be sailed through.”
The Arrangement of the Nails. Walk to the highest reach of the tide line—the wet sand just beyond the water’s furthest advance. Arrange the three nails in a triangle pointing seaward. The first nail, representing Heaven, is placed at the apex. The second and third, representing Earth and Humanity, are placed at the base angles. The triangle should be no larger than your outspread hand.
The Binding. Bind the three nails together with the red thread, passing the thread around each nail head to form the triangle in string as well as in placement. Before binding the final knot, draw the thread through the blood in the bowl.
The Nailing. Kneel beside the triangle. Raise the hammer. The Lu prescribes three strikes per nail—nine strikes total—each accompanied by a spoken line: First nail (Heaven):“By Heaven above the water—BE STILL.”Second nail (Earth):“By Earth beneath the water—BE STILL.”Third nail (Humanity):“By the one who stands between—BE STILL.”
The Substitute. Take the faceless paper doll and press it to your forehead, your chest, your belly—“the three seats of the agitation: the mind, the heart, the sea of qi.” As you press it to each point, speak: “What is in my mind, I give to this paper. What is in my heart, I give to this paper. What churns in my sea, I give to this paper. I am emptied. This is filled.” Place the paper doll on the sand within the triangle of nails. Set it alight. As it burns, watch the smoke. The Lu instructs: “If the smoke rises straight, the offering is accepted. If the smoke blows toward you, the ghost tide is refusing to leave. You must nail it again. You must name it.” If you do not know the ghost tide’s name, The Lu provides a litany: “Grief. Rage. Fear. Shame. Envy. Despair. The curse of another. The hunger of a stranger. The echo of a death you witnessed. The voice of a parent who told you you were nothing. The voice of a lover who made you believe it. The memory you cannot swallow. The future you cannot face. The ghost of the person you were before the thing that changed you happened. One of these is the name. Speak them all. The fire will flicker at the true one.”
The Waiting. When the paper has burned to ash, remain kneeling beside the nails. Watch the tide. The next wave should stop before it reaches the nails. If it does, the exorcism is successful. If the water covers the nails, the ghost tide is stronger than the working, and the practitioner must repeat the ritual at the next high tide with additional nails—“five for the five directions, seven for the seven stars, nine for the nine depths of the Dragon King’s palace.”
After the Ritual:
The nails are left in the sand. The tide will eventually claim them. As they rust, the ghost tide weakens.
The ashes of the substitute body are gathered and thrown into the sea.
The practitioner should bathe in seawater at the next full moon to complete the cleansing.
Signs of Efficacy:
Immediate: a sensation of cooling in the chest and forehead, “as though a fever has broken”
Within one tide cycle: the inner noise quiets. Thoughts become linear. Decisions become possible.
Within three days: a dream of still water—a bay without wind, a lake without ripples, a sea of glass. The Lu considers this dream definitive: “The inner tide has been nailed. You will know because you will sleep without dreaming of drowning.”
Cautions from The Lu:
“Do not nail the tide in anger. If you drive the nails while your own rage is hot, the iron will drink the rage instead of the agitation. You will feel better for a day. Then the rage will return, and it will have learned the shape of iron. It will be harder to bind the second time. Before you nail, breathe. Before you strike, be certain that what you are binding is not your own righteous fury, which should not be bound—which should be aimed. The nail is for intruders. The sword is for enemies. Do not confuse the tools.”
The Dragon King’s Bargain (Long Wang Qi, 龍王契)
“The Dragon Kings are not gods. Gods can be petitioned with incense and promises. The Dragon Kings are bureaucrats of the deep, sovereigns of salt, and they do not listen to prayers. They listen to contracts. If you want safe passage, you do not beg Ao Guang for mercy. You offer him terms. You put something on the table that he wants. You let him see that you are willing to bleed for the bargain. And then you wait for the sea to sigh and the wind to turn—because that is how a Dragon King signs his name. Not with ink. With weather.”
The Dragon King’s Bargain is the formal protocol for negotiating with Ao Guang—and, by extension, with the ocean itself as a conscious, contractual partner. The Lu presents it not as worship but as diplomacy.
Source:Chao Wu Lu, Folio 37–40. Elements of the bargain appear across multiple Fujianese and Taiwanese sources, including The Scripture of the Southeast Dragon Kings (東南海龍王經, 1783).
Materials:
An offering of significant value, drawn from categories The Lu identifies as pleasing to Ao Guang: Gold (a coin, a ring, a piece of jewelry); Jade (a carved piece, a bead, a broken ornament); or something that measures time without poison—an hourglass of wood, glass, and sand; a sundial carved from stone or shell. The Lu explicitly prohibits any object containing materials that will poison the water.1“What you give to the Dragon King becomes part of his palace. Do not furnish his palace with garbage.”
Three drops of blood from the practitioner’s left thumb—the “oath finger” (shi zhi, 誓指).
A red silk pouch or square of red cloth.
A written petition: a small strip of paper with the specific terms of the bargain. The Lu instructs: “Write it as a contract, not a prayer. Not ‘please grant me safe passage’ but ‘I offer this gold for safe passage from this harbor to that harbor, beginning at this tide and ending at landfall.'”
Timing: Midnight, at a whirlpool, deep channel, or any place where the water seems to “fold in on itself.”The Lu specifies “when the Dragon Kings hold court and receive petitions.”
Procedure:
The Preparation of the Offering. Place the gold or jade in the red silk pouch. Prick the left thumb and let three drops of blood fall onto the offering. As the blood touches the gold or stone, speak: “Blood binds what gold buys. What I give, I give truly. What I ask, I ask truly. Let the Dragon King know my hand by this mark.” Fold the written petition and tuck it into the pouch with the offering.
The Approach to the Water. Stand at the water’s edge or the ship’s rail. Hold the pouch in both hands at the level of your heart. The Lu instructs: “Do not kneel. The Dragon King does not respect supplicants. He respects equals. You are not his subject. You are a sovereign of the land, and he is a sovereign of the sea, and you are meeting at the border of your domains.”
The Invocation. Speak: “Ao Guang, Dragon King of the Eastern Sea, Sovereign of the deep channels, Keeper of the whale-road and the storm-gate, I bring you gold. I bring you blood. I bring you a contract written in my own hand. If the terms are acceptable, receive this offering and send me a sign. If the terms are not acceptable, send the offering back and I will not trouble you again this season. By the Three Pure Ones who bind all treaties, By the Jade Emperor who witnesses all oaths, I speak. I offer. I wait.”
The Casting. Throw the pouch into the water. The Lu specifies: “Throw with your right hand. The right hand is the hand of action, the hand that signs, the hand that strikes. The left hand is the receiving hand. Keep it open at your side.”
The Waiting. Watch the water:
Acceptance: The pouch sinks immediately, grasped from below. Within moments, the water will “sigh”—a sudden exhalation of air from the depths. Within a tide cycle, the wind will shift in your favor.
Negotiation: The pouch floats for a long time. The Dragon King is considering. Wait until dawn.
Rejection: The pouch drifts back or washes ashore. Do not press. “He has his reasons, and he does not explain them to mortals.”
The Sealing (if accepted). The practitioner must seal the bargain on her own body. The Lu prescribes a small, permanent mark: a shallow cut on the left forearm, allowed to heal into a scar, or a dot of indigo ink pressed into the skin with a needle. This mark serves as the practitioner’s copy of the contract—“the Dragon King’s signature on your skin.”
Historical Example from The Lu:
“The pirate Ching Shih stood at the rail of her flagship and held a brass pocket watch in her open palm—a Portuguese timepiece taken from a merchant the previous week. She considered it. Then she removed the watch from its casing, separating the brass from the glass, and kept the glass aside. The brass and steel she wrapped in red silk. The glass she would return to the sand, where it had begun. ‘The Dragon King does not want the whole clock,’ she told her quartermaster. ‘He wants what ticks. Give him the heart, not the skin.’ The brass sank. The fog came before dawn. It lasted four days, not three—the Dragon King, pleased with the mechanism, gave her an extra day as a gesture of respect.”
Cautions from The Lu:
“Do not bargain for what you do not need. The Dragon King is generous, but his generosity is a loan, not a gift. Every bargain carries interest. If you ask for a wind, you may find that the wind takes you where you asked to go but not where you want to be. If you ask for a storm to destroy your enemies, you may find that the storm remembers your face. The Dragon King does not allow his gifts to be used against him. Do not bargain for the death of another unless you are willing to offer your own death as collateral. The sea keeps its books balanced.”
The Gathering of Ocean Water
“The land-dwellers think all water is the same. They are fools. Water gathered at the full moon is not the same as water gathered at the new. Water taken from a rising tide is not the same as water taken from a falling tide. Water scooped from the surface is not the same as water drawn from the depths. The sea is not one thing. She is a thousand waters, each with its own signature, its own purpose, its own hour of power.”
Of all the tools and materials catalogued in The Chao Wu Lu, none is more fundamental than ocean water itself. The Lu treats ocean water not as a passive substance but as a living fluid with shifting properties that vary according to lunar phase, tidal movement, depth, and location.
The foundational distinction is between two primary types:
Full Moon Water (Wangyue Shui, 望月水)
When to Gather: At the height of the full moon tide—the highest reach of the water during the night when the moon is fullest. The Lu specifies that the gathering should occur “when the moon stands directly overhead and her reflection falls unbroken on the water beneath her.”
Properties: Full Moon Water is expansive, illuminating, and summoning. It carries the maximum charge of lunar qi. This water is used for consecrating new tools and talismans, bringing power into a space, summoning visions during scrying and divination, blessing a vessel before a voyage, and initiations.
Gathering Protocol:
Approach the water at the moment of high tide under the full moon. Carry a container of glass, ceramic, or wood—never metal, which The Lu warns “quarrels with the lunar charge and leaves the water argumentative.” Stand at the tide line and let the highest wave wash over your bare feet. Speak:
“I gather you at your fullest, When the moon has filled you with her silver, When the tide has risen to its highest reach, When the sea is most herself.”
Submerge the container and fill it from the surface—“the topmost layer, where the moonlight has kissed the water most recently.” Cap the container and hold it to the moonlight. The Lu prescribes a moment of silent acknowledgment: “Look at the moon through the water. Look at the water through the moon. They are the same light in different vessels. You are a third vessel. All three are full.”
New Moon Water (Shuoyue Shui, 朔月水)
When to Gather: At the dark of the moon, when the tide is at its lowest ebb—“when the sea has withdrawn as far as she will go, and the wet sand stretches like an open palm.”
Properties: New Moon Water is contractive, cleansing, and banishing. It carries the quality of the moon in its hidden phase—yin at its most inward. This water is used for removing negative energy, banishing unwanted presences, closing workings and sealing completed rituals, washing tools used for exorcism or binding, and preparing for deep internal work.
Gathering Protocol:
Approach the water at the lowest point of the tide under the new moon. Walk out as far as the tide has retreated. The Lu instructs: “Walk to the edge of the water and then one step farther. Gather where the sea will return but has not yet returned. That is the water of thresholds, and thresholds are where magic lives.” Fill the container from just below the surface—“where the darkness pools, where the light has not been.” Cap the container and hold it to the dark sky. Speak:
“I gather you at your most hidden, When the moon has withdrawn her gaze, When the tide has fallen to its lowest hollow, When the sea keeps her own counsel.”
Other Waters Recognized by The Lu:
Storm Water (Baoyu Shui, 暴雨水): Gathered during a storm, from rain falling directly into the sea. Volatile and powerful. Used for sudden change, disruption of stasis, breaking of obstacles. “Store Storm Water in a sealed container away from your sleeping place. It dreams of thunder.”
Dawn Water (Chenguang Shui, 晨光水): Gathered at first light, when the sun has touched the sea but not yet risen. Carries the balance of yin and yang. Used for healing, divination, and “all things that require the cooperation of darkness and light.”
Depth Water (Shenshui, 深水): Gathered from as far below the surface as safely reachable. Used for necromantic workings and communication with the drowned. “The deep water knows things the surface has forgotten. Some of those things are true. Some of those things are unbearable. Use Depth Water sparingly, and never alone.”
Whirlpool Water (Xuanwo Shui, 漩渦水): Gathered from the edge of a whirlpool. The preferred medium for the Dragon King’s Bargain and any working involving contracts, bindings, or the turning of fortune.
The Earth Dragon’s Blood:
The Lu offers a cosmological explanation: the sea is the terminal point of the dilong (地龍), the Earth Dragons whose subterranean bodies channel qi through the landscape. Where the Earth Dragons reach the coast, their qi pours into the sea. The ocean is therefore “the blood of the Earth Dragon, pooled at the end of all rivers, the sum of all waters that have touched stone and soil and root.” This is why ocean water gathered at different locations carries different qualities. The Lu advises practitioners to gather water from multiple coastlines when possible—“the sea off Fujian is not the sea off Guangdong, is not the sea off Taiwan, is not the sea off Hainan. Each coast has its own dragon. Each dragon has its own temperament.”
The Consecration of Gathered Water:
All gathered ocean water should be formally consecrated before use. Hold the container in both hands. Face the sea. Speak:
“Water of the moon’s fullness, Water of the moon’s hiding, Water of the storm’s heart, Water of the dawn’s threshold, Water of the deep places, You are the sea, and the sea is the Dao, And the Dao is the Mother of all things. I will use you as the Dao uses herself— Without force, without waste, without explanation. You are blessed because you are what you are. I am blessed because I know what I hold.”
Store the consecrated water in its sealed container, marked with the date, lunar phase, tidal state, and location of gathering. The Lu notes that ocean water “does not spoil in the ordinary sense—it has already been preserved by the salt, which is the sea’s own memory—but it can lose its charge if left in sunlight or near strong odors. Keep it dark. Keep it cool. Keep it where the moon can find it on her passage across the sky.”
Part Four: Wave Script Divination (Lang Zhan, 浪占)
“The sea writes constantly. Every wave is a stroke. Every tide is a sentence. Every storm is an argument. Most people see water. The Tide Witch learns to read. This is not a metaphor. The sea has a script, and the script is legible, and legibility is power.”
Wave Script Divination is the most advanced of the Sea Witch’s interpretive arts—and the one that cannot be reduced to a simple procedure. It is not a ritual. It is a literacy.
The Lu traces the art’s origins to fishing communities along the Fujian coast, where the ability to “read” approaching weather, fish movements, and submerged hazards from wave behavior was a survival skill long before it was ritualized. What distinguishes The Lu‘s treatment is its insistence that the sea can answer specific questions: the fisherman reads the waves to know whether it is safe to sail; the Tide Witch reads the waves to know whether a lover will prove faithful, whether an enemy plans attack, whether a working will succeed.
“The sea is the oldest witness. She has seen every shipwreck before it happened. She has felt every death before the body hit the water. She knows the outcome of every voyage before the sails are raised. She will tell you what she knows, but she will not tell you plainly. She speaks in the language of waves. Learn the language. She has been waiting for someone to ask.”
The Eight Patterns
The Chao Wu Lu identifies eight primary wave patterns, observed at dawn:
1. Dragon’s Ribs (龍骨浪, Long Gu Lang)
Parallel waves, evenly spaced, moving in the same direction.
Meaning: Safety, order, favorable conditions. A voyage will proceed without incident. A working will unfold as planned. If this pattern appears in answer to a question about timing, it indicates that now is the moment.
“When Dragon’s Ribs appear at dawn, the day belongs to you. When they appear at dusk, the night belongs to you. When they appear at noon, something is wrong—the sea is calm when it should be restless. Investigate.”
2. Ghost Teeth (鬼牙浪, Gui Ya Lang)
Jagged, overlapping waves that break against each other, creating irregular peaks.
Meaning: Betrayal, hidden danger, divided intentions. Someone in your company is not what they seem. A plan that appears sound contains an unseen flaw.
“Ghost Teeth do not always mean an enemy. They sometimes mean a friend who will fail you. Look to your left hand. Look to the person you trust most. The sea sees what you refuse to see.”
3. Silk Unfurling (展絲浪, Zhan Si Lang)
Long, smooth, rolling waves that do not break but seem to stretch endlessly.
Meaning: Hidden treasure, unexpected opportunity, something valuable approaching from a distance.
“Silk Unfurling is the rarest of the eight patterns. If you see it once in a season, you are fortunate. If you see it once in a year, you are still fortunate. The sea does not offer treasure freely. She shows the silk only when the gift is already on its way.”
4. The White Serpent (白蛇浪, Bai She Lang)
A single line of white foam stretching across multiple wave fronts, undulating.
Meaning: Transformation, significant change approaching, the end of one phase and the beginning of another. Neither favorable nor unfavorable—it signals transition.
“If the White Serpent appears with its head pointing seaward, the change is coming from outside. If the head points landward, the change is coming from within. Read the direction before you interpret the omen.”
5. The Shattered Mirror (破鏡浪, Po Jing Lang)
Waves that rise and then collapse suddenly, producing a circular ripple that does not resolve.
Meaning: Illusion, deception, something that appears true but is not. The practitioner is seeing what she wishes to see.
“The Shattered Mirror often appears when a woman asks about a man she knows she should leave. The sea cannot make you leave. She can only show you the broken glass. Whether you cut yourself on it is your choice.”
6. The Dragon’s Gate (龍門浪, Long Men Lang)
Two large waves rising simultaneously left and right, leaving a channel of still water between them.
Meaning: A test, a threshold, a challenge that must be met before progress is possible. Named for the mythic waterfall where carp who leap the falls transform into dragons.
“The Dragon’s Gate is the only pattern that requires immediate action, not interpretation. If you see it at dawn, act by noon. If you see it at dusk, act by the next dawn. The sea opens doors. She also closes them.”
7. The Drowned Hand (溺手浪, Ni Shou Lang)
A single wave that rises higher than all others, crests, and is pulled down from below before it can break.
Meaning: Interference from the spirit world. A ghost, an ancestor, or a chthonic force is intervening.
“If the Drowned Hand appears and you feel cold, the intervention is hostile. If you feel warmth, the intervention is protective. A dead ally is reaching up to help. A dead enemy is reaching up to pull you down. You will know the difference by the temperature of your own blood.”
8. The Silent Tide (默潮浪, Mo Chao Lang)
Waves that move but produce no sound—a genuine absence, not a suppression.
Meaning: A presence that should not be there. The Silent Tide is the rarest and most dangerous of the eight patterns.
“The Silent Tide means that something has entered your waters that the sea does not recognize. It may be a spirit that belongs to land. It may be a sorcerer working against you. It may be a thing with no name. The sea is silent because she is holding her breath. You should do the same.”
The appropriate response is immediate protective action—the Three Concealments deployed at once, without delay, until the waves make sound again.
The Practice of Wave Script Divination
Timing: Dawn is preferred. Twilight is acceptable. Noon is discouraged—“the sun flattens the water, and the sea’s handwriting becomes illegible.” Midnight is reserved for urgent questions only.
Position: Stand at the water’s edge, barefoot, facing the sea, where the highest wave of the last tide touched.
The Question: Frame your question silently, “as clearly as a pebble dropped into still water.” Ask one thing. The sea answers one thing.
The Observation: Watch the waves for the space of one hundred slow breaths. Maintain a soft focus—“as you would gaze at the face of a lover, not as you would stare at a chart.”
The Interpretation: After the hundred breaths, close your eyes. The first pattern you recall is the primary answer. The Lu explains: “The sea shows many things. The thing she wants you to remember is the thing you remember without trying.”
The Recording: Write down the pattern, the date, the tidal state, the lunar phase, and the question asked. “The sea’s answers are precise, but your memory is not. A pattern recorded is a pattern preserved. A pattern forgotten is an answer wasted.”
The Wave Calligraphers
Folio 51 of The Chao Wu Lu makes a brief, tantalizing reference to an advanced form of Lang Zhan:
“I have heard of a woman on the Penghu Islands who could speak to her sister on the Fujian coast by beating the water with the flat of an oar. Three strikes, a pause, two strikes—the sister would see the pattern arrive in the waves at her feet and know that the fleet had sailed, or that the baby had come, or that the husband was dead. This art required a lifetime of study and a bond between the two practitioners that was closer than blood. I have never witnessed it myself. I include this account only so that future generations will know that it was once possible and might be possible again.”
The compiler adds: “I would like to believe this is true. The sea is large enough to carry voices. She is old enough to remember how.”
Part Five: The Consecration of Tools
The Bronze Mirror and the Spirit Wand
“A tool is not a tool until it has been introduced to the sea. Before the introduction, a mirror is glass and metal. After the introduction, it is an eye. Before the introduction, a wand is a stick. After the introduction, it is a spine.”
The Chao Wu Lu presumes that objects possess a capacity for relationship, memory, and agency. A consecrated tool is a partner, formally presented to the sea, accepted by the sea, and returned to the practitioner’s hand awake.
The Rite of Awakening
Source:Chao Wu Lu, Folio 53.
Materials:
The tool to be consecrated: a Bronze Mirror or a Spirit Wand.
A bowl of Full Moon Water, gathered that night.
A small quantity of salt, taken from the sea—evaporated from seawater by the practitioner’s own hand, or gathered from natural salt crust at the tide line. The Lu specifies: “Do not use salt from a shop. The sea’s salt carries the sea’s memory. The shop’s salt carries the shop’s memory.”
A candle—beeswax or tallow, not paraffin.
Optional: a small offering to leave at the tide line.
Timing: Full moon, at high tide. “When the moon has cleared the horizon and her reflection is whole on the water.”
The Consecration of the Bronze Mirror (Tong Jing, 銅鏡):
The Bronze Mirror is the Sea Witch’s primary tool for seeing what is hidden—ghosts, deceit, the true faces of those who wear false ones. It should be “small enough to wear at the belt, large enough to reflect a face, heavy enough to feel in the hand when it is time to use it.”
Hold the mirror in both hands, its face turned toward the sea. Let the moonlight strike its surface. Speak:
“Bronze of the earth, mirror of the sky, I give you to the water. I give you to the salt. I give you to the moon.”
Dip the mirror into the bowl of Full Moon Water. Hold it submerged for three breaths. As it rests beneath the surface, The Lu instructs: “Close your eyes. Feel the mirror in the water. It is learning. It is listening. The water is telling it what water knows.”
Raise the mirror. Sprinkle a pinch of salt across its face, then wipe it clean. Speak:
“You are no longer bronze. You are an eye. You see what hides. You show what is. You reflect deceit back on the deceiver. You capture the faces of the dead and hold them still. You are the mirror of the Tide Witch. You are awake.”
Hold the mirror to the moonlight. Look at the moon’s reflection on its surface. Pass the mirror through the candle flame—not close enough to scorch, but close enough to feel the heat. “The fire seals what the water opened. The mirror has been drowned and burned. It will not fear either.”
The Consecration of the Spirit Wand (Shen Zhang, 神杖):
The Spirit Wand is carved from peach wood or willow—“peach for protection, willow for communication with the dead”—and should be approximately the length of the practitioner’s forearm. The wand should be carved by the practitioner herself, or received as a gift from another Tide Witch, or found already shaped by the sea.
Hold the wand in both hands, horizontal, parallel to the horizon. Face the sea. Speak:
“Wood of the living tree, branch of the shore, I give you to the water. I give you to the salt. I give you to the moon.”
Dip the wand into the bowl of Full Moon Water. Submerge only the tip—“the tip is the wand’s mouth, and the mouth is what speaks.” Hold it there for three breaths.
Raise the wand. Sprinkle salt along its length, then brush it off. Speak:
“You are no longer wood. You are a spine. You write what must be written. You trace what must be traced. You transmit the talismans of the clouds. You are the wand of the Tide Witch. You are awake.”
Hold the wand vertically, its tip pointing at the moon. Trace a circle in the air—“the circle of the sea, the circle of the sky, the circle of the horizon that binds them.” Trace it slowly. “Feel the wand move through the air as an oar moves through water. There should be resistance. If there is no resistance, the wand is not yet awake. Repeat the naming. It will wake.”
Pass the wand through the candle flame—the tip only, a quick pass. “The wand is a living thing even in death. It remembers fire. Remind it, but do not threaten it.”
The Closing of the Rite:
After the consecration, speak:
“Sea, I have introduced you to my ally. Salt, I have introduced you to my tool. Moon, I have introduced you to my eye, my spine. Witness it. Remember it. If I forget what this tool is, remind me. If this tool forgets what I am, remind it. We are bound now. The binding is witnessed. The binding is sealed.”
Pour the remaining Full Moon Water back into the sea. Leave the offering, if any, at the tide line. Extinguish the candle. “Do not turn your back on the water until the candle smoke has dispersed. The sea is still watching. Let her be the last to look away.”
The Care of Consecrated Tools:
The Bronze Mirror: Store wrapped in dark cloth—“blue or black, the colors of deep water and night sky.” Do not allow it to reflect an empty room. When not in use, keep the mirror facing down or against a wall. Clean it with seawater once a month, at the full moon.
The Spirit Wand: Store upright, not lying flat—“a spine should be vertical.” Do not allow anyone who is not a Tide Witch to handle it. “The wand has been introduced to you. It does not know your sister, your lover, your curious friend. To them it will feel like a stick. To you it will feel like a living limb.”
Both tools:The Lu recommends annual reconsecration—“on the anniversary of the tool’s awakening, or at the full moon nearest to it, or whenever the tool begins to feel unfamiliar in your hand.”
Part Six: The Closing of the Register
“A grimoire is not a book. A book is read and returned to the shelf. A grimoire is lived and worn against the body and stained with salt and blood and candle wax. A book belongs to its author. A grimoire belongs to its user. This Lu has been passed from hand to hand for longer than I know. Each woman who received it added something. Each woman who copied it changed something—a word, a pattern, a caution, a name. That is the tradition. We do not preserve the text like a dead thing in amber. We keep it alive by using it, by marking it, by making it ours. When you close this Lu for the first time, it will be my book. When you open it again, it will be yours. The seal is what makes the transformation.”
The Rite of the Closing Seal
Source:Chao Wu Lu, Folio 58.
Materials:
The practitioner’s copy of The Chao Wu Lu.
Cinnabar ink prepared with one drop of the practitioner’s blood and one drop of Full Moon Water.
A brush or pen.
A small bowl of seawater.
The Bronze Mirror.
The Spirit Wand.
A candle.
Timing: Full moon, high tide, at the sea’s edge. “Close the register where the sea can witness it.”
Preparation:
Sit or kneel at the tide line. Arrange before you: The Lu, the ink and brush, the bowl of seawater, the Bronze Mirror, the Spirit Wand, and the lit candle. Let the water touch your feet. Breathe.
“Before you sign, remember every working you have done. Remember the first time you waded into the water and spoke the oath. Remember the talismans you painted. Remember the ghost tide you nailed. Remember the bargains you struck. Remember the waves you read at dawn. The sea remembers all of these. You should remember them, too.”
The Rite:
The Witnessing. Hold the Bronze Mirror before you. Look at your own face by candlelight and moonlight. Speak: “I see the woman who came to the water. I see the woman who asked for help. I see the woman who learned to ask better questions. I see the woman who became what she needed to become. I witness her. I do not look away.”
The Declaration. Lower the mirror. Raise the Spirit Wand and trace a circle in the air before you. Speak: “I am the tide coming in. I am the tide going out. I am the daughter of Mazu, who walked on the waves. I am the student of Xiwangmu, who waits at the center. I am the sister of Chen Jinggu, who danced until the sky bled. I am the inheritor of the Tide Witches, who were erased but not defeated, who were forgotten but not gone, who are remembered now because I remember them. I have read the sea and been read by her. I have taken the sea as my teacher, my mother, my sister, my self. I am the Tide Witch. I sign my name to the register.”
The Sealing. Open The Lu to the blank page at its end. Dip the brush in the ink. Write your name. Below your name, write the date—the calendar date, the tidal state, the lunar phase, and the location. The Lu provides an example: “Signed by [Name], at the full moon of the seventh month, under a rising tide, on the shore of [Place], in the [number] year of her practice, witnessed by the sea and the moon and the Tide Witches who came before.” If you have a personal sigil, add it beside your name. If you have a name known only to the sea, write that name instead.
The Offering. Dip your fingers in the bowl of seawater and touch them to the signed page—“a drop of the sea on the page, to bind the signature to its witness.” The salt water will warp the paper slightly, leave a tidemark. This is intentional. “The stain is proof. Every woman who signs this register leaves a stain. The stains are different. The salt is the same. The salt is the sea’s signature beneath yours.”
The Closing. Close The Lu. Hold it against your chest. Speak: “This Lu is mine. It was given to me by the women who came before. It will be given to the women who come after. I am the bridge between the dead and the unborn. I am the living entry in the register. When I die, let this Lu pass to another. When another receives it, let her add her name to mine. The register does not end. The tide does not end. The sea does not end. Neither do we.” Extinguish the candle. Pour the bowl of seawater back into the tide.
Instructions for Transmission
“If you know another Tide Witch, give it to her. If you know a woman who is not yet a Tide Witch but who watches the sea with the right kind of hunger, give it to her. If you know no one, leave it where the sea can find it—in a cave above the tide line, in a box of driftwood sealed with wax, with a note that says: ‘For the woman who reads the waves.’ The sea will bring it to her. The sea knows her own. If none of these are possible, burn it. Scatter the ashes on the water. The sea has a copy. She has always had a copy. Nothing is ever truly lost. The register will always be kept in more hands than ours.”
Afterword from the Compiler
The Chao Wu Lu does not end. It pauses.
Every grimoire is a conversation between the dead and the unborn, and you, reader, are the living participant who makes the conversation possible. The rituals in these pages were not written to be admired as historical artifacts. They were written to be performed—at the water’s edge, under the moon, with salt on your skin and the tide rising toward your feet. If you do nothing else with this book, do this: go to the sea. Stand barefoot where the water meets the land. Tell her your name. She has been waiting to hear it.
The Tide Witches were real. They were widows and runaways, outcasts and survivors, women who loved women and women who loved no one, women who refused the roles assigned to them and made their own power from the materials at hand: water, salt, ink, blood, moonlight, and an indestructible will to survive. They left behind a fragmented record because fragmentation was the only form of record available to them. They left behind a secret tradition because secrecy was the condition of their existence.
We have gathered the fragments. We have honored the tradition. The rest is yours.
The sea remembers. So will you.
End of the Chao Wu Lu.
Compiled and annotated by ZJC (2026)
Dedicated to all who have been erased and all who have remained.
Glossary of the Chao Wu Lu
Ao Guang (敖廣) The Dragon King of the Eastern Sea, sovereign of the waters through which the Tide Witches sailed. The Lu treats Ao Guang not as a god to be worshipped but as a contractual partner—vain, punctual, bound by the terms of formal bargains. His domain includes the South China Sea and the deep channels off the Fujian coast. He is one of four Dragon Kings of the cardinal seas but is the only one who appears regularly in The Lu.
See also: Dragon Kings, Long Wang Qi
Bronze Mirror (Tong Jing, 銅鏡) One of the two primary tools of the Sea Witch, alongside the Spirit Wand. Used to reveal hidden spirits, capture the faces of ghosts, reflect deceit back upon the deceiver, and scry across distances. In orthodox Daoist exorcism, the bronze mirror is a standard implement for exposing and binding spirits; The Lu adapts this tradition for maritime use. Should be small enough to wear at the belt, large enough to reflect a face. Stored wrapped in dark cloth when not in use.
See also: Consecration, Spirit Wand
Celestial Master (Zhang Tianshi, 張天師) Zhang Daoling, the founder of the Zhengyi (Orthodox Unity) school of Daoism, believed to have received the mandate to combat evil spirits and establish the first formal Daoist religious community in the second century CE. His seal (張天師印) appears at the base of many talismans in The Lu, signifying the authority by which the practitioner commands spirits, Dragon Kings, and chaotic forces. The Lu‘s use of this seal reflects its roots in The Lu Shan and Zhengyi ritual traditions, though the Tide Witches themselves operated outside formal ordination lineages.
See also: Talisman, Three Pure Ones
Chao Wu (潮巫) Literally “tide shaman” or “tide sorceress.” A term that appears in fragmented Qing-era sources as a pejorative applied to women practicing unsanctioned coastal magic. The Chao Wu Lu reclaims it as a title of honor. Throughout the manuscript, “Tide Witch” and “Sea Witch” are used interchangeably. The Tide Witches are not a formal order but a collective lineage: widows, runaways, survivors of shipwrecks, disgraced priestesses, women who loved women, and others marginalized by late imperial coastal society who found refuge and power in the sea.
See also: Chao Wu Lu
Chao Wu Lu (潮巫錄) The Tide Witch Register, the fragmentary manuscript from which this grimoire is compiled and annotated. The Lu (錄) is a record, a catalogue, a formal list—in Daoist usage, a lu of talismans is a compilation of sacred diagrams, and a lu of spirits is a census of the invisible. The Chao Wu Lu is a genealogy of the women who practiced Fujianese sea magic, passed from hand to hand across generations. The Lu claims it was never originally written in the conventional sense but assembled from spoken fragments, dream transmissions, and patterns traced in salt.
See also: Chao Wu
Chen Jinggu (陳靖姑) Also known as Lady Linshui (Linshui Furen, 臨水夫人). A Tang-Song dynasty Fujianese Daoist exorcist, fertility goddess, and protector of women and children. According to The Chao Wu Lu‘s account, she was pregnant when she performed the rainmaking ritual that ended a three-year drought; knowing the dance would cost her child’s life and her own, she danced anyway. She died standing, and her body remained upright for three days. The Lu treats her not as a passive martyr but as a model of strategic sacrifice—blood for water, life for rain. Her cult remains active across Fujian, Taiwan, and the Chinese diaspora.
See also: Blood-Breast Talisman, Rain-Bringer’s Invocation
Cinnabar (Zhu Sha, 硃砂) Mercuric sulfide, the red mineral pigment used as the base for most talismanic ink in Daoist ritual. In The Lu, cinnabar is mixed with various activating agents depending on the working: powdered pearl for the Moon-Cutting Tide Talisman, powdered mother-of-pearl or cuttlebone for the Stealth Talisman, and the practitioner’s own blood for the Blood-Breast Talisman and the Closing Seal. The red color is associated with life force, protection, and the authority of the Celestial Master.
See also: Talisman
Consecration The rite by which a tool is formally introduced to the sea, transforming it from an inert object into an awakened partner. The Lu specifies that consecration should be performed at the sea’s edge under a full moon, using Full Moon Water, naturally evaporated sea salt, and a candle of beeswax or tallow. The Bronze Mirror and Spirit Wand are the two tools that require formal consecration. Unconsecrated tools, The Lu warns, will work “badly, unpredictably, with a kind of sullen resistance.”
See also: Bronze Mirror, Full Moon Water, Spirit Wand
Cuttlebone (Hai Piao Xiao, 海螵蛸) The internal shell of the cuttlefish, shed naturally and gathered from beaches. In The Lu, powdered cuttlebone is mixed with cinnabar and seawater to create the ink for the Stealth Talisman, where it functions as “the shark’s gift by proxy”—carrying the signature of silent movement without requiring harm to any living creature. If unavailable, The Lu permits substitution with powdered mother-of-pearl from an oyster shell.
See also: Stealth Talisman
Dantian (丹田) The fields of elixir, the primary energy centers of the body in Daoist internal alchemy. The Lu refers specifically to the lower dantian, the qihai (氣海) or Ocean of Qi, located approximately three finger-widths below the navel. This is the reservoir of the body’s vital energy, the internal sea whose tides correspond to the external sea’s rhythms. All internal cultivation practices in The Lu—particularly the Weak Water Meditation and the Ghost Tide Exorcism—begin with breathing into the qihai.
See also: Qi, Weak Water Meditation
Dao (道) The Way, the fundamental principle of Daoist cosmology: formless, nameless, the source of all existence. The Daodejing names the Dao as “Mother,” and The Chao Wu Lu identifies this Mother with the sea: “The Dao is the Mother of all things. The sea is the body of the Mother. The tide is her breath.”The Lu‘s theology is grounded in this identification, which places the feminine principle at the origin of the cosmos and the sea at the center of spiritual practice.
See also: Daodejing, Xuanpin
Daodejing (道德經) The foundational text of Daoism, attributed to Laozi and dated to approximately the 4th century BCE. The Chao Wu Lu draws on the Daodejing‘s identification of the Dao with the feminine, with water, and with the principle of wu wei (non-action, effortless action). Key passages invoked include the Dao as “the mysterious female” (Chapter 6), water as the softest thing that overcomes the hardest (Chapter 78), and the female overcoming the male through stillness (Chapter 61).
See also: Dao, Wu Wei, Xuanpin
Dragon Kings (Long Wang, 龍王) The four sovereigns of the cardinal seas in Chinese cosmology: Ao Guang of the East, Ao Qin of the South, Ao Run of the West, and Ao Shun of the North. The Chao Wu Lu focuses on Ao Guang, whose eastern domain includes the South China Sea. The Dragon Kings are not gods but elemental bureaucrats—ancient, powerful, and transactional. They are petitioned through formal contracts rather than worship, and they value gold, jade, and objects that measure time.
See also: Ao Guang, Long Wang Qi
Drowned Hand (Ni Shou Lang, 溺手浪) One of the eight primary patterns of Wave Script Divination: a single wave that rises higher than all others, crests, and is pulled down from below before it can break. Indicates intervention from the spirit world—a ghost, an ancestor, or a chthonic force. The temperature felt by the observer (cold or warm) indicates whether the intervention is hostile or protective.
See also: Wave Script Divination
Earth Dragon (Di Long, 地龍) In Chinese geomancy, the subterranean dragons whose bodies form the landscape and channel qi through the earth. The Chao Wu Lu extends this concept to the coast, identifying the sea as the terminal point where the Earth Dragons’ qi pours into the ocean. Ocean water is therefore “the blood of the Earth Dragon,” and water gathered at different coastlines carries the distinct qi of the terrestrial dragons whose bodies feed it.
See also: Qi
Full Moon Water (Wangyue Shui, 望月水) Ocean water gathered at the height of the full moon tide, from the surface where the moonlight directly touches it. Expansive, illuminating, and summoning in its properties. Used for consecrating tools, blessing vessels, initiating practitioners, and bringing power into a space. The Lu specifies that it must be gathered in a container of glass, ceramic, or wood—never metal.
See also: New Moon Water, Ocean Water
Ghost Teeth (Gui Ya Lang, 鬼牙浪) One of the eight primary patterns of Wave Script Divination: jagged, overlapping waves that break against each other, creating irregular peaks and troughs. Indicates betrayal, hidden danger, or divided intentions. May signal an enemy, a failing friend, or the practitioner’s own divided heart.
See also: Wave Script Divination
Ghost Tide (Gui Chao, 鬼潮) A supernatural or psychological state of chaotic agitation, described by The Lu as “the sea inside you rising without cause.” The Ghost Tide may result from an absorbed curse, unprocessed grief, or spiritual intrusion. The Ghost Tide Exorcism (Qu Gui Chao Fa) treats it by nailing it symbolically to the ocean floor through the three iron nails of the Three Powers.
See also: Ghost Tide Exorcism, Nailing the Tide
Jade (Yu, 玉) One of the acceptable offerings for the Dragon King’s Bargain, alongside gold and time-measuring objects. The Lu specifies that the Dragon King values the stone itself, not the workmanship; a broken jade bangle is as acceptable as a perfect carving. Jade is associated with immortality, purity, and the mineral essence of mountains.
See also: Dragon King’s Bargain, Gold
Lang Zhan (浪占) Wave Script Divination, the Sea Witch’s most advanced interpretive art. The practitioner learns to read the sea’s surface as a living text written in wave patterns, foam, and salt. The Lu identifies eight primary wave patterns observed at dawn, each with specific interpretive meanings. Unlike ritual workings, Lang Zhan cannot be learned from the grimoire alone; it requires years of direct observation and relationship with a particular stretch of coastline.
See also: Wave Script Divination, and individual pattern names
Long Wang Qi (龍王契) The Dragon King’s Bargain, the formal protocol for negotiating with Ao Guang. The practitioner offers gold, jade, or a time-measuring device along with three drops of blood and a written contract. The offering is cast into a whirlpool or deep channel at midnight. Acceptance is signaled by the immediate sinking of the offering and a “sigh” from the water, followed by a favorable wind within one tide cycle.
See also: Ao Guang, Dragon Kings
Lu (錄) A register, record, or catalogue. In Daoist usage, a lu is a formal list—of talismans, of spirits, of initiates. The Chao Wu Lu is simultaneously a grimoire, a genealogy, and a legal document. By signing the register, the practitioner enters her name into the lineage of Tide Witches and accepts the obligations of the transmission.
See also: Chao Wu Lu
Mazu (媽祖) Originally Lin Mo, a fisherman’s daughter from Meizhou Island, Fujian, born in the tenth century CE. She refused marriage, cultivated her spirit, and developed the ability to project her consciousness across the waves. After her death, she was deified as the Celestial Consort (Tianhou, 天后), patroness of sailors, fishermen, and all who travel by water. In The Chao Wu Lu, Mazu is the initiator, the woman who became divine through mastery of projection and compassion. She is called the Silver Lady in her lunar aspect.
See also: Moon-Cutting Tide Talisman, Silver Lady
Mo Jiang Fu (默槳符) The Muffling Oar Talisman, the second of the Three Concealments. The character 默 (mo, “silence”) is carved into the oar’s shaft and the oar is wrapped with red paper or silk bound with nine black threads. Works by teaching the oar to emulate the silence of the drowned. The ninth knot is tied in silence—“the word you do not say is the strongest word.” Must not be used for more than seven nights consecutively.
See also: Three Concealments, Stealth Talisman, Sailor’s Shadow Ward
New Moon Water (Shuoyue Shui, 朔月水) Ocean water gathered at the dark of the moon, from just below the surface at the lowest ebb of the tide. Contractive, cleansing, and banishing in its properties. Used for removing negative energy, closing workings, washing exorcised tools, and preparing for deep internal work. Gathered from “where the darkness pools, where the light has not been.”
See also: Full Moon Water, Ocean Water
Ocean of Qi (Qihai, 氣海) The lower dantian, the primary energy reservoir of the body. Located three finger-widths below the navel. The Lu treats the qihai as the internal sea, the point within the practitioner’s body where the cosmic tides can be felt and directed. All internal cultivation practices in The Lu begin here. The term appears in both Daoist neidan texts and The Lu‘s own ritual instructions.
See also: Dantian, Qi
Ocean Water The fundamental ritual medium of The Chao Wu Lu. The Lu distinguishes multiple types of ocean water based on lunar phase, tidal state, depth, and location, each with specific properties and ritual applications. All gathered water should be stored in sealed, labeled containers away from direct sunlight. The Lu identifies ocean water as the blood of the Earth Dragon, the pooled qi of all landscapes that touch the sea.
See also: Full Moon Water, New Moon Water, Storm Water, Dawn Water, Depth Water, Whirlpool Water, Earth Dragon
Qing Dynasty (清朝, 1644–1912) The historical context for much of The Chao Wu Lu‘s composition and use. The Qing was the last imperial dynasty of China, ruled by the Manchu Aisin Gioro clan. Its maritime policies alternated between strict coastal embargoes (particularly during the early decades) and periods of active trade. Pirate confederations flourished in the South China Sea during the late eighteenth and early nineteenth centuries, reaching their apex under Ching Shih and Cheung Po Tsai. Qing naval records and local gazetteers from this period occasionally reference the “sea sorceresses” and “tide shamans” who served pirate fleets.
Qi (氣) Vital energy, the animating force that flows through all living things. In Daoist cosmology, qi condenses to form matter and disperses to return to the formless Dao. The Lu uses qi in both its internal sense (the energy cultivated through meditation, the “tides within”) and its external sense (the energy of the sea, the moon, and the landscape). The Ocean of Qi is the practitioner’s internal reservoir.
See also: Dantian, Ocean of Qi
Rain-Bringer’s Invocation (Zhaoyu Zhou, 招雨咒) A ritual of Chen Jinggu designed to break internal “droughts”—periods of creative, spiritual, or emotional barrenness. Performed at the dark of the moon with fresh water, a white ribbon, a drop of blood, and three grains of rice. The Lu warns that Chen Jinggu answers but asks in return: whatever flows after the invocation must be given away, not hoarded.
See also: Chen Jinggu
Register See Lu, Chao Wu Lu
Sailor’s Shadow Ward (Shuishou Ying Hu, 水手影護) The third of the Three Concealments. At noon, when shadows are shortest, the practitioner traces her shadow (or her crewmates’ shadows) onto a wooden deck with cinnabar, fixes it with saltpetre, severs the connection with a drop of blood, and seals the decoys with a circle of seawater. The painted shadows serve as decoys for curses and spiritual tracking. Non-consensual use is strictly prohibited.
See also: Three Concealments, Stealth Talisman, Mo Jiang Fu
Sancai (三才) The Three Powers or Three Potencies: Heaven (Tian, 天), Earth (Di, 地), and Humanity (Ren, 人). The fundamental triad through which all cosmic operations are mediated in Daoist thought. Invoked in the Ghost Tide Exorcism, where three iron nails are driven into the sand—one for each power—to bind chaotic forces.
See also: Ghost Tide Exorcism
Silent Tide (Mo Chao Lang, 默潮浪) One of the eight primary patterns of Wave Script Divination: waves that move but produce no sound. The rarest and most dangerous of the eight patterns. Indicates a presence in the practitioner’s waters that the sea does not recognize. The appropriate response is immediate deployment of the Three Concealments.
See also: Wave Script Divination, Three Concealments
Silk Unfurling (Zhan Si Lang, 展絲浪) One of the eight primary patterns of Wave Script Divination: long, smooth, rolling waves that do not break but stretch endlessly. The rarest favorable pattern. Indicates hidden treasure, unexpected opportunity, or something valuable approaching from a distance.
See also: Wave Script Divination
Silver Lady The Chao Wu Lu‘s epithet for Mazu in her lunar aspect—the moon’s light reflected on water, the knife that cuts the tide. Invoked in the Moon-Cutting Tide Talisman: “Silver Lady of the Sky, lend your knife.”
See also: Mazu, Moon-Cutting Tide Talisman
Spirit Wand (Shen Zhang, 神杖) One of the two primary tools of the Sea Witch, alongside the Bronze Mirror. Carved from peach wood (for protection) or willow (for communication with the dead), approximately the length of the practitioner’s forearm. Used to transmit talismans, direct energy, and trace sigils in air, water, or sand. Should be carved by the practitioner herself, received as a gift from another Tide Witch, or found as driftwood already shaped by the sea. Stored upright—“a spine should be vertical.”
See also: Bronze Mirror, Consecration
Stealth Talisman (Yin Shen Fu, 隱身符) The first of the Three Concealments. The character 隱 (yin, “hidden”) is painted in deliberately faint seal script above a counterclockwise spiral and a mirror-breaking sigil. Works on the principle of reflected attention: the talisman does not make the vessel optically invisible but redirects the hostile gaze so that the enemy sees water where the ship is and the ship where the water is. Ink is made with cinnabar, seawater, and cuttlebone or mother-of-pearl.
See also: Three Concealments, Mo Jiang Fu, Sailor’s Shadow Ward
Storm Water (Baoyu Shui, 暴雨水) Ocean water gathered during a storm, from rain falling directly into the sea. Volatile, unpredictable, exceptionally powerful. Used for workings that require sudden change, disruption of stasis, or the breaking of obstacles. The Lu warns: “Store Storm Water in a sealed container away from your sleeping place. It dreams of thunder.”
See also: Ocean Water
Talisman (Fu, 符) A written or painted diagram that channels spiritual authority. Daoist talismans typically combine seal script characters, cosmic diagrams, and the seal of the Celestial Master. The Chao Wu Lu preserves several talismans adapted for maritime use, including the Stealth Talisman, the Moon-Cutting Tide Talisman, the Muffling Oar Talisman, and the Blood-Breast Talisman. Talismanic ink is traditionally cinnabar-based, with activating agents specific to each working.
See also: Cinnabar, Celestial Master
Three Concealments (San Yin, 三隱) The foundational tactical suite of the Sea Witch: the Stealth Talisman (concealing from sight), the Muffling Oar Talisman (concealing from sound), and the Sailor’s Shadow Ward (concealing from spiritual tracking). Together, they render a vessel undetectable across all three domains of perception. The Lu describes a fully warded ship as “a rumor” that “passes through the world without leaving evidence.”
See also: Stealth Talisman, Mo Jiang Fu, Sailor’s Shadow Ward
Three Pure Ones (Sanqing, 三清) The supreme deities of the Daoist pantheon: the Celestial Worthy of Primordial Beginning (Yuanshi Tianzun), the Celestial Worthy of Numinous Treasure (Lingbao Tianzun), and the Celestial Worthy of the Way and Its Virtue (Daode Tianzun). Invoked in the Dragon King’s Bargain as the cosmic legal authorities who bind all treaties and judge violations. The Chao Wu Lu acknowledges the Three Pure Ones but subordinates them in practice to the feminine deities (Mazu, Xiwangmu, Chen Jinggu) and the sea itself.
See also: Dao, Celestial Master
Tishen (替身) A substitute body, typically a paper effigy, used in Chinese ritual to absorb and carry away misfortune, curses, or spiritual intrusions. The Lu employs the tishen in the Ghost Tide Exorcism (where it receives the practitioner’s agitation and is burned) and in the Sailor’s Shadow Ward (where the painted shadow functions as a decoy soul-shell). The principle of substitution—offering a copy that takes the blow while the original escapes—is central to The Lu‘s tactical philosophy.
See also: Ghost Tide Exorcism, Sailor’s Shadow Ward
Wave Calligraphers (Lang Shufa, 浪書法) According to a fragmentary reference in The Chao Wu Lu, a lost tradition of Tide Witches who could not only read the waves but write in them, transmitting messages across miles of open water by striking the surface in specific patterns. The Lu‘s compiler acknowledges this account as “known only by fragments, passed down orally, and possibly lost entirely” but preserves it as a horizon of possibility.
See also: Wave Script Divination
Wave Script Divination See Lang Zhan
Weak Water (Ruo Shui, 弱水) The impassable body of water that surrounds Xiwangmu’s mountain at Kunlun. According to the Shanhaijing, it will not float a feather, carry a leaf, or bear a boat. The Chao Wu Lu transforms this into a metaphor and a meditation: the Weak Water Meditation (Ruoshui Guan) teaches the practitioner to become the shore against which disturbances break and become nothing.
See also: Xiwangmu, Weak Water Meditation
Weak Water Meditation (Ruoshui Guan, 弱水觀) An internal cultivation practice associated with Xiwangmu. The practitioner breathes into the qihai, visualizes a disturbance as a wave, and practices being the shore—not pushing back, not fleeing, but remaining still as the wave breaks and recedes. The Lu cautions that stillness cultivated too deeply can isolate: “The Sea Witch walks on the shore between the water and the land. She is not meant to dwell in the heights forever.”
See also: Xiwangmu, Weak Water, Dantian
Whirlpool Water (Xuanwo Shui, 漩渦水) Ocean water gathered from the edge of a whirlpool or maelstrom. The preferred medium for the Dragon King’s Bargain and any working involving contracts, bindings, or the turning of fortune from one direction to another. Carries “the memory of the spiral.”
See also: Ocean Water, Dragon King’s Bargain
White Serpent (Bai She Lang, 白蛇浪) One of the eight primary patterns of Wave Script Divination: a single line of white foam stretching across multiple wave fronts, undulating. Indicates transformation and significant change. Neither favorable nor unfavorable in itself. The direction of the “head” (seaward or landward) indicates whether the change comes from external or internal sources.
See also: Wave Script Divination
Wu Wei (無為) Non-action, effortless action—the Daoist principle of acting in harmony with the Dao rather than forcing outcomes through effort. The Chao Wu Lu applies wu wei to the Sea Witch’s tactical philosophy: the Stealth Talisman does not overpower the enemy’s gaze but redirects it; the Weak Water Meditation does not resist the wave but lets it break; the Tide Witch does not seek power over the sea but power with the sea.
See also: Dao, Daodejing
Xiwangmu (西王母) The Queen Mother of the West, one of the oldest deities in the Chinese pantheon. In early texts like the Shanhaijing, she appears as a feral sovereign with tiger’s teeth and a leopard’s tail, dwelling on Mount Kunlun ringed by the impassable Weak Water. Later Daoist tradition softened her into a beautiful immortal queen embodying pure Yin. The Chao Wu Lu draws on both images, treating Xiwangmu as the strategic model of stillness—the one who does not need to move because everything breaks against her.
See also: Weak Water, Weak Water Meditation
Xuanpin (玄牝) The “mysterious female” or “dark female animal” of the Daodejing (Chapter 6), described as the gateway through which all things enter existence. The Chao Wu Lu places the xuanpin at the center of its cosmology, identifying this primordial feminine principle with the sea itself: “The Dao is named Mother; the Mother’s body is salt water.” The term is the theological anchor of the grimoire’s feminist reclamation of Daoist cosmology.
See also: Dao, Daodejing
Yin Shen Fu (隱身符) See Stealth Talisman
Zhan Chao Fu (斬潮符) See Moon-Cutting Tide Talisman
Zhengyi (正一) The Orthodox Unity school of Daoism, founded by Zhang Daoling in the second century CE. The Zhengyi tradition emphasizes talismanic magic, exorcism, and ritual mastery, and its influence is visible throughout The Chao Wu Lu in the repeated use of the Celestial Master’s seal. However, the Tide Witches operated outside formal Zhengyi ordination lineages, adapting its technologies for their own purposes and contexts.
See also: Celestial Master, Talisman
1 Those such things did not exist at the time, I would include: no plastics, no synthetic compounds, no treated leathers, no batteries, no modern electronics. Nothing that will make you an enemy of the sea.
from, The Works of John Marston. Volume 1, by John Marston (1602)
translation into Chinese by ZJC (2026)
DRAMATIS PERSONAE
剧中人物
PIERO SFORZA, Duke of Venice. A Machiavellian usurper who poisoned his rival Andrugio, falsely accused Mellida of wantonness, murdered Feliche, and plots to marry Maria. The play’s arch-villain.
ANTONIO, son to the murdered Andrugio, affianced to Mellida. The revenge-hero. Grief-stricken and philosophically torn, he descends from noble prince to child-murderer across the course of the play.
MARIA, Andrugio’s widow, mother to Antonio. A virtuous woman caught between loyalty to her dead husband, love for her son, and the unwanted suit of her husband’s murderer.
MELLIDA, daughter to Piero, affianced to Antonio. Innocent victim of her father’s plots. Imprisoned, falsely accused of debauchery, sentenced to death. Her purity and steadfast love for Antonio stand in stark contrast to the corruption around her.
PANDULPHO, father to the murdered Feliche. A Stoic philosopher who initially refuses to grieve his son’s death with tears, advocating rational fortitude. His philosophy spectacularly collapses, and he becomes a fierce avenger.
ALBERTO, a Venetian gentleman, friend to Antonio and cousin to Feliche. A loyal friend and secondary avenger. He presents the false report of Antonio’s drowning and participates in the final execution.
BALURDO, a rich gull, later knighted as Sir Jeffrey Balurdo. An absurd, malapropism-spouting fool whose catchphrase is “retort and obtuse.” Provides comic relief but also participates in the final revenge. His buffoonery masks a certain loyalty.
MATZAGENTE, a modern braggadocio. A boastful soldier, the miles gloriosus type. All talk, no substance.
马扎真特,一个时下的自吹自擂者。 一个夸夸其谈的士兵,属于“吹牛军人”类型。空话连篇,华而不实。
GALEAZZO, son to the Duke of Milan. A Florentine prince who becomes an ally of the conspirators. Marries Mellida by arrangement.
加莱亚佐,米兰公爵之子。 一位弗洛伦萨的王子,成为叛乱者的盟友。奉安排与梅莉达成婚。
FOROBOSCO, a Parasite. A court flatterer and tool of Piero. Assists in the strangling of Strotzo.
福罗博斯科,寄食者。 朝中的奉承者,皮埃罗的工具。协助绞死斯特罗佐。
CASTILIO BALTHAZAR, a spruce courtier. A polished courtier. Also assists in the strangling of Strotzo and in imprisoning Balurdo.
卡斯蒂利奥·巴尔塔扎,一个衣冠楚楚的朝臣。 一位光鲜的朝臣。同样协助绞死斯特罗佐及囚禁巴鲁尔多。
LUCIO, an old nobleman, attendant to Maria. A loyal servant who counsels political worldliness but remains attached to Maria.
卢西奥,老贵族,玛利娅的随从。 一位忠诚的侍从,劝人通晓世俗之道,却始终依附于玛利娅。
STROTZO, a creature of Piero. Piero’s hired murderer. Kills Andrugio by poison, then is scripted by Piero into a false confession and strangled by his own master.
NUTRICHE, attendant to Maria. A bawdy old nurse who has had four husbands and believes in the virtues of variety. Encourages Maria to forget Andrugio and marry Piero.
GHOST OF ANDRUGIO, murdered father of Antonio. Appears at key moments to demand revenge, reveal truths, and finally to witness and bless the completion of vengeance.
GHOST OF FELICHE, murdered friend of Antonio. Appears briefly alongside Andrugio’s ghost to cry “Murder!”
费利切的鬼魂,安东尼奥被害的朋友。 与安德鲁吉奥的鬼魂一同短暂显灵,喊出「谋杀!」
TWO SENATORS, HERALD, WAITING-WOMEN, PAGES, &c. 二元老、传令官、众侍女、侍童等。
THE SCENE — VENICE 地点——威尼斯
PROLOGUE
开场诗
The rawish dank of clumsy winter ramps The fluent summer’s vein; and drizzling sleet Chilleth the wan bleak cheek of the numb’d earth, Whilst snarling gusts nibble the juiceless leaves From the nak’d shudd’ring branch; and pills the skin From off the soft and delicate aspects. O now, methinks, a sullen tragic scene Would suit the time with pleasing congruence. May we be happy in our weak devoir, And all part pleased in most wish’d content! But sweat of Hercules can ne’er beget So blest an issue. Therefore, we proclaim, If any spirit breathes within this round, Uncappable of weighty passion, (As from his birth being hugged in the arms, And nuzzled ‘twixt the breasts of happiness) Who winks, and shuts his apprehension up From common sense of what men were and are, Who would not know what men must be—let such Hurry amain from our black-visaged shows: We shall affright their eyes. But if a breast Nail’d to the earth with grief; if any heart Pierc’d through with anguish pant within this ring; If there be any blood whose heat is choked And stifled with true sense of misery; If ought of these strains fill this consort up— Th’ arrive most welcome. O that our power Could lackey or keep wing with our desires, That with unused paize of style and sense, We might weigh massy in judicious scale. Yet here’s the prop that doth support our hopes: When our scenes falter, or invention halts, Your favour will give crutches to our faults. [Exits.]
Enter PIERO, unbraced, his arms bare, smeared in blood, a poniard in one hand bloody, and a torch in the other; STROTZO following him with a cord. 皮埃罗上,衣襟敞开,双臂赤裸,血迹斑斑,一手持血淋淋的短剑,一手持火把;斯特罗佐手持绳索紧随其后。
PIERO.
Ho, Gasper Strotzo, bind Feliche’s trunk Unto the panting side of Mellida! [Exit STROTZO.]
皮埃罗 喂,加斯珀·斯特罗佐,把费利切的尸身 捆在梅莉达那起伏的肋旁! [斯特罗佐下。]
‘Tis yet dead night, yet all the earth is clutch’d In the dull leaden hand of snoring sleep; No breath disturbs the quiet of the air, No spirit moves upon the breast of earth, Save howling dogs, night-crows, and screeching owls, Save meagre ghosts, Piero, and black thoughts.
One, two! [Clock strikes.] Lord, in two hours what a topless mount Of unpeer’d mischief have these hands cast up!
一下,两下![钟鸣。] 天哪,短短两个时辰之内,这双手 竟堆起了一座何等无顶无极的恶行之山!
Re-enter STROTZO. 斯特罗佐重上。
I can scarce coop triumphing vengeance up From bursting forth in braggart passion.
我几乎无法将欢欣鼓舞的复仇 囚禁于内,不任它喷涌而出化为夸耀的激情。
STROTZO.
My lord, ’tis firmly said that—
斯特罗佐 主公,有确凿消息说——
PIERO.
Andrugio sleeps in peace: this brain hath choked The organ of his breast.
皮埃罗 安德鲁吉奥已然长眠安息:我这副头脑 已将他胸中的器官堵塞。
Feliche hangs But as a bait upon the line of death, To tice on mischief. I am great in blood, Unequall’d in revenge.
而费利切高悬, 不过是死亡钓线上的一枚诱饵, 为引来更多的灾祸。我浴血而尊, 复仇之道无人能及。
You horrid scouts That sentinel swart night, give loud applause From your large palms.
尔等恐怖的斥候, 驻守黝黑夜色的哨兵,且用你们 巨掌发出震天的喝彩吧。
First, know, my heart was rais’d Unto Andrugio’s life upon this ground—
首先,尔等须知,我起意要夺取 安德鲁吉奥的性命,乃是出于——
STROTZO.
Duke, ’tis reported—
斯特罗佐 公爵,据报——
PIERO.
We both were rivals in our may of blood, Unto Maria, fair Ferrara’s heir. He won the lady, to my honour’s death, And from her sweets cropp’d this Antonio; For which I burnt in inward swelt’ring hate, And fester’d rankling malice in my breast, Till I might belk revenge upon his eyes: And now (O bless’d now!) ’tis done. Hell, night, Give loud applause to my hypocrisy.
When his bright valour even dazzled sense, In off’ring his own head, public reproach Had blurr’d my name. Speak, Strotzo, had it not?
当他耀眼的勇武令人目眩神夺之时, 若公然予以责难, 我的名誉必将蒙污。斯特罗佐,你说,难道不是么?
If then I had—
若我那时便已下手——
STROTZO.
It had, so please—
斯特罗佐 确会如此,若您——
PIERO.
What had, so please? Unseasoned sycophant, Piero Sforza is no numbed lord, Senseless of all true touch; stroke not the head Of infant speech, till it be fully born; Go to!
Nay, right thine eyes: ’twas but a little spleen,— Huge plunge! Sin’s grown a slave, and must observe slight evils; Huge villains are enforc’d to claw all devils.— Pish, sweet, thy thoughts, and give me—
Give me thy ears; huge infamy had press’d down My honour, if even then, when his fresh act Of prowess bloom’d out full, I had ta’en Vengeance on his hated head—
Nay, prithee give me leave to say, vouchsafe; Submiss entreats beseem my humble fate.
玛利娅 不,请容我说,惠赐; 谦卑的恳求才合于我卑微的命运。
Here let us sit. O Lucio, fortune’s gilt Is rubb’d quite off from my slight tin-foil’d state, And poor Maria must appear ungraced Of the bright fulgor of gloss’d majesty.
Cheer up your spirits, Madam; fairer chance, Than that which courts your presence instantly, Can not be formed by the quick mould of thought.
卢西奥 振作精神,夫人;比此刻正向您 殷勤走来的好运更美好的机缘, 即便思想的迅捷模具也无法塑就。
MARIA.
Art thou assured the dukes are reconciled? Shall my womb’s honour wed fair Mellida? Will heaven at length grant harbour to my head? Shall I once more clip my Andrugio, And wreath my arms about Antonio’s neck? Or is glib rumour grown a parasite, Holding a false glass to my sorrow’s eyes, Making the wrinkled front of grief seem fair, Though ’tis much rivell’d with abortive care?
Most virtuous princess, banish straggling fear, Keep league with comfort. For these eyes beheld The dukes united; yon faint glimmering light Ne’er peeped through the crannies of the east, Since I beheld them drink a sound carouse, In sparkling Bacchus, unto each other’s health; Your son assur’d to beauteous Mellida, And all clouds clear’d of threat’ning discontent.
Beshrow your fingers! marry, you have disturb’d The pleasure of the finest dream. O God! I was even coming to it, law. O Jesu! ’twas coming of the sweetest. I’ll tell you now, Methought I was married, and methought I spent (O Lord, why did you wake me?), and methought I spent three spur-royals On the fiddlers for striking up a fresh hornpipe. Saint Ursula! I was even going to bed, And you, methought, my husband, was even putting out the tapers, When you—Lord, I shall never have such a dream Come upon me, as long as—
Peace, idle creature, peace!—When will the court rise?
玛利娅 住口,无聊的东西,住口!——宫里何时起驾?
LUCIO.
Madam, ’twere best you took some lodging up, And lay in private till the soil of grief Were clear’d your cheek, and new burnish’d lustre Clothèd your presence, ‘fore you saw the dukes, And enter’d ‘mong the proud Venetian states.
No, Lucio, my dear lord is wise, and knows That tinsel glitter, or rich purified robes, Curl’d hairs, hung full of sparkling carcanets, Are not the true adornments of a wife. So long as wives are faithful, modest, chaste, Wise lords affect them. Virtue doth not waste With each slight flame of crackling vanity. A modest eye forceth affection, Whilst outward gayness’ light looks but entice: Fairer than nature’s fair is foulest vice. She that loves art to get her cheek more lovers, Much outward gauds, slight inward grace discovers. I care not to seem fair but to my lord: Those that strive most to please most strangers’ sight, Folly may judge most fair, wisdom most light.
But hark, soft music gently moves the air! I think the bridegroom’s up. Lucio, stand close. O now, Maria, challenge grief to stay Thy joy’s encounter. Look, Lucio, ’tis clear day.
[They retire to the back of the stage.] [二人退至舞台后方。]
Enter ANTONIO, GALEAZZO, MATZAGENTE, BALURDO, PANDULPHO, FELICHE, ALBERTO, FOROBOSCO, CASTILIO, and a Page. 安东尼奥、加莱亚佐、马扎真特、巴鲁尔多、 潘杜尔福、费利切、阿尔贝托、福罗博斯科、卡斯蒂利奥及一侍童上。
ANTONIO.
Darkness is fled: look, infant morn hath drawn Bright silver curtains ’bout the couch of night; And now Aurora’s horse trots azure rings, Breathing fair light about the firmament. Stand, what’s that?
By my troth, methinks his nose is just colour de roy.
巴鲁尔多 凭良心说,我瞧他的鼻子正是王徽色。
MATZAGENTE.
I tell thee, fool, my nose will abide no jest.
马扎真特 我告诉你,傻子,我的鼻子可不容取笑。
BALURDO.
No, in truth, I do not jest; I speak truth. Truth is the touchstone of all things; and, if your nose will not abide the truth, your nose will not abide the touch; and, if your nose will not abide the touch, your nose is a copper nose, and must be nail’d up for a slip.
[BALURDO draws out his writing tables, and writes.] [巴鲁尔多掏出书写板,记写。]
BALURDO.
Retort and obtuse, good words, very good words.
巴鲁尔多 回敬,愚钝,好词儿,真是好词儿。
GALEAZZO.
Young prince, look sprightly; fie, a bridegroom sad!
加莱亚佐 年轻的殿下,打起精神来;呸,新郎岂能面色阴郁!
BALURDO.
In truth, if he were retort and obtuse, no question he would be merry; but, and please my genius, I will be most retort and obtuse ere night. I’ll tell you what I’ll bear soon at night in my shield, for my device.
Marry forsooth, I’ll carry for my device my grandfather’s great stone horse, flinging up his head, and jerking out his left leg: the word, “Wigby Purt.” As I am a true knight, will’t not be most retort and obtuse, ha?
Blow hence these sapless jests. I tell you, bloods, My spirit’s heavy, and the juice of life Creeps slowly through my stiffen’d arteries. Last sleep, my sense was steep’d in horrid dreams: Three parts of night were swallow’d in the gulf Of ravenous time, when to my slumb’ring powers, Two meagre ghosts made apparition. The one’s breast seem’d fresh paunch’d with bleeding wounds, Whose bubbling gore sprang in my frighted eyes; The other ghost assum’d my father’s shape: Both cried, “Revenge!” At which my trembling joints, Iced quite over with a frozed cold sweat, Leap’d forth the sheets. Three times I grasp’d at shades, And thrice, deluded by erroneous sense, I forc’d my thoughts make stand; when lo, I oped A large bay window, thorough which the night Struck terror to my soul. The verge of heaven Was ring’d with flames, and all the upper vault Thick-lac’d with flakes of fire; in midst whereof A blazing comet shot his threat’ning train Just on my face. Viewing these prodigies, I bow’d my naked knee and pierc’d the star With an out-facing eye, pronouncing thus: Deus imperat astris. At which, my nose straight bled; Then doubted I my word, so slunk to bed.
Verily, Sir Jeffrey had a monstrous strange dream the last night. For methought I dreamt I was asleep, and methought the ground yawn’d and belkt up the abhominable ghost of a misshapen simile, with two ugly pages; the one called master, even as going before; and the other mounser, even so following after; whilst Signior Simile stalk’d most prodigiously in the midst. At which I bewray’d the fearfulness of my nature, and being ready to forsake the fortress of my wit, start up, called for a clean shirt, ate a mess of broth, and with that I awaked.
I prithee, peace. I tell you, gentlemen, The frightful shades of night yet shake my brain: My jellied blood’s not thaw’d: the sulphur damps, That flew in winged lightning ’bout my couch, Yet stick within my sense, my soul is great In expectation of dire prodigies.
Tut, my young prince, let not thy fortunes see Their lord a coward. He that’s nobly born Abhors to fear: base fear’s the brand of slaves. He that observes, pursues, slinks back for fright, Was never cast in mould of noble sprite.
Tush, there’s a sun will straight exhale these damps Of chilling fear. Come, shall’s salute the bride?
加莱亚佐 咄,自有朝阳将这些寒彻心骨的恐惧 化作雾气驱散。来吧,我们可要去问候新娘?
ANTONIO.
Castilio, I prithee mix thy breath with his: Sing one of Signior Renaldo’s airs, To rouse the slumb’ring bride from gluttoning In surfeit of superfluous sleep. Good signior, sing.
What means this silence and unmoved calm? Boy, wind thy cornet: force the leaden gates Of lazy sleep fly open with thy breath. My Mellida not up? not stirring yet? umh!
That voice should be my son’s, Antonio’s. Antonio!
玛利娅 [旁白。] 那声音该是我儿的,安东尼奥的。 安东尼奥!
ANTONIO.
Here: who calls? here stands Antonio.
安东尼奥 在此:谁唤我?安东尼奥在此。
MARIA.
Sweet son!
玛利娅 爱儿!
ANTONIO.
Dear mother!
安东尼奥 亲爱的母亲!
MARIA.
Fair honour of a chaste and loyal bed, Thy father’s beauty, thy sad mother’s love, Were I as powerful as the voice of fate, Felicity complete should sweet thy state; But all the blessings that a poor banish’d wretch Can pour upon thy head, take, gentle son: Live, gracious youth, to close thy mother’s eyes, Loved of thy parents, till their latest hour. How cheers my lord, thy father? O sweet boy, Part of him thus I clip, my dear, dear joy.
Madam, last night I kissed his princely hand, And took a treasured blessing from his lips. O mother, you arrive in jubilee, And firm atonement of all boist’rous rage; Pleasure, united love, protested faith, Guard my loved father, as sworn pensioners: The dukes are leagued in firmest bond of love, And you arrive even in the solsticy And highest point of sunshine happiness.
Hark, madam, how yon cornet jerketh up His strain’d shrill accents in the capering air, As proud to summon up my bright-cheek’d love! Now, mother, ope wide expectation; Let loose your amplest sense, to entertain Th’ impression of an object of such worth That life’s too poor to—
I tell thee, prince, that presence straight appears Of which thou canst not form hyperboles; The trophy of triumphing excellence, The heart of beauty, Mellida appears. See, look, the curtain stirs; shine nature’s pride, Love’s vital spirit, dear Antonio’s bride.
[The curtain’s drawn, and the body of FELICHE, stabb’d thick with wounds, appears hung up.] [帷幕拉开,费利切的尸体出现,浑身密布刺伤,高悬其间。]
What villain floods the window of my love? What slave hath hung yon gory ensign up In flat defiance of humanity? Awake, thou fair unspotted purity! Death’s at thy window, awake, bright Mellida! Antonio calls!
Enter PIERO, unbraced, with FOROBOSCO. 皮埃罗上,衣襟敞开,福罗博斯科随上。
PIERO.
Who gives these ill-befitting attributes Of chaste, unspotted, bright, to Mellida? He lies as loud as thunder: she’s unchaste, Tainted, impure, black as the soul of hell.
[ANTONIO draws his rapier, offers to run at PIERO, but MARIA holds his arm and stays him.] [安东尼奥拔剑,欲刺向皮埃罗,但玛利娅抓住他的手臂拦住了他。]
ANTONIO.
Dog! I will make thee eat thy vomit up, Which thou hast belkt ‘gainst taintless Mellida.
安东尼奥 狗东西!我要叫你把你那 喷向纯洁的梅莉达的秽物吞回去。
PIERO.
Ram’t quickly down, that it may not rise up To imbraid my thoughts. Behold my stomach; Strike me quite through with the relentless edge Of raging fury.
Boy, I’ll kill thy love. Pandulph Feliche, I have stabb’d thy son: Look, yet his lifeblood reeks upon this steel. Albert, yon hangs thy friend. Have none of you Courage of vengeance? Forget I am your duke; Think Mellida is not Piero’s blood; Imagine on slight ground I’ll blast his honour; Suppose I saw not that incestuous slave, Clipping the strumpet with luxurious twins! O, numb my sense of anguish, cast my life In a dead sleep, whilst law cuts off yon maim, Yon putrid ulcer of my royal blood!
There glow no sparks of reason in the world; All are rak’d up in ashy beastliness. The bulk of man’s as dark as Erebus, No branch of reason’s light hangs in his trunk: There lives no reason to keep league withal. I ha’ no reason to be reasonable. Her wedding eve, link’d to the noble blood Of my most firmly-reconciled friend, And found even cling’d in sensuality! O heaven! O heaven! Were she as near my heart As is my liver, I would rend her off.
The vast delights of his large sudden joys Open’d his powers so wide, that ‘s native heat So prodigally flow’d t’ exterior parts, That th’ inner citadel was left unmann’d, And so surpris’d on sudden by cold death.
[Exeunt PIERO, CASTILIO, FOROBOSCO, and BALURDO, bearing out MARIA.] [皮埃罗、卡斯蒂利奥、福罗博斯科及巴鲁尔多扶玛利娅下。]
PANDULPHO.
Dead!
潘杜尔福 死了!
ANTONIO.
Dead!
安东尼奥 死了!
ALBERTO.
Dead!
阿尔贝托 死了!
ANTONIO.
Why, now the womb of mischief is deliver’d, Of the prodigious issue of the night.
安东尼奥 唉,此刻,灾祸的子宫已分娩, 诞下了昨夜那凶兆的异种。
PANDULPHO.
Ha, ha, ha!
潘杜尔福 哈,哈,哈!
ANTONIO.
My father dead: my love attaint of lust,— That’s a large lie, as vast as spacious hell! Poor guiltless lady! O, accursed lie! What, whom, whither, which shall I first lament? A dead father, a dishonour’d wife? Stand. Methinks I feel the frame of nature shake. Cracks not the joints of earth to bear my woes?
Lies thy cold father dead, his glossed eyes New clos’d up by thy sad mother’s hands? Hast thou a love, as spotless as the brow Of clearest heaven, blurr’d with false defames? Are thy moist entrails crumpled up with grief Of parching mischiefs? Tell me, does thy heart With punching anguish spur thy galled ribs? Then come, let’s sit and weep and wreathe our arms: I’ll hear thy counsel.
Confusion to all comfort! I defy it. Comfort’s a parasite, a flattering jack, And melts resolv’d despair. O boundless woe, If there be any black yet unknown grief, If there be any horror yet unfelt, Unthought of mischief in thy fiend-like power, Dash it upon my miserable head; Make me more wretch, more curs’d if thou canst! O, now my fate is more than I could fear: My woes more weighty than my soul can bear. [Exit.]
Why laugh you, uncle? That’s my coz, your son, Whose breast hangs cas’d in his cluttered gore.
阿尔贝托 您为何发笑,伯父?那可是我的堂兄,您的儿子, 他的胸膛就悬在那里,裹着一身凝结的血块。
PANDULPHO.
True, man, true: why, wherefore should I weep? Come, sit, kind nephew: come on; thou and I Will talk as chorus to this tragedy. Entreat the music strain their instruments With a slight touch, whilst we—Say on, fair coz.
He was the very hope of Italy, [Music sounds softly.] The blooming honour of your drooping age.
阿尔贝托 他正是意大利的寄望所在, [乐声轻柔响起。] 您衰颓之年的盛放荣光。
PANDULPHO.
True, coz, true. They say that men of hope are crush’d; Good are supprest by base desertless clods, That stifle gasping virtue. Look, sweet youth, How provident our quick Venetians are, Lest hooves of jades should trample on my boy: Look how they lift him up to eminence, Heave him ‘bove reach of flesh. Ha, ha, ha!
Wouldst have me cry, run raving up and down, For my son’s loss? Wouldst have me turn rank mad, Or wring my face with mimic action; Stamp, curse, weep, rage, and then my bosom strike? Away, ’tis aspish action, player-like. If he is guiltless, why should tears be spent? Thrice blessed soul that dieth innocent. If he is leper’d with so foul a guilt, Why should a sigh be lent, a tear be spilt? The gripe of chance is weak to wring a tear From him that knows what fortitude should bear. Listen, young blood. ‘Tis not true valour’s pride To swagger, quarrel, swear, stamp, rave, and chide, To stab in fume of blood, to keep loud coil, To bandy factions in domestic broils, To dare the act of sins, whose filth excels The blackest customs of blind infidels. No, my lov’d youth: he may of valour vaunt Whom fortune’s loudest thunder cannot daunt; Whom fretful gales of chance, stern fortune’s siege, Makes not his reason slink, the soul’s fair liege; Whose well-pais’d action ever rests upon Not giddy humours, but discretion. This heart in valour even Jove out-goes: Jove is without, but this ‘bove sense of woes; And such a one, eternity. Behold— Good morrow, son; thou bid’st a fig for cold. [Loud music.] Loud louder music: let my breath exact You strike sad tones unto this dismal act. [Exeunt.]
Enter two mourners with torches, two with streamers; CASTILIO and FOROBOSCO, with torches; a Herald bearing ANDRUGIO’S helm and sword; the coffin; MARIA supported by LUCIO and ALBERTO; Antonio, by himself; PIERO and STROTZO, talking; GALEAZZO and MATZAGENTE, BALURDO and PANDULPHO: the coffin set down; helm, sword, and streamers hung up, placed by the Herald, whilst ANTONIO and MARIA wet their handkerchers with their tears, kiss them, and lay them on the hearse, kneeling: all go out but PIERO. Cornets cease, and he speaks.
Rot there, thou cerecloth that enfolds the flesh Of my loath’d foe; moulder to crumbling dust; Oblivion choke the passage of thy fame! Trophies of honour’d birth drop quickly down: Let nought of him, but what was vicious, live. Though thou art dead, think not my hate is dead: I have but newly twone my arm in the curl’d locks Of snaky vengeance. Pale, beetle-brow’d hate But newly bustles up. Sweet wrong, I clap thy thoughts! O let me hug thy bosom, rub thy breast, In hope of what may hap. Andrugio rots, Antonio lives: umh: how long? ha, ha! how long? Antonio pack’d hence, I’ll his mother wed, Then clear my daughter of supposed lust, Wed her to Florence’ heir. O excellent! Venice, Genoa, Florence at my beck, At Piero’s nod.
Enter BALURDO with a beard, half off, half on. 巴鲁尔多上,胡子半脱半挂。
BALURDO.
When my beard is on, most noble prince, when my beard is on.
巴鲁尔多 等我的胡子挂正了,最高贵的殿下, 等我的胡子挂正了。
PIERO.
Why, what dost thou with a beard?
皮埃罗 咦,你挂着副胡子做什么?
BALURDO.
In truth, one told me that my wit was bald, and that a mermaid was half fish and half fish; and therefore to speak wisely, like one of your counsel, as indeed it hath pleased you to make me, not only being a fool of your counsel, but also to make me of your counsel being a fool: if my wit be bald, and a mermaid be half fish and half conger, then I must be forced to conclude— The tiring man hath not glued on my beard half fast enough. God’s bores, it will not stick to fall off.
Dost thou know what thou hast spoken all this while?
皮埃罗 你可知道你这半天都说了些什么?
BALURDO.
O lord, duke, I would be sorry of that. Many men can utter that which no man but themselves can conceive: but I thank a good wit, I have the gift to speak that which neither any man else nor myself understands.
I’ll seem to wind yon fool with kindest arm. He that’s ambitious-minded, and but man, Must have his followers beasts, damn’d slavish sots, Whose service is obedience, and whose wit Reacheth no further than to admire their lord, And stare in adoration of his worth. I loathe a slave, rak’d out of common mud, Should seem to sit in counsel with my heart. High-honour’d blood’s too squeamish to assent And lend a hand to an ignoble act: Poison from roses who could e’er abstract?
How now, Pandulpho? weeping for thy son? 怎么着,潘杜尔福?在为你的儿子哭泣?
PANDULPHO.
No, no, Piero, weeping for my sins: Had I been a good father, he had been A gracious son.
潘杜尔福 不,不,皮埃罗,在为我自己的罪哭泣: 若我曾是个好父亲,他本会 是个有德的好儿子。
PIERO.
Pollution must be purged.
皮埃罗 污秽必须被肃清。
PANDULPHO.
Why taint’st thou then the air with stench of flesh, And human putrefaction’s noisome scent? I pray his body. Who less boon can crave Than to bestow upon the dead his grave?
Grave! Why, think’st thou he deserves a grave, That hath defil’d the temple of—
皮埃罗 坟墓!怎么,你以为那玷污了—— 圣殿的人还配有一座坟墓?
PANDULPHO.
Peace, peace! Methinks I hear a humming murmur creep From out his jellied wounds. Look on those lips, Those now lawn pillows, on whose tender softness Chaste modest speech, stealing from out his breast, Had wont to rest itself, as loath to post From out so fair an inn! look, look, they seem to stir And breathe defiance to black obliquity!
A wise man wrongfully, but never wrong Can take; his breast’s of such well-tempered proof It may be raz’d, not pierc’d by savage tooth Of foaming malice: showers of darts may dark Heaven’s ample brow, but not strike out a spark, Much less pierce the sun’s cheek. Such songs as these I often dittied till my boy did sleep; But now I turn plain fool, alas, I weep.
‘Fore heaven he makes me shrug; would ‘a were dead. He is a virtuous man: what has our court to do With virtue, in the devil’s name!— Pandulpho, hark: My lustful daughter dies; start not, she dies. I pursue justice; I love sanctity, And an undefiled temple of pure thoughts. Shall I speak freely? Good Andrugio’s dead: And I do fear a fetch; but (umh) would I durst speak— I do mistrust but (umh)— [Aside.] Death is he all, all man, Hath he no part of mother in him, ha? No licorish womanish inquisitiveness?
Ay; and I fear his own unnatural blood, To whom he gave life, hath given death for life. [Aside.] How could he come on? I see false suspect Is voiced; wrung hardly in a virtuous heart.— Well, I could give you reason for my doubts: You are of honour’d birth, my very friend: You know how god-like ’tis to root out sin. Antonio is a villain: will you join In oath with me against the traitor’s life, And swear you knew he sought his father’s death? I loved him well, yet I love justice more: Our friends we should affect, justice adore.
O, but that prince, that worthful praise aspires, From hearts, and not from lips, applause desires.
潘杜尔福 哦,可是那渴求真正可贵的赞誉的君主, 他所渴望的喝彩出自人心,而非人口。
PIERO.
Pish! True praise the brow of common men doth ring, False only girts the temple of a king. He that hath strength and ‘s ignorant of power, He was not made to rule, but to be rul’d.
Hence, doting stoic! by my hope of bliss, I’ll make thee wretched.
皮埃罗 滚开,昏聩的斯多亚派!凭我对天福的指望, 我定要叫你苦不堪言。
PANDULPHO.
Defiance to thy power, thou rifted jawn! Now, by the loved heaven, sooner thou shalt Rinse thy foul ribs from the black filth of sin That soots thy heart than make me wretched. Pish! Thou canst not coop me up. Hadst thou a jail With treble walls, like antique Babylon, Pandulpho can get out. I tell thee, duke, I have old Fortunatus’ wishing-cap, And can be where I list even in a trice. I’ll skip from earth into the arms of heaven: And from triumphal arch of blessedness, Spit on thy frothy breast. Thou canst not slave Or banish me; I will be free at home, Maugre the beard of greatness. The portholes Of sheathed spirit are ne’er corbed up, But still stand open ready to discharge Their precious shot into the shrouds of heaven.
O torture! slave, I banish thee the town, Thy native seat of birth.
皮埃罗 哦,折磨!奴才,我将你逐出此城, 逐出你土生土长之地。
PANDULPHO.
How proud thou speak’st! I tell thee, duke, the blasts Of the swoll’n-cheek’d winds, nor all the breath of kings Can puff me out my native seat of birth. The earth’s my body’s, and the heaven’s my soul’s Most native place of birth, which they will keep Despite the menace of mortality. Why, duke, That’s not my native place, where I was rock’d. A wise man’s home is whereso’er he is wise; Now that, from man, not from the place, doth rise.
Enter ANTONIO and ALBERTO, with books; LUCIO meeting them. 安东尼奥与阿尔贝托持书上;卢西奥迎上。
LUCIO.
Fair prince, look sprightly: fie, a bridegroom sad! What, crown your brow with mourning, at the joy Of your dear father’s honour and your love? Be politically courtly: clap not on A leaden conscience to a golden fortune.
Good Lucio, leave thy shallow sophistry. I am not schools’d with politic hests, Nor stand on colours of despite or love; My heart is honest, and my soul devout, And naught but conscience doth my peace remove.
I am your friend, and I do love your right. Give me your grief; I’ll give you patience.
阿尔贝托 我是你的朋友,我珍爱你的权利。 把你的悲恸交给我;我将予你忍耐。
ANTONIO.
Patience! Good name, good man. Of all life’s goods, Patience the best. Yet since that meagre fiend Ent’red my father’s breast, I’ll not lock hands With that same Gorgon. O, I am laid bare, And all my troubled senses thrown wide ope, To brook the worst of wrongs.
I, fool? No, sir; by heaven, I stand stock-still, And nothing can remove me.
安东尼奥 我,傻瓜?不,先生;苍天在上,我站着一动不动, 任什么也移不走我。
ALBERTO.
O, but patience, sir!
阿尔贝托 哦,可是,忍耐啊,殿下!
ANTONIO.
Patience, sir? ‘Tis a word for beasts, For blockheads and for drudges. Look, Alberto. ‘Tis not the stoic schools, or the precepts Of old Academus, that can make me patient. My father’s murder’d! O, I’ll think on that, And on my love attainted, till my soul Grows wild, and all my entrails shrink together. Sirs, let me be.
Since you enforce us, fair prince, we are gone. [Exeunt ALBERTO and LUCIO.]
阿尔贝托 既然您执意如此,好殿下,我们便去了。 [阿尔贝托与卢西奥下。]
ANTONIO reads. 安东尼奥展读。
“Ferte fortiter: hoc est quo deum antecedatis. Ille enim extra patientiam malorum, vos supra. Contemnite dolorem: aut solvetur, aut solvet. Contemnite fortunam: nullum telum, quo feriret animum habet.”
Pish, thy mother was not lately widowed, Thy dear affied love lately defam’d With blemish of foul lust, when thou wrotest thus; Thou wrapt in furs, beaking thy limbs ‘fore fires; Forbid’st the frozen zone to shudder. Ha, ha! ’tis nought But foamy bubbling of a fleamy brain, Nought else but smoke. O what dank marish spirit, But would be fired with impatience At my— No more, no more; he that was ne’er blest With height of birth, fair expectation Of mounted fortunes, knows not what it is To be the pitied object of the world. O, poor Antonio, thou may’st sigh!
Woe for me all, close all your woes in me! In me, Antonio!—ha! where live these sounds? I can see nothing; grief’s invisible, And lurks in secret angles of the heart. Come, sigh again, Antonio bears his part.
O here, here is a vent to pass my sighs. I have surcharged the dungeon with my plaints. Prison and heart will burst, if void of vent. Ay, that is Phoebe, empress of the night, That ‘gins to mount; O chastest deity, If I be false to my Antonio, If the least soil of lust smears my pure love, Make me more wretched, make me more accurs’d Than infamy, torture, death, hell, and heaven, Can bound with amplest power of thought: if not, Purge my poor heart from defamation’s blot.
Purge my poor heart from defamation’s blot! Poor heart, how like her virtuous self she speaks.— Mellida, dear Mellida! it is Antonio: Slink not away, ’tis thy Antonio.
How found you out, my lord? Alas! I know ‘Tis easy in this age to find out woe. I have a suit to you.
梅莉达 我的夫君,您怎么寻来的?唉!我知道, 在这个年头,要寻到悲哀很容易。 我对您有个请求。
ANTONIO.
What is’t, dear soul?
安东尼奥 是什么,亲爱的命根?
MELLIDA.
Kill me; i’faith I’ll wink, not stir a jot. For God’s sake kill me; in sooth, loved youth, I am much injur’d; look, see how I creep. I cannot wreak my wrong, but sigh and weep.
For loving thee. ‘Tis true, my sweetest breast, I must die falsely: so must thou, dear heart. Nets are a-knitting to entrap thy life. Thy father’s death must make a paradise To my (I shame to call him) father. Tell me, sweet, Shall I die thine? dost love me still, and still?
Madam, I will not swell, like a tragedian, In forced passion of affected strains. If I had present power of ought but pitying you, I would be as ready to redress your wrongs As to pursue your love. Throngs of thoughts Crowd for their passage; somewhat I will do. Reach me thy hand; think this is honour’s bent, To live unslav’d, to die innocent.
I’faith I cannot; but I’ll force my face To palliate my sickness.
安东尼奥 说真的,我做不到;但我会强令我的脸 遮掩住我的苦病。
MELLIDA.
Give me thy hand. Peace on thy bosom dwell: That’s all my woe can breathe. Kiss: thus, farewell.
梅莉达 把你的手给我。 愿安宁驻于你的胸膛: 这是我全部的悲哀所能吐出的。吻:就这样,别了。
ANTONIO.
Farewell: my heart is great of thoughts; stay, dove: And therefore I must speak: but what? O love! By this white hand: no more: read in these tears, What crushing anguish thy Antonio bears. [ANTONIO kisseth MELLIDA’S hand: then MELLIDA goes from the grate.]
Thus heat from blood, thus souls from bodies part.
安东尼奥 温热便是这样离了血液,魂灵便是这样离了躯壳。
Enter PIERO and STROTZO. 皮埃罗与斯特罗佐上。
PIERO.
He grieves; laugh, Strotzo, laugh. He weeps. Hath he tears? O pleasure! hath he tears? Now do I scourge Andrugio with steel whips Of knotty vengeance. Strotzo, cause me straight Some plaining ditty to augment despair. [Exit STROTZO.] Triumph, Piero: hark, he groans. O rare!
Behold a prostrate wretch laid on his tomb. His epitaph, thus: Ne plus ultra. Ho! Let none out-woe me: mine’s Herculean woe. [A song within.—Exit PIERO at the end of the song.]
安东尼奥 瞧这匍匐在自己墓上的可怜虫。 他的墓志铭,如此写就:Ne plus ultra。呵! 谁也别想悲过我:我的悲是赫拉克勒斯式的悲。 [幕后歌声起。——曲终时皮埃罗下。]
Enter MARIA. 玛利娅上。
ANTONIO.
May I be more cursèd than Heaven can make me, If I’m not more wretched than man can conceive me. Sore forlorn orphant, what omnipotence Can make thee happy?
Strange news? why, mother, is’t not wondrous strange I am not mad—I run not frantic, ha? Knowing, my father’s trunk scarce cold, your love Is sought by him that doth pursue my life! Seeing the beauty of creation, Antonio’s bride, pure heart, defam’d, and stow’d Under the hatches of obscuring earth! Heu, quo labor, quo vota ceciderunt mea!
MARIA. Talk not of beauty, nor enchanting grace, My husband’s dead, my son’s distraught, accurs’d! Come, I must vent my griefs, or heart will burst. [Exit MARIA.]
She’s gone, and yet she’s here: she hath left a print Of her sweet graces fix’d within my heart, As fresh as is her face. I’ll marry her. She’s most fair,—true; most chaste,—false; Because most fair, ’tis firm I’ll marry her.
Do it with rare passion, and present thy guilt As if ’twere wrung out with thy conscience’ gripe. Swear that my daughter’s innocent of lust, And that Antonio brib’d thee to defame Her maiden honour, on inveterate hate Unto my blood; and that thy hand was feed By his large bounty for his father’s death. Swear plainly that thou choked’st Andrugio, By his son’s only egging. Rush me in Whilst Mellida prepares herself to die, Halter about thy neck, and with such sighs, Laments, and applications life in, As if impulsive power of remorse—
Ay, ay, fall on thy face and cry “why suffer you So lewd a slave as Strotzo is to breathe?”
皮埃罗 对,对,匍匐在地,大喊:「你们怎能容忍 像斯特罗佐这等邪恶的奴才呼吸?」
STROTZO.
I’ll beg a strangling, grow importunate—
斯特罗佐 我会乞求被绞死,变得急切纠缠——
PIERO.
As if thy life were loathsome to thee: then I catch straight the cord’s end; and, as much incens’d With thy damn’d mischiefs, offer a rude hand As ready to gird in thy pipe of breath; But on the sudden straight I’ll stand amaz’d, And fall in exclamations of thy virtues.
So, so; run headlong to confusion: Thou slight-brain’d mischief, thou art made as dirt, To plaster up the bracks of my defects. I’ll wring what may be squeezed from out his use, And good night, Strotzo. Swell plump, bold heart; For now thy tide of vengeance rolleth in: O now Tragoedia Cothurnata mounts, Piero’s thoughts are fix’d on dire exploits. Pell mell—confusion and black murder guides The organs of my spirit: shrink not, heart! [Exit.]
A dumb show. The cornets sounding for the Act. 哑剧。短号奏本幕开场乐。
Enter CASTILIO and FOROBOSCO, ALBERTO and BALURDO, with poleaxes; PIERO, talking with STROTZO, seemeth to send him out: exit STROTZO. Re-enter STROTZO with MARIA, NUTRICHE, and LUCIO. PIERO passeth through his guard, and talks with MARIA with seeming amorousness; she seemeth to reject his suit, flies to the tomb, kneels, and kisseth it. PIERO bribes NUTRICHE and LUCIO; they go to her, seeming to solicit his suit. She riseth, offers to go out; PIERO stayeth her, tears open his breast, embraceth and kisseth her; and so they go all out in state.
After the dumb show enter two Pages, the one with tapers, the other holding a chafing-dish with a perfume in it; ANTONIO, in his night-gown and a night-cap, unbraced, following after. 哑剧毕,二侍童上,一持蜡烛,一持香炉;安东尼奥随后,身着寝袍,头戴睡帽,衣襟敞开。
ANTONIO.
The black jades of swart night trot foggy rings ‘Bout heaven’s brow: [clock strikes twelve] ’tis now stark dead night. Is this Saint Mark’s Church?
ANTONIO. Set tapers to the tomb, and lamp the church: Give me the fire.—Now depart and sleep. [Exeunt Pages.] I purify the air with odorous fume. Graves, vaults, and tombs, groan not to bear my weight; Cold flesh, bleak trunks, wrapt in your half-rot shrouds, I press you softly with a tender foot. Most honour’d sepulchre, vouchsafe a wretch Leave to weep o’er thee. Tomb, I’ll not be long Ere I creep in thee, and with bloodless lips Kiss my cold father’s cheek. I prithee, grave, Provide soft mould to wrap my carcass in. Thou royal spirit of Andrugio, Where’er thou hover’st, airy intellect, I heave up tapers to thee (view thy son) In celebration of due obsequies; Once every night I’ll dew thy funeral hearse With my religious tears. O, blessèd father of a cursed son, Thou died’st most happy, since thou lived’st not To see thy son most wretched, and thy wife Pursued by him that seeks my guiltless blood! O, in what orb thy mighty spirit soars, Stoop and beat down this rising fog of shame, That strives to blur thy blood, and girt defame About my innocent and spotless brows. Non est mori miserum, sed misere mori.
安东尼奥 往墓上安放蜡烛,照亮整座教堂: 把火给我。——你们退下,去睡吧。 [侍童下。] 我以芬芳的香烟净化这空气。 坟墓、穹窿和墓穴,莫要因承载我的重量而呻吟; 冰冷的尸肉、苍白的躯干,裹在你们那半腐的寿衣中, 我用轻柔的脚步轻轻地踏过你们。 至高荣的墓寝啊,请允准一个可怜虫 在您之上垂泪。坟墓啊,用不了许久 我便将爬入您的怀中,用无血的嘴唇 亲吻我冰冷的父亲的面颊。 坟墓啊,我恳求您, 备好柔软的壤土来裹我的遗骸。 你,安德鲁吉奥的英灵, 无论你飘游何处,空中的灵识啊, 我向你举起蜡烛(看你的儿子) 以行合宜的祭奠之礼; 每一夜,我都将以虔诚的泪 濡湿你的柩台。 哦,一个受诅咒之子的蒙福之父啊, 你死得极其幸福,因你未曾活着目睹 你的儿子沦落至这至为悲惨的境地,你的妻子 遭那正追索我无辜之血的人所觊觎! 哦,你伟大的灵魂飞升在哪一层天轮之上, 请俯冲而下,击散这升腾的耻辱之雾吧, 它竭力玷污你的血脉,将毁谤的腰带 紧箍在我清白无瑕的额上。 Non est mori miserum, sed misere mori。
[Ghost of ANDRUGIO rises.] [安德鲁吉奥的鬼魂升起。]
GHOST OF ANDRUGIO.
Thy pangs of anguish rip my cerecloth up, And, lo, the ghost of old Andrugio Forsakes his coffin. Antonio, revenge! I was empoison’d by Piero’s hand. Revenge my blood! take spirit, gentle boy; Revenge my blood! Thy Mellida is chaste: Only to frustrate thy pursuit in love, Is blaz’d unchaste. Thy mother yields consent To be his wife, and give his blood a son, That made her husbandless, and doth complot To make her sonless; but before I touch The banks of rest, my ghost shall visit her. Thou vigour of my youth, juice of my love, Seize on revenge, grasp the stern-bended front Of frowning vengeance with unpaiz’d clutch. Alarum Nemesis, rouse up thy blood! Invent some stratagem of vengeance, Which, but to think on, may like lightning glide With horror through thy breast! Remember this: Scelera non ulcisceris, nisi vincis. [Exit ANDRUGIO’S ghost.]
Enter MARIA, her hair about her ears; NUTRICHE and LUCIO, with Pages, and torches. 玛利娅上,披头散发;乳媪与卢西奥,及侍童持火炬随上。
MARIA.
Where left you him? show me, good boys, away!
玛利娅 你们在哪儿撇下他的?告诉我,好孩子们,快走!
NUTRICHE.
God’s me, your hair!
乳媪 天哪,您的头发!
MARIA.
Nurse, ’tis not yet proud day: The neat gay mists of the light’s not up, Her cheek’s not yet slur’d over with the paint Of borrow’d crimson; the unpranked world Wears yet the night-clothes. Let flare my loosèd hair! I scorn the presence of the night. Where’s my boy?— Run: I’ll range about the church, Like frantic Bacchanal or Jason’s wife, Invoking all the spirits of the graves To tell me where.—Ha? O my poor wretched blood! What dost thou up at midnight, my kind boy? Dear soul, to bed! O thou hast struck a fright Unto thy mother’s panting—
O quisquis nova Supplicia functis dirus umbrarum arbiter Disponis, quisquis exeso jaces Pavidus sub antro, quisquis venturi times Montis ruinam, quisquis avidorum feros Rictus leonum, et dira furiarum agmina Implicitus horres, Antonii vocem excipe Properantis ad vos—Ulciscar!
Alas! my son’s distraught. Sweet boy, appease thy mutining affections.
玛利娅 唉!我儿神志失常了。 好孩子,平息你那叛乱的激情吧。
ANTONIO.
By the astonishing terror of swart night, By the infectious damps of clammy graves, And by the mould that presseth down My dead father’s skull, I’ll be revenged!
Wherefore? on whom? for what? Go, go to bed, Good, duteous son. Ho, but thy idle—
玛利娅 为何复仇?向谁复仇?因什么复仇?去,上床去吧, 好的,恭顺的儿子。呵,可你虚妄的——
ANTONIO.
So I may sleep tomb’d in an honour’d hearse, So may my bones rest in that sepulchre—
安东尼奥 但求我能长眠在尊荣的柩架中, 但求我的骸骨能在那个墓穴里安息——
MARIA.
Forget not duty, son: to bed, to bed.
玛利娅 别忘了为子之责,儿子:上床去,上床去。
ANTONIO.
May I be cursèd by my father’s ghost, And blasted with incensèd breath of Heaven, If my heart beat on ought but vengeance! May I be numb’d with horror, and my veins Pucker with singeing torture, if my brain Digest a thought but of dire vengeance; May I be fetter’d slave to coward Chance, If blood, heart, brain, plot ought save vengeance.
I have a prayer or two to offer up For the good, good prince, my most dear, dear lord, The duke Piero, and your virtuous self; And then, when those prayers have obtain’d success, In sooth I’ll come (believe it now) and couch My head in downy mould. But first I’ll see You safely laid: I’ll bring ye all to bed. Piero, Maria, Strotzo, Lucio, I’ll see you all laid: I’ll bring you all to bed, And then, i’faith, I’ll come and couch my head, And sleep in peace.
Look then, we go before. [Exeunt all but ANTONIO.]
玛利娅 瞧着吧,那我们便先走一步。 [除安东尼奥外,余人皆下。]
ANTONIO.
Ay, so you must, before we touch the shore Of wish’d revenge. O, you departed souls, That lodge in coffin’d trunks, which my feet press, (If Pythagorean Axioms be true, Of spirits’ transmigration) fleet no more To human bodies, rather live in swine, Inhabit wolves’ flesh, scorpions, dogs, and toads, Rather than man. The curse of Heaven rains In plagues unlimited through all his days: His mature age grows only mature vice, And ripens only to corrupt and rot The budding hopes of infant modesty. Still striving to be more than man, he proves More than a devil. Devilish suspect, Devilish cruelty, All hell-strain’d juice is poured to his veins, Making him drunk with fuming surquedries; Contempt of Heaven, untam’d arrogance, Lust, state, pride, murder.
Ay, I will murder: graves and ghosts Fright me no more, I’ll suck red vengeance Out of Piero’s wounds, Piero’s wounds! [Retires to the back of the stage.]
Brother Antonio, are you here, i’faith? Why do you frown? Indeed my sister said That I should call you brother, that she did, When you were married to her. Buss me: good truth, I love you better than my father, ‘deed.
Thy father? Gracious, O bounteous Heaven! I do adore thy justice: venit in nostras manus Tandem vindicta, venit et tota quidem.
安东尼奥 你的父亲?仁善的,哦慷慨的苍天哪! 我祟拜你的公义:venit in nostras manus Tandem vindicta, venit et tota quidem。
JULIO.
Truth, since my mother died, I loved you best. Something hath anger’d you; pray you, look merrily.
儒利奥 说实话,自打我母亲过世,我最爱的就是你。 有什么事惹你生气了;求你,看起来欢喜些。
ANTONIO.
I will laugh, and dimple my thin cheek With cap’ring joy; chuck, my heart doth leap To grasp thy bosom.—[Aside.] Time, place, and blood, How fit you close together! Heaven’s tones Strike not such music to immortal souls As your accordance sweets my breast withal. Methinks I pace upon the front of Jove, And kick corruption with a scornful heel! Griping this flesh, disdain mortality! O that I knew which joint, which side, which limb, Were father all, and had no mother in’t, That I might rip it vein by vein, and carve revenge In bleeding races! but since ’tis mix’d together, Have at adventure, pell mell, no reverse.— Come hither, boy. This is Andrugio’s hearse.
Stay, stay, dear father, fright mine eyes no more. Revenge as swift as lightning bursteth forth, And cleaves his heart.—Come, pretty tender child, It is not thee I hate, not thee I kill. Thy father’s blood that flows within thy veins, Is it I loathe; is that revenge must suck. I love thy soul: and were thy heart lapp’d up In any flesh but in Piero’s blood, I would thus kiss it; but being his, thus, thus, And thus I’ll punch it. Abandon fears: Whilst thy wounds bleed, my brows shall gush out tears.
Now barks the wolf against the full-cheek’d moon; Now lions half-clam’d entrails roar for food; Now croaks the toad, and night-crows screech aloud, Flutt’ring ’bout casements of departed souls; Now gapes the graves, and through their yawns let loose Imprison’d spirits to revisit earth; And now, swart night, to swell thy hour out, Behold I spurt warm blood in thy black eyes. [He stabs JULIO.—From under the stage a groan.] Howl not, thou putry mould; groan not, ye graves; Be dumb, all breath. Here stands Andrugio’s son, Worthy his father. So: I feel no breath. His jaws are fall’n, his dislodg’d soul is fled: And now there’s nothing but Piero left: He is all Piero, father all. This blood, This breast, this heart, Piero all: Whom thus I mangle. Sprite of Julio, Forget this was thy trunk. I live thy friend: May’st thou be twinèd with the soft’st embrace Of clear eternity: but thy father’s blood I thus make incense of to vengeance. Ghost of my poison’d sire, suck this fume: To sweet revenge perfume thy circling air With smoke of blood. I sprinkle round his gore, And dew thy hearse with these fresh-reeking drops. Lo thus I heave my blood-dyed hands to heaven, Even like insatiate hell still crying, More! My heart hath thirsting dropsies after gore. Sound peace and rest to church, night-ghosts, and graves: Blood cries for blood, and murder murder craves. [Exit.]
Enter two Pages with torches; MARIA, her hair loose, and NUTRICHE. 二侍童持火把上;玛利娅披散头发,与乳媪上。
NUTRICHE.
Fie, fie; to-morrow your wedding day, and weep! God’s my comfort! Andrugio could do well: Piero may do better. I have had four husbands myself. The first I called, sweet duck; the second, dear heart; the third, pretty pug; but the fourth, most sweet, dear, pretty, all in all; he was the very cockall of a husband. What, lady? your skin is smooth, your blood warm, your cheek fresh, your eye quick: change of pasture makes fat calves; choice of linen clean bodies, and (no question) variety of husbands perfect wives. I would you should know it: as few teeth as I have in my head, I have read Aristotle’s Problems, which saith that woman receiveth perfection by the man. What then be the men? Go to, to bed, lie on your back, dream not on Piero; I say no more. To-morrow is your wedding: go, dream not of Piero.
What an idle prate thou keep’st, good nurse; go sleep. I have a mighty task of tears to weep.
玛利娅 你尽在扯些什么样的闲篇,好奶娘;去睡吧。 我还有一大摊的眼泪要流呢。
BALURDO.
Lady, with a most retort and obtuse leg, I kiss the curled locks of your loose hair. The Duke hath sent you the most musical Sir Jeffrey, with his not base, but most ennobled viol, to rock your baby thoughts in the cradle of sleep.
Respective; truly a very pretty word. Indeed, madam, I have the most respective fiddle; did you ever smell a more sweet sound? My ditty must go thus; very witty, I assure you: I myself in an humorous passion made it, to the tune of my mistress Nutriche’s beauty. Indeed, very pretty, very retort, and obtuse,
My mistress’ eye doth oil my joints, And makes my fingers nimble: O love, come on, untruss your points, My fiddlestick wants rozen. My lady’s dugs are all so smooth, That no flesh must them handle: Her eyes do shine, for to say sooth, Like a new-snuffed candle.
Pathetical and unvulgar; words of worth, excellent words. In sooth, madam, I have taken a murr, which makes my nose run most pathetically, and unvulgarly. Have you any tobacco?
Instantly, most unvulgarly, at your service. Truly, here’s the most pathetical rozen. Umh. [A Song.]
巴鲁尔多 即刻,顶顶不俗地,听您吩咐。 当真,这儿是顶顶感人的松香。嗯。 [歌一曲。]
MARIA.
In sooth, most knightly sung, and like Sir Jeffrey.
玛利娅 真心说,唱得极富骑士气概,正合杰弗里爵士之身。
BALURDO.
Why, look you, lady, I was made a knight only for my voice; and a councillor only for my wit.
巴鲁尔多 哎,您瞧,夫人,我封骑士, 单凭我这嗓子;当枢密官,单凭我这脑子。
MARIA.
I believe it. Good night, gentle sir, good night.
玛利娅 我信。晚安,好先生,晚安。
BALURDO.
You will give me leave to take my leave of my mistress, and I will do it most famously in rhyme. Farewell, adieu! saith thy love true, As to part loath. Time bids us part, mine own sweet heart, God bless us both. [Exit BALURDO.]
Good night, Nutriche. Pages, leave the room. The life of night grows short, ’tis almost dead. [Exeunt Pages and NUTRICHE.] O thou cold widow-bed, sometime thrice blest By the warm pressure of my sleeping lord, Open thy leaves, and whilst on thee I tread, Groan out,—Alas, my dear Andrugio’s dead! [MARIA draweth the curtain: and the ghost of ANDRUGIO is displayed, sitting on the bed.] Amazing terror, what portent is this!
Disloyal to our hymeneal rites, What raging heat reigns in thy strumpet blood? Hast thou so soon forgot Andrugio? Are our love-bands so quickly cancelled? Where lives thy plighted faith unto this breast? O weak Maria! Go to, calm thy fears. I pardon thee, poor soul! O shed no tears; Thy sex is weak. That black incarnate fiend May trip thy faith that hath o’erthrown my life: I was empoison’d by Piero’s hand. Join with my son to bend up strain’d revenge, Maintain a seeming favour to his suit, Till time may form our vengeance absolute.
Enter ANTONIO, his arms bloody, bearing a torch, and a poniard. 安东尼奥上,双臂血污,持一火把与一短剑。
ANTONIO.
See, unamazèd I will behold thy face; Outstare the terror of thy grim aspect, Daring the horrid’st object of the night. Look how I smoke in blood, reeking the steam Of foaming vengeance. O my soul’s enthroned In the triumphant chariot of revenge! Methinks I am all air, and feel no weight Of human dirt clog. This is Julio’s blood! Rich music, father: this is Julio’s blood! Why lives that mother?
Pardon ignorance. Fly, dear Antonio: Once more assume disguise, and dog the court In feignèd habit, till Piero’s blood May even o’erflow the brim of full revenge. Peace and all blessèd fortunes to you both! Fly thou from court, be peerless in revenge: [Exit ANTONIO.] Sleep thou in rest, lo, here I close thy couch. [Exit MARIA to her bed, ANDRUGIO drawing the curtains.] And now we sooty coursers of the night, Hurry your chariot into hell’s black womb. Darkness, make flight; graves, eat your dead again: Let’s repossess our shrouds. Why lags delay? Mount sparkling brightness, give the world his day! [Exit ANDRUGIO.]
Enter ANTONIO in a fool’s habit, with a little toy of a walnut shell, and soap to make bubbles: MARIA and ALBERTO. 安东尼奥身穿弄臣服上,手持胡桃壳制的小玩具与吹泡皂液;玛利娅与阿尔贝托随上。
MARIA.
Away with this disguise in any hand!
玛利娅 无论如何,除去这身伪装吧!
ALBERTO.
Fie, ’tis unsuiting to your elate spirit: Rather put on some transhaped cavalier, Some habit of a spitting critic, whose mouth Voids nothing but gentile and unvulgar Rheum of censure: rather assume—
Why, then should I put on the very flesh Of solid folly. No, this cock’s comb is a crown Which I affect even with unbounded zeal. By wisdom’s heart, there is no essence mortal That I can envy, but a plump-cheek’d fool: O, he hath a patent of immunities Confirm’d by custom, seal’d by policy, As large as spacious thought. Why, by the genius of that Florentine, Deep, deep observing, sound-brain’d Machiavel, He is not wise that strives not to seem fool. When will the Duke hold fee’d intelligence, Keep wary observation in large pay, To dog a fool’s act?
You are transported with too slight a thought, If you but meditate of what is past, And what you plot to pass.
玛利娅 您若只思量着已过去的事, 和您图谋要做的事,那您便是 被一种太轻飘的念头带着走了。
ANTONIO.
Even in that note a fool’s beatitude: He is not capable of passion; Wanting the power of distinction, He bears an unturn’d sail with every wind: Blow east, blow west, he stirs his course alike. I never saw a fool lean: the chub-fac’d fop Shines sleek with full-cramm’d fat of happiness, Whilst studious contemplation sucks the juice From wizards’ cheeks: who making curious search For nature’s secrets, the first inating cause Laughs them to scorn, as man doth busy apes When they will zany men. Had Heaven been kind, Creating me an honest senseless dolt, A good poor fool, I should want sense to feel The stings of anguish shoot through every vein; I should not know what ’twere to lose a father; I should be dead of sense to view defame Blur my bright love; I could not thus run mad, As one confounded in a maze of mischief, Stagger’d, stark, fell’d with bruising stroke of chance; I should not shoot mine eyes into the earth, Poring for mischief that might counterpoise Mischief, murder and—
My lord, the Duke, with the Venetian states, Approach the great hall to judge Mellida.
卢西奥 殿下,公爵偕同威尼斯众显贵, 正前往大厅去审判梅莉达。
ANTONIO.
Ask’d he for Julio yet?
安东尼奥 他已问起儒利奥了吗?
LUCIO.
No motion of him: dare you trust this habit?
卢西奥 尚未有人提起他:您这身装束靠得住吗?
ANTONIO.
Alberto, see you straight rumour me dead. Leave me, good mother; leave me, Lucio; Forsake me, all. [Exeunt omnes, saving ANTONIO.] Now patience hoop my sides With steeled ribs, lest I do burst my breast With struggling passions. Now disguise, stand bold: Poor scornèd habits oft choice souls enfold.
Enter CASTILIO, FOROBOSCO, BALURDO, and ALBERTO, with pole-axes, LUCIO bare; followed by PIERO and MARIA talking together; two Senators, GALEAZZO, MATZAGENTE, and NUTRICHE. 卡斯蒂利奥、福罗博斯科、巴鲁尔多与阿尔贝托持戟上,卢西奥免冠;皮埃罗与玛利娅交语随上;二元老、加莱亚佐、马扎真特与乳媪随上。
PIERO.
Entreat me not: there’s not a beauty lives Hath that imperial predominance O’er my affects as your enchanting graces: Yet give me leave to be myself—
Most just and upright in our judgment seat. Were Mellida mine eye, with such a blemish Of most loath’d looseness, I would scratch it out. Produce the strumpet in her bridal robes, That she may blush t’appear so white in show, And black in inward substance. Bring her in. [Exeunt FOROBOSCO and CASTILIO.] I hold Antonio, for his father’s sake, So very dearly, so entirely choice, That knew I but a thought of prejudice Imagin’d ‘gainst his high ennobled blood, I would maintain a mortal feud, undying hate, ‘Gainst the conceiver’s life. And shall justice sleep In fleshly lethargy, for mine own blood’s favour, When the sweet prince hath so apparent scorn By my—I will not call her daughter? Go, Conduct in the lovèd youth Antonio: [Exit ALBERTO to fetch ANTONIO.] He shall behold me spurn my private good; Piero loves his honour more than ‘s blood.
Puff, hold, world; puff, hold, bubble; puff, hold, world; puff, break not behind; puff, thou art full of wind; puff, keep up thy wind; puff, ’tis broke! and now I laugh like a good fool at the breath of mine own lips, he, he, he, he, he!
I cannot digest thee, the unvulgar fool. Go, fool.
巴鲁尔多 我消化不了你,你这个不俗的傻瓜。去,傻瓜。
PIERO.
Forbear, Balurdo; let the fool alone. Come hither. Is he your fool?
皮埃罗 克制些,巴鲁尔多;莫理会那傻瓜。 过来。他是您的弄臣吗?
MARIA.
Yes, my loved lord.
玛利娅 是的,我的爱主。
PIERO. [Aside.]
Would all the states in Venice were like thee! O then I were secur’d. He that’s a villain, or but meanly soul’d, Must still converse and cling to routs of fools, That can not search the leaks of his defects. O, your unsalted fresh fool is your only man: These vinegar tart spirits are too piercing, Too searching in the unglued joints of shaken wits. Find they a chink, they’ll wriggle in and in, And eat like salt sea in his siddow ribs, Till they have opened all his rotten parts Unto the vaunting surge of base contempt, And sunk the tossèd galleasse in depth Of whirlpool scorn. Give me an honest fop.— Dud a dud a! Why lo, sir, this takes he As grateful now as a monopoly. [The still flutes sound softly.]
Enter FOROBOSCO and CASTILIO: MELLIDA supported by two waiting-women. 福罗博斯科与卡斯蒂利奥上:梅莉达由二侍女搀扶上。
MELLIDA.
All honour to this royal confluence.
梅莉达 愿一切荣光归于这皇家的集会。
PIERO.
Forbear, impure, to blot bright honour’s name With thy defilèd lips. The flux of sin Flows from thy tainted body: thou so foul, So all dishonour’d, canst no honour give, No wish of good, that can have good effect To this grave senate, and illustrate bloods. Why stays the doom of death?
Why, where is Strotzo?—he that swore he saw The very act, and vow’d that Feliche fled Upon his sight: on which I brake the breast Of the adulterous lecher with five stabs. Go, fetch in Strotzo. Now, thou impudent, If thou hast any drop of modest blood Shrouded within thy cheeks, blush, blush for shame, That rumour yet may say thou felt’st defame.
Produce the devil; let your Strotzo come: I can defeat his strongest argument, With—
梅莉达 把那魔鬼带上来吧;叫你的斯特罗佐来吧: 我能驳倒他那最强有力的说辞, 只消——
PIERO.
With what?
皮埃罗 只消什么?
MELLIDA.
With tears, with blushes, sighs, and claspèd hands; With innocent uprearèd arms to Heaven; With my unnooak simplicity. These, these Must, will, can only quit my heart of guilt: Heaven permits not taintless blood be spilt. If no remorse live in your savage breast—
Enter STROTZO, with a cord about his neck. 斯特罗佐上,颈绕绳索。
STROTZO.
O what vast ocean of repentant tears Can cleanse my breast from the polluting filth Of ulcerous sin! Supreme Efficient, Why cleav’st thou not my breast with thunderbolts Of wing’d revenge?
In me convertite ferrum, O proceres. Nihil iste, nec ista.
斯特罗佐 将刀剑转而对准我吧,哦,诸位元老。 这人,或那女人,都不足道。
PIERO.
Lay hold on him! What strange portent is this?
皮埃罗 把他拿下!这是什么奇异的异象?
STROTZO.
I will not flinch. Death, hell more grimly stare Within my heart than in your threat’ning brows. Record, thou threefold guard of dreadest power, What I here speak is forced from my lips By the impulsive strain of conscience. I have a mount of mischief clogs my soul, As weighty as the high-noll’d Apennine, Which I must straight disgorge, or breast will burst. I have defam’d this lady wrongfully, By instigation of Antonio, Whose reeling love, tost on each fancy’s surge, Began to loath before it fully joy’d.
Go, seize Antonio! guard him strongly in! [Exit FOROBOSCO.]
皮埃罗 去,捉拿安东尼奥!把他牢牢看押! [福罗博斯科下。]
STROTZO.
By his ambition being only brib’d, Fee’d by his impious hand, I poisonèd His agèd father, that his thirsty hopes Might quench their dropsy of aspiring drought With full unbounded quaff.
I—pluck Castilio!—I change my humour: pluck Castilio! Die, with thy death’s entreats even in thy jaws.— [Aside.] Now, now, now, now, now, my plot begins to work! Why, thus should statesmen do, That cleave through knots of craggy policies, Use men like wedges, one strike out another, Till by degrees the tough and knurly trunk Be riv’n in sunder.—Where’s Antonio?
Daughter, methinks your eyes should sparkle joy, Your bosom rise on tiptoe at this news.
皮埃罗 女儿,我以为听到这消息,你的双眼该闪着 欣悦之光,你的胸膛该踮着脚尖升起来才是。
MELLIDA.
Ay me!
梅莉达 唉,我!
PIERO.
How now? Ay, me! why, art not great of thanks To gracious Heaven for the just revenge Upon the author of thy obliquies!
皮埃罗 怎么啦?唉,我!怎么,你难道不深深地感谢 仁慈的上苍,向那谤毁你的元凶 施以应得的报复!
MARIA.
Sweet beauty, I could sigh as fast as you, But that I know that, which I weep to know. [Aside.] His fortunes should be such he dare not show His open presence!
I know he lov’d me dearly, dearly, ay: And since I cannot live with him, I die. [Swoons.]
梅莉达 我知道他珍重地、珍重地爱着我,是的: 既然我无法与他同生,我便死。 [晕厥。]
PIERO.
‘Fore Heaven, her speech falters; look, she swounds. Convey her up into her private bed. [MARIA, NUTRICHE, and the Ladies bear out MELLIDA, as being swooned.] I hope she’ll live. If not—
Antonio’s dead! the fool will follow too. He, he, he! [Aside.] Now works the scene; quick observation, scud To cote the plot, or else the path is lost: My very self am gone, my way is fled: Ay, all is lost, if Mellida is dead. [Exit ANTONIO.]
Alberto, I am kind; Alberto, kind. I am sorry for thy coz, i’faith I am. Go, take him down, and bear him to his father. Let him be buried; look ye, I’ll pay the priest.
Fool, fop, fool! Marry muffe! I pray you, how many fools have you seen go in a suit of satin? I hope, yet, I do not look a fool i’faith! A fool! God’s bores, I scorn’t with my heel. ‘S neaks, and I were worth but three hundred pound a year more, I could swear richly; nay, but as poor as I am, I will swear the fellow hath wrong.
Young Galeazzo! Ay, a proper man; Florence, a goodly city: it shall be so, I’ll marry her to him instantly. Then Genoa mine, by my Maria’s match, Which I’ll solemnise ere next setting sun: Thus Venice, Florence, Genoa, strongly leagued. Excellent, excellent! I’ll conquer Rome, Pop out the light of bright religion; And then, helter skelter, all cock-sure.
Go to, thou shalt have right. Go to, Castilio, Clap him into the palace dungeon; Lap him in rags, and let him feed on slime That smears the dungeon’ cheek. Away with him.
In very good truth, now, I’ll ne’er do so more; this one time and—
巴鲁尔多 在非常非常好的真相里头说,此刻,我再也不这么做了; 就这一回,而且——
PIERO.
Away with him—observe it strictly—go!
皮埃罗 把他拖走——严格照办——去!
BALURDO.
Why then, O wight! Alas, poor knight! O, welladay, Sir Jefferay! Let poets roar, And all deplore; For now I bid you good-night. [Exit BALURDO with CASTILIO.]
O piteous end of love! O too, too rude hand Of unrespective death! Alas, sweet maid!
玛利娅 哦,爱情的可怜下场!哦,那不管不顾的死亡 那过于、过于粗暴的手!唉,甜美的姑娘!
PIERO.
Forbear me, Heaven. What intend these plaints?
皮埃罗 苍天饶我。这些哀叹是何用意?
MARIA.
The beauty of admir’d creation, The life of modest unmix’d purity, Our sex’s glory, Mellida is—
玛利娅 那受叹赏的造化之美, 那端方无杂的纯洁之生命, 我们女性的荣光,梅莉达已经——
PIERO.
What, O Heaven, what!
皮埃罗 什么,哦苍天,什么!
MARIA.
Dead!
玛利娅 死了!
PIERO.
May it not sad your thoughts, how?
皮埃罗 但愿别叫您难过——怎么死的?
MARIA.
Being laid upon her bed, she grasp’d my hand, And kissing it, spake thus: “Thou very poor, Why dost not weep? The jewel of thy brow, The rich adornment that enchased thy breast, Is lost: thy son, my love, is lost, is dead. And do I live to say Antonio’s dead? And have I lived to see his virtues blurr’d With guiltless blots? O world, thou art too subtle For honest natures to converse withal, Therefore I’ll leave thee; farewell, mart of woe, I fly to clip my love, Antonio!” With that her head sunk down upon her breast; Her cheek chang’d earth, her senses slept in rest, Until my fool, that press’d unto the bed, Screech’d out so loud that he brought back her soul, Call’d her again, that her bright eyes gan ope, And star’d upon him. He, audacious fool, Dar’d kiss her hand, wish’d her “soft rest, loved bride;” She fumbled out, “thanks, good;” and so she died.
And so she died! I do not use to weep; But by thy love (out of whose fertile sweet I hope for as fair fruit) I am deep sad.— I will not stay my marriage for all this.— Castilio, Forobosco, all, Strain all your wits, wind up invention Unto his highest bent, to sweet this night; Make us drink Lethe by your quaint conceits, That for two days oblivion smother grief. But when my daughter’s exequies approach, Let’s all turn sighers. Come, despite of fate, Sound loudest music, let’s pace out in state! [The cornets sound.—Exeunt.]
Enter ANTONIO solus, in fool’s habit. 安东尼奥独自上,身着弄臣服。
ANTONIO.
Ay, heaven, thou may’st, thou may’st, omnipotence. What vermin bred of putrefacted slime Shall dare to expostulate with thy decrees! O heaven, thou may’st indeed: she was all thine, All heavenly: I did but humbly beg To borrow her of thee a little time. Thou gav’st her me, as some weak-breasted dame Giveth her infant, puts it out to nurse; And when it once goes high-lone, takes it back. She was my vital blood, and yet, and yet, I’ll not blaspheme. Look here! behold! [ANTONIO puts off his cap and lieth just upon his back.] I turn my prostrate breast upon thy face, And vent a heaving sigh. O hear but this! I am a poor, poor orphan—a weak, weak child, The wrack of splitted fortune, the very ooze, The quicksand that devours all misery. Behold the valiant’st creature that doth breathe! For all this I dare live, and I will live, Only to numb some other’s cursed blood With the dead palsy of like misery. Then, death, like to a stifling incubus, Lie on my bosom. Lo, see, I am sped. My breast is Golgotha, grave for the dead.
Enter PANDULPHO, ALBERTO, and a Page, carrying FELICHE’S trunk in a winding sheet, and lay it thwart ANTONIO’S breast. 潘杜尔福、阿尔贝托与一侍童上,侍童以裹尸布捧费利切的尸身,并横置于安东尼奥胸膛之上。
PANDULPHO.
Antonio, kiss my foot: I honour thee, In laying thwart my blood upon thy breast. I tell thee, boy, he was Pandulpho’s son; And I do grace thee with supporting him. Young man, He who hath naught that fortune’s gripe can seize, The domineering monarch of the earth; He who is all impregnably his own, He whose great heart heaven cannot force with force, Vouchsafes his love. Non servio Deo, sed assentio.
Didst find her good, or didst thou make her good? If found, thou may’st refind, because thou hadst her; If made, the work is lost, but thou that mad’st her Liv’st yet as cunning. Hast lost a good wife? Thrice-bless’d man that lost her whilst she was good, Fair, young, unblemish’d, constant, loving, chaste. I tell thee, youth, age knows, young loves seem grac’d, Which with gray cares, rude jars, are oft defac’d.
I live encompass’d with two bless’d souls. Thou lost a good wife, thou lost a true friend, ha! Two of the rarest lendings of the heavens,— But lendings which, at the fix’d day of pay Set down by fate, thou must restore again. O what unconscionable souls are here! Are you all like the spoke-shaves of the church? Have you no maw to restitution? Hast lost a true friend, coz? then thou hadst one. I tell thee, youth, ’tis all as difficult To find a true friend in this apostate age (That balks all right affiance ‘twixt two hearts) As ’tis to find a fix’d modest heart Under a painted breast. Lost a true friend! O happy soul that lost him whilst he was true! Believe it, coz, I to my tears have found, Oft dirt’s respect makes firmer friends unsound.
Why, there’s the comfort on’t, that he was good. Alas, poor innocent!
潘杜尔福 唉,聊以自慰之处,恰恰在此:他死时是好的。 唉,可怜的无辜之人!
ALBERTO.
Why weeps mine uncle?
阿尔贝托 伯父为何流泪了?
PANDULPHO.
Ha, dost ask me why? ha, ha! Good coz, look here! [He shows him his son’s breast.] Man will break out, despite philosophy. Why, all this while I ha’ but play’d a part, Like to some boy that acts a tragedy, Speaks burly words, and raves out passion; But, when he thinks upon his infant weakness, He droops his eye. I spake more than a god, Yet am less than a man. I am the miserable soul that breathes.
‘Slid, sir, ye lie! by the heart of grief, thou liest! I scorn’d that any wretched should survive, Outmounting me in that superlative, Most miserable, most unmatch’d in woe. Who dare assume that but Antonio?
I’ll know it all; first let’s inter the dead. Let’s dig his grave with that shall dig the heart, Liver, and entrails of the murderer. [They strike the stage with their daggers, and the grave openeth.]
Indeed, he’s hoarse; the poor boy’s voice is crack’d.
阿尔贝托 真的,他嗓子都哑了;这孩子可怜的嗓音都裂了。
PANDULPHO.
Why, coz! why should it not be hoarse and crack’d, When all the strings of nature’s symphony Are crack’d and jar? Why should his voice keep tune, When there’s no music in the breast of man? I’ll say an honest antic rhyme I have: Help me, good sorrow-mates, to give him grave. [They all help to carry FELICHE to his grave.] Death, exile, plaints, and woe, Are but man’s lackeys, not his foe. No mortal ‘scapes from fortune’s war Without a wound, at least a scar. Many have led thee to the grave; But all shall follow, none shall save. Blood of my youth, rot and consume; Virtue in dirt doth life assume. With this old saw close up this dust:— Thrice blessèd man that dieth just.
The gloomy wing of night begins to stretch His lazy pinion o’er the air. We must be stiff and steady in resolve; Let’s thus our hands, our hearts, our arms involve. [They wreath their arms.]
Now swear we by this Gordian knot of love, By the fresh-turned up mould that wraps my son, By the dread brow of triple Hecate, Ere night shall close the lids of yon bright stars, We’ll sit as heavy on Piero’s heart, As Aetna doth on groaning Pelorus.
Enter at one door CASTILIO and FOROBOSCO, with halberts; four Pages with torches; LUCIO, bare; PIERO, MARIA, and ALBERTO, talking; ALBERTO draws out his dagger, MARIA her knife, aiming to menace the Duke. Then GALEAZZO, betwixt two Senators, reading a paper to them, at which they all make semblance of loathing PIERO, and knit their fists at him; two Ladies and NUTRICHE. All these go softly over the stage, whilst at the other door enters the ghost of ANDRUGIO, who passeth by them, tossing his torch about his head in triumph. All forsake the stage, saving ANDRUGIO, who, speaking, begins the Act.
Venit dies, tempusque, quo reddat suis Animam. The fist of strenuous vengeance is clutch’d, And stern Vindicta tow’reth up aloft, That she may fall with a more weighty paise, And crush life’s sap from out Piero’s veins. Now ‘gins the leprous cores of ulcered sins Wheel to a head; now is his fate grown mellow, Instant to fall into the rotten jaws Of chap-fall’n death. Now down looks Providence, T’attend the last act of my son’s revenge. Be gracious, observation, to our scene, For now the plot unites his scatter’d limbs Close in contracted bands. The Florence Prince (Drawn by firm notice of the Duke’s black deeds) Is made a partner in conspiracy. The states of Venice are so swoll’n in hate Against the Duke for his accursed deeds (Of which they are confirm’d by some odd letters Found in dead Strotzo’s study, which had past Betwixt Piero and the murd’ring slave) That they can scarce retain from bursting forth In plain revolt. O, now triumphs my ghost, Exclaiming, Heaven’s just, for I shall see The scourge of murder and impiety! [Exit.]
Ho, who’s above there, ho? A murrain on all proverbs. They say hunger breaks through stone walls; but I am as gaunt as lean-ribb’d famine, yet I can burst through no stone walls. O now, Sir Jeffrey, show thy valour, break prison and be hang’d. Nor shall the darkest nook of hell contain the discontented Sir Balurdo’s ghost. Well, I am out well; I have put off the prison to put on the rope. O poor shotten herring, what a pickle art thou in! O hunger, how thou domineer’st in my guts! O for a fat leg of ewe mutton in stewed broth, or drunken song to feed on! I could belch rarely, for I am all wind. O cold, cold, cold, cold, cold! O poor knight! O poor Sir Jeffrey, sing like an unicorn before thou dost dip thy horn in the water of death. O cold, O sing, O cold, O poor Sir Jeffrey, sing, sing! [A Song.]
Enter ANTONIO and ALBERTO at several doors, their rapiers drawn, in their masking attire. 安东尼奥与阿尔贝托各从一门上,手持出鞘长剑,身穿假面舞装。
ANTONIO.
Vindicta!
安东尼奥 维狄克塔!
ALBERTO.
Mellida!
阿尔贝托 梅莉达!
ANTONIO.
Alberto!
安东尼奥 阿尔贝托!
ALBERTO.
Antonio!
阿尔贝托 安东尼奥!
ANTONIO.
Hath the Duke supp’d?
安东尼奥 公爵用过膳了吗?
ALBERTO.
Yes, and triumphant revels mount aloft. The Duke drinks deep to overflow his grief; The court is rack’d to pleasure; each man strains To feign a jocund eye. The Florentine—
Even he is mighty on our part. The states of Venice—
阿尔贝托 他正是我们这边的一股强劲势力。 威尼斯的显贵们——
Enter PANDULPHO, running, in masking attire. 潘杜尔福奔上,身穿假面舞装。
PANDULPHO.
Like high-swooll’n floods drive down the muddy dams Of pent allegiance. O, my lusty bloods, Heaven sits clapping of our enterprise. I have been labouring general favour firm, And I do find the citizens grown sick With swallowing the bloody crudities Of black Piero’s acts; they fain would cast And vomit him from off their government. Now is the plot of mischief ript wide ope; Letters are found ‘twixt Strotzo and the Duke, So clear apparent, yet more firmly strong By suiting circumstance, that, as I walk’d, Muffled, to eavesdrop speech, I might observe The graver statesmen whispering fearfully. Here one gives nods and hums what he would speak; The rumour’s got ‘mong troop of citizens, Making loud murmur, with confusèd din; One shakes his head and sighs, “O ill-us’d power!” Another frets, and sets his grinding teeth, Foaming with rage, and swears this must not be; Here one complots, and on a sudden starts, And cries, O monstrous, O deep villainy! All knit their nerves, and from beneath swooll’n brows Appears a gloating eye of much mislike; Whilst swart Piero’s lips rear steam of wine, Swallows lust-thoughts, devours all pleasing hopes, With strong imagination of—what not? O now Vindicta! that’s the word we have, A royal vengeance, or a royal grave!
Nay, and you talk of revenge, my stomach’s up, for I am most tyrannically hungry. A beaver! I have a headpiece, a skull, a brain of proof, I warrant ye.
Then am I for you, most pathetically, and unvulgarly, law! [Exit.]
巴鲁尔多 那我就跟你们干了,顶顶感人地, 而且不俗地,嗨! [下。]
ANTONIO.
Resolvèd hearts, time curtails night, opportunity shakes us his foretop. Steel your thoughts, sharp your resolve, embolden your spirit, grasp your swords; alarm mischief, and with an undaunted brow, outscout the grim opposition of most menacing peril. Hark! here proud pomp shoots mounting triumph up, Borne in loud accents to the front of Jove.
Enter CASTILIO and FOROBOSCO; two Pages, with torches; LUCIO, bare; PIERO and MARIA, GALEAZZO, two Senators, and NUTRICHE. 卡斯蒂利奥与福罗博斯科上;二侍童持火把上;卢西奥免冠上;皮埃罗与玛利娅、加莱亚佐、二元老及乳媪上。
PIERO.
Sit close unto my breast, heart of my love; Advance thy drooping eyes, thy son is drown’d. Rich happiness that such a son is drown’d! Thy husband’s dead: life of my joys most bless’d, In that the sapless log, that press’d thy bed With an unpleasing weight, being lifted hence, Even I, Piero, live to warm his place. I tell you, lady, had you view’d us both With an unpartial eye, when first we wooed Your maiden beauties, I had borne the prize. ‘Tis firm I had; for, fair, I ha’ done that—
Which he would quake to have adventurèd; Thou know’st I have—
皮埃罗 那些会叫他畏缩不敢去冒险的事; 你知道我曾——
MARIA. [Aside.]
Murder’d my husband.
玛利娅 [旁白。] 谋杀了我丈夫。
PIERO.
Borne out the shock of war, and done—what not, That valour durst? Dost love me, fairest? Say.
皮埃罗 承受住战争的冲击,并做了——但凡勇武 所敢为的,什么没做过?你可爱我,最美的人?说。
MARIA.
As I do hate my son, I love thy soul.
玛利娅 就像我恨我的儿子那样,我爱你的灵魂。
PIERO.
Why, then, Io to Hymen, mount a lofty note! Fill red-cheek’d Bacchus, let Lyaeus float In burnish’d goblets! Force the plump-lipp’d god. Skip light lavoltas in your full-sapp’d veins! ‘Tis well, brim full. Even I have glut of blood: Let quaff carouse. I drink this Bureaux wine Unto the health of dead Andrugio, Feliche, Strotzo, and Antonio’s ghosts. [Aside.] Would I had some poison to infuse it with; That having done this honour to the dead, I might send one to give them notice on’t: I would endear my favour to the full.— Boy, sing aloud; make heaven’s vault to ring With thy breath’s strength. I drink. Now loudly sing. [A song. The song ended the cornets sound a senet.]
Enter ANTONIO, PANDULPHO, and ALBERTO, in maskery; BALURDO, and a Torchbearer. 安东尼奥、潘杜尔福与阿尔贝托,身着假面装,随一持火把者上。
PIERO.
Call Julio hither. Where’s the little soul? I saw him not to-day. Here’s sport alone For him, i’faith; for babes and fools, I know, Relish not substance, but applaud the show.
PIERO. By the delights in contemplation Of coming joys, ’tis magnificent. You grace my marriage eve with sumptuous pomp. Sound still, loud music! O, your breath gives grace To curious feet, that in proud measure pace.
Marry and shall; i’faith I were too rude, If I gainsaid so civil fashion. The maskers pray you to forbear the room Till they have banqueted. Let it be so: No man presume to visit them, on death. [The maskers whisper again.] Only myself? O, why, with all my heart; I’ll fill your consort. Here Piero sits; Come on, unmask, let’s fall to. [Exeunt all but PIERO and the maskers.]
To thine anguish see A fool triumphant in thy misery. Vex him, Balurdo.
安东尼奥 你痛苦地瞧着吧, 一个傻瓜在你的苦难中耀武扬威。 折磨他,巴鲁尔多。
PANDULPHO.
He weeps; now do I glorify my hands; I had no vengeance, if I had no tears.
潘杜尔福 他哭了;这下我的手便得了荣耀; 若没有眼泪,我便也没有复仇。
ANTONIO.
Fall to, good Duke. O these are worthless cates, You have no stomach to them; look, look here: Here lies a dish to feast thy father’s gorge. [Uncovering the dish that contains JULIO’S limbs.] Here’s flesh and blood, which I am sure thou lov’st. [PIERO seems to condole his son.]
When thou empoisoned’st my loving lord, Exilèd was piety.
玛利娅 你毒死我恩爱夫君时, 虔诚是被流放了的。
ANTONIO.
Now therefore pity, piety, remorse, Be aliens to our thoughts; grim fire-ey’d rage Possess us wholly.
安东尼奥 因此此刻,怜悯、虔诚、悔恨, 于我们全是陌路人了;而那狰狞的火眼暴怒 要将我们全然占满。
PANDULPHO.
Thy son? true; and which is my most joy, I hope no bastard, but thy very blood, Thy true-begotten, most legitimate And lovèd issue—there’s the comfort on’t.
Thus charge we death at thee; remember hell, And let the howling murmurs of black spirits, The horrid torments of the damnèd ghosts, Affright thy soul as it descendeth down Into the entrails of the ugly deep.
Sa, sa; no, let him die, and die, and still be dying. [They offer to run all at PIERO, and on a sudden stop.] And yet not die till he hath died and died Ten thousand deaths in agony of heart.
Enter GALEAZZO, two Senators, LUCIO, FOROBOSCO, CASTILIO, and Ladies. 加莱亚佐、二元老、卢西奥、福罗博斯科、卡斯蒂利奥及众淑女上。
FIRST SENATOR.
Whose hand presents this gory spectacle?
元老甲 是谁的手呈献了这幅血淋淋的景象?
ANTONIO. Mine.
安东尼奥 我的。
PANDULPHO.
No, mine.
潘杜尔福 不,我的。
ALBERTO.
No, mine.
阿尔贝托 不,我的。
ANTONIO.
I will not lose the glory of the deed, Were all the tortures of the deepest hell Fix’d to my limbs. I pierc’d the monster’s heart With an undaunted hand.
Antonio, belief is fortified With most invincible improvements of much wrong By this Piero to thee. We have found Beadrolls of mischief, plots of villainy, Laid ‘twixt the Duke and Strotzo, which we found Too firmly acted.
What satisfaction outward pomp can yield, Or chiefest fortunes of the Venice state, Claim freely. You are well-season’d props, And will not warp, or lean to either part; Calamity gives a man a steady heart.
We are amaz’d at your benignity; But other vows constrain another course.
安东尼奥 我们对你们的仁厚感到惊讶; 但另有誓愿迫使我们走上另一条路。
PANDULPHO.
We know the world, and did we know no more, We would not live to know; but since constraint Of holy bands forecheth us keep this lodge Of dirt’s corruption, till dread power calls Our soul’s appearance, we will live enclos’d In holy verge of some religious order, Most constant votaries.
[The curtains are drawn, PIERO departeth.] [帷幕拉拢,皮埃罗下。]
ANTONIO.
First let’s cleanse our hands, Purge hearts of hatred, and entomb my love, Over whose hearse I’ll weep away my brain In true affection’s tears. For her sake here I vow a virgin bed: She lives in me, with her my love is dead.
We will attend her mournful exequies; Conduct you to your calm sequesterèd life, And then—
元老乙 我们将出席她哀戚的殡葬; 引导你们去过那恬静隐退的生活, 到那时——
MARIA.
Leave us to meditate on misery, To sad our thought with contemplation Of past calamities. If any ask Where lives the widow of the poison’d lord? Where lies the orphan of a murder’d father? Where lies the father of a butcher’d son? Where lives all woe?—conduct him to us three, The down-cast ruins of calamity.
Sound doleful tunes, a solemn hymn advance, To close the last act of my vengeance; And when the subject of your passion’s spent, Sing Mellida is dead; all hearts will relent, In sad condolèment at that heavy sound. Never more woe in lesser plot was found! And, O, if ever time create a muse, That to th’ immortal fame of virgin faith Dares once engage his pen to write her death, Presenting it in some black tragedy, May it prove gracious; may his style be deck’d With freshest blooms of purest elegance; May it have gentle presence, and the scenes suck’d up By calm attention of choice audience; And when the closing Epilogue appears, Instead of claps, may it obtain but tears. [A song.—Exeunt omnes.]
Friar Bonaventura: Dispute no more in this, Giovanni. Philosophy may allow such sophistry, but Heaven makes no jest. Those who labour to prove God does not exist find only a shortcut to Hell. Enough! I will hear no more.
Giovanni: Dear Father, I have poured out the burden that weighs upon my heart. I have kept back no word to hide what I truly feel; and is this all the comfort you give me? May I not do what all men do — love?
Friar Bonaventura: You may, you may love, my dear son.
博纳文图拉修士: 可以,你可以爱,我亲爱的孩子。
Giovanni: Then shall a common prejudice, passed from man to man, from brother to brother, become the obstacle to my happiness? You said it yourself: we share but one father, one womb — cursed be my joy — that brought us both into the world. If Nature joined us, are we not all the more each other’s? And does not religion itself teach us we should be one: one soul, one flesh, one heart, one whole?
Friar Bonaventura: Hold your tongue, Giovanni. You are lost already.
博纳文图拉修士: 住口,乔瓦尼。你已经迷失了。
Giovanni: Must my joy be forever banished from her bed, only because I am her brother?
乔瓦尼: 难道只因为我是她的哥哥,我的欢愉就要永远被逐出她的床榻?
Friar Bonaventura: Are you the same prodigy who made all Bologna marvel but three months ago? I was proud to have you as my pupil; I would have given up my books rather than part from you. Yet my hopes in you are ruined, just as you have ruined yourself, Giovanni! Did you turn from learning only to run toward lust and death? For death waits beside your lust. Open your eyes to the world, and you will see a thousand faces brighter than your sister’s. Leave her; choose another woman; the sin would be lighter.
Giovanni: You might more easily stop the sea’s ebb and flow than turn my desire aside.
乔瓦尼: 要阻止大海的涨潮与退潮,也比劝退我的欲望容易。
Friar Bonaventura: Then I have nothing left to say. I already see your ruin. Heaven is just. And yet, hear my counsel still.
博纳文图拉修士: 那么,我已经无话可说。我已经看见你的毁灭。天是公正的。然而,你仍要听我的劝告。
Giovanni: I shall hear it as the voice of life itself.
乔瓦尼: 我会把它当作生命本身的声音来听。
Friar Bonaventura: Let your heart weep. Wash every word you have spoken with your tears, with your blood. Beg Heaven to cleanse the lust that rots your soul. For one week, pray three times each day, three times each night. If your desire remains unchanged, return and see me again. May my blessing go with you.
Giovanni: I will do all this, to escape the lash of vengeance. But afterwards, I swear, I will have no other god — but my fate.
乔瓦尼: 我会照做这一切,为了逃过复仇的鞭答。可之后,我发誓,我将不再有别的神——除了命运。
第二场 / Act I, Scene 2
English
中文
Florio: Signor Soranzo, though many suitors for my daughter have offered terms of great weight, my trust in your fortunes outweighs all other considerations. Yet you must know, I would not force my daughter to marry against her will. I have but two children — a son, and her. My son is too deep in his books, and I confess I fear for his health. Should anything befall him, all my hopes rest on my daughter. Thank God, my estate is sufficient: I would not have her marry for wealth, but for love.
Putana: What do you say, my little darling? Everybody busies themselves about you, quarrels for you, all on your account! You must watch yourself, or before long, someone will pluck you while you sleep.
Annabella: But, Putana, I have no interest in that kind of life. My thoughts are elsewhere. Please, leave me alone a while.
安娜贝拉: 可是,普塔娜,我对那种生活并没有兴趣。我心里想的是别的事。求你,让我一个人待一会儿吧。
Putana: Leave you? What kind of talk is that? Let me not leave you alone, my sweetheart. Besides, I have to congratulate you. Soranzo is worthy of the finest lady in Italy.
Putana: Above all, never marry a soldier! Almost all of them have been wounded in places where they shouldn’t have been, so much so they can’t even be men!
普塔娜: 总之,千万别嫁给士兵!他们几乎人人都在不该受伤的地方受过伤,弄得他们连男人都做不成!
Annabella: What a wicked tongue you have!
安娜贝拉: 你这张嘴真坏!
Putana: To my mind, with a woman’s eye, I do like Soranzo. He is tender; better still, he is rich; and better than all that, he is nobly born. If I were the beautiful Annabella, I too would pray Heaven to send me such a man. He is handsome, and I think he carries no nasty diseases on him — something rarer and rarer in a young man of twenty-three. Whatever else, he is a man, that much is certain! If he were not, he could never have earned such a reputation with Hippolita. That widow — even while her husband was alive, she was perpetually in heat. For that reason alone, my darling, I would wish him for your man. Because what your bed needs is a plain, healthy, proper man.
Annabella:[Aside] This woman must have had a few drinks already.
安娜贝拉(旁白): 这女人一定已经喝了几口了。
Annabella:[Seeing Giovanni] Look, Putana! Who is that man? How sad he looks!
安娜贝拉(看见乔瓦尼): 看,普塔娜!那个人是谁?他看起来多么忧伤!
Putana: Where?
普塔娜: 哪里?
Annabella: There.
安娜贝拉: 那里。
Putana: Why, that’s your brother, my little darling.
普塔娜: 哎呀,那是你的哥哥呀,我的小乖乖。
Annabella: Ah!
安娜贝拉: 啊!
Putana: Yes, it’s your brother!
普塔娜: 是啊,是你的哥哥!
Annabella: It cannot be! That man has become a shadow of himself. He is wiping his eyes! I think I even heard him sigh! Come, Putana, let us go ask him why he is so sorrowful. Since my brother loves me, he will not refuse to let me share his grief.
Annabella:[Aside] My soul is full of melancholy and fear.
安娜贝拉(旁白): 我的灵魂里充满了忧郁和恐惧。
第四场 / Act I, Scene 4
English
中文
Giovanni: Lost! I am lost! My fate has already sentenced me to death. The more I struggle, the more I love; the more I love, the more hopeless I become. I have worn out Heaven itself with my prayers. I have tried everything reason could counsel me. But it is no use; I am still what I am. I must speak, or I shall burst. It is not lust, I know; it is my fate that draws me. Ah! Here she comes…
Giovanni: Come, give me your hand. I trust you will not blush to take a walk with me. There is no one here but you and me.
乔瓦尼: 来,把你的手给我。我希望你不至于因为同我一道散步而脸红。这里没有别人,只有你和我。
Annabella: What do you mean by that?
安娜贝拉: 你这是什么意思?
Giovanni: I mean no harm.
乔瓦尼: 我并没有什么恶意。
Annabella: Harm?
安娜贝拉: 恶意?
Giovanni: No. How are you?
乔瓦尼: 没有。你好吗?
Annabella:[Aside] I hope he is not mad.
安娜贝拉(旁白): 但愿他不是疯了。
Annabella:[Aloud] I am well.
安娜贝拉(高声): 我很好。
Giovanni: I am sick, and I think, sick enough to die.
乔瓦尼: 我病了,而且我想,我病得很重,重到快要死了。
Annabella: God! Let it not be so!
安娜贝拉: 我的天!但愿不是这样!
Giovanni: Sister, I think you love me.
乔瓦尼: 妹妹,我想你是爱我的。
Annabella: Yes, you know well I do.
安娜贝拉: 是的,你明明知道。
Giovanni: It is true, I know it. You are very beautiful.
乔瓦尼: 是真的,我知道。你非常美。
Annabella: It seems sickness has put you in a good humour.
安娜贝拉: 看来疾病倒让你心情好了。
Giovanni: That remains to be seen. The poets say Juno surpasses all the goddesses in beauty. I dare say, if you stood among them, you would surpass them all.
Giovanni: Your eyes are like twin stars; if they cast their gentle light, even stones would come to life.
乔瓦尼: 你的双眼,像一对星辰;若它们温柔地放出光来,连石头都会获得生命。
Annabella: Ah, how prettily spoken!
安娜贝拉: 啊,说得真漂亮!
Giovanni: Upon your face, the lily and the rose contend, and the contest is rare and lovely. Such lips would be enough to tempt a saint.
乔瓦尼: 在你的脸上,百合与玫瑰相互争胜,争得奇异而可爱。这样的嘴唇,足以诱惑一位圣徒。
Annabella: Are you flattering me, or mocking me?
安娜贝拉: 你是在奉承我,还是在取笑我?
Giovanni: If you wish to see a beauty more perfect than Nature can create, go look in a mirror.
乔瓦尼: 如果你想看见一种比自然所能创造的更完美的美,就去照镜子吧。
Annabella: You have turned into quite the gallant young gentleman!
安娜贝拉: 你倒成了个会献殷勤的少年郎!
Giovanni:[Handing her his dagger] Take this.
乔瓦尼(把匕首递给她): 拿着。
Annabella: What should I do with it?
安娜贝拉: 做什么?
Giovanni: Here is my breast. Strike it. Strike here. You will see a heart within which is written the truth of what I say to you. What are you waiting for?
Giovanni: Love me, Annabella. I am lost. You, and your beauty, have shattered the harmony of my peace and my life. Why do you not strike?
乔瓦尼: 爱我,安娜贝拉。我已经完了。你,和你的美,已经打碎了我安宁与生命的和谐。你为什么不刺?
Annabella: If all this be true, then it were better I should die.
安娜贝拉: 如果这一切都是真的,那还不如让我死。
Giovanni: Is it true? Annabella, I have long suppressed these secret flames; they have nearly burned me to nothing. I have reasoned against my love; I have done all that virtue could counsel me — and all for nothing. My fate is this: you love me, or I die.
Giovanni: If I dissemble in the slightest, may calamity fall upon me this instant.
乔瓦尼: 若我有半点隐瞒,愿灾祸此刻就降在我身上。
Annabella: You are my brother, Giovanni.
安娜贝拉: 你是我的哥哥,乔瓦尼。
Giovanni: You are my sister, Annabella; I know it. And I may even use that to prove our case: we are the more bound to love each other. Nature, when she made you, made you mine. I have sought counsel from Holy Church, and the Church told me I may love you. Then since I may, and I will, it is lawful; and I will. Yes, I will. Now, shall I live, or shall I die?
Annabella: Live. You have conquered without a fight. What you ask of me, my captive heart had already resolved. The words I must speak make me blush, but now I can tell you: you have sighed one sigh for me — I have sighed ten; you have shed one tear for me — I have shed twenty. Not because I love you more, but because I dared not speak, and scarcely dared to think.
Annabella: Kneel, brother. Swear to me, by our mother’s memory, not to betray me through hate, nor through fickleness. Love me, or kill me, my brother.
Giovanni: I swear too. By this kiss I swear, and by this one, and by this one. Now, rise. I would not exchange this moment for Heaven itself. What shall we do now?
Giovanni: Then come. After so many tears, let us learn to smile upon each other, to kiss, to share one bed.
乔瓦尼: 那么,来吧。流了这么多眼泪之后,让我们学会相视而笑,学会接吻,学会同床共眠。
第六场 / Act I, Scene 6
English
中文
Soranzo:[Reading] “Excess, thou art the measure of love. Pleasure turns to pain, life to torment, and humiliation is its reward.” What does this mean? Let me read this passage again. Yes, just so… The poet was wrong. Had he known Annabella, had his heart felt the pressure I feel, he would have gladly kissed the whip that lashed him. Then let me take up my pen and refute him. [He writes.] “Moderation, thou art the measure of love. Trouble itself grows pleasant, life turns to delight, and happiness is its reward.” Ah! How my thoughts —
Vasques:[Within] Pray you, wait a moment. Let me announce you first, or I shall be punished for neglect.
瓦斯奎斯的声音: 求您等一等。让我先通报,否则我会因怠慢而受罚。
Soranzo: What now? Can I not have one quiet place! Who is it?
索伦佐: 什么事?我就不能有一处清静地方吗!是谁?
Vasques:[Within] This does your reputation harm.
瓦斯奎斯的声音: 您这样可有损您的名声。
Soranzo: Who is it?
索伦佐: 是谁?
Enter Hippolita, followed by Vasques.
希波莉塔入,瓦斯奎斯随后。
Hippolita: It is I! Do you know me now? Look upon this woman, deceived by your lust. You have made me the scorn of men, and now you would abandon me? You know, hypocrite, when my reputation was still whole, nothing could overcome the chastity in my heart. But then there were tears in your eyes and oaths on your tongue, so many, so many, until I was at last captured by pity. To possess my bed, to hasten my husband’s death through his disgrace, to ruin my good name as an honest woman — should all this be repaid with hatred and contempt?
Hippolita: Call me that no more. Nor think that with a few words you can make your deeds forgotten. Your new mistress shall not triumph! You may tell her for me that I too am of noble birth —
Hippolita: And you too cowardly. Do you see this black dress? Do you see this veil of mourning and grief? You are the cause of all this. Would you make me a widow once more, within my widowhood?
Hippolita: Hear new lies? You need not add to their number.
希波莉塔: 听新的谎言吗?你不必再给它们添数了。
Soranzo: I shall leave. You have lost your reason.
索伦佐: 我要走了。你已经失去理智。
Hippolita: And you your decency.
希波莉塔: 而你失去了体面。
Vasques: Madam, you go too far. Even if my master bore the best intentions in the world, you are forcing him to abandon them all. [To Soranzo] I beg you, torment her no further. I dare say Hippolita is now fit to hear you speak.
Soranzo: To speak with a madwoman. Is this the fruit your love has borne?
索伦佐: 同一个发狂的女人说话。这就是你的爱情结出的果子吗?
Hippolita: This is the fruit your hypocrisy has borne. Did you not swear, while my husband still lived, that you desired no other happiness but to call me your wife? Did you not swear to marry me after his death?
Soranzo: You are mistaken. The oaths I swore to you were wicked and unlawful from the first. To keep them would be a greater sin than to break them; for I cannot hide my repentance from you. Do you understand how far you have fallen? You sent a man who was once your husband toward his death.
Vasques: This is not well; this is not what you once promised her.
瓦斯奎斯: 这不好,这可不是您从前答应她的。
Soranzo: I care nothing for that. She must be made to see her own immorality. If I were to remain enslaved to such black sin, I should be damned. [To Hippolita] Come here no more. You, and your wantonness, have gone too far. [Exit Soranzo.]
Vasques:[Aside] That last speech was delivered with a very masterly rudeness.
瓦斯奎斯(旁白): 最后那段话,说得真是粗暴得很有水平。
Hippolita: How this fool despises his own happiness. He thinks he can strip me of my love, but now I despise him more than I ever loved him. Well, let him go. My revenge will lighten my misery.
Vasques: I know you are very angry. You have reason — that is true; but not so much as you imagine.
瓦斯奎斯: 我知道您非常愤怒。您有理由愤怒,这是真的;但并没有您想象得那么多。
Hippolita: Is that so!
希波莉塔: 是吗!
Vasques: You were too sharp with him just now. You could not have encountered my master at a worse moment. Tomorrow, you will see another man.
瓦斯奎斯: 您刚才太尖刻了。您不可能在更不利的时刻遇见我主人。明天,您看见的就会是另一个人。
Hippolita: Very well, then I shall wait until he is in a better mood.
希波莉塔: 好吧,那我就等他心情好些。
Vasques: You speak too bitterly! Let me counsel you —
瓦斯奎斯: 您这话说得太苦了!让我劝劝您——
Hippolita:[Aside] Here is my chance. [To Vasques] Counsel me to what?
希波莉塔(旁白): 机会来了。对瓦斯奎斯。 劝我什么?
Vasques: To change your manner toward him.
瓦斯奎斯: 劝您改变对他的态度。
Hippolita: He will love me no more. Vasques, you are too loyal to such a master. I think your reward will prove the same as mine.
希波莉塔: 他不会再爱我了。瓦斯奎斯,你对这样的主人太忠诚了。我想,你得到的报偿会和我的一样。
Vasques: Perhaps.
瓦斯奎斯: 也许吧。
Hippolita: Observe him. If I had beside me a man as honest as you, as prudent, as full of good counsel, I think it would be no excessive reward to make him master of everything I own — even to give him myself.
Vasques:[Aside] So that is the way you work, old mole? Carry on; I hold the reins. [To Hippolita] I have nothing deserving of such favour. Yet, if I could —
Vasques: I would pass the remainder of my days in peace and safety.
瓦斯奎斯: 我愿在安宁与安全之中度过余生。
Hippolita: Give me your hand. Promise me now: keep my intended plan secret, and help me succeed.
希波莉塔: 把手给我。现在答应我:为我预备好的计划保守秘密,并助我成功。
Vasques: I can scarcely believe such happiness exists. I swear I shall play my part to perfection; before your design is carried out, I shall not breathe a word.
Giovanni: No longer my sister — now, my love. That name is gentler. Do not blush…
乔瓦尼: 不再是我的妹妹了——现在,是我的爱人。这个名字更温柔。不要脸红……
Annabella: Since my life already belongs to him…
安娜贝拉: 我的生命既然已经属于他……
Giovanni: I cannot understand why young women make losing their virginity seem so earth-shattering. Once it is lost, it is really nothing. You are still yourself.
乔瓦尼: 我真不明白,少女们为什么总把失去贞洁看得惊天动地。其实失去了,也算不得什么。你仍旧是你。
Annabella: The same goes for you. Of course you can say that now.
安娜贝拉: 对你来说也一样。你现在当然可以这样说。
Giovanni: Do you mean to reproach me? Kiss me — so! I envy not the most powerful man on earth. To be your king is greater than to be king of the whole world. And yet I shall lose you…
Putana: Ha! Ha! It looks to me not that you have entered Heaven, but that Heaven has entered your body! Well, well done! Do not worry because he is your brother. He is still a man, I hope? I have said it before and I’ll say it again: if a girl feels an itch, she may scratch it with whoever comes to hand — father, brother, it is all the same.
Annabella: The last thing I wish is for this to be known.
安娜贝拉: 我最不愿的,就是让这件事被人知道。
Putana: Nor I. What words would come out of people’s mouths! Otherwise, the thing itself is of no great matter.
普塔娜: 我也不愿。人们嘴里会说出什么话来呀。要不然,这事本身倒没什么要紧。
Florio:[Within] Annabella!
弗洛里奥的声音: 安娜贝拉!
Annabella: God, my father is here! Give me my needlework.
安娜贝拉: 我的天,父亲来了!把我的针线活给我。
第十场 / Act I, Scene 10
English
中文
Florio: Busy at your needlework. Good, you have not wasted your time. Have you seen Giovanni?
弗洛里奥: 勤勤恳恳做活。很好,你没有虚度时光。你见过乔瓦尼吗?
Annabella: He just went out. I think he is with his teacher, Friar Bonaventura.
安娜贝拉: 他刚出去。我想,他在他的老师那里,博纳文图拉修士那儿。
Florio: That is a man blessed by Heaven. I hope he can instruct Giovanni in the way to the other world. Annabella, I have something to discuss with you, concerning both of us, father and daughter. You know that among your suitors, Soranzo is the only one who satisfies me…
Friar Bonaventura: Hold your tongue. Every word you have recounted threatens the death of the soul. I rue having heard it. Why were my ears not struck deaf before you came? For your sake, I am reproached by other priests; for your sake, I exhaust myself day and night, forcing these poor eyes to stay open only to shed tears for you. If we were certain there were neither Heaven nor Hell, and men were guarded only by Nature, as the ancient philosophers said, then your case might find some defence. But it is not so. You will see: before Heaven, Nature is blind. God is angry. You may be satisfied. You are marked out to know evil. It may be slow in coming, but come it will.
Giovanni: If you carried within your own body a desire like mine, you would make my sister’s love your Heaven, and her person your God.
乔瓦尼: 倘若您体内也有一种像我这样的欲望,您就会把我妹妹的爱情当作您的天堂,把她本人当作您的神。
Friar Bonaventura: I see you have already sold body and soul to Hell. My prayers can no longer redeem you. But let me give you one piece of counsel: persuade your sister to marry as soon as possible.
Giovanni: Marry! Let another man discover the hunger in her senses?!
乔瓦尼: 嫁人!让另一个男人发现她感官中的饥渴?!
Friar Bonaventura: If you will not consent, at least allow me to hear her confession, so that she does not die without absolution.
博纳文图拉修士: 如果你不同意,至少允许我为她听忏悔,免得她死时没有赦罪。
Giovanni: Do as you will. Then look closely at her face. In that small oval you will see a strange and rich world. For colour, her lips; for fragrance, her breath; for jewels, her eyes; for threads of gold, her hair. Every part of her is a marvel. And as for those parts created only for delight, I shall say nothing, for fear of offending your ears.
Florio: Signor Soranzo, here is my daughter. She knows my mind already. Speak with her, I pray you. [To Annabella] And you, treat him with the courtesy his noble rank deserves. I shall leave you alone together.
Florio: Where have you been, Giovanni? What, alone again, always alone! I do not like to see you this way. You must lay aside this excessive love of books. Come.
Giovanni: Sister, do not be too much like a woman. Think of me.
乔瓦尼: 妹妹,不要太像一个女人。想想我。
Annabella: What! Are you jealous?
安娜贝拉: 什么!你嫉妒了?
Giovanni: You shall know soon enough. Gentle night shall be welcomed. Evening crowns the day.
乔瓦尼: 一会儿你就会知道。温柔的夜晚将受到欢迎。黄昏为白昼加冕。
第十三场 / Act I, Scene 13
English
中文
Annabella: What business do you have with me?
安娜贝拉: 您找我有什么事?
Soranzo: Do you not know what I would say to you?
索伦佐: 您不知道我要对您说什么吗?
Annabella: Yes. You would say that you love me.
安娜贝拉: 知道。您要说您爱我。
Soranzo: And I could swear it. Do you believe me?
索伦佐: 我也可以发誓。您相信我吗?
Annabella: Your oaths are not words out of the Gospel.
安娜贝拉: 您的誓言并不是福音书上的话。
Soranzo: Have you no wish to love?
索伦佐: 您难道没有爱的愿望吗?
Annabella: Not to love you.
安娜贝拉: 不是爱您。
Soranzo: Then whom?
索伦佐: 那是谁?
Annabella: That is for my fate to decide.
安娜贝拉: 由我的命运决定。
Giovanni:[Aside] Her fate, at this moment, is in my hands.
乔瓦尼(旁白): 她的命运,此刻由我掌握。
Soranzo: What do you mean by that?
索伦佐: 您这是什么意思?
Annabella: To live a virgin, and to die a virgin.
安娜贝拉: 生为处女,死为处女。
Soranzo: Oh! That would be a great pity.
索伦佐: 哦!那可太可惜了。
Giovanni:[Aside] There is someone here who can testify that those are but a woman’s words.
乔瓦尼(旁白): 这里有人能证明,这不过是女人嘴上的话。
Soranzo: If you could see my heart, you would certainly swear —
索伦佐: 倘若您能看见我的心,您一定会发誓——
Annabella: Swear that you were already dead.
安娜贝拉: 发誓您已经死了。
Giovanni:[Aside] If only that were so.
乔瓦尼(旁白): 若真是这样就好了。
Soranzo: Do you see these tears of love?
索伦佐: 您看见这些爱情的眼泪了吗?
Annabella: No.
安娜贝拉: 没有。
Giovanni:[Aside] She is mocking him!
乔瓦尼(旁白): 她在嘲弄他!
Soranzo: They are begging you.
索伦佐: 它们在向您恳求。
Annabella: I hear nothing.
安娜贝拉: 我什么也没听见。
Soranzo: Oh! Grant my wish!
索伦佐: 哦!请成全我的愿望!
Annabella: What wish?
安娜贝拉: 什么愿望?
Soranzo: Let me live.
索伦佐: 让我活下去。
Annabella: Then grant it yourself.
安娜贝拉: 那就请您自己成全吧。
Giovanni:[Aside] One more such answer, and his hopes should die.
乔瓦尼(旁白): 再来一句这样的话,他的希望就该死了。
Soranzo: Madam, let us cease these unprofitable games. Know that I love you truly, and have loved you long. It is not your wealth I love, but your person. So do not let me suffer in vain. I am sick, and sick at heart.
Soranzo:[Aloud] Malice does not suit your intelligence, nor your age.
索伦佐(高声): 恶意并不适合您的聪明,也不适合您的年纪。
Annabella: Sir, your reason should have told you: if I loved you, or had ever had the least intention of loving you, I should have given you more hope by now.
安娜贝拉: 大人,您的理智本该让您明白:倘若我爱您,或者曾有一点爱您的意思,我早该给您更多希望了。
Giovanni:[Aside] I need never doubt her love again.
乔瓦尼(旁白): 我再也不必怀疑她的爱了。
Annabella: But since I would not have you waste your youth in waiting, I would rather counsel you to persist no further. Believe me, I say this precisely because I wish you well.
Annabella: Yes, it is myself. Yet I can give you some comfort. Know that, if I must choose from among the men who would have me, that man would be you. This should satisfy you.
Annabella: One word more. If you would have me believe your love, do not tell these things to my father. If in the end I must marry, it will be you, or no one.
Enter Florio and Putana. Giovanni emerges from hiding.
弗洛里奥与普塔娜入。乔瓦尼从藏身处出来。
Soranzo: Signor Florio, look to your daughter.
索伦佐: 弗洛里奥大人,您看您的女儿。
Giovanni: Sister, how are you?
乔瓦尼: 妹妹,你怎么样?
Annabella: I am ill. Brother, are you here?
安娜贝拉: 我病了。哥哥,你在这里吗?
Florio: Take her to bed at once.
弗洛里奥: 立刻把她扶到床上去。
Putana: Oh, poor little thing!
普塔娜: 哦,可怜的小东西!
Exeunt all but Soranzo.
众人下,只剩索伦佐。
第十四场 / Act I, Scene 14
English
中文
Vasques: Sir…
瓦斯奎斯: 大人……
Soranzo: Oh, Vasques! She told me she cannot love me! And then she fainted. I fear her life is in danger.
索伦佐: 哦,瓦斯奎斯!她对我说,她不能爱我!而且,她又昏了过去。我害怕她的性命有危险。
Vasques:[Aside] Your own life is in danger too, if you knew all. [Aloud] Perhaps it is nothing but a maid’s dizziness — too much youthful blood. What can one say, sir? In such cases, there is no better remedy than a swift marriage. But did she absolutely refuse you?
Friar Bonaventura: May peace and charity enter here.
博纳文图拉修士: 愿和平与慈爱临到这里。
Florio: Welcome, Friar. Wherever you go, you bring Heaven with you.
弗洛里奥: 欢迎您,修士。您无论走到哪里,都把天国带到哪里。
Giovanni: Father, I have fetched this holy man from his cell as swiftly as I could. He comes to aid my sister in this hour of distress with spiritual comfort, and to grant her absolution should she be in danger of death.
Florio: Well done, Giovanni. You have shown a Christian’s care and a brother’s love. Come, Father, I will take you to her chamber. But I have one more request: it is the deepest anxiety of a father’s heart. I hope, before I die, to see my daughter married as she should be. One word from you would move her more than all my persuasions.
Friar Bonaventura: I shall tell her all this. May Heaven assist her.
博纳文图拉修士: 我会把这一切告诉她,愿上天扶助她。
第十六场 / Act I, Scene 16
English
中文
Putana: Oh! We are all undone, utterly undone, completely undone, and everlastingly shamed! Your sister! Oh! Your sister!
普塔娜: 哦!我们全都完了,彻彻底底完了,完全完了,而且永远丢尽脸了!您的妹妹!哦!您的妹妹!
Giovanni: What has happened? Speak. How is she?
乔瓦尼: 怎么了?说。她怎样了?
Putana: I wish I had never been born than to see this.
普塔娜: 我宁愿自己从未出生,也不愿看见这种事。
Giovanni: She is not dead, is she?
乔瓦尼: 她没有死,对不对?
Putana: Dead? She is pregnant! You know what you have done. It is too late for regret now. May God forgive you.
普塔娜: 死?她怀孕了!您知道您自己做了什么。现在后悔也太迟了。愿上帝宽恕您。
Giovanni: Pregnant? How do you know?
乔瓦尼: 怀孕?你怎么知道?
Putana: The nausea, the sickness, the changing complexion — and certain details you will excuse me from describing. She is with child, trust me. If you let a doctor poke his nose into her water, you are all finished!
Putana: Better. It was only a passing discomfort; I saw it at once for what it was. And from now on she must be prepared to suffer such discomfort often.
普塔娜: 好些了。那不过是一阵不适,我一眼就看出来了。而且从现在起,她得预备常常这样不适了。
Giovanni: Speak to her for me. Tell her not to be afraid. Find a way to keep any doctor from her. Invent excuses, think of reasons! Oh, anxiety! My head holds a whole world of anxieties. Do you understand? Be careful.
Friar Bonaventura: I am glad to see your penitence. For the soul you have laid open to me is so dark, so sinful, I wonder the earth has not swallowed you up. But weep, weep for yourself. These tears will do you good. Now, weep more deeply. I shall recite a prayer.
Friar Bonaventura: Yes. You are a poor, miserable creature, almost condemned while yet alive. Listen, my daughter! Under a dark and profound vault there is a place where daylight can never enter. There, cursed souls howl without pity. The gluttonous are fed with toads and vipers; burning oil is poured down the drunkard’s throat; the murderer is stabbed over and over for all eternity; the lecher is stretched out upon a gridiron of red-hot steel and feels, within his soul, the torment of his own inflamed lust.
Friar Bonaventura: The one who commits incest suffers there. Then you will wish that every kiss from your brother had been a dagger. You will hear him cry: “Oh! I wish that my wicked sister had been hurled to Hell the moment she yielded to my lust!” But I see repentance entering your heart. Tell me, what do you feel now?
Friar Bonaventura: There is. Heaven is so merciful that it still offers you forgiveness. This is what you must do. First, to save your honour, you must marry Signor Soranzo. Second, to save your soul, you must abandon this sinful life and live only for your husband.
Friar Bonaventura: I know, it is hard to cast off the lure of sin. Oh, it is almost a kind of death. But do not forget what awaits you. Will you do this?
Annabella: Yes. I swear to live with you, and for you.
安娜贝拉: 是的。我发誓,同您一起生活,也为您而活。
Friar Bonaventura: This is well. What remains to be done may be completed tomorrow.
博纳文图拉修士: 这样就好。剩下该做的事,明日便可完成。
第十八场 / Act I, Scene 18
English
中文
Hippolita: He is betrothed?
希波莉塔: 他已经订婚了?
Vasques: I was present.
瓦斯奎斯: 我就在场。
Hippolita: When is the wedding?
希波莉塔: 什么时候成婚?
Vasques: Two days hence.
瓦斯奎斯: 两天之后。
Hippolita: Two days! Well, I almost wish they were two nights, so that I might send him to his last sleep. Vasques, I shall do this without hesitation.
Vasques: I do not doubt your courage; nor, I think, do you doubt my discretion. I am entirely yours.
瓦斯奎斯: 我不怀疑您的勇气;我想,您也不怀疑我的谨慎。我全然属于您。
Hippolita: Even if countless obstacles stood between us, I would still be yours. He is already to be married? Oh, this vile man! I am certain that if he saw me weep, he would only laugh.
Hippolita: No, let him laugh. My mind is made up. So long as you stay true!
希波莉塔: 不,就让他笑吧。我已经下定决心。只要你始终真诚!
Vasques: If I were to betray you, what could I gain that would compare to the unexpected fortune you permit me to long for?
瓦斯奎斯: 若我背叛您,所得的东西,怎能同您允许我渴望的那种意外命运相比?
Hippolita: Even my heart, Vasques, I could give you. Let my youth cast itself upon these new pleasures. If we succeed, he has but two days left to live.
Friar Bonaventura: May you flourish long, happy pair, taking joy in one another.
博纳文图拉修士: 愿你们长久昌盛,幸福的一对,彼此以对方为喜乐。
Soranzo: Father, your prayers shall be answered. Friends, let us raise our cups and crown this day to Annabella’s health. Vasques!
索伦佐: 神父,您的祈祷必会应验。朋友们,让我们举杯,为安娜贝拉的健康,为这一天加冕。瓦斯奎斯!
Vasques: Sir?
瓦斯奎斯: 大人?
Soranzo: Give me that cup. My brother, I drink to your health. Though you are still unmarried, your turn will come soon. I drink to your sister’s happiness, and to my own.
Annabella: If he does not wish to, do not force him.
安娜贝拉: 他不愿意,就不要勉强他。
Giovanni:[Aside] What torture! If this marriage were not yet complete, I would rather die than see my sister kissed by another man.
乔瓦尼(旁白): 多么折磨!若这婚姻还没有完成,我宁愿死,也不愿看见我的妹妹被另一个人亲吻。
Vasques: Are you unwell?
瓦斯奎斯: 您不舒服吗?
Giovanni: Attend to your own duties, boy. I need no care from you.
乔瓦尼: 请你做你的差事吧,小伙子。我不需要你的照料。
Enter Hippolita, veiled. She unveils.
希波莉塔入,戴着面纱。她揭下面纱。
Soranzo: Hippolita!
索伦佐: 希波莉塔!
Hippolita: It is I. Do not be afraid, charming bride; I have not come to steal your husband from you. The rumours that have long set Parma gossiping need no longer be spoken of. For now he is yours, my dear. Give me your hand. I bear you goodwill, gentle Annabella; and so I wish to bind once more the union that Holy Church has sanctioned. Come, Soranzo, take my hand. Do I not do well?
Hippolita: You know I have a merciful heart. Here I release you from any promises you may have made to me. For a witness, give me a cup of wine. [Vasques hands her a cup.] Soranzo, I drink to your long rest. [She drinks.][Aside, to Vasques.] Do not forget, Vasques!
Soranzo: I thank you, Hippolita. I too drink to this happy union, as to another life. — Oh! Where is the wine?
索伦佐: 多谢您,希波莉塔。我也为这幸福的结合而饮,像为另一种人生而饮。哦!酒呢?
Vasques: You shall have no wine.
瓦斯奎斯: 您不会有酒的。
Hippolita: What!?
希波莉塔: 什么!?
Vasques: Now you shall know, she-devil: it is your own treachery that kills you. I had no need to marry you.
瓦斯奎斯: 现在你该知道了,女魔鬼:杀死你的,正是你自己的背叛。我可没有必要娶你。
Hippolita: Traitor!
希波莉塔: 叛徒!
Vasques: Alas, hopes too high must always fall! If you have any religion left in you, now is the time to pray. This bag of malice, this woman, secretly tried to buy me with promises of marriage, to poison my master and so revenge herself upon him. Look upon her… End your days, Hippolita; as for life, there is no hope left.
Hippolita: It is true. I feel my last moment coming. If this slave had kept his promise — oh! How I suffer! — Soranzo, it is you who should now be dying. My heart burns in Hell’s fire! May my curse fall upon you! May your bridal bed become an instrument of torture to your heart! Oh, this fire is unbearable! May you father bastards! May monsters issue from your womb! May you die in your sin, despised and abandoned by all! [She dies.]
Friar Bonaventura: Thus does lust lead men and women!
博纳文图拉修士: 淫欲便是这样引人至此!
Annabella: What a terrible thing!
安娜贝拉: 多么可怕的事!
Soranzo: Vasques, from this day forward I count you a loyal servant. I shall never forget. Come, my love, let us go home. This feast has grown too sorrowful.
Soranzo: Whore! Was there no other man in all Parma but me, that I must serve as your flaunting cuckold, the screen for your belly’s sport? And now, must I be father to these rotten bastards? Tell me — was it I?
Annabella: Beast of a man! Very well, this is your fate. I never wanted you! Quite the contrary! If you had given me time, I would have told you what condition I was in. But you were in such haste!
Soranzo: Whore among whores, you dare speak to me so!
索伦佐: 娼妇里的娼妇,你竟敢这样对我说话!
Annabella: Yes, and why should I not? You are utterly mistaken. Do you think I chose you for love? I did it to save my honour! But if you are willing to be patient, I may see whether I can love you.
Annabella: Gently — that was not in our bargain. But I may tell you this: the man, the man who surpasses ordinary men, gave me this boy — for it is a boy, your heir shall be a son —
Annabella: If you will not hear me, I shall say no more.
安娜贝拉: 如果你不肯听我说,我就不再说下去了。
Soranzo: Go on. Speak!
索伦佐: 说下去,讲!
Annabella: That man, in every way, is like an angel.
安娜贝拉: 那个人,处处都像一位天使。
Soranzo: What is his name?
索伦佐: 他叫什么名字?
Annabella: That step we have not reached. Content yourself with this glory — that you shall serve as father to a child begotten by such a man.
安娜贝拉: 还没到那一步。你只要满足于这种荣耀就够了:你将替这样一个男人生下的孩子,充当父亲。
Soranzo: Tell me his name.
索伦佐: 告诉我他的名字。
Annabella: Never! May I be cursed forever if you learn it!
安娜贝拉: 永不!若你知道了,愿我永远受诅咒!
Soranzo: Shall I not know it, wretch? I shall cut open your heart and find it there.
索伦佐: 我会不知道吗,贱人!我会剖开你的心,在那里把它找出来。
Annabella laughs.
安娜贝拉大笑。
Soranzo: You laugh? Whore, tell me who your lover is, or I shall drag your body, corrupted by lust, into the dust by your hair. [He drags her.] Do you not tremble?
Annabella: No. Be a good executioner. I leave behind a revenge, and you shall taste it.
安娜贝拉: 不。做个好刽子手吧。我留下了一场复仇,而你会尝到它。
Soranzo: If you will confess, I will spare your life.
索伦佐: 你若肯招认,我就饶你一命。
Annabella: I will not purchase my life at so high a price.
安娜贝拉: 我不愿用这么高的价钱买我的命。
Soranzo: I shall not delay my vengeance. [He draws his sword. Enter Vasques.]
索伦佐: 我不会延迟我的复仇。他拔剑。瓦斯奎斯入。
Vasques: What do you mean to do?
瓦斯奎斯: 您要做什么?
Soranzo: Stand aside. Such a whore deserves no mercy.
索伦佐: 让开。这样的娼妇不配得到怜悯。
Vasques: Yet God forbids it. She is your wife. The fault she committed before she married you was not committed against you.
瓦斯奎斯: 可是上帝禁止这样做。她是您的妻子。她在嫁给您之前犯下的过错,并不是针对您而犯。
Soranzo: She shall not live.
索伦佐: 她不能活。
Vasques: No, she must live. Would you have her confess who caused her misfortune? That is no reasonable demand! If she answered, she would lose what little respect I still have for her.
Annabella: Pah! Do not plead for me. I hold my own life worth nothing. If this man must go mad, let him take it.
安娜贝拉: 呸!不要替我哀求。我把自己的性命看得一文不值。若这个男人需要发疯,就让他拿去吧。
Soranzo: Do you hear, Vasques?
索伦佐: 你听见了吗,瓦斯奎斯?
Vasques: I hear, and I admire her. She shows a nobility of soul. Curse me if you will, but it becomes her. [Aside, to Soranzo] Whatever happens, hold back your revenge for now. Let me ferret this matter out. You must restrain yourself, or all is ruined. [Aloud] Sir, if my service has ever earned any trust from you, do not be so violent.
Soranzo: Oh, Vasques, Vasques! I had locked all the treasure of my heart inside this lump of flesh, inside this treacherous face. How you have mocked my hopes! How you have buried me alive in your lewd womb!
Vasques:[Aside] Good. Continue in that strain — short, passionate; that is exactly what is needed.
瓦斯奎斯(旁白): 好。就照这个腔调继续,短促些,动情些,这正是需要的。
Soranzo: Tell me, do you deny that I once worshipped you?
索伦佐: 告诉我,你难道不认为我曾经崇拜过你吗?
Annabella: I must admit, you did love me very much.
安娜贝拉: 我必须承认,您的确很爱我。
Soranzo: And yet you meant to use me! Annabella, be assured that whoever the wretch was who pushed you into this shame, he may have desired you, but he never loved you as I loved you. What he loved was a pretty woman’s face, not the part that once belonged to me — your heart, and the virtue I thought was yours.
Annabella: Oh! These words cut deeper into my heart than your sword ever could.
安娜贝拉: 哦!这些话刺进我心里的深处,胜过你的剑。
Vasques: I am never soft-hearted, yet now even I am beginning to weep. You see, sir, I knew what he would be like once his anger had passed.
瓦斯奎斯: 我从不心软,可现在,连我也要开始流泪了。您看,大人,我早知道他的怒气过去以后会怎样。
Soranzo: Forgive me, Annabella. Though your youth tempted you beyond your strength, I will not forget what I am — your husband. If I see you are faithful to me from this day forward, I shall pardon all your faults.
Soranzo: Rise. My reason now tells me: “Women often fall into sin through weakness.” Go to your chamber.
索伦佐: 起来。我的理智如今告诉我:”女人常常因软弱而跌入罪中。”回你的房间去。
第二十一场 / Act I, Scene 21
English
中文
Vasques: Excellent — the best course that could have been taken. Now then, sir, how do you find your happiness?
瓦斯奎斯: 很好,这是所能采取的最好办法。那么现在,大人,您觉得自己的幸福如何?
Soranzo: I carry Hell in my heart. Every drop of my blood burns for revenge.
索伦佐: 我心里怀着地狱。我全身的血都为复仇而燃烧。
Vasques: That is very likely. But do you know how to revenge yourself? And upon whom? Ah! To marry a pregnant woman and think you had married a virgin — such things, they say, are common enough these days. The question is: who has crawled into your cave…
Soranzo: If revenge be delayed, the blow falls all the heavier.
索伦佐: 复仇若被延迟,那一击便更沉重。
第二十二场 / Act I, Scene 22
English
中文
Vasques: Ah, little wench, you have cost me trouble enough. From the very first, I suspected something. Seeing my mistress’s scornful looks, her wayward humours, her fits of irritation — finding fault with everything that happened here — I said to myself: “Where the hen crows and the cock is silent, that house will come to ruin.” But how did all this happen so quickly? First, I must find out who did it. [Enter Putana.] Here comes my means, where before there were none. What is this? You are weeping? I cannot blame you for that. We have a master who is mad as a devil.
Vasques: Me? He uses me like a dog. His cruelty will drive our mistress to her death. She is pregnant — but what great matter is it to reproach a woman of her age for being pregnant?
Putana: Alas! But she did it weeping, and not of her own free will.
普塔娜: 唉!可她是哭着做的,而且并非出于自愿。
Vasques: I would swear his fury comes entirely from one thing: she refuses to name the father. Once he knows, I know him well enough to say he will forget this instantly.
Vasques: I am certain. Just now he thought you could reveal everything, and meant to force you to speak; luckily I calmed him. On that note — you must know a great deal.
Putana: Not for the whole universe, Vasques, I swear to you.
普塔娜: 整个宇宙也不行,瓦斯奎斯,我向你发誓。
Vasques: To sell her out — that, of course, would be very wicked. But in the present case, you could ease her suffering, pacify our master, and earn a little money, all at once.
Putana: I am certain. You will see — he is never long away from her.
普塔娜: 我确定。你会看见,他不会离她太久。
Vasques: He would be wrong to stay away long. But can I trust you?
瓦斯奎斯: 他若离得久,那才错了。可是,我能相信你吗?
Putana: Trust me?! What sort of person do you take me for? I have been too close to this to invent tales.
普塔娜: 相信我?!你把我当成什么人?我一直贴得这么近,才不会胡编乱造。
Vasques strikes Putana senseless and gags her.
瓦斯奎斯击昏普塔娜,并堵住她的嘴。
Vasques: Come, open your gums, you toad-bellied old whore. I shall drag her down to the cellar, and later, I shall put out her eyes. [He disposes of Putana’s body and returns to the stage.]
Vasques: This is too good, better than all my hopes. Her own brother! What a horror! It is the devil who leads the dance now. Her brother — good. And this is only the beginning. I must tell my master and guide him toward his revenge. All this turmoil over a matter of breeches! Who comes? Giovanni! The very man. My judgment is fixed, as sure as winter and summer. [Enter Giovanni.]
Vasques: She has been somewhat indisposed again; her body is still a little weak.
瓦斯奎斯: 她又有些不适,身体还有点虚弱。
Giovanni: Too much bodily pleasure, I think.
乔瓦尼: 我想,她是肉体享用得太过分了。
Vasques: Too much bodily pleasure — that, I think, is fairly accurate.
瓦斯奎斯: 肉体享用得太过分——我想,这话相当准确。
Giovanni: Where is she?
乔瓦尼: 她在哪里?
Vasques: In her chamber. Go see her; she is alone. [Exit Giovanni.] Let the young man enjoy what good hours remain to him. He is already sold to death; even the devil himself could not buy him back. [Enter Soranzo.] Sir, I am a man of ability.
Soranzo: My wife’s brother has come. He shall know everything.
索伦佐: 我妻子的哥哥来了。他会知道一切。
Vasques: Let him be. I have settled matters with a certain person — I will tell you who.
瓦斯奎斯: 让他去。我已经同某个人办妥了该办的事——我会告诉您是谁。
Soranzo: Vasques, do you know…
索伦佐: 瓦斯奎斯,你知道……
Vasques: It is no longer for me to know. It is your turn now.
瓦斯奎斯: 现在不该由我知道了。该轮到您知道了。
第二十四场 / Act I, Scene 24
English
中文
Annabella: Farewell, pleasure; farewell, you fleeting moments — false joys that once wove a weary life into shape. You, Time, who travel through the world, pause here your restless course. Pause, to complete the journey of my fate and deliver the tragedy of a poor, miserable woman to future ages. My conscience now rises up against my desire and accuses it as sin. [Enter Friar Bonaventura.]
Annabella: Here, like a bird shut in a cage, I am cut off from everyone, even from Putana. I can only speak to air and walls, thinking of my foul misery. Oh, Giovanni, I wish the punishment our sins deserve might pass far from you and let me alone endure its torment.
Friar Bonaventura:[Aside] This voice is music to my soul.
博纳文图拉修士(旁白): 这声音,对我的灵魂而言,正是一支音乐。
Annabella: My God, forgive me: this once, help me. Let there be a good man who passes by this way, to whom I may entrust this letter written with tears and blood. If You grant me this grace, I vow to repent.
Friar Bonaventura: Madam, Heaven has heard you and appointed me the instrument of your salvation.
博纳文图拉修士: 夫人,天国已经听见了你,并命我做你得救的器具。
Annabella: Who are you?
安娜贝拉: 您是谁?
Friar Bonaventura: Your brother’s friend, the hermit — and one who takes comfort in having heard this confession.
博纳文图拉修士: 你哥哥的朋友,那位隐修士——也为听见这番忏悔而感到欣慰的人。
Annabella: Is Heaven so generous? Holy man, take this letter to my brother; tell him to repent. Advise him to be wary and not to trust my husband’s friendship. What I fear is more than I can say.
Annabella: I thank You, Heaven; You have lengthened my life until I might make such good use of it.
安娜贝拉: 感谢您,天国,您延长了我的生命,直到我能这样好好地使用它。
第二十五场 / Act I, Scene 25
English
中文
Vasques: Am I to be believed now? You first married a whore; she threw herself into your arms only to mock the horns on your head, to cuckold you in the bridal bed, and to spend your money on panders.
Vasques: Horned beasts are very patient creatures, sir.
瓦斯奎斯: 长角的牲畜,都是很有耐性的动物,大人。
Soranzo: I am resolved. Not another word. You are the best at handling such agreeable phrases — use them to invite my brother and rival, and his father, to the feast I hold for my birthday. Go quickly, and return.
Vasques: Until I return, do not let your pity show itself. Think of incest, think of adultery.
瓦斯奎斯: 在我回来以前,别让您的怜悯出来。想着乱伦,想着通奸。
Soranzo: This revenge is the sole ambition that possesses me. I shall either achieve it, or perish for it.
索伦佐: 这复仇,是唯一占有我的雄心。我要么达成它,要么为它灭亡。
第二十六场 / Act I, Scene 26
English
中文
Giovanni: Before my sister married, I once thought all the savour of love would be lost in such a union. Yet now I find no change in my delight. She is still mine. Every kiss of ours is as sweet, as intoxicating, as the first. For me, the world and all its joys are here. A life of pleasure — that is Heaven. [Enter Friar Bonaventura.] Father, I may tell you now: that Hell with which you used to threaten me is nothing but superstition.
Friar Bonaventura: Your blindness is killing you. Look at this letter, written to you. [He hands Giovanni the letter.] Why do you change colour, my son?
Giovanni: You play the devil’s messenger between my love and your so-called religious sorcery. Where did you get this?
乔瓦尼: 您在我的爱情和您那些所谓宗教的巫术之间,扮演魔鬼信使的角色。这东西您从哪里来的?
Friar Bonaventura: Your conscience is withered, Giovanni. Otherwise, you would have obeyed this warning.
博纳文图拉修士: 你的良心已经枯干了,乔瓦尼。否则,你早该服从这警告。
Giovanni: It is her hand — I recognise it. And written in her blood. What does she write? — that we are discovered. Discovered? Damnation, if it be true! How is that possible? Have we become traitors to our own delight? All nonsense! This is nothing but your invention, my poor — [Enter Vasques.] Well, what do you here?
Vasques: My master invites you to the feast he gives today to celebrate his birthday. Your father, and the Cardinal — the Pope’s ambassador — have also promised to attend. Will you join them at the feast?
Giovanni: Tell him just as I said. And add this: I will come.
乔瓦尼: 就按我说的告诉他。再多告诉他一句:我会去。
Vasques: That has a strange ring to it.
瓦斯奎斯: 这话听起来有些奇怪。
Giovanni: Tell him I will come.
乔瓦尼: 告诉他,我会去。
Vasques: You will not fail to appear?
瓦斯奎斯: 您不会失约?
Giovanni: More questions! I will come. Have you your answer?
乔瓦尼: 又问!我会去。你得到答复了吗?
Vasques: I shall deliver it. I am your servant. [Exit Vasques.]
瓦斯奎斯: 我会转告他。我是您的仆人。瓦斯奎斯下。
Friar Bonaventura: I hope you will not go.
博纳文图拉修士: 我希望你不会去。
Giovanni: Not go? Why not?
乔瓦尼: 不去?为什么?
Friar Bonaventura: Be wise — do not go. I swear this feast is a plot.
博纳文图拉修士: 要明智,不要去。我发誓,这场宴会是一场阴谋。
Giovanni: Not go! Even if Death stood before me and threatened me with its blazing dangers, I would go there, resolved, like them, to plunge deep into the slaughter.
Friar Bonaventura: Go where you will. I see the confusion of your fate has reached its end, and a most foul and terrible end it is. I should not stay to witness your fall with my own eyes. I will return to Bologna. Farewell, Parma! I wish I had never known you, nor anything to do with you! Well, my son, since no prayer can save you, I leave you to your despair. [Exit Friar Bonaventura.]
Giovanni: Despair, or the torments of Hell — I care for none of it. My mind is set. Now, now, stir yourselves, my thoughts, and build a plan of destruction. My soul, become a man entire. If I must fall like a mighty oak, then as I fall, many small trees shall be crushed.
Vasques: All of them. You see, everything is prepared for this great business; nothing is lacking but a firm resolution in your heart. Remember your shame, remember your honour’s loss, remember Hippolita’s blood; arm your courage with your own humiliation.
Soranzo: The less I speak, the hotter my heart burns. Blood will quench this flame.
索伦佐: 我说得越少,心里烧得越烈;鲜血会扑灭这火焰。
Vasques: Very good. One thing more: when our little incestuous one arrives, he will be eager to gnaw his old meat. Let him. Give him time to make good use of your bed; let this rutting hare run free until he is hunted to death. Thus we may dispatch him to Hell in the very act of his cursed deed.
Soranzo: Let it be so. Look — he comes first, just as you wished. [Enter Giovanni.] Welcome, my dear brother. I see what an honour you do me. But where is our father?
Giovanni: He is waiting upon the Cardinal, to greet him. How is my sister?
乔瓦尼: 他正等着红衣主教,好向他致意。我的妹妹怎么样?
Soranzo: Like a good housewife, not yet fully prepared. You should go see her.
索伦佐: 像一个贤良的女主人,还没有完全准备好。您该去看看她。
Giovanni: If you wish.
乔瓦尼: 若您愿意。
Soranzo: I must await my guests. My good brother, I pray you, hasten to bring her here.
索伦佐: 我必须等候我的客人。我的好兄弟,劳驾您快些把她请来。
Giovanni: You are in a great hurry. [Exit Giovanni.]
乔瓦尼: 您倒很急。乔瓦尼下。
Vasques: Matters advance as if the Prince of Devils himself meant to destroy him! Let him gorge upon his own ruin. [Enter Cardinal and Florio.]
瓦斯奎斯: 事情进展得就像恶魔之王亲自要毁掉他一样!让他饱餐他自己的毁灭吧。红衣主教与弗洛里奥入。
Soranzo: Most reverend Father, the condescension you show in gracing my humble house does me deep honour. I shall ever remain your servant.
索伦佐: 至为尊贵的神父,您屈尊降临寒舍,使我深感荣耀。我将永远是您的仆人。
Cardinal: You are our friend, sir. The Holy See shall understand with what zeal you honour, in his representative, the deputy of St Peter.
红衣主教: 您是我们的朋友,大人。圣座会明白,您以何等热忱,在他的代表身上,尊敬圣彼得的代理人。
第二十八场 / Act I, Scene 28
English
中文
Giovanni: What, so soon changed! Has your new master taught you some new night-games that our simpler days knew nothing of? Is that it? Or do you now intend to deny the vows you once swore?
Annabella: Why laugh at my misery, yet see nothing of the danger we are in?
安娜贝拉: 为什么嘲笑我的不幸,却丝毫没有觉察我们身处的危险?
Giovanni: What danger is greater than your manner? You are a faithless sister. Otherwise you would know that all their malice would halt at a single frown from me. Ah! I once held fate clenched in my fist; had you been steadier then, I might have commanded even the eternal movement of time. But now you mean to become an honest woman, do you? Is it decided?
Annabella: My dearest brother, know what I once was; and know also that now only the space of a banquet divides us from death. They have dressed me in these splendid clothes not without purpose; this sudden and solemn feast is no entertainment for pleasure and extravagance. I was kept a prisoner here alone; now they give me a moment’s liberty so that you may come to me — this too is not without cause. Do not deceive yourself, Giovanni. This banquet is the sign of our death. Prepare yourself to meet it.
Giovanni: In the other world, will we still know each other?
乔瓦尼: 到了另一个世界,我们还会认得彼此吗?
Annabella: Yes.
安娜贝拉: 会的。
Giovanni: Who told you so?
乔瓦尼: 你听谁说过?
Annabella: I am certain of it.
安娜贝拉: 我确信如此。
Giovanni: Do you truly believe I shall see you still? Look at me. Shall we be able to embrace, to speak, to laugh — or to do those things we did here?
乔瓦尼: 你真相信我还能看见你?看着我。我们还能拥抱、说话、发笑,或者做我们在这里所做的事吗?
Annabella: I do not know. But for now, how do you think you can escape this danger?
安娜贝拉: 我不知道。可眼下,你以为自己怎样逃过这危险?
Giovanni: Look, look here. What do you see in my face?
乔瓦尼: 看,看这里。你在我的脸上看见什么?
Annabella: Madness, and a soul in chaos.
安娜贝拉: 疯狂,还有一个混乱的灵魂。
Giovanni: Death, and groaning fury. But look again — what do you see in my eyes?
乔瓦尼: 是死亡,和呻吟的愤怒。可是再看——你在我的眼里看见什么?
Annabella: I think you are weeping.
安娜贝拉: 我想,你在哭。
Giovanni: Yes, I weep. These are tears of mourning — the very tears that ran down my cheeks when I first loved you and knew not how to speak that love. Pray, Annabella, pray! Go, go and win a throne of purity and holiness in Heaven.
Giovanni: Protect me too. Kiss me. If future ages hear of us, perhaps their laws may have cause to blame us; yet perhaps, when they know what this love of ours truly was, this love may erase the horror they feel at other incests. Give me your hand. How gently life runs in these full veins. I see a fine life-line — a sweet promise made by Nature. Kiss me once more… Forgive me.
Annabella: Oh, my brother, by your hand… Heaven, forgive him, and forgive my sin too. Farewell, cruel brother… cruel… mercy… Heaven… oh… oh… [Annabella dies.]
Giovanni: She is dead, alas! Poor soul! The unhappy fruit within her womb — life given by me, and from me it receives both cradle and grave. I may not delay. Soranzo, you have miscalculated. I have forestalled you: I have killed your beloved; and for her sake I would have staked my heart against every drop of your blood. Beautiful Annabella, how you have conquered folly and hatred! Do not hesitate, my brave hand. Rise up, my heart, and play your last and greatest part!
Soranzo: May it please Your Eminence to taste these humble confections.
索伦佐: 请尊驾尝一尝这些粗陋的蜜饯。
Cardinal: We shall ever remain your friend.
红衣主教: 我们将永远是您的朋友。
Vasques:[Aside, to Soranzo] Remember what you must do.
瓦斯奎斯(旁白,对索伦佐): 记住您该做的事。
Soranzo:[Aside, to Vasques] My heart is resolved. [Aloud] But where is my brother Giovanni?
索伦佐(旁白,对瓦斯奎斯): 我的心已经决定了。高声: 可是,我的兄弟乔瓦尼究竟在哪里?
Enter Giovanni.
乔瓦尼入。
Giovanni: Here, here, Soranzo. Clad in reeking blood, I come triumphant over death. Neither Fate nor the powers that govern the course of souls could hold me back.
Giovanni: The glory of this deed of mine has quenched the noonday sun and turned noon to night! You came to the feast hoping for a sumptuous banquet. I too came to the feast; but I have dug deep and brought forth a richer food. This is a heart — a heart in which my own heart is buried. Look upon it well. Do you know it?
Giovanni: Yes, Father. Listen, and I will tell you how worthy I am to be your son.
乔瓦尼: 是的,父亲。听着,我要告诉您,我何等配得上做您的儿子。
Florio: What are you saying?
弗洛里奥: 你在说什么?
Giovanni: It is now some many moons since I first truly loved, and forcibly possessed, your daughter — my sister.
乔瓦尼: 已有几轮月亮过去了,自从我第一次真诚地爱上,并强有力地占有了您的女儿——我的妹妹。
Florio: What! Alas, my lords, he is mad, horribly mad!
弗洛里奥: 什么!唉,诸位大人,他疯了,疯得可怕!
Giovanni: No, Father. I have enjoyed the bed of gentle Annabella. Soranzo, you know it. Your shame is written on your face.
乔瓦尼: 不,父亲。我曾享用温柔的安娜贝拉的床榻。索伦佐,你知道。你的脸上刻着你的耻辱。
Cardinal: Shameless incestuous wretch!
红衣主教: 无耻的乱伦者!
Florio: His frenzy speaks lies for him!
弗洛里奥: 他的狂怒在替他说谎!
Giovanni: No, what I have spoken is all truth, I swear it!
乔瓦尼: 不,我所说的全是真相,我发誓!
Soranzo: Bring that whore here.
索伦佐: 把那个娼妇带来。
Vasques: I go. [Exit Vasques.]
瓦斯奎斯: 我去。瓦斯奎斯下。
Giovanni: Have you so little faith left in yourselves as to doubt my triumph? I swear, by my love for Annabella, it was her own hand that tore this heart from her breast. [Enter Vasques.] Is it true or false?
Giovanni: Let them be! Oh, my father, how well such a death becomes your grief. Now none of our house survives but me — me, gilded with the blood of a sister too beautiful and of an unhappy father.
Soranzo: Shame of inhuman humanity, do you think you can live after such a crime?
索伦佐: 非人的人类之耻,你以为你能在罪行之后活下去吗?
Giovanni: Soranzo, look upon this heart that once belonged to your wife. I bring it in triumph, to exchange it for yours. [They fight. Soranzo falls.] Now my beautiful revenge is mine!
Vasques: I can endure no more. You are too arrogant in your own slaughter.
瓦斯奎斯: 我再也忍不住了。你在自己的屠杀里太过傲慢。
Giovanni: Come, I am ready to meet you. [They fight. Vasques, aided by the Cardinal, cuts Giovanni’s veins.]
乔瓦尼: 来吧,我已准备好迎接你。他们交战。瓦斯奎斯在红衣主教帮助下,割断乔瓦尼的血脉。
Vasques:[To Soranzo] Sir, how fare you? [He points to Giovanni.] Do you see?
瓦斯奎斯(对索伦佐): 大人,您怎样了?他指着乔瓦尼。 您看见了吗?
Soranzo: I am dying; yet I am happy in my death, for I have lived to see my humiliation revenged upon this black demon. Vasques, let me breathe my last upon your breast. Do not let this monster live. [Soranzo dies.]
Vasques: May rest be his reward, and may it accompany this my ever more dear master and lord!
瓦斯奎斯: 愿安息成为他的报偿,并伴随我这永远更加亲爱的主人与大人!
Giovanni: Whose hand gave me this wound?
乔瓦尼: 是哪只手给了我这一伤口?
Vasques: Mine. I was your first adversary. Is that enough?
瓦斯奎斯: 我的手。我是你的第一个敌手。这样够了吗?
Giovanni: I thank you. You have done for me what I would have done myself. Are you certain your master is dead?
乔瓦尼: 谢谢。你替我做了我本来也要做的事。你确定你的主人死了吗?
Vasques: As certain as I see you dying too.
瓦斯奎斯: 确定,正如我看见你也在死去一样。
Cardinal: Think on your life, think on your death, and beg for mercy.
红衣主教: 想想你的生,想想你的死,请求宽恕吧。
Giovanni: Mercy! I have already found it — in this justice.
乔瓦尼: 宽恕!我已经在这正义里找到了它。
Cardinal: At least seek to pray to Heaven.
红衣主教: 至少试着向天国哀求。
Giovanni: Oh, how much blood I have shed! Death, you are a guest I have waited for too long. I embrace you, and I embrace your wounds. Oh, my last moment has come. Wherever I go, may I freely gaze upon my Annabella’s face and take my joy in it! [Giovanni dies.]
Cardinal: Strange miracle of justice. Tell me, child, is there anyone we have not yet mentioned who knows the secret of this incest?
红衣主教: 奇异的正义神迹。告诉我,孩子,还有没有什么人,我们尚未提到,却知道这桩乱伦的秘密?
Vasques: There is — the waiting-woman who attended the murdered mistress.
瓦斯奎斯: 有。被杀的女主人身边那个女仆。
Cardinal: What is her condition now?
红衣主教: 她现在怎样?
Vasques: She is imprisoned. After she confessed, I put out her eyes; but I kept her alive so that she might bear witness to everything I heard with my own ears from Giovanni’s mouth. Now, my lord, I submit my deeds to your judgment.
Cardinal: As for that woman, she is the fountainhead of these consequences. My sentence: take her out of the city at once and burn her on the spot.
红衣主教: 至于那个女人,她是这些后果的祸首。我的判决是:立刻将她押出城去,当场烧死。
Vasques: That is great justice. And what of me? If it be death, I welcome it too.
瓦斯奎斯: 这是伟大的正义。那么我呢?若是死亡,我也欢迎它。
Cardinal: Child, since what you have done was not carried out from private malice, we sentence you to perpetual banishment. Within three days, you must depart. We do this not for your crime, but to uphold the principle of reason. Remove these bodies and give them proper burial. All their gold, jewels, and goods shall be confiscated by the Church. Until this day, incest and murder have never met so strangely. Of such a young woman, so richly endowed with all the beauties Nature can bestow, it is hard indeed not to say: ‘Tis pity she’s a whore.
a Chinese stage adaptation of The Tempest Re-visioned for the South China Sea
Translation by ZJC (2026)
)(*)(
人物表 (Character List)
岛上之人 (The Islanders)
潮音 (Cháoyīn) — 前”潮钟号”红头船船长。被大副安东
出卖,丢上舢板漂流,最终登上鬼岛。她精通《潮钟册》中的方术,驱使精灵鬼火儿。身披残旧的船长外套,缝补着海藻与鲨鱼皮。 — Former captain of the junkTidal Bell. Betrayed by her first mate, set adrift, and washed ashore on Ghost Island. She has mastered the esoteric arts contained in theTidal Bell Manualand commands the spirit Guǐhuǒ’ér. She wears the faded remnants of a sea captain’s coat, patched with kelp and shark-leather.
望汐 (Wàngxī) — 潮音之女。十五岁。生于岛上。除母亲与怪物礁生外,从未见过其他活人。她总是望着海天相接的那条线。 — Cháoyīn’s daughter. Fifteen years old. Born on the island. She has never seen another living human except her mother and the creature Jiāoshēng. Her eyes are always watching the horizon.
鬼火儿 (Guǐhuǒ’ér) — 圣艾尔摩之火精灵。无分男女,古老而善变。曾被海妖西海妖囚于锈铁柱中,为潮音所解救。现身时为一团青蓝跃动的火焰,亦可化为人形。其声如风过索具,如远钟,如鲸歌。 — A spirit of St. Elmo’s Fire. Neither male nor female, ancient and mercurial. Imprisoned in a rusted iron pillar by the sea-witch Sycorax, freed by Cháoyīn. They appear as flickering blue-green light that can take human shape when they choose. Their voice is the sound of wind through rigging, of distant temple bells, of whale-song.
礁生 (Jiāoshēng) / 鲛奴 (Jiāonú) — 亡故海妖西海妖之子。半人半鲛人。肤色灰蓝,糙如礁石。齿尖而密。泪为浓咸黏液,干涸后结成不规则的珍珠。初名”鲛奴”(潮音所赐),后获自由,更名为”礁生”。他言语支离破碎,但当岛屿的魔力贯通他时,他的语言会变得古老而奇特。 — Son of the dead sea-witch Sycorax. Half-human, half-jiaoren (shark-merfolk). His skin is grey and rough as reef-stone. His teeth are sharp and layered. He weeps thick, salty mucus that hardens into irregular pearls. Originally named “Shark-Slave” (given by Cháoyīn), he is later freed and renamed “Reef-Born.” He speaks in a broken tongue, though when the island’s magic moves through him, his language becomes strange and ancient.
西海妖 (Xīhǎiyāo) — 西考拉克斯。剧前已死。一名鲛人巫女,在潮音到来前统治此岛。其骸骨已织入环岛的珊瑚礁中。仅被提及。 — Sycorax. Dead before the play begins. A jiaoren sorceress who ruled the island before Cháoyīn arrived. Her bones are woven into the coral reef that surrounds the island. Mentioned only.
These are Europeans—officers and servants of the Dutch East India Company (VOC), sailing from Batavia. They wear a mix of Dutch finery and local adaptations: silk sashes, salt-stained lace, stolen jade.
范·阿隆索 (Fàn Ālóngsuǒ) — 巴达维亚舰队总督。VOC高官。他深信上帝与火药已赐予他统治四海之权。 — Governor-General of the Batavia fleet. A powerful VOC official. He carries the arrogance of a man who believes God and gunpowder have granted him dominion over all seas.
费迪南 (Fèidí’nán) — 其子。年轻,英俊,在海上传奇故事中长大。他是第一个不把望汐视为”土著奇物”而是视为神启的欧洲人。 — His son. Young, handsome, raised on tales of maritime glory. He is the first European to treat Wàngxī not as a curiosity but as a revelation.
安东 (Āndōng) — 潮音昔日的大副。现为VOC船长。能说流利的闽南语与粤语。吃过她的饭,领过她的银,最终将她的船卖给了荷兰人。他是个通敌者。 — Cháoyīn’s former first mate. Now a VOC captain. He speaks fluent Hokkien and Cantonese. He ate her food, collected her silver, and sold her ship to the Dutch. He is the collaborator.
塞巴斯蒂安 (Sàibāsīdì’ān) — 范·阿隆索之弟。懒惰、残忍、野心勃勃。他巴不得兄长死去好继承其位。 — Van Alons’s younger brother. Lazy, cruel, ambitious. He would happily see his brother dead to inherit his position.
霍萨洛 (Huòsàluò) — 年迈的VOC绘图师兼博物学者。与他人不同,他心怀真诚的好奇。他在舱房内私设妈祖小龛。他是良心的罗盘,尽管也已妥协。 — An aging VOC cartographer and naturalist. Unlike the others, he is a man of genuine curiosity. He secretly keeps a small shrine to Mazu in his quarters. He is the moral compass, however compromised.
特林鸠罗 (Tèlínjiūluó) — 船上的弄臣兼通译。一个在澳门酒馆里学会了粤语和闽南语洋泾浜的潦倒艺人。他视礁生为可在阿姆斯特丹畸形秀上展出的”奇物”。 — The ship’s jester and translator. A broken-down performer who learned Cantonese and Hokkien pidgin in the taverns of Macau. He sees Jiāoshēng not as a monster but as a potential exhibit for the freak shows of Amsterdam.
斯提法诺 (Sītífǎnuò) — 醉醺醺的膳务总管。他从沉船中捞起一箱亚力酒。他成了礁生所拜的伪神。 — The drunken butler. He salvaged a crate of Arrack from the wreck. He becomes Jiāoshēng’s false god.
船长 (Chuánzhǎng) — 荷兰船船长。 — The Dutch ship’s master.
水手长 (Shuǐshǒuzhǎng) — 水手长。 — The boatswain.
幻景中之神祇 (The Spirits of the Masque)
妈祖 (Māzǔ) — 天后,海之圣母。 — Queen of Heaven, Empress of the Sea.
观音 (Guānyīn) — 慈悲的菩萨。 — The Bodhisattva of Mercy.
龙母 (Lóngmǔ) — 龙母,养育了五条龙子。 — The Dragon Mother, who raised five dragon sons.
饿鬼们 (Èguǐmen) — 饿鬼。溺亡水手的不安魂灵。口小不能食,喉细不能饮。哀嚎乞食。 — Hungry Ghosts. The restless spirits of drowned sailors. Their mouths are too small to eat. Their throats are too thin to drink. They moan for offerings.
其他 (Others)
众精灵 — 侍奉鬼火儿的岛精。 — Island spirits who serve Guǐhuǒ’ér.
四十亡魂 — “潮钟号”上被屠戮的四十名船员。仅以水下幽影、风中语声、潮音术法背后的沉重存在显现。 — The forty crew members of theTidal Bell, murdered in the mutiny. They appear only as shadows beneath the water, as voices in the wind, as the weight behind Cháoyīn’s magic.
)(*)(
第一场 (Scene One)
海上。雷电,狂风,怒涛。夜。 At sea. Thunder, lightning, raging waves. Night.
[雷鸣如鼓。一艘荷兰东印度公司的大船在巨浪中剧烈颠簸。帆索间有青蓝色的鬼火跃动——那是鬼火儿在桅杆间跳舞。远处海面升起磷光,仿佛海底有巨兽翻身。水手们用荷兰语、闽南语、粤语混杂着呼喊,向妈祖祈祷,向上帝祈祷。] [Thunder like a drum. A large Dutch East India Company ship pitches violently in the colossal waves. Blue-green ghost-fire dances among the rigging—Guǐhuǒ’ér playing on the masts. Phosphorescence rises from the distant sea, as if a great beast is turning in the deep. Sailors shout in a mix of Dutch, Hokkien, and Cantonese, praying to Mazu and to God.]
水手长/ Boatswain 快!快!收上桅帆!别管那些火!那是鬼火!盯着看会被勾魂的!Fast! Fast! Furl the topsails! Don’t look at those fires! That’s ghost-fire! Stare at it and your soul gets snatched!
霍萨洛/ Huòsàluò 船长在哪里?船长!Where is the Captain? Captain!
水手长/ Boatswain 在舱下!别碍我们手脚!你们这是在帮风暴,不是在帮我们!Below decks! Don’t get in our way! You’re helping the storm, not us!
范·阿隆索/ Van Alons 水手长!这船还能撑多久?Boatswain! How long can she hold?
水手长/ Boatswain 你们没听见吗?回舱里去!别来添乱!Didn’t you hear me? Get back to your cabins! Don’t make things worse!
塞巴斯蒂安/ Sebastiaan 放肆的东西!你知道你在跟谁说话?Insolent dog! Do you know to whom you speak?
安东/ Anton [抓住水手长的衣领] 记着船上载的是谁,你这海狗。[Grabbing the Boatswain by the collar]Remember who this ship carries, you sea-dog.
水手长/ Boatswain [甩开他的手] 我只认得一个比你们更要紧的人:我自己这条命!要是你们会驾船,就来替我;不会,就求你们闭嘴,让我们各尽其职。不然,听天由命吧![Shaking him off]I only know one man more important than you: myself! If you can sail, take my place. If not, shut your mouths and let us do our work. Otherwise, pray to whatever you believe in!
霍萨洛/ Huòsàluò 愿瘟疫烂掉你的喉咙,你这满嘴亵渎的—— May the plague rot your throat, you blasphemous—
[一阵巨浪猛击船舷。远处有人失声惨呼。桅杆发出断裂的呻吟。] [A massive wave slams the hull. A distant scream of terror. The mast groans, splintering.]
众人/ Crew 天哪!完了!我们都完了!God! We’re lost! We’re all lost!
费迪南/ Ferdinand [从舱内冲出,浑身湿透,头发根根直竖] 地狱空了!魔鬼都跑出来了!都跑出来了![Bursting from below, soaking wet, hair standing on end]Hell is empty! All the devils are here! All of them!
[他纵身跃入海中。灯光骤暗。雷电一闪。船与海一并吞入黑暗。鬼火儿的笑声在风里飘散——那笑声像碎铃,像鲸歌,像溺死之人的叹息。] [He leaps into the sea. Lights snap to black. A flash of lightning. Ship and sea swallowed by darkness. Guǐhuǒ’ér’s laughter drifts on the wind—like shattered bells, like whale song, like the sigh of the drowned.]
)(*)(
第二场 (Scene Two)
岛上。潮音的洞窟前。风雨未歇,但已转弱。 The island. Before Cháoyīn’s cave. The storm has weakened but not yet passed.
[洞窟口挂着渔网、旧帆布、晒干的海藻。一口锈迹斑斑的青铜钟悬在洞口——那是潮钟。潮音立于高处,手持一根铁杖。那铁杖原是半截定海神针,如今爬满藤壶。望汐伏在一旁,惊魂未定,泪痕未干。远处海面上,那艘大船的残骸正在燃烧,火光映红了低垂的云层。] [Fishing nets, old sailcloth, and dried seaweed hang at the cave mouth. A rusted bronze bell—the Tidal Bell—hangs at the entrance. Cháoyīn stands on high ground, holding an iron staff. The staff is half of a rusted Dinghai Shenzhen pillar, now encrusted with barnacles. Wàngxī lies nearby, trembling, tear-streaked, still in shock. In the distance, the wreckage of the great ship burns, its glow reddening the low clouds.]
望汐/ Wàngxī 母亲。若是您用法术叫这野浪吼起来的,求您平息它吧。我看他们受苦,自己也像一同在受苦。那样一艘大船……里头想必载着许多高贵的人……如今竟像被撕碎的纸鸢。可怜的人——他们一定都死了。Mother. If it was your art that raised these wild waves, please calm them. Seeing them suffer, I feel I am suffering too. Such a magnificent ship… it must have carried many noble souls… now torn apart like a shredded kite. Poor souls—they must all be dead.
潮音/ Cháoyīn 静下来。别再惊惶。你那颗仁慈的心可以安定了。Be still. Do not be frightened. Your merciful heart can rest easy.
望汐/ Wàngxī 安定了?Rest easy?
潮音/ Cháoyīn 没有一个人遭难。Not a single person has perished.
望汐/ Wàngxī 没有?None?
潮音/ Cháoyīn [放下铁杖] 没有。我所做的一切,没有一件不是为了你。为了你,我的爱女。为了你。而你还不知道你是谁,也不知道我是谁;只知道我叫潮音,是这间破洞窟的主人,也是你的母亲。[Lowering the staff]None. Everything I have done, I have done for you. For you, my dear daughter. For you. And you still do not know who you are, or who I am; you only know me as Cháoyīn, mistress of this poor cave, and your mother.
望汐/ Wàngxī 我从小不敢多问这些。I never dared to ask more.
潮音/ Cháoyīn 那现在是时候让你知道了。把眼泪擦干。坐下。听我说。Then it is time you knew. Dry your tears. Sit. Listen to me.
[望汐顺从地坐下。潮音走到洞口,望着燃烧的残骸。] [Wàngxī obediently sits. Cháoyīn moves to the cave mouth, gazing at the burning wreck.]
潮音/ Cháoyīn 你方才所见的这场海难,是我用《潮钟册》里的法子安排出来的。正因为你心地仁慈,才会为它痛苦。但你放心——你听见呼号的那些人里,没有一个失去一根头发。至少,现在还不到时候。The shipwreck you just witnessed—I arranged it using the methods in theTidal Bell Manual. Precisely because your heart is kind, it pains you. But rest assured—not a single hair on the heads of those you heard crying out has been harmed. At least, not yet.
望汐/ Wàngxī 真是这样?Is that true?
潮音/ Cháoyīn 千真万确。告诉我,你还记得在我们来到这洞窟以前的事吗?那时候你还没有出生。你是在这片沙滩上落地的。你的第一口气,吸的是这岛上的盐雾。Absolutely true. Tell me, do you remember anything from before we came to this cave? Before you were born. You took your first breath on this very sand. Your first taste of air was the salt mist of this island.
望汐/ Wàngxī 我什么也不记得。只是有时候做梦……梦见一条红头船。三根桅杆。很多人在笑。有一个男人的脸……我看不清。然后就是水。很多水。I remember nothing. Only sometimes I dream… of a red-headed junk. Three masts. Many people laughing. A man’s face… I can’t see it clearly. And then water. So much water.
潮音/ Cháoyīn [身体微微一僵] 那是你父亲的船。他叫阿海。是我的水手长。也是我的丈夫。[Body stiffening slightly]That was your father’s ship. His name was Āhǎi. My boatswain. And my husband.
望汐/ Wàngxī [轻声] 他在哪里?[Softly]Where is he?
潮音/ Cháoyīn 他死了。十二年前——正是十二年前——你的母亲是”潮钟号”的船长。一条红头船,三根桅,四十个好水手。我们从月港出海,载着丝绸、瓷器和茶叶,去换南洋的香料、檀香和白银。那时候,海上的规矩是我定的。风暴见了我都要绕道。He is dead. Twelve years ago—exactly twelve years—your mother was captain of theTidal Bell. A red-headed junk, three masts, forty good sailors. We sailed from Yuegang, laden with silk, porcelain, and tea, bound for the Southern Seas to trade for spices, sandalwood, and silver. In those days, I set the rules on the sea. Even storms changed course to avoid me.
望汐/ Wàngxī 那为什么…… Then why…
潮音/ Cháoyīn 因为我信了一个人。他叫安东。荷兰人。他从巴达维亚逃出来,在澳门学了闽南话和广东话,混进了中国船帮。我收他当大副。他吃我的饭,领我的银子,叫我”船长”,像叫亲姐姐一样。我当他是我在海上能找到的最好的帮手。Because I trusted one man. His name is Anton. A Dutchman. He jumped ship in Batavia, learned Hokkien and Cantonese in Macau, and wormed his way into the Chinese crews. I took him as my First Mate. He ate my food, took my silver, called me ‘Captain’ like I was his own sister. I thought he was the best help I could find on the sea.
[她的声音变冷。洞外的风声忽然紧了。] [Her voice turns cold. The wind outside the cave suddenly tightens.]
潮音/ Cháoyīn 他却把整条船卖给了荷兰东印度公司。那个姓范·阿隆索的——就是方才那艘大船的主人——答应给他一个船长衔头,外加香料贸易的抽成。安东便趁夜带着荷兰兵摸上”潮钟号”。他们杀了所有人。四十条命。你父亲也在其中。But he sold the whole ship to the Dutch East India Company. Van Alons—the master of that great ship you just saw burning—promised him a captain’s commission and a cut of the spice trade. So Anton led Dutch soldiers aboard theTidal Bellin the dead of night. They killed everyone. Forty lives. Your father among them.
望汐/ Wàngxī [捂住嘴] 天哪…… [Covering her mouth]Heavens…
潮音/ Cháoyīn 他们把我捆起来,丢上一条舢板。没有帆,没有桨,没有淡水。你还在我肚子里,七个多月。他们以为海会替他们灭口。他们错了。海不替任何人灭口。海只记得。They tied me up and threw me onto a sampan. No sail. No oars. No fresh water. You were still in my belly, seven months along. They thought the sea would silence me for them. They were wrong. The sea silences no one. The sea only remembers.
[她走到洞口,伸手触碰那口青铜钟。钟身发出低沉的嗡鸣。] [She walks to the cave mouth and touches the bronze bell. It emits a low, resonant hum.]
潮音/ Cháoyīn 舢板漂了七天。我喝雨水,吃生鱼。第八天,我看见了这座岛。周围的礁石像鲨鱼的牙齿。但舢板自己找到了路,穿过礁石缝,停在这片沙滩上。那时候我就知道:这座岛在等我。或者说,在等我们。The sampan drifted for seven days. I drank rainwater, ate raw fish. On the eighth day, I saw this island. The reefs around it were like sharks’ teeth. But the sampan found its own path, slipping through the gaps, and beached on this sand. That’s when I knew: this island was waiting for me. Or rather, waiting for us.
望汐/ Wàngxī 那这本册子……《潮钟册》…… And that book… theTidal Bell Manual…
潮音/ Cháoyīn 是在岛上找到的。在一个老沉船的残骸里。那艘船比我还老,比明朝还老。船舱里有一具白骨,坐在一口钟旁边。白骨的手里握着这本册子。鲨鱼皮做的。海水泡不烂。上面写的是古篆字——我小时候跟一个老道士学过,没想到在这里用上了。I found it on the island. In the wreck of an old ship. Older than me. Older than the Ming dynasty. Inside the cabin, there was a skeleton sitting beside a bell. The skeleton held this manual in its hands. Made of shark-skin. The sea couldn’t rot it. It was written in ancient seal script—I studied it with an old Daoist priest when I was a child. Never thought I’d use it here.
望汐/ Wàngxī 上面写了什么?What does it say?
潮音/ Cháoyīn 写了怎么跟海里的东西说话。怎么叫醒睡在珊瑚底下的魂。怎么让风替你跑腿,让浪替你报仇。It tells how to speak with the things in the sea. How to wake the souls sleeping beneath the coral. How to make the wind run your errands, and the waves carry out your vengeance.
[她转过身,看着望汐。] [She turns and looks at Wàngxī.]
潮音/ Cháoyīn 十二年了。我一直在等。等那艘荷兰船再开进这片海。如今它来了。带着安东,带着范·阿隆索,带着所有欠我们债的人。Twelve years. I’ve been waiting. Waiting for that Dutch ship to sail into these waters again. Now it’s here. Carrying Anton, carrying Van Alons, carrying everyone who owes us a debt.
望汐/ Wàngxī 您要杀了他们?Are you going to kill them?
潮音/ Cháoyīn [沉默片刻] 我不知道。我只知道他们必须看见我。必须记起来自己做过什么。必须……跪下来。[Pauses]I don’t know. I only know they must see me. They must remember what they did. They must… kneel.
望汐/ Wàngxī 母亲…… Mother…
潮音/ Cháoyīn 但现在不要再问了。睡意正降到你眼上。让它来吧。这是温柔的恩赐。你挡不住的。 But ask no more now. Sleep is falling upon your eyes. Let it come. It is a gentle gift. You cannot resist it.
[潮音以杖轻触望汐的前额。望汐的眼皮垂下,缓缓睡去。潮音脱下自己的外衣,盖在女儿身上。] [Cháoyīn touches Wàngxī’s forehead gently with the staff. Wàngxī’s eyelids close; she slowly falls asleep. Cháoyīn removes her outer coat and covers her daughter.]
潮音/ Cháoyīn 睡吧。梦见你父亲的船。梦见它还没有沉。 Sleep. Dream of your father’s ship. Dream that it hasn’t sunk yet.
[稍顿。风声忽然转细。洞口悬挂的渔网开始轻轻摆动,仿佛有看不见的手在拨弄。] [A pause. The wind suddenly softens. The fishing nets hanging at the cave mouth begin to sway gently, as if plucked by invisible hands.]
潮音/ Cháoyīn [站直身体,声音变得清亮] 来吧,仆役。过来。我的鬼火儿。现身。[Straightening, voice turning clear and bright]Come, servant. Come here. My Guǐhuǒ’ér. Appear.
[一阵清亮如玻璃破碎般的音响。洞窟内突然亮起青蓝色的光。那光从钟身上升起,从海面飘来,从礁石缝里渗出,聚成一个不断变换形状的形体——时而是人形,时而是火球,时而是展翅的海鸟。] [A clear sound, like shattering glass. Blue-green light suddenly fills the cave. It rises from the bell, drifts in from the sea, seeps from the cracks in the reef, coalescing into a form that constantly shifts—now human-shaped, now a ball of flame, now a seabird spreading its wings.]
鬼火儿/ Guǐhuǒ’ér [声音像风铃,像远处的钟,像鲸鱼在深海的歌唱] 愿您永享尊荣,潮音船长。庄严的夫人。我来听候你的心意。无论是劈风而行,涉水,穿火,还是骑着卷云飞驰——鬼火儿都听你差遣。[Voice like wind chimes, like distant bells, like whale song in the deep]Ever honored be you, Captain Cháoyīn. Majestic Lady. I come to await your command. Whether to cleave the wind, walk through water, pass through fire, or ride the churning clouds—Guǐhuǒ’ér is at your service.
潮音/ Cháoyīn 我吩咐你的那场风暴,可都一一办妥了?The storm I commanded—was everything carried out as ordered?
鬼火儿/ Guǐhuǒ’ér [形体化作一团跳动的火焰] 一点不差。我先攀上他们的桅杆,在他们的帆索间跳舞,把罗盘搅得发疯。然后我钻进船长室里那个荷兰人的梦里,让他梦见自己淹死在咸水里。那个叫费迪南的小子——范·阿隆索的儿子——第一个跳出船去,头发根根直竖,高喊着:”地狱空了!魔鬼都跑出来了!” [Form shifting into a dancing flame]Precisely. First, I climbed their masts and danced among their rigging, driving their compasses mad. Then I crept into the dreams of that Dutchman in the captain’s cabin and made him dream he was drowning in salt water. That boy Ferdinand—Van Alons’s son—was the first to jump ship, hair standing straight up, shouting, ‘Hell is empty! All the devils are here!’
[鬼火儿发出细碎的笑声。] [Guǐhuǒ’ér emits a tinkling laugh.]
鬼火儿/ Guǐhuǒ’ér 他们管我叫魔鬼。他们不知道,我只是一个替四十个死人讨债的鬼火罢了。They call me a devil. They don’t know I’m just a ghost-fire collecting a debt for forty dead men.
潮音/ Cháoyīn 他们都平安?Are they all safe?
鬼火儿/ Guǐhuǒ’ér 都平安。连一根头发也没伤着。照你的吩咐,我把他们分散到岛上各处。国王——他们管那个范·阿隆索叫”总督大人”——正在东边的礁石滩上哭他的儿子。他那弟弟在盘算怎么趁机弄死他。那个叫安东的……[火焰的颜色变深] ……在检查他的枪有没有进水。All safe. Not a hair harmed. As you commanded, I scattered them across the island. The King—they call Van Alons ‘Your Excellency the Governor’—is weeping for his son on the eastern reef. His brother is calculating how to use this chance to kill him. And that one called Anton…[Flame darkens]…is checking if his gun got wet.
潮音/ Cháoyīn 安东。Anton.
[她念出这个名字的时候,洞口的钟发出一声低鸣。] [As she says the name, the bell at the cave mouth hums low.]
鬼火儿/ Guǐhuǒ’ér 至于总督的儿子,我特地把他单独引开。如今他正坐在岛北一处隐僻角落,双臂交叉,叹息不止。他以为他父亲死了。他以为这岛上全是魔鬼。As for the Governor’s son, I led him away separately. He sits now in a secluded spot in the north of the island, arms folded, sighing endlessly. He thinks his father is dead. He thinks this island is full of devils.
潮音/ Cháoyīn 你做得极好,鬼火儿。可还有事要你去办。眼下是什么时辰了?You have done excellently, Guǐhuǒ’ér. But there is more for you to do. What hour is it?
鬼火儿/ Guǐhuǒ’ér 已过正午。Past noon.
潮音/ Cháoyīn 那从此刻到日落之间,我们一刻也不能虚掷。Then from now until sunset, we cannot waste a single moment.
鬼火儿/ Guǐhuǒ’ér [火焰缩成一团,声音变低] 既然你又要使我劳作,就容我提醒你一句:你答应给我的,还没有兑现。[Flame shrinking, voice lowering]Since you require my labor again, allow me to remind you: you have not yet granted what you promised me.
潮音/ Cháoyīn 怎么?闹起脾气来了?你还想讨什么?What’s this? A temper tantrum? What is it you want?
鬼火儿/ Guǐhuǒ’ér 我的自由。你说过,等仇报了,就放我走。不再把我拴在这口钟上。不再让我替你跑腿。让我回到海上去,回到桅杆顶上去,回到风暴眼里去——那才是我该待的地方。My freedom. You said once your revenge was complete, you would release me. No longer bound to this bell. No longer running your errands. Let me return to the sea, to the tops of the masts, to the eye of the storm—that is where I belong.
潮音/ Cháoyīn [声音变冷] 还没到时候。别多说一个字。[Voice cold]It is not yet time. Do not speak another word of it.
鬼火儿/ Guǐhuǒ’ér [火焰剧烈跳动] 可我忠心服侍了你十二年!从不怠慢,从不差错。你初来岛上时,是我替你驱散了礁石周围的鲨鱼。是我把鲛奴从他母亲的尸骨旁赶开。是我—— [Flame flickering violently]But I have served you faithfully for twelve years! Never slacking, never failing. When you first arrived, I drove the sharks away from the reefs for you. I chased the Shark-Slave away from his mother’s bones. I—
潮音/ Cháoyīn [猛地举起铁杖] 你忘了是谁把你从苦刑里救出来的?[Raising the staff sharply]Have you forgotten who rescued you from torment?
潮音/ Cháoyīn 忘了那个海妖西海妖?忘了她怎么把你囚进那根锈铁柱里?那根铁柱原是龙王镇海用的定海神针,被她偷来,钉在岛北的礁石上,专门用来关你这种不肯听话的精怪。你在那里面嚎了多久?嗯?Have you forgotten that sea-witch, Sycorax? Forgotten how she imprisoned you in that rusted iron pillar? That pillar was once a Dinghai Shenzhen, used by the Dragon King to calm the seas. She stole it and drove it into the northern reef, specifically to cage unruly spirits like you. How long did you howl inside it? Hm?
潮音/ Cháoyīn 十二年。我来的时候,听见你的嚎声从铁锈里渗出来,像风吹过破笛子。是我用《潮钟册》里的法子,用这口钟震裂了铁柱,把你放出来的。Twelve years. When I arrived, I heard your wailing seeping through the rust, like wind through a broken flute. It was I who used the methods in theTidal Bell Manual, using this very bell to crack that pillar and set you free.
鬼火儿/ Guǐhuǒ’ér 我感激你,主人。I am grateful, mistress.
潮音/ Cháoyīn 那就别再抱怨。若你再嘀咕一句,我就把你钉回那根铁柱里去。西海妖死了,但她的咒我还留着。那根铁柱还在礁石上。要不要回去?Then stop complaining. If you mutter another word, I will seal you back inside that iron pillar. Sycorax is dead, but I kept her spell. That pillar still stands on the reef. Shall I send you back?
鬼火儿/ Guǐhuǒ’ér [火焰几乎伏到地面] 请恕我。我会顺从。我会温驯地履行精灵的职分。[Flame nearly prostrate on the ground]Forgive me. I will be obedient. I will perform my spirit’s duties meekly.
潮音/ Cháoyīn [放下铁杖,声音转柔] 这才像话。再过两日——最多两日——我便放你自由。我发誓。以那四十个亡魂的名义发誓。[Lowering the staff, voice softening]That’s more like it. In two days—two days at most—I will grant you your freedom. I swear it. I swear it on the forty lost souls.
潮音/ Cháoyīn 两日。去变作海中的仙女。去把费迪南引到这里来。除了我和望汐,谁都不可见你。快去。Two days. Go now, transform into a sea nymph. Lead Ferdinand here. Let no one see you but myself and Wàngxī. Go quickly.
鬼火儿/ Guǐhuǒ’ér 遵命。As you command.
[鬼火儿化作一道青光,从洞口飘出,贴着海面向远处飞去。潮音独自站了片刻,然后走到钟前,用手掌轻拍钟身。钟发出低沉的嗡鸣,良久不息。] [Guǐhuǒ’ér turns into a streak of blue-green light, floating out of the cave and skimming across the sea into the distance. Cháoyīn stands alone for a moment, then walks to the bell and pats its side with her palm. It hums low, the sound lingering.]
潮音/ Cháoyīn [低声,像是对着钟说话] 四十个弟兄。再等一等。就快轮到你们了。[Low, as if speaking to the bell]Forty brothers. Wait just a little longer. Your turn is coming soon.
[她转身走到望汐身边,轻轻摇醒女儿。] [She turns, walks to Wàngxī, and gently shakes her awake.]
潮音/ Cháoyīn 醒来吧,我的孩子。该起身了。你睡得够久了。Wake up, my child. It’s time to rise. You’ve slept long enough.
望汐/ Wàngxī [缓缓睁眼] 母亲……您方才讲的那些……我心里好难过。[Eyes slowly opening]Mother… all that you just told me… my heart is so heavy.
潮音/ Cháoyīn 把它放下。跟我来。我们去见鲛奴——我的奴隶。Set it down. Come with me. We’re going to see the Shark-Slave—my slave.
望汐/ Wàngxī [站起身] 他又做什么了?[Standing]What has he done now?
潮音/ Cháoyīn 什么也没做。这就是问题。他该去拾柴了。Nothing. That’s the problem. He was supposed to gather firewood.
)(*)(
第三场 (Scene Three)
岛上。洞窟前。日色偏西。 The island. Before the cave. The sun is sinking westward.
[潮音站在洞口。望汐立在她身后。洞前的空地上散落着渔网、木柴、晒干的鱼骨。一阵浓烈的鱼腥味从岩石后飘来。] [Cháoyīn stands at the cave mouth. Wàngxī stands behind her. Fishing nets, firewood, and dried fish bones are scattered on the ground before the cave. A strong smell of fish wafts from behind the rocks.]
潮音/ Cháoyīn 喂,奴才!鲛奴!鲨鱼崽子!泥土和咸水生的东西!出来说话!Hey, slave! Shark-Slave! Shark-spawn! Thing born of mud and brine! Come out and speak!
[沉默。只有海浪声。然后,岩石后传来沉重的、湿漉漉的呼吸声。鲛奴从阴影里挪出来。] [Silence. Only the sound of waves. Then, a heavy, wet breathing emerges from behind the rocks. The Shark-Slave shuffles out of the shadows.]
[他比普通人高出一个头。皮肤是鲨鱼皮般的灰蓝色,粗糙,布满礁石擦伤的白色疤痕。他的手指间有退化的蹼。他的嘴很宽,咧开时露出层层细密的尖牙。他的眼睛是黑色的,没有眼白,像两枚湿漉漉的鹅卵石。他穿着一件破烂的旧帆布,勉强蔽体。他走动时,姿态像在深水中行走——缓慢,沉重,带着一种奇异的优雅。] [He is a head taller than an ordinary man. His skin is a gray-blue, rough as shark hide, covered in pale scars from reef scrapes. He has vestigial webbing between his fingers. His mouth is wide; when it opens, rows of fine, sharp teeth are revealed. His eyes are black, without whites, like two wet pebbles. He wears tattered old sailcloth that barely covers him. When he moves, he moves as if walking in deep water—slow, heavy, with a strange grace.]
礁生/ Jiāoshēng [声音低沉,含混,像在水底说话] 叫……叫什么。我在。一直……都在。[Voice low, indistinct, as if speaking underwater]Call… calling. I’m here. Always… here.
潮音/ Cháoyīn 柴呢?我叫你拾的柴呢?The firewood? The wood I told you to gather?
[岩石后堆着一小捆湿漉漉的树枝。] [A small pile of damp branches lies behind the rocks.]
潮音/ Cháoyīn 就这些?太阳晒了一整天,你只拾了这些?Just that? The sun has been blazing all day, and this is all you’ve gathered?
礁生/ Jiāoshēng [慢慢抬起头] 太阳……晒。我……不晒。我……在礁石那边。听。底下……有声音。[Slowly raising his head]Sun… blazes. I… not blaze. I… over by the reef. Listen. Underneath… there is sound.
望汐/ Wàngxī [轻声] 什么声音?[Softly]What sound?
礁生/ Jiāoshēng [转向望汐,黑眼睛盯着她] 母亲。在唱。珊瑚底下。她在唱。唱我……听不懂了。以前……懂。现在……不懂了。[Turning to Wàngxī, black eyes fixed on her]Mother. Singing. Under the coral. She sings. Sings me… I don’t understand anymore. Before… understood. Now… don’t understand.
[他用蹼手摸了摸自己的喉咙,仿佛那里卡着什么东西。] [He touches his throat with a webbed hand, as if something is stuck there.]
潮音/ Cháoyīn 够了。你母亲死了。死了十二年了。她的骨头都化成了礁石。她不会再唱了。你听见的是你自己的脑子里的声音。Enough. Your mother is dead. Dead for twelve years. Her bones have turned to reef stone. She sings no more. What you hear is the sound inside your own head.
礁生/ Jiāoshēng [摇头,动作缓慢而固执] 不是……脑子。是底下。你听不见。你是……岸上的人。[Shaking his head, the motion slow and stubborn]Not… head. Underneath. You can’t hear. You are… shore people.
潮音/ Cháoyīn 我不管你听见什么。柴。我要柴。天黑以前,把那捆柴再加一倍。去。I don’t care what you hear. Wood. I need wood. Double that pile before dark. Go.
礁生/ Jiāoshēng [不动] 这岛……原是我母亲的。她葬在珊瑚底下。骨头都化成了礁石。是你……踩在她脊背上。用你那口钟……镇住了潮水。镇住了她。[Not moving]This island… was my mother’s. She is buried under the coral. Bones turned to reef stone. You… step on her spine. With your bell… you stilled the tides. Stilled her.
潮音/ Cháoyīn 你母亲是个吃人的海妖。我初来岛上时,你从礁石后面扑出来,差点咬断我的手腕。是我手下留情,没把你钉死在铁柱上。是我教你说话,教你认火,教你不用生吞活鱼。Your mother was a man-eating sea-witch. When I first arrived, you lunged at me from behind those rocks and nearly bit through my wrist. I showed you mercy and didn’t nail you to that iron pillar. I taught you to speak, to recognize fire, to eat fish without swallowing them raw and alive.
礁生/ Jiāoshēng [突然激动起来,声音变得急促] 你教我说话!我得的好处……便是如今学会了咒骂!我咒你这铁册子![指向洞内的《潮钟册》] 我咒你那鬼火奴才!我咒你那女儿—— [Suddenly agitated, voice quickening]You teach me to speak! The good I get… is now I learn to curse! I curse your iron book![Pointing at theTidal Bell Manualin the cave]I curse your ghost-fire slave! I curse your daughter—
[他猛地转向望汐。望汐后退一步,但没有躲开目光。鲛奴的嘴张合了几次,露出尖牙,但没有再说话。他的黑眼睛里有什么东西在翻滚——不是愤怒,是更古老的、无法命名的东西。] [He turns sharply toward Wàngxī. She steps back but does not look away. The Shark-Slave’s mouth opens and closes several times, revealing his sharp teeth, but he says no more. Something churns in his black eyes—not anger, but something older, something unnameable.]
礁生/ Jiāoshēng [声音忽然低下去,几乎像耳语] 她笑起来……像海豚。像海豚。可我……咬不到她。[Voice suddenly dropping, almost a whisper]Her laugh… like a dolphin. Like a dolphin. But I… cannot bite her.
望汐/ Wàngxī [平静地] 我当初可怜你。你那时困在渔网里,浑身是伤。是我替你剪开网绳的。你反咬我一口。[Calmly]I pitied you once. You were tangled in a fishing net, covered in wounds. I cut the ropes for you. And you bit me.
礁生/ Jiāoshēng [低下头,看着自己的蹼手] 那时候……那时候我还以为……你是海里漂来给我的新娘。像海豹化成的女子。像母亲说的那些……那些变成人的鱼。我错了。你是岸上的人。你们都是岸上的人。[Looking down at his webbed hands]That time… that time I thought… you were a bride sent to me from the sea. Like a seal-woman. Like the ones Mother told of… fish who become human. I was wrong. You are shore people. You are all shore people.
[长久的沉默。只有海浪声。] [A long silence. Only the sound of waves.]
潮音/ Cháoyīn [声音里的锋芒收敛了一些] 去拾柴,鲛奴。拾完柴,今晚给你多一条鱼。[The edge in her voice softening slightly]Go gather wood, Shark-Slave. When you’re done, you’ll get an extra fish tonight.
礁生/ Jiāoshēng [慢慢转身,向礁石走去] 鱼……我自己会抓。这岛……原是我的。[Turning slowly, moving toward the reef]Fish… I can catch myself. This island… was mine.
[他消失在岩石后。潮音望着他的背影,面无表情。] [He disappears behind the rocks. Cháoyīn watches him go, expressionless.]
望汐/ Wàngxī 母亲……他说的那些……珊瑚底下的声音…… Mother… what he said… the sounds under the coral…
潮音/ Cháoyīn 这岛上全是声音。风吹礁石洞的声音。浪退下去的声音。鬼火儿在钟里嗡鸣的声音。还有那些……[她顿了一下] ……还有那四十个弟兄。他们也在这片海底下。他们也在说话。只是你听不见。This island is full of sounds. Wind blowing through the reef holes. Waves pulling back. Guǐhuǒ’ér humming inside the bell. And those…[She pauses]…the forty brothers. They are under this sea too. They are speaking too. You just can’t hear them.
[远处传来一阵音乐——不是人间的乐器,而是风穿过不同粗细的绳索发出的声音,夹杂着细碎的铃声。望汐抬起头。] [Music drifts from a distance—not from human instruments, but the sound of wind passing through ropes of different thicknesses, mixed with the faint jingle of bells. Wàngxī looks up.]
望汐/ Wàngxī 那是什么声音?What is that sound?
[音乐渐渐清晰。那是鬼火儿的歌声,从海面上飘来。] [The music grows clearer. It is Guǐhuǒ’ér’s song, drifting over the sea.]
[Singing, distant] Come onto this golden sand shore, Hand in hand, Bow to the wild waves, Kiss the white foam of the sea, And here, gently dance…
望汐/ Wàngxī 那是谁在唱?Who is that singing?
潮音/ Cháoyīn [嘴角微微上扬] 是鬼火儿。他把鱼饵带来了。[Slight smile at the corner of her mouth]It’s Guǐhuǒ’ér. He’s brought the bait.
[音乐渐近。一个青年的身影从礁石间走出来——费迪南。他浑身湿透,衣服破烂,赤着脚。他的眼睛红肿,神情恍惚,仿佛刚从一场噩梦中醒来。他循着音乐,一步一步走向洞窟。] [The music draws nearer. A young man’s figure emerges from the rocks—Ferdinand. He is soaked, clothes torn, barefoot. His eyes are red and swollen, his expression dazed, as if waking from a nightmare. He follows the music, step by step, toward the cave.]
费迪南/ Ferdinand [用荷兰语喃喃自语,然后换成生硬的官话] 这音乐……原先在耳边……如今又远了。它不像人间的声音。莫非这岛上……有神灵?[Muttering in Dutch, then switching to stiff Mandarin]This music… was in my ears… now it’s distant again. It doesn’t sound human. Could there be… spirits on this island?
[他抬起头,看见了望汐。他停住了。] [He looks up and sees Wàngxī. He stops.]
[望汐也看见了他。这是她十五年来见到的第一个除了母亲和鲛奴以外的活人。她不由自主地向前迈了一步。] [Wàngxī sees him too. This is the first living person besides her mother and the Shark-Slave she has seen in fifteen years. Unconsciously, she takes a step forward.]
费迪南/ Ferdinand [用官话,声音发颤] 奇迹……奇迹一般的姑娘……你……你可还是……人?[In Mandarin, voice trembling]A miracle… a miraculous girl… are you… are you human?
望汐/ Wàngxī [困惑地] 我不是什么奇迹。我只是……一个女子。[Puzzled]I am no miracle. I am just… a woman.
费迪南/ Ferdinand [跪下来] 我父亲……那不勒斯——不,巴达维亚的总督……范·阿隆索……若他还能听见,那就是我了。我是他的儿子,费迪南。我方才……方才船沉了。我以为所有人都死了。我以为自己也死了。可现在……我看见了你…… [Kneeling]My father… the Governor of Naples—no, Batavia… Van Alons… if he can still hear, that is me. I am his son, Ferdinand. Just now… the ship sank. I thought everyone was dead. I thought I was dead too. But now… I see you…
望汐/ Wàngxī [转向潮音] 母亲,他在说什么?他说话好奇怪。[Turning to Cháoyīn]Mother, what is he saying? He speaks so strangely.
潮音/ Cháoyīn [冷冷地] 他在说他的来历。他是那条沉船上的。他父亲就是范·阿隆索——那个下令杀你父亲的人。[Coldly]He is explaining where he came from. He was on that sunken ship. His father is Van Alons—the man who gave the order to kill your father.
[望汐的身体僵住了。费迪南听不懂潮音的话,但感觉到了气氛的变化。] [Wàngxī’s body stiffens. Ferdinand doesn’t understand Cháoyīn’s words but senses the shift in atmosphere.]
费迪南/ Ferdinand [站起身,向望汐伸出手] 姑娘……我不知道你是什么人。是这岛上的仙女,还是海里的神灵。但我……从我第一眼见到你,我的心就…… [Standing, reaching a hand toward Wàngxī]Miss… I don’t know who you are. A fairy of this island, or a spirit of the sea. But I… from the first moment I saw you, my heart…
潮音/ Cháoyīn [打断他,用生硬的荷兰腔官话] 跟我走。别替他说情。他是个叛徒的儿子。[Interrupting, in stiff Dutch-accented Mandarin]Come with me. Don’t plead for him. He’s the son of a traitor.
[她抓住费迪南的手臂。费迪南想要挣脱,但潮音的手劲出奇地大。] [She grabs Ferdinand’s arm. He tries to pull free, but Cháoyīn’s grip is surprisingly strong.]
费迪南/ Ferdinand [挣扎] 放开我!我父亲会—— [Struggling]Let go of me! My father will—
潮音/ Cháoyīn [换成官话] 你父亲?你父亲欠我四十条命。现在你替他还不了一根头发,但你可以替他做点别的。跟我走。[Switching to Mandarin]Your father? Your father owes me forty lives. You can’t repay a single hair for him now, but you can do something else in his place. Come with me.
[她拽着费迪南向洞窟走去。费迪南回头看着望汐。] [She drags Ferdinand toward the cave. He looks back at Wàngxī.]
费迪南/ Ferdinand [对望汐] 若不是还能每日看见这位姑娘一次……那其余整个世界的自由,我也并不羡慕![To Wàngxī]If I could not see this girl once a day… I would not envy the freedom of all the rest of the world!
[潮音把他推进洞窟。望汐站在原地,望着费迪南消失的方向,手不自觉地按在胸口。鬼火儿的歌声在远处飘荡,渐渐消散在风里。] [Cháoyīn shoves him into the cave. Wàngxī stands where she is, watching the direction where Ferdinand disappeared, her hand unconsciously pressing against her chest. Guǐhuǒ’ér’s song drifts in the distance, slowly fading into the wind.]
望汐/ Wàngxī [轻声] 母亲……他是谁?[Softly]Mother… who is he?
[潮音从洞口走出来,手里多了一捆绳索。她没有回答。她走到望汐面前,伸手理了理女儿被海风吹乱的头发。] [Cháoyīn emerges from the cave, now carrying a coil of rope. She doesn’t answer. She walks to Wàngxī and smooths her daughter’s hair, tangled by the sea wind.]
潮音/ Cháoyīn 他姓范。这就够了。进去吧。天快黑了。His name is Van. That’s enough. Go inside. It’s getting dark.
[望汐又望了一眼费迪南消失的方向,然后默默走进洞窟。潮音独自站在洞口,望着西沉的太阳。海面被染成金红色,像一大片稀释的血。她举起铁杖,向海面画了一个圈。远处,鬼火儿的青光闪了一下,然后熄灭。] [Wàngxī glances once more in the direction Ferdinand disappeared, then silently enters the cave. Cháoyīn stands alone at the entrance, watching the setting sun. The sea is stained gold-red, like a vast wash of diluted blood. She raises her staff and draws a circle toward the sea. In the distance, Guǐhuǒ’ér’s blue-green light flashes once, then extinguishes.]
潮音/ Cháoyīn [低声] 四十个弟兄。第一个已经来了。剩下的,也快了。[Low]Forty brothers. The first one has come. The rest will be here soon.
[她转身走进洞窟。灯光渐暗。海浪声持续了片刻,然后也被黑暗吞没。] [She turns and enters the cave. Lights fade. The sound of waves lingers a moment, then is swallowed by darkness.]
第一幕 终 End of Act One
)(*)(
第二幕 (Act Two)
第四场 (Scene Four)
岛上另一处。一片荒凉而明亮的珊瑚石滩。日头偏西,海面泛着金红色的光。 Another part of the island. A desolate but bright coral strand. The sun is sinking westward; the sea glows gold-red.
[范·阿隆索坐在一块礁石上,浑身湿透,衣服上沾满海藻和沙砾。他的脸上毫无血色,眼睛空洞地望着海面。霍萨洛站在他身旁,手里拿着一本被海水泡胀的航海日志,正徒劳地试图翻开粘连的书页。塞巴斯蒂安倚在一块礁石上,用匕首剔着指甲里的沙,嘴角挂着一丝若有若无的冷笑。安东独自站在稍远处,背对众人,面朝大海,手里握着一支短铳,正在检查火药是否受潮。] [Van Alons sits on a rock, soaked through, his clothes covered in seaweed and sand. His face is bloodless, his eyes stare hollowly at the sea. Huòsàluò stands beside him, holding a seawater-swollen logbook, vainly trying to separate its stuck pages. Sebastiaan leans against a rock, cleaning sand from under his nails with a dagger, a faint, ambiguous sneer on his lips. Anton stands apart, further away, his back to the others, facing the sea, holding a short musket, checking if the powder is wet.]
霍萨洛/ Huòsàluò [合上日志,叹了口气] 请宽心些,总督大人。咱们虽失去船、货物、水手……可活着这件事,已经比失去的一切都重。只要还有一口气,就能—— [Closing the logbook with a sigh]Take heart, Your Excellency. Though we have lost ship, cargo, sailors… being alive outweighs everything we’ve lost. As long as there is breath, we can—
塞巴斯蒂安/ Sebastiaan [打断他] 就能怎样?再被海风吹干成咸鱼?你的安慰,霍萨洛,像隔夜的冷汤一样叫人难以下咽。[Interrupting]—do what? Be dried into salted fish by the sea wind? Your comfort, Huòsàluò, is like cold soup left overnight—hard to swallow.
范·阿隆索/ Van Alons [没有抬头] 我失去了儿子。费迪南。我的儿子。[Without looking up]I have lost my son. Ferdinand. My son.
霍萨洛/ Huòsàluò 大人,我们还没有找到他的—— My lord, we haven’t yet found his—
范·阿隆索/ Van Alons [声音嘶哑] 我看着他跳下去的。浪那么高。他跳下去了。他才十九岁。他母亲临死前,我答应过她,要把儿子带回阿姆斯特丹。现在……现在我连他的尸首都带不回去了。[Voice hoarse]I saw him jump. The waves were so high. He jumped. He was only nineteen. His mother, on her deathbed, made me promise to bring our son back to Amsterdam. Now… now I can’t even bring back his body.
[长久的沉默。只有海浪拍打礁石的声音。安东始终没有回头。] [A long silence. Only the sound of waves against the reef. Anton never turns around.]
塞巴斯蒂安/ Sebastiaan [收起匕首,走到范·阿隆索面前] 兄长,悲伤没有用。我们得想办法离开这座鬼地方。你看见那些火了吗?桅杆上那些青蓝色的火?那不是普通的闪电。这岛上……有东西。[Sheathing his dagger, walking to Van Alons]Brother, grief is useless. We need to find a way off this cursed place. Did you see those fires? The blue-green flames on the masts? That was no ordinary lightning. There is… something on this island.
霍萨洛/ Huòsàluò [不安地] 那是鬼火。闽南水手都这么说。人溺死在海上,魂散不掉,就变成火,在桅杆上跳舞。是凶兆,也是引路的。有时候……会把人引到礁石上撞碎。[Uneasily]That was ghost-fire. That’s what the Hokkien sailors call it. When a man drowns at sea and his spirit cannot scatter, it turns into fire and dances on the masts. It’s an ill omen, but also a guide. Sometimes… it guides ships onto the reefs to be crushed.
塞巴斯蒂安/ Sebastiaan 引路?引到什么鬼地方?Guide? Guide to what cursed place?
霍萨洛/ Huòsàluò [压低声音] 我船舱里供着妈祖像。风暴来的时候,我点了香。香烧到一半,自己灭了。三次。我心里就凉了。这岛上……不止我们。[Lowering his voice]I keep a shrine to Mazu in my cabin. When the storm hit, I lit incense. It went out by itself halfway through burning. Three times. My heart went cold. We are not alone on this island.
塞巴斯蒂安/ Sebastiaan [冷笑] 妈祖。一个中国木偶。你就靠那个?[Sneering]Mazu. A Chinese wooden doll. You put your faith in that?
霍萨洛/ Huòsàluò [平静地] 我在这些海域航了三十年。见过的东西比您多,塞巴斯蒂安大人。有些东西,不是靠《圣经》就能解释的。[Calmly]I have sailed these waters for thirty years. I have seen more things than you, Lord Sebastiaan. Some things cannot be explained by the Bible.
安东/ Anton [突然开口,仍然背对众人] 他说得对。[Suddenly speaking, still facing away]He’s right.
[所有人转向他。] [Everyone turns to him.]
安东/ Anton [转过身来,短铳已经收进了腰间] 这岛上……不止我们。我闻到了。[Turning around, the musket now tucked in his belt]We are not alone on this island. I smell it.
范·阿隆索/ Van Alons 闻到?闻到什么?Smell? Smell what?
安东/ Anton [缓步走向众人] 烧过的香。旧渔网。晒干的鱼骨。还有……[他顿了一下] ……血腥味。很淡。被海风盖住了。但不是新鲜的血。是很老的血。老到渗进石头里,渗进珊瑚里,每次退潮就泛上来一点。[Walking slowly toward the group]Burned incense. Old fishing nets. Dried fish bones. And…[He pauses]…the smell of blood. Faint. Covered by the sea wind. But not fresh blood. Old blood. So old it’s soaked into the stone, into the coral, and rises a little with every ebbing tide.
[塞巴斯蒂安和霍萨洛交换了一个眼神。范·阿隆索慢慢抬起头。] [Sebastiaan and Huòsàluò exchange a look. Van Alons slowly raises his head.]
范·阿隆索/ Van Alons 安东。你从前在这片海混过。你知道这是什么地方?Anton. You sailed these waters before. Do you know what place this is?
安东/ Anton [望向远处的海面] 听说过。水手们管它叫”鬼岛”。说是有进无出。礁石像鲨鱼牙,专门咬船的龙骨。还说岛上住着一个女人。一个被海吐出来的女人。她有一口钟。钟一响,风就变方向。[Gazing at the distant sea]I’ve heard of it. Sailors call it ‘Ghost Island.’ They say you can enter but never leave. The reefs are like shark’s teeth, made to bite the keels of ships. And they say a woman lives on it. A woman vomited up by the sea. She has a bell. When the bell rings, the wind changes direction.
塞巴斯蒂安/ Sebastiaan 女人?一个?A woman? Just one?
安东/ Anton [嘴角抽搐了一下] 一个。[A tic at the corner of his mouth]Just one.
范·阿隆索/ Van Alons [站起身] 你在说笑话。[Standing]You’re joking.
安东/ Anton [迎上他的目光] 我从来不说笑话,总督大人。您知道的。[Meeting his gaze]I never joke, Your Excellency. You know that.
[两人对视。安东的眼神里有什么东西让范·阿隆索沉默了。] [The two stare at each other. Something in Anton’s eyes silences Van Alons.]
霍萨洛/ Huòsàluò [打破沉默] 那我们现在怎么办?天快黑了。在这种岛上,天黑以后……[他没有说完。] [Breaking the silence]Then what do we do now? It’s almost dark. On an island like this, after dark…[He doesn’t finish.]
范·阿隆索/ Van Alons [深吸一口气] 找淡水。找能生火的东西。找——[他的声音哽了一下] ——找我儿子。活要见人,死要见尸。[Taking a deep breath]Find fresh water. Find something to burn. Find—[His voice catches]—find my son. Alive or dead, I will see him.
塞巴斯蒂安/ Sebastiaan [轻声,像是自言自语] 死要见尸……是啊。总要见到的。[Softly, as if to himself]Dead or alive, I will see him… Yes. One way or another.
[安东看了塞巴斯蒂安一眼。两人的目光在暮色中交汇了片刻。范·阿隆索已经转身向岛内走去,没有注意到。霍萨洛跟在他身后,步履蹒跚。] [Anton glances at Sebastiaan. Their eyes meet for a moment in the twilight. Van Alons has already turned to walk inland, not noticing. Huòsàluò follows him, stumbling slightly.]
安东/ Anton [压低声音,对塞巴斯蒂安] 你方才说什么?[Lowering his voice, to Sebastiaan]What did you just say?
塞巴斯蒂安/ Sebastiaan [同样压低声音] 我说什么了?[Also lowering his voice]What did I say?
安东/ Anton “总要见到的。” ‘One way or another.’
塞巴斯蒂安/ Sebastiaan [微微一笑] 我说我兄长的儿子。费迪南。总要见到尸首的。怎么,你想到别处去了?[Smiling faintly]I meant my brother’s son. Ferdinand. We’ll see his body one way or another. Why? Did you think I meant something else?
[安东没有回答。他望着塞巴斯蒂安的背影,手不自觉地按在了腰间的短铳上。] [Anton doesn’t answer. He watches Sebastiaan’s back, his hand unconsciously moving to the musket at his belt.]
[灯光渐暗。远处,鬼火儿的青光在礁石间闪了一下,又消失了。] [Lights dim. In the distance, Guǐhuǒ’ér’s blue-green light flashes once among the reefs, then vanishes.]
)(*)(
第五场 (Scene Five)
岛上另一处。一片向内陆延伸的沙地,周围长着低矮的、被海风吹弯的灌木。天色已近黄昏。 Another part of the island. A stretch of sandy ground extending inland, surrounded by low shrubs bent by the sea wind. Dusk is approaching.
[塞巴斯蒂安和安东走在范·阿隆索和霍萨洛的后面,渐渐拉开了距离。范·阿隆索的身影在前方越来越模糊。霍萨洛时不时回头,但最终也消失在灌木丛后。只剩下塞巴斯蒂安和安东两人,并肩走在暮色中。] [Sebastiaan and Anton walk behind Van Alons and Huòsàluò, gradually falling further behind. Van Alons’s figure grows indistinct ahead. Huòsàluò glances back occasionally but eventually disappears behind the shrubs. Only Sebastiaan and Anton remain, walking side by side in the dusk.]
塞巴斯蒂安/ Sebastiaan [忽然开口,声音很轻] 你说,我兄长还能活多久?[Suddenly speaking, very softly]Tell me—how much longer do you think my brother has to live?
安东/ Anton [没有停下脚步] 什么意思?[Not breaking stride]What do you mean?
塞巴斯蒂安/ Sebastiaan 没什么意思。随便问问。一个失去了儿子的父亲,心都碎了,还能撑多久?一天?两天?还是今晚就会走到礁石边,往下一跳?Nothing. Just wondering. A father who has lost his son, his heart broken—how long can he hold on? A day? Two? Or will he walk to the edge of the reef tonight and throw himself in?
安东/ Anton [停下脚步] 你到底想说什么?[Stopping]What exactly are you trying to say?
塞巴斯蒂安/ Sebastiaan [也停下脚步,转身面对安东] 我想说,费迪南死了。我兄长也等于死了。他活着和死了没什么两样。那……那不勒——不,巴达维亚总督的位置,就空出来了。[Also stopping, turning to face Anton]I’m saying Ferdinand is dead. And my brother might as well be. Alive or dead, there’s no difference. Which means… the position of Governor of Naples—no, Batavia—is vacant.
安东/ Anton [面无表情] 巴达维亚总督是公司任命的。不是你我能决定的。[Expressionless]The Governor of Batavia is appointed by the Company. It’s not for you or me to decide.
塞巴斯蒂安/ Sebastiaan [向前迈了一步,声音压得更低] 在这座岛上,没有公司。没有董事会。没有十七人会议。只有我们。我。你。还有那边那个……行尸走肉。[Stepping closer, voice dropping even lower]On this island, there is no Company. No board of directors. No Council of Seventeen. There is only us. You. Me. And that… walking corpse over there.
[他朝范·阿隆索消失的方向扬了扬下巴。] [He gestures with his chin toward where Van Alons disappeared.]
安东/ Anton [沉默片刻] 霍萨洛呢?[Pausing]And Huòsàluò?
塞巴斯蒂安/ Sebastiaan [轻蔑地] 一个画地图的老头。他连只鸡都不敢杀。[Dismissively]An old mapmaker. He wouldn’t dare kill a chicken.
安东/ Anton 他看见了。他会说出去。He’s seen things. He’ll talk.
塞巴斯蒂安/ Sebastiaan 说出去?对谁说?对巴达维亚的董事会?[冷笑] 我们能不能离开这座岛还两说。但如果我们能离开……如果只有我们两个离开……那故事就由我们来写。Talk? To whom? The Company board in Batavia?[Sneering]Whether we can even leave this island is uncertain. But if we do leave… if only the two of us leave… then we write the story.
[安东盯着塞巴斯蒂安。他的脸上没有任何表情,但他的手又按在了短铳上。] [Anton stares at Sebastiaan. His face shows no expression, but his hand moves to his musket again.]
安东/ Anton 你让我杀总督。You’re asking me to kill the Governor.
塞巴斯蒂安/ Sebastiaan 我没让你杀任何人。我只是说,机会就在眼前。绝好的机会。这样的机会,一辈子只有一次。[他顿了顿] 你不是没杀过人,安东。你手上沾的血,比我还多。I’m not asking you to kill anyone. I’m simply saying: the opportunity is right here. A perfect opportunity. Such chances come once in a lifetime.[He pauses]You’ve killed before, Anton. You have more blood on your hands than I do.
安东/ Anton [声音变冷] 我杀的是该杀的人。[Voice turning cold]I killed those who deserved to die.
塞巴斯蒂安/ Sebastiaan 那我兄长呢?他下令杀的那些人呢?那艘中国商船上的人呢?”潮钟号”。四十条命。那命令是他签的字。他该不该死?And my brother? Those he ordered killed? The people on that Chinese merchant ship? TheTidal Bell. Forty lives. He signed that order. Does he deserve to die?
[安东的身体僵住了。他的手从短铳上滑落。] [Anton’s body stiffens. His hand slips from the musket.]
塞巴斯蒂安/ Sebastiaan [观察到安东的反应,声音变得更柔] 我知道那件事。公司里人人都知道。你替他办了事,他给了你船长衔头。可你心里……真的服气吗?一个坐在巴达维亚办公室里签字的人,凭什么分走最大的那份?凭什么你替他沾血,他替你数钱?[Observing Anton’s reaction, voice softening further]I know about that. Everyone in the Company knows. You did the deed for him, and he gave you a captain’s commission. But in your heart… are you truly content? Why should a man who sits in an office in Batavia signing papers take the lion’s share? Why should you stain your hands with blood while he counts your money?
[长久的沉默。海风吹过灌木丛,发出沙沙的声响。远处的礁石间,一道青蓝色的微光亮起——鬼火儿正隐形站在他们身后几步远的地方,听着每一句话。] [A long silence. The sea wind rustles through the shrubs. Among the distant reefs, a blue-green glimmer appears—Guǐhuǒ’ér stands invisible just a few steps behind them, listening to every word.]
安东/ Anton [终于开口,声音沙哑] 你想怎么做?[Finally speaking, voice hoarse]How do you want to do it?
塞巴斯蒂安/ Sebastiaan [嘴角露出笑容] 今晚。等他睡着。这岛上到处是石头。一块石头落下去,跟浪拍礁石的声音没什么两样。明天早上,我们就说他自己走到礁石边,失足掉下去了。霍萨洛不会怀疑。他巴不得相信这是个意外。[Smile spreading]Tonight. When he’s asleep. This island is full of stones. The sound of a stone falling is no different from a wave hitting the reef. Tomorrow morning, we say he walked to the reef’s edge and slipped. Huòsàluò won’t question it. He’ll want to believe it was an accident.
安东/ Anton [缓缓点头] 今晚。[Nodding slowly]Tonight.
[两人对视。塞巴斯蒂安伸出手。安东握住了。] [They look at each other. Sebastiaan extends his hand. Anton takes it.]
[Invisible song suddenly rising in their ears, audible only to them]
If you value your life, Drive sleep away quickly. Open your eyes, open your eyes, Beware the betrayal at your side. The knife stirs in its sheath, The stone is clenched in the hand, Blood has not yet been spilled, But the soul has already scattered…
[塞巴斯蒂安和安东猛地分开。两人同时拔出武器——塞巴斯蒂安的匕首,安东的短铳——四处张望。但什么也没有。只有海风,只有渐暗的天光,只有远处海浪拍打礁石的节奏。] [Sebastiaan and Anton spring apart. Both draw their weapons simultaneously—Sebastiaan’s dagger, Anton’s musket—scanning in all directions. But there is nothing. Only the sea wind, only the fading light, only the distant rhythm of waves on the reef.]
安东/ Anton [脸色铁青] 没有人。是风。[Face ashen]No one. It’s the wind.
塞巴斯蒂安/ Sebastiaan 那不是风!那是—— That wasn’t the wind! That was—
安东/ Anton [猛地抓住塞巴斯蒂安的手臂] 我说了,是风!把你的匕首收起来。走。跟上他们。快走。[Grabbing Sebastiaan’s arm roughly]I said it was the wind! Put your dagger away. Walk. Catch up to them. Now.
[他拽着塞巴斯蒂安向范·阿隆索的方向走去。两人脚步仓皇,不时回头张望。鬼火儿的青光在他们身后闪了一下,然后像被风吹灭的烛火一样消失了。] [He drags Sebastiaan in the direction Van Alons went. Their steps are hurried; they glance back repeatedly. Guǐhuǒ’ér’s blue-green light flashes once behind them, then vanishes like a candle snuffed by the wind.]
)(*)(
第六场 (Scene Six)
岛上另一处。一片乱石嶙峋的荒地,靠近岛北的礁石群。天色已暗,月亮从云层后露出半张脸。海风带着腥咸味。 Another part of the island. A barren stretch of jagged rocks, near the northern reefs. Night has fallen; the moon shows half its face from behind the clouds. The sea wind carries a briny, fishy scent.
[鲛奴抱着一捆湿漉漉的柴,在乱石间艰难地行走。他的蹼足在锋利的礁石上留下一道道黏液痕迹。他一边走,一边低声嘟囔着,用的是那种含混不清的、像在水底说话的声音。] [The Shark-Slave trudges through the rocks, carrying a bundle of damp firewood. His webbed feet leave trails of slime on the sharp reef stones. As he walks, he mutters to himself in that indistinct, underwater-sounding voice.]
礁生/ Jiāoshēng 柴……柴……她就要柴。潮音。船长。岸上的人。她踩在母亲的脊背上。母亲在底下唱。她听不见。她就要柴。Wood… wood… all she wants is wood. Cháoyīn. Captain. Shore person. She steps on Mother’s spine. Mother sings underneath. She can’t hear. She just wants wood.
[远处传来脚步声。鲛奴立刻伏下身,把自己藏在一块大礁石后面。他的黑眼睛在月光下闪着湿漉漉的光。] [Footsteps in the distance. The Shark-Slave immediately crouches, hiding behind a large boulder. His black eyes gleam wetly in the moonlight.]
[特林鸠罗从灌木丛中钻出来。他浑身湿透,小丑服上沾满沙子和碎贝壳,帽子歪在一边,脸上挂着一种惊恐过度后反而麻木的神情。他手里攥着一只被海水泡涨的皮靴——那是他唯一从沉船上抢救出来的个人物品。] [Trinculo emerges from the underbrush. He is soaked; his jester’s motley is covered in sand and broken shells, his cap askew. His face wears the numb expression that follows extreme terror. He clutches a seawater-swollen leather boot—the only personal possession he salvaged from the wreck.]
特林鸠罗/ Trinculo [自言自语,用带着广东腔的官话] 好,好得很。船沉了。总督不见了。王子跳海了。我,特林鸠罗——澳门”醉仙楼”连续三年最受欢迎的小丑——沦落到在一座鬼岛上跟螃蟹抢地盘。[他踢了一脚沙子] 连只螃蟹都没有![To himself, in Mandarin with a Cantonese accent]Good. Very good. Ship sank. Governor missing. Prince jumped overboard. I, Trinculo—three years running the most popular jester at Macau’s ‘Drunken Immortal Tavern’—reduced to fighting crabs for territory on a ghost island.[He kicks at the sand]There aren’t even any crabs!
[他打了个喷嚏。] [He sneezes.]
特林鸠罗/ Trinculo 这什么鬼天气。白天热得像蒸笼,晚上风一吹,骨头缝里都是冰的。要是有口酒就好了。一口亚力酒。一口就行。[他舔了舔嘴唇] 斯提法诺那个酒鬼,肯定在沉船的时候只顾着抱他的酒坛子。现在大概正坐在海底跟龙王喝酒呢。该死的。What cursed weather. Hot as a steam basket by day; when the wind blows at night, the cold seeps into your very bones. If only I had a drink. A sip of arrack. Just one sip.[He licks his lips]That drunkard Stephano probably only grabbed his wine jar when the ship went down. He’s likely sitting at the bottom of the sea right now, drinking with the Dragon King. Damn him.
[远处传来一阵含混的声音——是鲛奴在礁石后面挪动了一下。特林鸠罗猛地僵住。] [A muffled sound from a distance—the Shark-Slave shifting behind the rock. Trinculo freezes.]
特林鸠罗/ Trinculo [压低声音] 什么东西?[Lowering his voice]What was that?
[他慢慢转过头,向礁石方向张望。月光下,他看见礁石后面露出一截灰蓝色的、粗糙如鲨鱼皮的肢体。那肢体动了一下。] [He slowly turns his head, peering toward the boulder. In the moonlight, he sees a gray-blue, rough-skinned limb protruding from behind the rock. The limb moves.]
[鲛奴从礁石后面探出头来。月光照在他脸上——宽嘴,尖牙,黑眼睛里映着月光,像两颗黑色的珍珠。他张嘴,发出一声低沉的、像潮水退去时的叹息声。] [The Shark-Slave pokes his head out from behind the boulder. Moonlight falls on his face—wide mouth, sharp teeth, black eyes reflecting the moon like two black pearls. He opens his mouth and emits a low sound, like the sigh of a retreating tide.]
特林鸠罗/ Trinculo [一屁股坐在地上] 完了。我死了。这是地狱。我一定是死了。这是地狱里的鬼差。[Sitting down hard on the ground]It’s over. I’m dead. This is Hell. I must be dead. This is a demon from Hell.
礁生/ Jiāoshēng [歪着头] 你……是鱼吗?[Tilting his head]Are you… a fish?
特林鸠罗/ Trinculo [尖叫] 它会说话![Shrieking]It speaks!
礁生/ Jiāoshēng [慢慢从礁石后挪出来,整个身体暴露在月光下] 你会……流血吗?母亲说,岸上的人……都会流血。流红色的水。我想看。[Slowly shuffling out from behind the boulder, his whole body exposed in the moonlight]Do you… bleed? Mother said shore people… all bleed. Red water flows out. I want to see.
特林鸠罗/ Trinculo [连滚带爬地后退] 别过来!别过来!我是小丑!我肉是酸的!我骨头是软的!你咬我一口会崩掉牙![Scrambling backward]Don’t come closer! Don’t come closer! I’m a jester! My flesh is sour! My bones are soft! If you bite me, you’ll break your teeth!
[正在这时,远处传来一阵更大、更踉跄的脚步声。斯提法诺从另一个方向跌跌撞撞地走出来。他怀里抱着一只陶罐,浑身酒气,脸上带着一种醉醺醺的、盲目乐观的笑容。] [Just then, louder, stumbling footsteps approach from another direction. Stephano staggers out from the other side, clutching a clay jar. He reeks of alcohol, his face wearing a drunken, blindly optimistic grin.]
斯提法诺/ Stefano [用带着浓重荷兰口音的官话,舌头打结] 哈哈哈!你们这些旱鸭子!都淹死了吧!我可活得好好的![举起陶罐] 亚力酒!满满一罐!沉船的时候我抱着它跳海,它比救生圈还管用![In heavily Dutch-accented Mandarin, tongue thick]Ha ha ha! You landlubbers! All drowned, aren’t you! But I’m alive and well![Raising the jar]Arrack! A full jar! I hugged it when I jumped ship—it was better than a life preserver!
[他踉跄了几步,差点绊倒,低头看见了坐在地上的特林鸠罗。] [He stumbles a few steps, nearly trips, and looks down to see Trinculo sitting on the ground.]
斯提法诺/ Stefano 特林鸠罗!你这老狗!你也活着!Trinculo! You old dog! You’re alive too!
特林鸠罗/ Trinculo [指着鲛奴,声音发颤] 斯提法诺……你……你看那边…… [Pointing at the Shark-Slave, voice trembling]Stephano… you… look over there…
[斯提法诺顺着他的手指看去。他看见了月光下的鲛奴——灰蓝的皮肤,尖牙,黑眼睛,蹼手。斯提法诺眨了眨眼。又眨了眨眼。然后咧嘴笑了。] [Stephano follows his pointing finger. He sees the Shark-Slave in the moonlight—grey-blue skin, sharp teeth, black eyes, webbed hands. Stephano blinks. Blinks again. Then grins widely.]
斯提法诺/ Stefano 哈!这是什么怪物!是鱼还是人?Ha! What kind of monster is this! Is it a fish or a man?
礁生/ Jiāoshēng [盯着斯提法诺怀里的陶罐] 那……是什么?[Staring at the jar in Stephano’s arms]What… is that?
斯提法诺/ Stefano 这个?[拍了拍陶罐] 这是神仙水!亚力酒!喝了它,你就是这岛上的王!来,怪物,尝一口。你要是尝了还站得住,我就认你当兄弟!This?[Patting the jar]This is divine water! Arrack! Drink it and you’ll be king of this island! Come on, monster, have a taste. If you can stand after tasting it, I’ll call you brother!
[他拔开陶罐的塞子,递向鲛奴。一股浓烈的酒香飘散开来。鲛奴的鼻孔翕动着,黑眼睛里闪过一种从未有过的光。他伸出蹼手,接过陶罐,小心翼翼地喝了一口。] [He uncorks the jar and offers it to the Shark-Slave. A strong aroma of alcohol wafts out. The Shark-Slave’s nostrils flare; a light never seen before flashes in his black eyes. He extends a webbed hand, takes the jar, and carefully drinks a mouthful.]
[他的整个身体剧烈地颤抖了一下。他张大了嘴,尖牙在月光下闪着寒光。然后,一种奇怪的声音从他喉咙里发出来——不是咆哮,不是哭泣,而是某种介于两者之间的、沙哑的、断断续续的声音。他在笑。鲛奴平生第一次在笑。] [His entire body shudders violently. He opens his mouth wide; his sharp teeth glint coldly in the moonlight. Then a strange sound comes from his throat—not a growl, not a cry, but something in between, rasping and broken. He is laughing. The Shark-Slave is laughing for the first time in his life.]
礁生/ Jiāoshēng [举起陶罐,对着月亮] 好……神!这是天上的酒![转向斯提法诺,跪了下来] 我愿跪倒在你面前。[Raising the jar to the moon]Good… gods! This is heavenly wine![Turning to Stephano, kneeling]I will kneel before you.
斯提法诺/ Stefano [得意地大笑] 看见没有,特林鸠罗!我收了个怪物当奴才![对鲛奴] 再来一口。拿着。亲亲这宝贝罐子。对着它起誓。[Laughing triumphantly]See that, Trinculo! I’ve got a monster for a servant![To the Shark-Slave]Another sip. Take it. Kiss this precious jar. Swear your oath on it.
礁生/ Jiāoshēng [又喝了一大口,然后虔诚地亲吻陶罐] 我要……跟着你。你这奇妙的人!你比潮音强。比那口钟强。比鬼火儿强。你是……真神。[Taking another large gulp, then reverently kissing the jar]I will… follow you. You wonderful person! You are greater than Cháoyīn. Greater than the bell. Greater than Guǐhuǒ’ér. You are… a true god.
特林鸠罗/ Trinculo [从地上爬起来,拍着身上的沙] 斯提法诺,你疯了。这是个什么东西你都不知道。万一它半夜饿了,把我们俩当宵夜—— [Getting up, brushing sand off himself]Stephano, you’re insane. You don’t even know what this thing is. What if it gets hungry in the middle of the night and makes a midnight snack of us both—
斯提法诺/ Stefano [挥手打断他] 闭嘴!它喝了我的酒,就是我的奴才。奴才不吃主人。这是规矩。[转向鲛奴] 怪物,你有名字吗?[Waving him off]Shut up! He drank my wine; he’s my servant now. A servant doesn’t eat his master. That’s the rule.[Turning to the Shark-Slave]Monster, do you have a name?
斯提法诺/ Stefano 鲛奴?不好听。我叫你……”鱼将军”!怎么样?威风吧?Shark-Slave? Not a good name. I’ll call you… ‘General Fish’! How’s that? Impressive, right?
礁生/ Jiāoshēng [黑眼睛发亮] 鱼……将军。好。我是鱼将军。你的将军。[Black eyes gleaming]General… Fish. Good. I am General Fish. Your general.
斯提法诺/ Stefano [搂住鲛奴的肩膀,虽然他实际上只够到鲛奴的胸口] 好!鱼将军!现在,带你主人去你住的地方。我要找张床。找堆干草。再找点吃的。然后咱们商量商量,怎么把这座岛变成咱们的。[Throwing an arm around the Shark-Slave’s shoulders, though he only reaches the creature’s chest]Good! General Fish! Now, take your master to where you live. I need a bed. Some dry grass. Something to eat. Then we’ll discuss how to make this island ours.
礁生/ Jiāoshēng [忽然压低声音,酒意让他的舌头更含混了,但眼睛里的光更亮了] 我……我知道怎么做。先取她的册子。那本《潮钟册》。没有册子,她的法术就散了。她就和我一样。只是岸上的人。[Suddenly lowering his voice, the alcohol making his tongue even looser, but his eyes brighter]I… I know how. First, take her book. TheTidal Bell Manual. Without the book, her magic scatters. She becomes like me. Just a shore person.
礁生/ Jiāoshēng 潮音。这岛上……原来的主人。她踩在我母亲的脊背上。她有一口钟。一本鲨鱼皮册子。她靠它们叫风,叫浪,叫鬼火。[抓住斯提法诺的手臂,蹼手黏湿] 你帮我取册子。杀了她。这岛……就是你的。她的女儿……也归你。Cháoyīn. The… former mistress of this island. She steps on my mother’s spine. She has a bell. A shark-skin book. She uses them to call the wind, call the waves, call the ghost-fire.[Grabbing Stephano’s arm, webbed hand slimy]You help me take the book. Kill her. The island… is yours. Her daughter… also yours.
斯提法诺/ Stefano [眼睛亮了] 女儿?她有女儿?[Eyes lighting up]A daughter? She has a daughter?
礁生/ Jiāoshēng 望汐。笑起来像海豚。[他的声音忽然变得古怪,像是两种声音叠在一起——他自己的含混嗓音,和一种更古老、更流畅的、像潮水一样的声音] 我本来……要娶她的。母亲答应过的。海里的新娘。可她现在是岸上的人了。她不要我了。Wàngxī. Her laugh is like a dolphin.[His voice suddenly becomes strange, like two voices layered—his own indistinct one, and an older, more fluid voice, like the tide]I was supposed… to marry her. Mother promised. A bride from the sea. But she is a shore person now. She doesn’t want me anymore.
斯提法诺/ Stefano [拍了拍鲛奴的背] 别难过,鱼将军。等我当了岛上的王,我给你找条母鲨鱼。现在,带路。去找那本册子。[Clapping the Shark-Slave on the back]Don’t be sad, General Fish. When I’m king of this island, I’ll find you a lady shark. Now, lead the way. Let’s go find that book.
[三人向岛内走去。斯提法诺抱着酒罐,哼着荷兰水手的调子。特林鸠罗跟在后面,一边走一边神经质地回头张望。鲛奴走在最前面,他的蹼足在沙地上留下一串潮湿的印记,在月光下闪着微光。] [The three move inland. Stephano cradles his wine jar, humming a Dutch sailor’s tune. Trinculo follows behind, glancing back nervously as he walks. The Shark-Slave leads the way, his webbed feet leaving a trail of damp prints on the sand, glistening faintly in the moonlight.]
礁生/ Jiāoshēng [忽然停下脚步,抬起头,像在听什么] 这岛……满是声音。[Suddenly stopping, raising his head as if listening to something]This island… is full of sounds.
特林鸠罗/ Trinculo [紧张地] 什么声音?[Nervously]What sounds?
礁生/ Jiāoshēng [闭上眼睛] 不是你们说话的声音。是底下。底下传来的。我母亲睡在珊瑚里。她在唱。还有那些……那些你们看不见的。他们也在唱。风吹过礁石洞的时候,像笛子。浪退下去的时候,像叹气。[Closing his eyes]Not the sound of you talking. Underneath. Coming from underneath. My mother sleeps in the coral. She sings. And those… those you cannot see. They sing too. Wind through the reef holes, like a flute. Waves pulling back, like a sigh.
[他睁开眼睛,转向斯提法诺和特林鸠罗。月光下,他的黑眼睛里似乎有什么东西在游动——不是瞳孔,而是更深的、更古老的影子。] [He opens his eyes and turns to Stephano and Trinculo. In the moonlight, something seems to swim in his black eyes—not pupils, but deeper, older shadows.]
礁生/ Jiāoshēng 你们听不见。你们是岸上的人。你们的耳朵里……只有你们自己的声音。You cannot hear. You are shore people. In your ears… there is only the sound of yourselves.
[他转身继续走。斯提法诺和特林鸠罗对视一眼,跟了上去。三人消失在乱石和灌木丛的阴影中。海风穿过礁石洞,发出呜咽般的声响。] [He turns and continues walking. Stephano and Trinculo exchange a glance, then follow. The three disappear into the shadows of the rocks and shrubs. The sea wind moans through the reef holes.]
)(*)(
第七场 (Scene Seven)
岛上另一处。林间空地。堆着未劈开的木柴。月光从树冠的缝隙间洒下来,在地面上投下斑驳的银光。远处传来海浪拍岸的声音,节奏缓慢,像呼吸。 Another part of the island. A forest clearing. Unsplit firewood is piled nearby. Moonlight filters through gaps in the canopy, casting dappled silver on the ground. In the distance, the sound of waves against the shore, slow and rhythmic, like breathing.
[费迪南赤着上身,正在劈柴。他的手掌已经磨出了水泡,水泡破了,渗出血来。他的背上全是汗水,在月光下闪着光。他的动作机械而疲惫,但每劈开一块木柴,他就会停下来喘一口气,然后继续。旁边已经堆起了整齐的柴垛。] [Ferdinand, stripped to the waist, is chopping wood. His palms have blistered; the blisters have burst and are bleeding. His back is slick with sweat, glistening in the moonlight. His movements are mechanical and weary, but after each split log, he pauses to catch his breath, then continues. A neat pile of wood has already been stacked beside him.]
费迪南/ Ferdinand [一边劈柴,一边低声自语] 这种粗贱的劳役……本该叫人厌恶得难以忍受。我在巴达维亚的府邸里,连茶都是仆人端到嘴边的。可现在……[他劈开一块木柴] ……可我想到她……想到那个姑娘……这劳苦便轻了。[Chopping wood, muttering to himself]This low, crude labor… should be unbearably hateful. In my residence in Batavia, servants brought tea to my very lips. But now…[He splits a log]…but when I think of her… of that girl… the labor becomes light.
[望汐从树影中走出来。她穿着一件粗布衫,头发用一根鱼骨簪子挽着。她手里端着一只木碗,碗里装着清水。她看见费迪南背上的血迹,停住了脚步。] [Wàngxī emerges from the tree shadows. She wears a coarse cloth shirt, her hair pinned up with a fish-bone hairpin. She carries a wooden bowl filled with clear water. She sees the blood on Ferdinand’s back and stops.]
望汐/ Wàngxī [轻声] 你流血了。[Softly]You’re bleeding.
费迪南/ Ferdinand [猛地转身] 你——你怎么来了?你母亲—— [Spinning around]You—how did you come here? Your mother—
望汐/ Wàngxī 母亲睡了。她每晚这个时候都要去钟那边。我不知道她做什么。她不让我跟。Mother is asleep. She goes to the bell at this hour every night. I don’t know what she does. She won’t let me follow.
[她走近费迪南,把木碗递给他。费迪南接过碗,但没有喝。他只是看着她。] [She approaches Ferdinand and offers him the wooden bowl. He takes it but doesn’t drink. He just looks at her.]
望汐/ Wàngxī 你喝吧。是泉水。岛中间有一口泉。很甜。鲛奴说那是他母亲哭出来的。我不信。Drink. It’s spring water. There’s a spring in the middle of the island. Very sweet. The Shark-Slave says it came from his mother’s tears. I don’t believe it.
费迪南/ Ferdinand [喝了一口水,眼睛没有离开望汐] 谢谢。[Drinking a sip, eyes never leaving Wàngxī]Thank you.
望汐/ Wàngxī [看着他的手] 你的手破了。你为什么不歇一歇?[Looking at his hands]Your hands are torn. Why don’t you rest?
费迪南/ Ferdinand [放下碗,捡起斧头] 你母亲说,天黑之前要劈完这堆柴。劈不完,明天加倍。[Putting down the bowl, picking up the axe]Your mother said I must finish this pile before dark. If I don’t, tomorrow I do double.
望汐/ Wàngxī [伸手按住斧柄] 放下吧。歇一歇。[Reaching out, pressing down on the axe handle]Put it down. Rest a while.
[费迪南看着她的手。她的手很小,被海风吹得有些粗糙,指甲缝里还带着沙。但按在斧柄上的力道很坚决。他松开了斧头。] [Ferdinand looks at her hand. It is small, roughened by the sea wind, traces of sand still in the creases of her nails. But the pressure on the axe handle is firm. He releases the axe.]
费迪南/ Ferdinand 你叫什么名字?What is your name?
望汐/ Wàngxī 望汐。望海的望,潮汐的汐。Wàngxī. ‘Wàng’ as in gazing at the sea. ‘Xī’ as in the evening tide.
费迪南/ Ferdinand 望汐……[他用生硬的官话重复了一遍,发音不准,但很认真] 望……汐。[换成荷兰语,像是自言自语] Miranda. Het betekent “zij die bewonderd moet worden.” 值得仰望的人。Wàngxī…[He repeats it in stiff Mandarin, the pronunciation off but earnest]Wàng… xī.[Switching to Dutch, as if to himself]Miranda. Het betekent “zij die bewonderd moet worden.”Worthy of admiration.
望汐/ Wàngxī 你在说什么?我听不懂。What are you saying? I don’t understand.
费迪南/ Ferdinand [摇摇头,换成官话] 没什么。我的名字叫费迪南。我父亲是—— [Shaking his head, switching to Mandarin]Nothing. My name is Ferdinand. My father is—
望汐/ Wàngxī 我知道你父亲是谁。[她的声音变冷了] 我母亲告诉我了。范·阿隆索。他下令杀了四十个人。我父亲也在其中。I know who your father is.[Her voice turns cold]My mother told me. Van Alons. He ordered the killing of forty people. My father was among them.
[费迪南的脸色变了。他张了张嘴,没有说出话来。] [Ferdinand’s face changes. He opens his mouth but says nothing.]
望汐/ Wàngxī [盯着他] 你知道吗?你知道你父亲做过的事吗?[Staring at him]Do you know? Do you know what your father did?
费迪南/ Ferdinand [艰难地] 我……听说过一些。商船。中国商船。公司有时候会……[他低下头] 我从来没有问过细节。我不想知道。[Struggling]I… I’ve heard things. Merchant ships. Chinese merchant ships. The Company sometimes…[He lowers his head]I never asked for details. I didn’t want to know.
望汐/ Wàngxī [声音颤抖] 我母亲说,你父亲坐在巴达维亚的办公室里,签了一张纸。那张纸上写着:杀了他们。于是四十个人就死了。我父亲就死了。我在我母亲肚子里,差点也死了。[Voice trembling]My mother said your father sat in his office in Batavia and signed a piece of paper. That paper said: Kill them. And so forty people died. My father died. I was in my mother’s belly and almost died too.
费迪南/ Ferdinand [抬起头,眼睛红了] 我不知道。我真的不知道。我只是……我只是他的儿子。我没有选择他是谁。[Looking up, eyes reddening]I didn’t know. I truly didn’t know. I am just… I am just his son. I didn’t choose who he is.
望汐/ Wàngxī 我也没有选择我父亲是谁。他死了。我连他的脸都没见过。只在梦里。I didn’t choose my father either. He is dead. I have never even seen his face. Only in dreams.
[长久的沉默。海风吹过树冠,发出沙沙的声响。远处,鬼火儿的青光在林间闪了一下,又消失了。] [A long silence. The sea wind rustles through the canopy. In the distance, Guǐhuǒ’ér’s blue-green light flashes once among the trees, then vanishes.]
费迪南/ Ferdinand [轻声] 望汐。我可以……我可以不做他的儿子。如果那能让你……[他没有说完。] [Softly]Wàngxī. I can… I can stop being his son. If that would make you…[He doesn’t finish.]
望汐/ Wàngxī [看着他] 不做他的儿子?怎么不做?[Looking at him]Stop being his son? How?
费迪南/ Ferdinand 我留在这里。我不回去了。不回巴达维亚,不回阿姆斯特丹,不回任何他替我安排好的地方。我留在这座岛上。劈柴。挑水。什么都行。I will stay here. I won’t go back. Not to Batavia, not to Amsterdam, not to any place he has arranged for me. I will stay on this island. Chop wood. Carry water. Anything.
望汐/ Wàngxī [声音很轻] 你连我的名字都念不准。[Very softly]You can’t even say my name right.
费迪南/ Ferdinand [认真地] 那你教我。教我念准。教我所有你会的词。礁石。海。月亮。潮水。你教什么,我学什么。[Earnestly]Then teach me. Teach me to say it right. Teach me all the words you know. Reef. Sea. Moon. Tide. Whatever you teach, I will learn.
[望汐看着他。月光下,他的脸上有汗水、血渍、沙砾,还有某种让她胸口发紧的东西。她伸出手,轻轻碰了碰他磨破的掌心。] [Wàngxī looks at him. In the moonlight, his face bears sweat, bloodstains, grit, and something else that makes her chest tighten. She reaches out and gently touches his torn palm.]
望汐/ Wàngxī 礁石。Reef.
费迪南/ Ferdinand 礁石。Reef.
望汐/ Wàngxī 潮水。Tide.
费迪南/ Ferdinand 潮水。Tide.
望汐/ Wàngxī [收回手] 你的手要上药。岛上有一种草,嚼烂了敷在伤口上,两天就好。明天我带你去找。[Withdrawing her hand]Your hands need medicine. There’s an herb on the island. Chew it up, put it on the wound, and it heals in two days. Tomorrow I’ll take you to find some.
费迪南/ Ferdinand [忽然握住她的手] 望汐。从我第一眼见到你那刻起,我的心便飞到你那里去了。我不知道这是不是这岛上的魔法。我不知道你是不是真的。但如果是梦,我宁愿永远不醒。[Suddenly holding her hand]Wàngxī. From the first moment I saw you, my heart flew to you. I don’t know if this is the island’s magic. I don’t know if you are real. But if this is a dream, I would rather never wake.
望汐/ Wàngxī [没有抽回手] 这不是梦。这是潮钟岛。我母亲说,梦是另一种潮水。来了,又退了。留下的只有沙。[Not pulling her hand away]This is not a dream. This is Tidal Bell Island. My mother says dreams are another kind of tide. They come, and they go. What remains is only sand.
费迪南/ Ferdinand 那我不是梦。我是沙。Then I am not a dream. I am sand.
[远处传来钟声——低沉、悠长,像鲸鱼的歌。那是潮钟在响。望汐抽回手,站起身。] [A bell tolls in the distance—low, long, like a whale’s song. It is the Tidal Bell. Wàngxī withdraws her hand and stands.]
望汐/ Wàngxī 母亲在叫我了。我得回去。My mother is calling me. I have to go back.
费迪南/ Ferdinand [站起身] 我还能再见到你吗?[Standing]Will I see you again?
望汐/ Wàngxī [走到树影边缘,回过头] 明天。我带你去采药。[Reaching the edge of the tree shadows, turning back]Tomorrow. I’ll take you to gather herbs.
[她消失在树影中。费迪南独自站在月光下,看着自己的手——掌心有血迹,也有她指尖触碰过的地方。他慢慢握紧拳头,又松开。远处,潮钟的嗡鸣渐渐消散。] [She disappears into the tree shadows. Ferdinand stands alone in the moonlight, looking at his hand—blood on the palm, and the place where her fingertips touched. He slowly clenches his fist, then releases it. In the distance, the Tidal Bell‘s hum fades.]
费迪南/ Ferdinand [对着空无一人的林地] 礁石。潮水。望汐。[To the empty clearing]Reef. Tide. Wàngxī.
[他捡起斧头,继续劈柴。但动作变了——不再是疲惫的、机械的劳役,而是一种带着节奏的、近乎虔诚的重复。每一斧落下,他的嘴唇都在动,无声地练习着那几个音节。] [He picks up the axe and continues chopping. But his movements have changed—no longer weary, mechanical labor, but a rhythmic, almost reverent repetition. With each swing of the axe, his lips move, silently practicing those syllables.]
)(*)(
第八场 (Scene Eight)
岛上。潮音洞窟附近的高处。一块突出海面的岩石平台。夜已深。月亮高悬,海面铺满碎银。 The island. High ground near Cháoyīn’s cave. A rocky platform jutting out over the sea. Deep night. The moon hangs high; the sea is paved with shattered silver.
[潮音独自站在平台上,手持铁杖。她面前是那口青铜钟,悬在一根鲸骨做成的架子上。钟身上刻满了古篆字,在月光下泛着青绿色的幽光。《潮钟册》摊开在旁边的石台上,鲨鱼皮书页被海风吹得轻轻翻动。] [Cháoyīn stands alone on the platform, holding her iron staff. Before her is the bronze bell, hanging from a frame made of whalebone. The bell is carved with ancient seal script characters that glow faintly green-blue in the moonlight. The Tidal Bell Manuallies open on a stone table nearby, its shark-skin pages fluttering lightly in the sea wind.]
[她闭上眼睛。嘴唇微动,念诵着什么——不是官话,不是闽南语,而是一种更古老的语言,像潮水退去时卵石滚动的声音。钟开始自鸣。不是被敲响,而是从内部发出低沉的嗡鸣,与她的念诵共振。] [She closes her eyes. Her lips move slightly, chanting something—not Mandarin, not Hokkien, but an older tongue, like the sound of pebbles rolling as the tide retreats. The bell begins to ring by itself. Not struck, but emitting a low hum from within, resonating with her chant.]
[海面上升起了磷光。先是几点,然后是一片,像无数只发光的眼睛在水下睁开。那些磷光慢慢聚拢,形成模糊的人形轮廓——四十个。他们站在水面上,仰望着潮音,没有面孔,只有光的形状。] [Phosphorescence rises from the sea. A few points at first, then a whole field, like countless luminous eyes opening beneath the water. The phosphorescence slowly gathers, forming vague human outlines—forty of them. They stand on the surface of the water, looking up at Cháoyīn. They have no faces, only shapes of light.]
潮音/ Cháoyīn [睁开眼睛,对着海面上的光影说话,声音沙哑] 四十个弟兄。阿海。你们在底下,冷吗?[Opening her eyes, speaking to the shapes of light on the sea, voice hoarse]Forty brothers. Āhǎi. Down there, are you cold?
[磷光人形轻轻晃动,像在回应。海风忽然紧了,带来一阵低沉的呜咽声——那声音不是从任何一个人形发出的,而是从整片海面升起来的,像四十个人同时在很远很远的地方叹息。] [The phosphorescent figures sway gently, as if in response. The sea wind suddenly tightens, bringing a low moan—a sound not from any single figure, but rising from the entire surface of the sea, like forty people sighing together from somewhere very, very far away.]
潮音/ Cháoyīn 快了。我向你们保证。安东还活着。范·阿隆索还活着。他们都在岛上。他们都逃不掉。Soon. I promise you. Anton is still alive. Van Alons is still alive. They are both on this island. They cannot escape.
[她伸手触碰钟身。钟声变了,变得更高、更急,像心跳。海面上的磷光人形开始剧烈地晃动,有些甚至向上伸展,仿佛想要攀上岩石。] [She reaches out and touches the bell. Its tone changes, becoming higher, more urgent, like a heartbeat. The phosphorescent figures on the sea begin to sway violently; some even stretch upward, as if trying to climb onto the rock.]
潮音/ Cháoyīn [声音突然变得锋利] 但还不够。光是死,不够。我要他们先看见我。先记起来自己做过什么。先……跪下来。[Voice suddenly sharpening]But it’s not enough. Death alone is not enough. I want them to see me first. To remember what they did. To… kneel.
[钟声骤然停止。磷光人形僵住了。潮音收回手,喘息着,额头渗出汗水。] [The bell’s tone cuts off abruptly. The phosphorescent figures freeze. Cháoyīn pulls back her hand, breathing hard, sweat beading on her forehead.]
潮音/ Cháoyīn [低声,像对自己说] 可那之后呢?杀了他们,你们就能安息了吗?我就能安息了吗?[Low, as if to herself]But what comes after? If I kill them, will you rest? Will I rest?
[没有人回答。海面上的磷光人形静静地站着,没有面孔,没有声音。月亮被云遮住了片刻,然后又露出来。磷光开始消散,一个接一个,像烛火被风吹灭。最后只剩下海面上散落的碎光,像眼泪。] [No one answers. The phosphorescent figures stand silently on the sea, faceless, voiceless. The moon is briefly covered by a cloud, then emerges again. The phosphorescence begins to dissipate, one by one, like candles snuffed by the wind. Finally, only scattered fragments of light remain on the sea, like tears.]
潮音/ Cháoyīn [对着空荡荡的海面] 我不知道。我真的不知道。[To the empty sea]I don’t know. I truly don’t know.
[她合上《潮钟册》,转身离开平台。钟在月光下沉默着,钟身上的古篆字像无数只闭着的眼睛。海风停了。海面重归黑暗。] [She closes theTidal Bell Manualand turns to leave the platform. The bell sits silent in the moonlight, its ancient seal script characters like countless closed eyes. The sea wind stops. The sea returns to darkness.]
第二幕 终 End of Act Two
)(*)(
第三幕 (Act Three)
第九场 (Scene Nine)
岛上。潮音洞窟前的空地。黎明前最黑暗的时辰。海面平静如镜,没有一丝风。 The island. The open ground before Cháoyīn’s cave. The darkest hour before dawn. The sea is still as a mirror; there is no wind.
[洞窟前,费迪南睡在一堆干海草上,身上盖着一片旧帆。他的手上缠着捣碎的草药叶子——望汐白天替他敷上的。他的呼吸平稳,脸上带着一种疲惫后彻底放松的神情。] [Before the cave, Ferdinand sleeps on a pile of dry seaweed, covered by a piece of old sailcloth. His hands are wrapped with crushed herbal leaves—Wàngxī applied them during the day. His breathing is steady; his face wears the expression of complete release after exhaustion.]
[望汐坐在洞口,没有睡。她望着费迪南的睡脸,手指无意识地绞着衣角。潮音从洞内走出来,手里拿着《潮钟册》。她看了一眼女儿,又看了一眼熟睡的费迪南。] [Wàngxī sits at the cave mouth, not sleeping. She watches Ferdinand’s sleeping face, her fingers unconsciously twisting the hem of her shirt. Cháoyīn emerges from the cave, carrying theTidal Bell Manual. She glances at her daughter, then at the sleeping Ferdinand.]
潮音/ Cháoyīn 你没睡。You haven’t slept.
望汐/ Wàngxī 睡不着。Can’t sleep.
潮音/ Cháoyīn 因为那边那个?Because of that one over there?
[望汐没有回答。潮音走到她身边,坐了下来。母女俩并肩望着海面。东方还没有亮光,但星星已经开始变淡了。] [Wàngxī doesn’t answer. Cháoyīn walks over and sits beside her. Mother and daughter sit side by side, gazing at the sea. There is no light yet in the east, but the stars are already beginning to fade.]
望汐/ Wàngxī 母亲。他和他父亲……不一样。Mother. He and his father… are not the same.
潮音/ Cháoyīn 你怎么知道?How do you know?
望汐/ Wàngxī 他看我的时候,眼睛里没有……没有安东那种东西。When he looks at me, his eyes don’t have… that thing Anton has.
潮音/ Cháoyīn [沉默片刻] 安东从前看我的时候,眼睛里也没有那种东西。人是会变的。权力、银子、恐惧——都会把人变成别的东西。[Pausing]When Anton used to look at me, his eyes didn’t have that thing either. People change. Power, silver, fear—they all turn people into something else.
望汐/ Wàngxī 那费迪南呢?他会变成什么?And Ferdinand? What will he become?
潮音/ Cháoyīn [看着女儿] 你想让他变成什么?[Looking at her daughter]What do you want him to become?
[望汐低下头,没有回答。潮音伸出手,轻轻托起女儿的下巴。] [Wàngxī lowers her head, not answering. Cháoyīn reaches out and gently lifts her daughter’s chin.]
潮音/ Cháoyīn 你喜欢他。You like him.
望汐/ Wàngxī [声音很轻] 我不知道什么是”喜欢”。这岛上只有您,鲛奴,鬼火儿,还有海里的那些影子。我没有见过别的人。我不知道”喜欢”应该是什么样子。[Very softly]I don’t know what ‘like’ is. On this island, there’s only you, the Shark-Slave, Guǐhuǒ’ér, and those shadows in the sea. I’ve never seen another person. I don’t know what ‘like’ is supposed to look like.
潮音/ Cháoyīn [收回手] 我也不知道。我嫁给你父亲,是因为他在我船上干了三年,从不偷懒,从不顶嘴,风暴来了第一个冲上甲板。那不是”喜欢”。那是”信得过”。后来他死了,我才知道,信得过就是喜欢。喜欢就是有一天他不在了,你觉得船上的风都停了。[Withdrawing her hand]I don’t know either. I married your father because he worked on my ship for three years, never slacking, never talking back, the first on deck when a storm hit. That wasn’t ‘like.’ That was ‘trust.’ After he died, I understood that trust is like. Like is when one day he’s gone, and you feel the wind on the ship has stopped.
[望汐的眼眶红了。潮音站起身,翻开《潮钟册》。] [Wàngxī’s eyes redden. Cháoyīn stands and opens theTidal Bell Manual.]
潮音/ Cháoyīn 天快亮了。今天,我要做一件事。Dawn is coming. Today, I will do something.
望汐/ Wàngxī 什么事?What?
潮音/ Cháoyīn 我要让费迪南见见他的父亲。也让他的父亲见见费迪南。然后——[她顿了一下] ——我要让他们都见见那四十个人。I will let Ferdinand see his father. And let his father see Ferdinand. And then—[She pauses]—I will let them both see the forty.
望汐/ Wàngxī 那之后呢?And after that?
潮音/ Cháoyīn [合上册子] 那之后,看他们怎么选。[Closing the book]After that… we see what they choose.
[她转身走向钟架。东方露出了第一道灰白色的光。潮音举起铁杖,轻轻敲击钟身。钟发出清亮的鸣响,像一只巨鸟从梦中醒来。远处海面上,鬼火儿的青光闪了一下,向洞窟飞来。] [She turns and walks toward the bell frame. The first gray-white light appears in the east. Cháoyīn raises her iron staff and strikes the bell lightly. It rings out clear and bright, like a great bird waking from a dream. On the distant sea, Guǐhuǒ’ér’s blue-green light flashes once, then flies toward the cave.]
)(*)(
第十场 (Scene Ten)
岛上。洞窟前的空地。天色渐明,海面被染成淡金色。 The island. The open ground before the cave. The sky is brightening; the sea is stained pale gold.
[潮音站在钟旁。望汐立在她身后。费迪南已经醒来,站在一侧,手上还缠着草药布。鬼火儿悬在半空中,化成一团跳动不定的青蓝色火焰。] [Cháoyīn stands beside the bell. Wàngxī stands behind her. Ferdinand is awake now, standing to one side, his hands still wrapped in herbal cloth. Guǐhuǒ’ér hangs in midair, a shifting, dancing blue-green flame.]
潮音/ Cháoyīn [对鬼火儿] 去。把范·阿隆索带来。把安东带来。把霍萨洛带来。把所有人带来。但要让他们看不见彼此——只看见我要他们看见的东西。[To Guǐhuǒ’ér]Go. Bring Van Alons. Bring Anton. Bring Huòsàluò. Bring them all. But let them not see each other—only what I want them to see.
鬼火儿/ Guǐhuǒ’ér 只带来,还是带什么来都行?Just bring them, or bring whatever comes?
潮音/ Cháoyīn 什么意思?What do you mean?
鬼火儿/ Guǐhuǒ’ér 那个叫安东的,和那个叫塞巴斯蒂安的。昨晚,他们在礁石滩上商量要杀范·阿隆索。刀都拔出来了。是我唱歌把他们吓跑的。The one called Anton and the one called Sebastiaan. Last night, on the reef strand, they conspired to kill Van Alons. They had drawn their blades. It was my singing that frightened them away.
潮音/ Cháoyīn [眼睛微微眯起] 他们要杀范·阿隆索?[Eyes narrowing slightly]They were going to kill Van Alons?
鬼火儿/ Guǐhuǒ’ér 石头砸头。推下礁石。假装失足。Stone to the head. Push him off the reef. Pretend he slipped.
潮音/ Cháoyīn [沉默片刻,然后嘴角露出一丝冷笑] 安东。十二年不见,你一点没变。[对鬼火儿] 先不要惊动他们。把所有人都带来。让他们看见彼此。让他们自己把做过的事说出来。[Pausing, then a cold smile at the corner of her mouth]Anton. Twelve years, and you haven’t changed at all.[To Guǐhuǒ’ér]Don’t alarm them yet. Bring them all. Let them see each other. Let them confess what they’ve done with their own mouths.
鬼火儿/ Guǐhuǒ’ér 遵命。As you command.
[鬼火儿化作一道青光飞走。潮音转向费迪南。] [Guǐhuǒ’ér turns into a streak of blue-green light and flies off. Cháoyīn turns to Ferdinand.]
潮音/ Cháoyīn 你。站到那边去。等会儿不管你看见什么,都不要出声。能做到吗?You. Stand over there. No matter what you see in a moment, do not make a sound. Can you do that?
费迪南/ Ferdinand [紧张地] 你要对我父亲做什么?[Nervously]What are you going to do to my father?
潮音/ Cháoyīn 什么都不做。让他自己对自己做。Nothing. Let him do to himself what he will.
[费迪南还想说什么,但望汐轻轻拉住了他的袖子。他看了望汐一眼,闭上了嘴。] [Ferdinand wants to say more, but Wàngxī gently tugs his sleeve. He glances at her and closes his mouth.]
[远处传来脚步声和低语声。鬼火儿的青光在林间穿梭,像一条发光的蛇。片刻后,范·阿隆索、塞巴斯蒂安、安东、霍萨洛、特林鸠罗、斯提法诺——所有人,从不同方向,被一股看不见的力量推到了空地上。他们神情恍惚,眼神涣散,像刚从噩梦中被拖出来的人。] [Footsteps and murmurs in the distance. Guǐhuǒ’ér’s blue-green light weaves through the trees like a luminous serpent. Moments later, Van Alons, Sebastiaan, Anton, Huòsàluò, Trinculo, Stephano—all of them, from different directions—are pushed into the clearing by an invisible force. They are dazed, eyes unfocused, like people just dragged out of a nightmare.]
[鲛奴也被带来了,但他被鬼火儿单独按在一块礁石后面,嘴里塞着海草,动弹不得。] [The Shark-Slave has also been brought, but Guǐhuǒ’ér pins him separately behind a boulder, his mouth stuffed with seaweed, unable to move.]
范·阿隆索/ Van Alons [揉着眼睛] 这是什么地方?谁——[他看见了潮音] 你是谁?[Rubbing his eyes]What is this place? Who—[He sees Cháoyīn]Who are you?
安东/ Anton [脸色瞬间变得惨白] 潮……潮音。[Face instantly turning ashen]Cháo… Cháoyīn.
潮音/ Cháoyīn [平静地] 安东。好久不见。[Calmly]Anton. It’s been a long time.
[安东向后退了一步。他的手摸向腰间,但短铳已经不在了——鬼火儿在带他来之前就卸掉了。] [Anton steps backward. His hand goes to his belt, but the musket is gone—Guǐhuǒ’ér disarmed him before bringing him.]
塞巴斯蒂安/ Sebastiaan [对安东] 你认识这个女人?[To Anton]You know this woman?
安东/ Anton [声音沙哑] 她是……”潮钟号”的船长。[Voice hoarse]She is… the captain of theTidal Bell.
范·阿隆索/ Van Alons [瞳孔收缩] “潮钟号”?那条中国商船?[Pupils contracting]TheTidal Bell? That Chinese merchant ship?
潮音/ Cháoyīn [向范·阿隆索迈了一步] 范·阿隆索。巴达维亚总督。你签了一张纸。纸上写着:”清除障碍。不留活口。”四十个人。我丈夫也在其中。我肚子里怀着望汐,被丢上舢板,没有帆,没有桨,没有水。你坐在办公室里,签了字,喝了咖啡,然后去教堂做礼拜。[Taking a step toward Van Alons]Van Alons. Governor of Batavia. You signed a piece of paper. The paper said: ‘Remove the obstacle. Leave no one alive.’ Forty people. My husband among them. I was thrown onto a sampan, pregnant with Wàngxī. No sail. No oars. No water. You sat in your office, signed your name, drank your coffee, and then went to church.
范·阿隆索/ Van Alons [嘴唇发抖] 我……那是公司的命令。我只是执行—— [Lips trembling]I… it was the Company’s orders. I was merely executing—
潮音/ Cháoyīn 执行。好一个执行。[转向安东] 你呢?你执行的是什么?我的饭你吃了。我的银子你领了。我的闽南话你学了。你叫我”船长”,像叫亲姐姐。然后你带着荷兰兵,半夜摸上我的船。阿海是你亲手杀的。我看见的。舢板漂走的时候,我看见你站在船头。你手里还拿着他的烟斗。Executing. What a fine word.[Turning to Anton]And you? What were you executing? You ate my food. You took my silver. You learned my Hokkien. You called me ‘Captain’ like I was your own sister. Then you led Dutch soldiers onto my ship in the dead of night. You killed Āhǎi with your own hands. I saw it. As the sampan drifted away, I saw you standing on the prow. You were still holding his pipe.
[安东的脸色灰白如死人。他的嘴张合了几次,没有发出声音。] [Anton’s face is as gray as a corpse. His mouth opens and closes several times; no sound comes out.]
霍萨洛/ Huòsàluò [颤抖着] 夫人……我……我只是个画地图的。我没有…… [Trembling]Madam… I… I am only a mapmaker. I didn’t…
潮音/ Cháoyīn [转向他,声音变柔] 我知道你是谁。霍萨洛。你船舱里供着妈祖像。风暴来的时候,你点了香。你替那些水手祈祷。[她顿了一下] 十二年前,有人在”潮钟号”被劫之后,悄悄往海里撒了一捧纸钱。是你吗?[Turning to him, voice softening]I know who you are. Huòsàluò. You keep a shrine to Mazu in your cabin. When the storm hit, you lit incense. You prayed for those sailors.[She pauses]Twelve years ago, after theTidal Bellwas taken, someone quietly scattered a handful of joss paper into the sea. Was that you?
[霍萨洛愣住了。他张了张嘴,然后缓缓点头。] [Huòsàluò freezes. He opens his mouth, then slowly nods.]
霍萨洛/ Huòsàluò 我……我不知道那些纸钱是给谁的。我只听说有船沉了。有冤魂。妈祖说,见魂要渡。我就撒了。I… I didn’t know who the joss paper was for. I only heard a ship had sunk. There were wronged souls. Mazu teaches: when you see a soul, you must help it cross. So I scattered it.
潮音/ Cháoyīn [微微点头] 你撒的那些纸钱,飘到了这座岛上。我看见了。所以今天你还站着。[Nodding slightly]The joss paper you scattered drifted to this island. I saw it. That is why you are still standing today.
[她转身,面对所有人。东方的天空已经完全亮了,金色的阳光洒在海面上。] [She turns to face everyone. The eastern sky is fully bright now; golden sunlight spills across the sea.]
潮音/ Cháoyīn 你们都欠我债。有的人欠四十条命。有的人欠一声道歉。有的人只是站在旁边,什么都没做,什么都不说。今天,我要你们把欠的都还上。You all owe me a debt. Some owe forty lives. Some owe an apology. Some just stood by, did nothing, said nothing. Today, I want you to repay what you owe.
[她举起铁杖。钟开始自鸣——不是一声,而是连绵不绝的嗡鸣,像潮水一样一波接一波地涌来。海面上,磷光开始浮现。四十个人形,在晨光中若隐若现。] [She raises her iron staff. The bell begins to ring by itself—not a single toll, but a continuous hum, wave after wave, like the tide. Phosphorescence begins to rise from the sea. Forty human shapes, faintly visible in the morning light.]
范·阿隆索/ Van Alons [瘫坐在地上] 上帝啊…… [Collapsing to the ground]God in heaven…
安东/ Anton [双腿发软] 不是我……不是我一个人……是他签的字……是他—— [Legs buckling]It wasn’t me… it wasn’t just me… he signed it… he—
塞巴斯蒂安/ Sebastiaan [抓住安东的衣领] 你这条疯狗!是你出的主意!是你来找我们的![Grabbing Anton by the collar]You mad dog! It was your idea! You came to us!
安东/ Anton [甩开他] 我只是想活着!我只是想—— [Shoving him off]I just wanted to live! I just wanted—
[钟声骤停。海面上的磷光人形僵住了。所有人也都僵住了。] [The bell’s hum stops abruptly. The phosphorescent figures on the sea freeze. Everyone freezes.]
潮音/ Cháoyīn [深吸一口气] 我不杀你们。[Taking a deep breath]I will not kill you.
[死寂。] [Dead silence.]
潮音/ Cháoyīn 十二年了。我每天都在想怎么杀你们。用钟震碎你们的骨头。叫鬼火儿把你们拖进海底。让鲛奴一口一口咬碎你们。我想过每一种法子。每一种都想过。Twelve years. Every day I thought about how to kill you. Shatter your bones with the bell. Have Guǐhuǒ’ér drag you to the bottom of the sea. Let the Shark-Slave chew you up piece by piece. I thought of every method. Every single one.
[她走到范·阿隆索面前,俯视着他。] [She walks to Van Alons and looks down at him.]
潮音/ Cháoyīn 但昨天晚上,我站在礁石上,问那四十个弟兄:杀了他们,你们就能安息了吗?他们没有回答我。因为他们也不知道。杀人的人死了,被杀的就能活过来吗?不能。死了就是死了。我杀你们一百遍,阿海也回不来了。But last night, I stood on the reef and asked the forty brothers: If I kill them, will you rest? They didn’t answer me. Because they don’t know either. If the killers die, can the killed come back to life? No. Dead is dead. If I kill you a hundred times, Āhǎi still won’t return.
[她直起身,看着海面上的磷光人形。] [She straightens and looks at the phosphorescent figures on the sea.]
潮音/ Cháoyīn 所以我不杀你们。我要你们活着。带着你们做过的事活着。每天闭上眼睛,就看见那四十张脸。每天睁开眼睛,就想起自己是什么东西。So I will not kill you. I want you to live. Live with what you’ve done. Every time you close your eyes, you will see those forty faces. Every time you open your eyes, you will remember what you are.
[她转向安东。] [She turns to Anton.]
潮音/ Cháoyīn 尤其是你。你回巴达维亚也好,回阿姆斯特丹也好,回任何你能逃去的地方也好。但你逃不掉你自己。你每天照镜子,看见的就是杀过我丈夫的人。Especially you. Go back to Batavia. Go back to Amsterdam. Go anywhere you can run to. But you cannot run from yourself. Every day, when you look in the mirror, you will see the man who killed my husband.
[安东跪了下来。不是被迫的——是他的腿自己撑不住了。他跪在沙地上,肩膀剧烈地抖动,但没有发出声音。] [Anton falls to his knees. Not forced—his legs simply give out. He kneels on the sand, his shoulders shaking violently, but no sound comes out.]
潮音/ Cháoyīn [转向海面] 弟兄们。我没有替你们报仇。但我也没有让仇烂在自己心里。我让仇人看见你们了。我让他们记住你们了。这够不够?我不知道。但这是我唯一能给的了。[Turning to the sea]Brothers. I did not avenge you. But I also did not let the hatred rot inside my own heart. I made your enemies see you. I made them remember you. Is that enough? I don’t know. But it is all I have to give.
[海面上的磷光人形静静地站着。然后,一个接一个,它们开始消散。不是被风吹散,而是像终于放下了什么沉重的东西,慢慢沉入水中。最后一个消失的是站在最前面的那个——比其他人都高一些,光的轮廓隐约像是一个叼着烟斗的男人。他停了一下,仿佛在望着潮音,然后也沉了下去。海面重归平静。] [The phosphorescent figures stand silently on the sea. Then, one by one, they begin to dissipate. Not scattered by the wind, but as if finally setting down something heavy, slowly sinking into the water. The last to vanish is the one standing at the very front—taller than the others, his outline of light vaguely resembling a man with a pipe in his mouth. He pauses, as if looking at Cháoyīn, then sinks as well. The sea returns to stillness.]
[潮音放下铁杖。她的肩膀微微颤抖,但没有哭。] [Cháoyīn lowers the iron staff. Her shoulders tremble slightly, but she does not cry.]
望汐/ Wàngxī [走上前,轻轻握住母亲的手] 母亲。[Stepping forward, gently taking her mother’s hand]Mother.
潮音/ Cháoyīn [握紧女儿的手] 我没事。[Squeezing her daughter’s hand]I’m all right.
[费迪南从藏身处走出来。范·阿隆索看见他,整个人像被雷劈中一样跳了起来。] [Ferdinand steps out from where he was hidden. Van Alons sees him and leaps up as if struck by lightning.]
范·阿隆索/ Van Alons 费迪南!我的儿子!你还活着!Ferdinand! My son! You’re alive!
[他冲过去想要拥抱费迪南,但费迪南向后退了一步。] [He rushes forward to embrace Ferdinand, but Ferdinand steps back.]
费迪南/ Ferdinand [声音很轻,但很清晰] 父亲。那四十个人。你签的字。是真的吗?[Softly, but clearly]Father. The forty people. The paper you signed. Is it true?
范·阿隆索/ Van Alons [僵在原地] 我……那是公司的—— [Frozen in place]I… it was the Company’s—
费迪南/ Ferdinand [打断他] 是真的吗?[Interrupting]Is it true?
[范·阿隆索张了张嘴,最终低下了头。] [Van Alons opens his mouth, then finally lowers his head.]
费迪南/ Ferdinand [转向潮音和望汐] 我……我不知道该说什么。我父亲做的事……我没有办法替他偿还。但我可以不做他。[Turning to Cháoyīn and Wàngxī]I… I don’t know what to say. What my father did… I cannot repay it for him. But I can stop being him.
[他走到望汐面前,单膝跪下。] [He walks to Wàngxī and kneels on one knee.]
费迪南/ Ferdinand 望汐。我昨天说的话,是真的。我留在这里。劈柴。挑水。你教我的词,我都记住了。礁石。潮水。月亮。[他抬起头] 还有你的名字。望汐。望海的望,潮汐的汐。Wàngxī. What I said yesterday was true. I will stay here. Chop wood. Carry water. I’ve remembered all the words you taught me. Reef. Tide. Moon.[He looks up]And your name. Wàngxī. ‘Wàng’ as in gazing at the sea. ‘Xī’ as in the evening tide.
[望汐看着他。晨光里,他的眼睛很亮,但不是安东那种亮——是另一种,像潮水退去后留在礁石坑里的海水,安静,清澈,倒映着天空。她伸出手,把他拉了起来。] [Wàngxī looks at him. In the morning light, his eyes are bright—but not the brightness of Anton’s. Another kind, like seawater left in reef pools after the tide retreats: still, clear, reflecting the sky. She reaches out and pulls him to his feet.]
望汐/ Wàngxī 你念对了。You said it right.
[潮音看着他们,沉默了很久。然后她转向鬼火儿。] [Cháoyīn watches them for a long moment, silent. Then she turns to Guǐhuǒ’ér.]
潮音/ Cháoyīn 把鲛奴带过来。Bring the Shark-Slave here.
)(*)(
第十一场 (Scene Eleven)
同地。鬼火儿把鲛奴从礁石后面拖出来,去掉了他嘴里的海草。 The same place. Guǐhuǒ’ér drags the Shark-Slave out from behind the boulder and removes the seaweed from his mouth.
[鲛奴跪在地上,浑身发抖。斯提法诺和特林鸠罗缩在一旁,不敢抬头。] [The Shark-Slave kneels on the ground, trembling all over. Stephano and Trinculo cower to one side, not daring to look up.]
潮音/ Cháoyīn 鲛奴。你昨晚做了什么?Shark-Slave. What did you do last night?
礁生/ Jiāoshēng [声音含混,酒意还未完全消散] 我……我找了一个新神。他给我喝天上的水。他说要替我杀你。取你的册子。这岛……原是我母亲的。[Voice slurred, the alcohol not yet fully faded]I… I found a new god. He gave me heavenly water to drink. He said he would kill you for me. Take your book. This island… was my mother’s.
潮音/ Cháoyīn [转向斯提法诺和特林鸠罗] 你们呢?你们想当岛上的王?[Turning to Stephano and Trinculo]And you two? You wanted to be kings of the island?
斯提法诺/ Stefano [扑通跪倒] 夫人!船长!神仙!我喝醉了!我什么都不知道!是这怪物——是这鱼将军——是他出的主意![Throwing himself to his knees]Madam! Captain! Goddess! I was drunk! I didn’t know anything! It was this monster—this General Fish—it was his idea!
特林鸠罗/ Trinculo [也跪下] 我只是路过!我什么也没答应!我是小丑!小丑不当王!小丑只负责笑![Also kneeling]I was just passing by! I didn’t agree to anything! I’m a jester! Jesters don’t become kings! Jesters are only responsible for laughing!
潮音/ Cháoyīn [沉默片刻] 都起来。[Pausing]Get up. All of you.
[三人迟疑地站起来。] [The three hesitantly rise.]
潮音/ Cháoyīn [对斯提法诺和特林鸠罗] 你们跟着船回去。回你们该待的地方。把今天看见的忘掉。如果忘不掉,就当是喝醉了一场梦。[To Stephano and Trinculo]You will go back with the ship. Return to where you belong. Forget what you saw today. If you can’t forget, treat it as a drunken dream.
[两人拼命点头。] [The two nod frantically.]
潮音/ Cháoyīn [转向鲛奴] 至于你。[Turning to the Shark-Slave]As for you.
[鲛奴抬起头,黑眼睛里满是恐惧。] [The Shark-Slave looks up, black eyes full of fear.]
潮音/ Cháoyīn 这岛原是你母亲的。你说得对。她葬在珊瑚底下。骨头都化成了礁石。我踩在她脊背上住了十二年。这是我的债。This island was your mother’s. You are right. She is buried under the coral. Her bones have turned to reef stone. I have stepped on her spine for twelve years. That is my debt.
[她从怀里取出《潮钟册》,翻开最后一页。那一页是空白的。她伸手在页面上画了一个符号。] [She takes theTidal Bell Manualfrom her breast, opening it to the last page. The page is blank. She reaches out and draws a symbol on it.]
潮音/ Cháoyīn 从今天起,你是自由的。不再是鲛奴。你是……礁生。珊瑚礁的礁,生长的生。From today, you are free. No longer Shark-Slave. You are… Jiāoshēng. ‘Jiāo’ as in coral reef. ‘Shēng’ as in born, growing.
礁生/ Jiāoshēng [愣住] 自……自由?[Stunned]F… free?
潮音/ Cháoyīn 自由。这岛是你母亲的。你愿意怎么守就怎么守。我只是借住。等船修好,我就走。Free. This island is your mother’s. Guard it however you wish. I am only a guest. When the ship is repaired, I will leave.
礁生/ Jiāoshēng [蹼手摸着自己的喉咙,好像那里有什么东西被取掉了] 礁生……[他尝试着念自己的新名字,像在尝一种从未吃过的食物] 礁生。[他的黑眼睛里有什么东西碎了,又有什么东西重新聚拢] 我……我可以留在这里?母亲在底下唱。我可以听她唱了?没有人再叫我去拾柴?[Touching his throat with his webbed hand, as if something has been removed]Jiāoshēng…[He tries out his new name, as if tasting a food he has never eaten]Jiāoshēng.[Something in his black eyes shatters, and something else gathers again]I… I can stay here? Mother is singing underneath. I can listen to her sing? No one will tell me to gather firewood anymore?
潮音/ Cháoyīn 没有人。No one.
[礁生站在那里,一动不动。然后他慢慢走到礁石边缘,面向大海,发出一声长长的、低沉的、像鲸鱼一样的呼唤。那声音穿过晨雾,贴着海面传向远方。片刻后,从深海的方向,传来一声回应——更古老,更低回,像整个海底都在震动。] [Jiāoshēng stands there, motionless. Then he slowly walks to the edge of the reef, faces the sea, and lets out a long, low, whale-like call. The sound travels through the morning mist, skimming over the sea into the distance. Moments later, from the direction of the deep sea, a reply comes—older, deeper, as if the entire seabed is vibrating.]
礁生/ Jiāoshēng [回过头,脸上有一种从未有过的表情——不是愤怒,不是恐惧,而是某种接近平静的东西] 母亲在。她一直在。[Turning back, his face wearing an expression never seen before—not anger, not fear, but something approaching peace]Mother is there. She has always been there.
)(*)(
第十二场 (Scene Twelve)
同地。天色大亮。海面金光粼粼。 The same place. The sky is fully bright. The sea glitters with golden light.
[鬼火儿从空中落下,化成人形——一个修长的、性别模糊的形体,浑身泛着青蓝色的微光。] [Guǐhuǒ’ér descends from the air, taking human form—a slender, gender-ambiguous figure, glowing with a faint blue-green light all over.]
鬼火儿/ Guǐhuǒ’ér 潮音船长。船已经准备好了。王船——那艘荷兰大船——我把它从礁石缝里拖出来了。帆补好了。水手们也醒了。他们不记得发生了什么,只记得风暴,然后就是现在。风也正好。往西吹。两天到巴达维亚。Captain Cháoyīn. The ship is ready. The royal ship—that great Dutch vessel—I dragged it out from the reef crevices. The sails are patched. The sailors are awake. They don’t remember what happened, only the storm, and then now. The wind is also favorable. Blowing westward. Two days to Batavia.
潮音/ Cháoyīn [点点头] 你做得很好。[Nodding]You have done very well.
鬼火儿/ Guǐhuǒ’ér [停顿了一下] 你答应我的。[Pausing]What you promised me.
潮音/ Cháoyīn [看着他] 自由。[Looking at him]Freedom.
鬼火儿/ Guǐhuǒ’ér 自由。Freedom.
[潮音从钟架上取下那口青铜钟,放在地上。她举起铁杖——那截锈蚀的定海神针——对准钟身。] [Cháoyīn takes the bronze bell down from its frame and sets it on the ground. She raises her iron staff—the rusted piece of the Dinghai Shenzhen pillar—and points it at the bell.]
潮音/ Cháoyīn [对鬼火儿] 这口钟,是西海妖铸来镇你的。我把它沉进海底,你就自由了。[To Guǐhuǒ’ér]This bell was forged by Sycorax to imprison you. When I sink it to the bottom of the sea, you will be free.
潮音/ Cháoyīn 真的。[转向众人] 所有人都退后。Truly.[To everyone]Everyone stand back.
[众人退开。潮音举起铁杖,念诵了一段古老的咒语——用的不是官话,不是闽南语,而是那种像潮水退去时卵石滚动的声音。钟开始剧烈震动,钟身上的古篆字一个一个亮起来,像烧红的铁。然后,她猛地将铁杖刺入钟心。] [Everyone retreats. Cháoyīn raises the iron staff and chants an ancient incantation—not Mandarin, not Hokkien, but the tongue that sounds like pebbles rolling as the tide retreats. The bell begins to vibrate violently; the ancient seal script characters on its body light up one by one, like red-hot iron. Then she drives the iron staff into the heart of the bell.]
[钟发出一声巨响——不是金属的撞击声,而是像整片海被撕开的声音。一道青蓝色的光从钟心冲出,直上云霄,然后炸开,化作无数细碎的光点,像一场倒着下的雨,从天空落回海面。] [The bell emits a colossal sound—not the clash of metal, but like the entire sea being torn open. A beam of blue-green light shoots from the bell’s heart, straight up into the clouds, then bursts, transforming into countless tiny points of light, like an upside-down rain falling from the sky back to the sea.]
[鬼火儿站在光雨中。他身上的青蓝色火焰越来越亮,越来越透明,最后几乎变成了纯粹的阳光。他的形体在风中舒展开来——不再是跳动不定的火球,而是一个自由的、完整的存在。] [Guǐhuǒ’ér stands in the rain of light. The blue-green flame of his body grows brighter and brighter, more and more transparent, until it is almost pure sunlight. His form unfurls in the wind—no longer a dancing, shifting fireball, but a free, whole being.]
鬼火儿/ Guǐhuǒ’ér [声音不再是风铃和鲸歌的混合,而是他自己的声音——清亮、年轻、带着笑意] 我自由了。潮音。我自由了。[Voice no longer a mix of wind chimes and whale song, but his own—clear, young, smiling]I am free. Cháoyīn. I am free.
[他跃入空中,在晨光里盘旋了一圈,然后向远海飞去。他的身后拖着一道淡淡的青蓝色尾迹,像彗星,像船尾的磷光,像所有终于能回家的人留下的脚印。] [He leaps into the air, circles once in the morning light, then flies toward the open sea. Behind him trails a faint blue-green wake, like a comet, like phosphorescence in a ship’s wake, like the footprints of anyone finally going home.]
)(*)(
第十三场 (Scene Thirteen)
同地。所有人都站在晨光中,望着鬼火儿消失的方向。 The same place. Everyone stands in the morning light, watching the direction where Guǐhuǒ’ér disappeared.
[霍萨洛第一个打破了沉默。] [Huòsàluò is the first to break the silence.]
霍萨洛/ Huòsàluò 夫人。船备好了。风也顺。我们先回巴达维亚,然后……然后您要去哪里?Madam. The ship is ready. The wind is favorable. We will return to Batavia first, and then… then where will you go?
潮音/ Cháoyīn [看了一眼望汐和费迪南] 先去巴达维亚。让他们俩——[她指了指望汐和费迪南] ——在岸上把该办的事办了。然后……我不知道。也许回月港。也许找一条新船。也许什么都不做,就在岸上晒晒太阳。[Glancing at Wàngxī and Ferdinand]First to Batavia. Let the two of them—[She gestures at Wàngxī and Ferdinand]—take care of what needs to be taken care of on shore. Then… I don’t know. Maybe back to Yuegang. Maybe find a new ship. Maybe do nothing at all, just sit on the shore and feel the sun.
望汐/ Wàngxī [轻声] 母亲。不管您去哪里,我都跟着。[Softly]Mother. Wherever you go, I will follow.
费迪南/ Ferdinand [握住望汐的手] 我也跟着。[Holding Wàngxī’s hand]I will follow too.
潮音/ Cháoyīn [看着他们,嘴角微微上扬] 你父亲呢?[Looking at them, a slight smile at the corner of her mouth]And your father?
费迪南/ Ferdinand [转头看向范·阿隆索] 父亲。我会写信。但我不回去了。[Turning to look at Van Alons]Father. I will write letters. But I am not going back.
[范·阿隆索站在那里,像一棵被雷劈过的树。他的嘴张合了几次,最终只是点了点头。] [Van Alons stands there like a tree struck by lightning. His mouth opens and closes several times; in the end, he simply nods.]
范·阿隆索/ Van Alons [声音沙哑] 你母亲临死前,我答应过她,要把你带回阿姆斯特丹。[Voice hoarse]On your mother’s deathbed, I promised her I would bring you back to Amsterdam.
费迪南/ Ferdinand 我母亲会明白的。她比您明白。My mother would understand. She understood better than you.
[范·阿隆索低下了头。] [Van Alons lowers his head.]
潮音/ Cháoyīn [对所有人] 上船吧。潮水不等人。[To everyone]Get on the ship. The tide waits for no one.
[众人开始向海边走去。安东走在最后,佝偻着背,像一个突然老了二十岁的人。礁生站在礁石上,望着他们离去。潮音走到他面前。] [Everyone begins walking toward the shore. Anton walks last, hunched over, like a man who has suddenly aged twenty years. Jiāoshēng stands on the reef, watching them go. Cháoyīn walks up to him.]
潮音/ Cháoyīn 礁生。你不跟来?Jiāoshēng. You’re not coming?
礁生/ Jiāoshēng [摇摇头] 我属于这里。母亲在底下。我要守着她。[他顿了一下,黑眼睛里映着晨光] 你还会回来吗?[Shaking his head]I belong here. Mother is underneath. I must watch over her.[He pauses, black eyes reflecting the morning light]Will you come back?
潮音/ Cháoyīn 也许会。也许不会。海那么大。Maybe. Maybe not. The sea is so vast.
礁生/ Jiāoshēng [伸出一只蹼手] 如果你回来……我请你吃鱼。我自己抓的。不用你叫我拾柴。[Extending a webbed hand]If you come back… I’ll treat you to fish. I’ll catch it myself. You won’t have to tell me to gather firewood.
[潮音看着他,然后握住了那只黏湿的、灰蓝色的手。] [Cháoyīn looks at him, then takes his slimy, gray-blue hand.]
潮音/ Cháoyīn 好。如果我回来,你请我吃鱼。Good. If I come back, you can treat me to fish.
[她松开手,转身走向海滩。礁生站在礁石上,望着她的背影,直到所有人都变成了远处沙滩上的小黑点。然后他转身面向大海,深吸一口气,跃入水中。灰蓝色的身影在浪花间闪了一下,便消失在深蓝里。] [She releases his hand and turns to walk toward the beach. Jiāoshēng stands on the reef, watching her back until everyone becomes small dark specks on the distant sand. Then he turns to face the sea, takes a deep breath, and dives into the water. His gray-blue form flashes once among the waves, then disappears into the deep blue.]
)(*)(
尾声 (Epilogue)
潮音独上。 Cháoyīn enters alone.
[海滩上。船已经推入海中,帆已升起。所有人都上了船,只有潮音还站在齐膝深的水里,面朝岛屿。她已卸下铁杖。《潮钟册》留在了洞窟里。她空手而立。晨光从背后照来,把她的影子长长地投在沙滩上。] [On the beach. The ship has been pushed into the sea, its sails raised. Everyone is aboard except Cháoyīn, who stands in knee-deep water, facing the island. She has set down the iron staff. TheTidal Bell Manualhas been left in the cave. She stands empty-handed. The morning light shines from behind her, casting her shadow long across the sand.]
Now my charms are all o’erthrown, My spells have ended. The bell is sunk. Guǐhuǒ’ér has flown. Jiāoshēng has returned to the sea. And the forty brothers… they follow me no more. What strength remains is only my own— The faint, frail power of an ordinary mortal.
If you wish it, I could stay here, Trapped on this island, with the coral, with the tide, with those unheard voices. If you wish it, I could set sail and return. I have forgiven my enemies. Though I do not know if it was true forgiveness. Perhaps I was simply tired. Perhaps I simply did not wish to hear the bell anymore.
Your applause is now the only wind I can ask of you. If it deigns to blow, it will fill my sails for the journey home; If not, all my efforts will come to nothing.
Once I relied on spirits and the dead to move your hearts; Now I have nothing left but words. And words can pierce through all things. They can reach mercy, and they can pardon faults.
So, as you yourselves hope one day to be pardoned— Let your indulgence set me free.
[她俯身致意。晨光里,她的影子在沙滩上停留了片刻,然后被涨上来的潮水一点一点抹去。] [She bows. In the morning light, her shadow lingers on the sand for a moment, then is slowly erased by the rising tide.]
QIU JIN (30s) — Revolutionary, poet, swordswoman. She leaves her husband and children to change China. She will not succeed. She will be remembered.
WU ZHIYING (late 40s) — Poet, calligrapher, wife of a Qing official. She helps Qiu Jin escape to Japan. She loves her across distance and death.
XU ZIHUA (40s) — Widowed principal of Xunxi Girls’ School. She hires Qiu Jin. She becomes Qiu Jin’s partner, her sister, her gravedigger.
XU XILIN (30s) — Qiu Jin’s cousin. Revolutionary. He recruits her into the Restoration Society. His failure causes her death.
THE STATE (Actor 5) — Messenger, Official, Executioner, Gulin. The face of the government that wants to erase her.
Setting: Beijing, Tokyo, Zhejiang, Shaoxing. 1903-1908. A single room that transforms — a writing desk, a tea table, a scroll on the wall, a willow branch when needed, a sword that appears and disappears.
Running Time: Approximately 90 minutes.
ACT ONE: THE OATH
SCENE 1: THE CAPITAL
Beijing, 1903. Wu Zhiying’s house.
A room. Elegant but restrained. A writing desk. A scroll on the wall: four characters: 宁静致远 (“Tranquility leads to distance”). A tea table. A window.
WU ZHIYING sits at the tea table. She pours tea with precise, careful movements.
QIU JIN stands by the window, looking out.
WU ZHIYING: You have been standing there for ten minutes.
QIU JIN: I like the light.
WU ZHIYING: The light is the same as it was ten minutes ago.
QIU JIN: No. It has moved.
(Wu Zhiying sets the teapot down. She looks at Qiu Jin’s back.)
WU ZHIYING: You are not what I expected.
(Qiu Jin turns.)
QIU JIN: What did you expect?
WU ZHIYING: Someone quieter.
(Qiu Jin almost smiles.)
QIU JIN: My husband says the same thing.
WU ZHIYING: Your husband is here? In Beijing?
QIU JIN: He is here. He is always here. That is the problem.
(She crosses to the tea table. She sits across from Wu Zhiying. She does not drink.)
QIU JIN: You wrote to me. After you read my poems.
WU ZHIYING: I did.
QIU JIN: Why?
(Wu Zhiying considers the question.)
WU ZHIYING: Because I have never read anything like them. A woman writing about the Manchus. About revolution. About the lives women are forced to live.
(Pause.)
I did not know women could write like that.
QIU JIN: Neither did I. Until I did.
(Wu Zhiying looks at her.)
WU ZHIYING: You are very strange.
QIU JIN: I know.
WU ZHIYING: I like it.
(Qiu Jin finally picks up the teacup. She drinks.)
QIU JIN: This is good tea.
WU ZHIYING: It is the only good thing in this house.
(Qiu Jin sets the cup down.)
QIU JIN: You are unhappy.
(Wu Zhiying does not answer.)
QIU JIN: I can see it. In the way you pour tea. In the way you sit. You are very still. Too still. Like you are too large and are afraid someone will notice you.
WU ZHIYING: Someone might.
QIU JIN: Your husband?
WU ZHIYING: My husband does not notice anything… except for his work, his colleagues, his position. I am furniture.
(She says this flatly. Not with self-pity, simply a fact.)
QIU JIN: Then why do you stay?
WU ZHIYING: Where would I go?
(Qiu Jin leans forward.)
QIU JIN: Japan. There are women there — Chinese women — studying, writing, organizing. They are not furniture.
WU ZHIYING: I cannot go to Japan.
QIU JIN: Why not?
WU ZHIYING: Because I am a woman.
QIU JIN: That is not a reason.
WU ZHIYING: It is the only reason that matters.
(They look at each other.)
QIU JIN: I am going. As soon as I can arrange it. My husband does not know yet. He will not approve.
WU ZHIYING: Then how will you go?
QIU JIN: I will find a way.
(Wu Zhiying is silent for a long moment.)
WU ZHIYING: I have money. Not much. But some. My mother left it to me. My husband does not know.
QIU JIN: I cannot take your money.
WU ZHIYING: You are not taking it. I am giving it.
(Pause.)
Consider it payment for the poems.
(Qiu Jin stares at her.)
QIU JIN: You do not know me. We met an hour ago.
WU ZHIYING: I know your poems. That is enough.
(Qiu Jin looks down at her hands.)
QIU JIN: I will pay you back.
WU ZHIYING: No. You will not.
(She pours more tea.)
You will go to Japan. You will study. You will write more poems. You will become the woman you are meant to be. And I will stay here. In this house. Pouring tea.
QIU JIN: That is not fair.
WU ZHIYING: No. It is not.
(She hands Qiu Jin the cup.)
But it is the only way.
(Qiu Jin takes the cup. She does not drink. She holds it in both hands.)
QIU JIN: I will write to you. From Japan.
WU ZHIYING: I would like that.
QIU JIN: I will tell you everything. The women I meet. The things I learn. The revolution.
WU ZHIYING: Be careful.
QIU JIN: I am always careful.
(Wu Zhiying looks at her — at her restless hands, her bright eyes, her refusal to sit still.)
WU ZHIYING: No. You are not.
(Qiu Jin almost smiles again.)
QIU JIN: No. I am not.
(She sets the cup down. She stands.)
I should go. My husband will be wondering where I am.
WU ZHIYING: Let him wonder.
(Qiu Jin looks at her.)
WU ZHIYING: Stay a little longer.
(Qiu Jin sits down again.)
(They sit in silence. The tea grows cold.)
(Wu Zhiying reaches across the table. She takes Qiu Jin’s hand.)
(Qiu Jin does not pull away.)
WU ZHIYING(quietly): I have never done that before.
QIU JIN: Done what?
WU ZHIYING: Reached for someone.
(Qiu Jin looks at their joined hands.)
QIU JIN: Neither have I.
(They sit in silence. The light changes — the sun moving across the room.)
(Wu Zhiying speaks without looking up.)
WU ZHIYING: When you go to Japan — when you become what you are meant to be — will you remember me?
QIU JIN: I will remember this room. This tea. This light.
(She squeezes Wu Zhiying’s hand.)
I will remember your hand in mine.
(Wu Zhiying closes her eyes.)
(Lights fade.)
SCENE 2: THE ESCAPE
Beijing, 1904. The same room.
The tea table is bare. A small bag sits on the floor — Qiu Jin’s luggage. A cloak hangs over the back of a chair.
WU ZHIYING stands by the window, looking out. QIU JIN paces.
WU ZHIYING: You should sit.
QIU JIN: I cannot sit.
WU ZHIYING: You are making me nervous.
QIU JIN: You should be nervous.
(Wu Zhiying turns from the window.)
WU ZHIYING: I have done everything you asked. The money is in the bag. The tickets are in your coat. The ship leaves at dawn.
QIU JIN: I know.
WU ZHIYING: Then why are you still here?
(Qiu Jin stops pacing. She looks at Wu Zhiying.)
QIU JIN: Because I am afraid.
(Wu Zhiying crosses to her.)
WU ZHIYING: You? Afraid?
QIU JIN: I have never been outside Beijing. I have never been on a ship. I have never been alone.
WU ZHIYING: You will not be alone. There will be other women on the ship. Students. Revolutionaries.
QIU JIN: I do not know them.
WU ZHIYING: You did not know me. Six months ago.
(Qiu Jin looks at her.)
QIU JIN: That was different.
WU ZHIYING: How?
QIU JIN: Because I knew you before I met you. In your poems.
(Wu Zhiying is silent.)
QIU JIN: I read everything you ever wrote. Before I ever wrote to you. Before I ever asked to meet you. I knew your voice before I heard it.
(Pause.)
I do not know anyone in Japan.
(Wu Zhiying takes Qiu Jin’s hands.)
WU ZHIYING: Then write to me. Tell me their voices. I will learn them with you.
(Qiu Jin grips her hands.)
QIU JIN: What if I fail?
WU ZHIYING: Fail at what?
QIU JIN: At becoming what I am meant to be.
(Wu Zhiying looks at her — at her dark clothes, her pinned-up hair, her trembling hands.)
WU ZHIYING: Then why go? Why do… any of this?
(She releases Qiu Jin’s hands. She moves to the table. She picks up a small package — wrapped in silk, tied with a red cord.)
I have something for you.
QIU JIN: You have already given me too much.
WU ZHIYING: This is not money. This is not tickets.
(She holds it out.)
This is for when you are afraid.
(Qiu Jin takes the package. She unties the cord. She unwraps the silk.)
(Inside: a small jade pendant. A lotus flower. Worn smooth — old, loved.)
QIU JIN: What is this?
WU ZHIYING: My mother’s. She gave it to me when I married. She said it would protect me.
(Pause.)
It did not. Nothing could have protected me from that life.
(Qiu Jin looks at the pendant.)
WU ZHIYING: But it protected me from forgetting who I was. Before I became furniture.
(Qiu Jin holds the pendant against her chest.)
QIU JIN: I cannot take this.
WU ZHIYING: But you will.
(She steps back.)
When you are in Japan. When you are alone. When you are afraid. Hold this. Remember that someone in Beijing is thinking of you. Someone in Beijing is waiting for your letters. Someone in Beijing loves you.
(Qiu Jin’s eyes fill with tears.)
QIU JIN: You have never said that before.
WU ZHIYING: I have never had the courage.
(They stand in silence.)
(Outside, a bell rings — distant, insistent.)
WU ZHIYING: That is the curfew. You need to go.
QIU JIN: I know.
(Neither of them moves.)
WU ZHIYING: Qiu Jin.
QIU JIN: Yes?
WU ZHIYING: Do not look back.
(Qiu Jin puts the pendant around her neck. She picks up her bag and pulls her cloak over her shoulders.)
(She moves to the door. She stops.)
QIU JIN: I will write to you. From the ship. From Japan. From everywhere I go.
WU ZHIYING: I will be here.
QIU JIN: Promise me.
WU ZHIYING: I promise.
(Qiu Jin opens the door.)
(She looks back — one last time.)
QIU JIN: I love you, too.
(She leaves.)
(Wu Zhiying stands alone.)
(She crosses to the window. She watches Qiu Jin go.)
(The light changes. Dawn approaching.)
(Wu Zhiying speaks — to herself, to the empty room.)
WU ZHIYING: “Now that things have gotten so dangerous —”
(She stops.)
You wrote that. To me. In your last letter. Before you decided to leave.
(She touches the window frame.)
“Now that things have gotten so dangerous — Please change your girl’s garments for a Wu sword.”
(Pause.)
I have not changed my garments… but I have changed my heart.
(She turns from the window.)
(She looks at the tea table — bare now, empty.)
WU ZHIYING: I will wait for your letters. I will read them a hundred times. I will write back. I will tell you everything. And I will pretend — every day — that you are coming back.
(She sits down at the table.)
(She picks up a brush. She begins to write — not a poem, not a letter. Just a single character, over and over.)
(The character for “wait.”)
(守.)
(She writes it again. And again. And again.)
(Lights fade.)
SCENE 3: THE DISTANCE
Two spaces on stage simultaneously.
Stage left: A small room in Tokyo, Japan. 1904-1905. A writing desk. A window.
Stage right: Wu Zhiying’s house in Beijing. The same room.
Both poets sit at their respective desks. They write. They speak their letters aloud. The audience hears both sides of the conversation, but the women cannot hear each other.
The lights come up on both sides of the stage simultaneously.
QIU JIN writes. She speaks as she writes.
QIU JIN: I have been in Japan for three months. The city is loud. The language is strange. I do not understand half of what people say to me.
(She writes.)
But there are other Chinese women here. Students. Revolutionaries. They talk about the future as if it is something we can build with our own hands.
(She looks up.)
I have never met anyone like them.
(On the other side of the stage, WU ZHIYING reads Qiu Jin’s letter. She writes back.)
WU ZHIYING: You write about the future as if it is already here. I read your letters three, four, five times a day. I memorize them.
(She writes.)
I showed one to my husband. He asked who had written it. I told him a friend. He said, “Your friend writes like a man.”
(She sets the brush down.)
I did not tell him that was a compliment.
(QIU JIN writes again.)
QIU JIN: I have started wearing men’s clothing. It is easier to move. Easier to be seen. Easier to be taken seriously.
(She writes.)
The women here call me “Brother Qiu.” I like it.
(She pauses.)
I cut my hair. It is short now. When I look in the mirror, I do not recognize myself. But I recognize who I want to become.
(WU ZHIYING reads. She touches the page — as if she could touch Qiu Jin through the paper.)
WU ZHIYING: I dream about you. In the dreams, you are always leaving. Walking away from me. I call your name, but you do not turn around.
(She writes.)
Last night, the dream was different. You turned around. You smiled. You said, “I am not leaving. I am going ahead.”
(She sets the brush down.)
I woke up crying.
(QIU JIN writes again. Faster now.)
QIU JIN: I have joined a revolutionary society. The Restoration Society. My cousin Xu Xilin introduced them to me. They talk about assassinations. About uprisings. About blood.
(She writes.)
I thought I would be afraid. I am not.
(She pauses.)
I thought of you. When they asked me to take the oath. I thought of your hand in mine. In your house. That first day.
(She writes.)
I thought: if I die, she will remember me.
(WU ZHIYING reads. Her hand trembles.)
WU ZHIYING: Do not die.
(She writes.)
I am not asking. I am telling you. Do not die.
(She sets the brush down.)
I cannot write the poem I want to write. The words will not come. They are stuck in my chest. Behind my ribs. Where I keep your letters.
(QIU JIN writes one final time.)
QIU JIN: I am coming back to China. Soon. Not to Beijing — to Zhejiang. To start a school. To train women to fight.
(She writes.)
I do not know when I will see you again. I do not know if I will see you again.
(She pauses. She touches the jade pendant at her neck — the one Wu Zhiying gave her.)
But I carry you with me. Everywhere.
(She sets the brush down.)
(On the other side of the stage, WU ZHIYING reads the letter. She holds it against her chest.)
(Both women sit in silence.)
(The lights fade on both sides simultaneously.)
SCENE 4: THE REVOLUTIONARY
Tokyo, Japan. 1905. A small room. A table. A few chairs. On the wall, a map of China. A single sword.
QIU JIN sits at the table. Before her: a letter from Wu Zhiying. She has read it many times. She touches the characters.
XU XILIN enters. He is agitated.
XU XILIN: Are you still reading that, cousin?
(Qiu Jin looks up.)
QIU JIN: Are you still interrupting?
(He sits across from her.)
XU XILIN: I have news. The Restoration Society is meeting tonight. Cai Yuanpei will be there. Tao Chengzhang will be there.
QIU JIN: I know who they are.
XU XILIN: Then you know they are the ones who will overthrow the Manchus. Not the poets. Not the letter-writers.
(He glances at the letter.)
The ones with swords.
(Qiu Jin folds the letter. She sets it aside.)
QIU JIN: You think poetry cannot be a weapon?
XU XILIN: I think poetry has never stopped a bullet.
(She looks at him.)
QIU JIN: What are you asking me to do?
XU XILIN: Join us. Tonight. Take the oath. Become a revolutionary.
QIU JIN: I am already a revolutionary.
XU XILIN: You are a woman who wears men’s clothes and writes angry poems. That is not the same.
(She stands. He does not flinch.)
QIU JIN: You came to me in Beijing. Before I left. You told me the Manchus had to go. You told me women deserved better. You told me I could be part of something larger than myself.
XU XILIN: I meant it.
QIU JIN: Then why are you treating me like a child?
(He is silent.)
QIU JIN: I know what the Restoration Society does. Assassination. Armed uprising. Blood.
XU XILIN: Yes.
QIU JIN: You think I am not capable of that?
XU XILIN: I think you are capable of more.
(She stares at him.)
XU XILIN: You are a woman. That is a weapon. No one expects a woman to carry a bomb. No one searches a woman for a dagger. You can go where I cannot.
(Pause.)
You can kill where I cannot.
(Qiu Jin sits down slowly.)
QIU JIN: You want me to be an assassin?
XU XILIN: I want you to be a revolutionary. Assassination is just one tool.
(She looks at the letter from Wu Zhiying.)
XU XILIN: Who is that from?
QIU JIN: A friend.
XU XILIN: A friend, or a lover?
(She does not answer.)
XU XILIN: I do not care what she is to you. But do not let her make you soft.
QIU JIN: She does not make me soft. She makes me brave.
(Xu Xilin stands.)
XU XILIN: Then be brave tonight. Come to the meeting. Take the oath. Stop writing letters and start planning.
(He moves to the door. He stops.)
The meeting is at eight. I will wait for you until eight-fifteen.
(He leaves.)
(Qiu Jin sits alone. She picks up the letter. She reads it again — silently, her lips moving.)
(She sets it down. She picks up a brush. She writes back to Wu Zhiying. She speaks as she writes.)
QIU JIN(writing): My cousin has asked me to join the Restoration Society. He wants me to carry a dagger. He wants me to learn to kill.
(She writes.)
I do not know if I can. I do not know if I should. But I know I cannot stay here forever, writing poems, waiting for the world to change.
(She writes.)
I asked you once to change your girl’s garments for a Wu sword. I have changed my garments. Now I must decide what to do with my hands.
(She sets the brush down.)
(She stands. She looks at the map on the wall — China, divided, occupied.)
(She speaks to the map — to China, to the revolution, to herself.)
QIU JIN: I will go to the meeting.
(Pause.)
I will take the oath.
(Pause.)
I will become what they need me to become.
(She finishes the letter to Wu Zhiying with the following words.)
“When the saber is drawn from its scabbard, the heavens shake.
The sun, moon, and stars hide their radiance.
With one chop to the ground, the sea water stands upright.
With three inches of blade, a sinister wind howls.”
(Pause. She finishes the letter with.)
And I will not stop writing.
(She leaves.)
(Blackout.)
SCENE 5: THE ORCHID VERSE
Tokyo, Japan. 1905.
A small room. A table. A candle. On the table: a sheet of white paper, a brush, ink.
The room is bare — no map, no sword, no scrolls. Just the table and the candle and the two women who have come here to change their lives.
WU ZHIYING stands at the table. She has not yet sat down. She is looking at the blank paper.
QIU JIN watches her from the doorway.
QIU JIN: You came.
(Wu Zhiying turns.)
WU ZHIYING: You asked me to.
QIU JIN: I have asked you many times. You have not come before.
(Wu Zhiying looks around the room.)
WU ZHIYING: This is not what I expected.
QIU JIN: What did you expect?
WU ZHIYING: Something grander. An altar. Flowers. Incense.
QIU JIN(almost smiling): We are not swearing to the gods. We are swearing to each other.
(Wu Zhiying looks at her. Really looks.)
WU ZHIYING: You have changed.
QIU JIN: Yes.
WU ZHIYING: Your hair. Your clothes. Your face.
QIU JIN: My face is the same.
WU ZHIYING: No. Your face is harder.
(Qiu Jin crosses to the table. She stands opposite Wu Zhiying.)
QIU JIN: I have been learning to kill.
(Wu Zhiying does not flinch.)
WU ZHIYING: I know.
QIU JIN: My cousin — Xu Xilin — he wants me to carry a dagger. I’ve joined the Restoration Society but he wants me to be ready to die.
WU ZHIYING: And what do you want?
(Qiu Jin is silent for a moment.)
QIU JIN: I want to stop being afraid.
(Wu Zhiying nods slowly.)
WU ZHIYING: That is why I came.
(She sits down at the table. Qiu Jin sits across from her.)
WU ZHIYING: I have been thinking about what you wrote. In your letters.
(She pauses. Then she recites — from memory — Qiu Jin’s own words.)
“The scent of orchids — heart to heart,/ Like metal and stone — silently in harmony.”
(Pause.)
I have been thinking about my own life. My husband. My house. My poems. No one reads them. No one cares. I am a wife who writes. That is all.
QIU JIN: That is not all.
WU ZHIYING: It is all they see.
(She touches the blank paper.)
You wrote to me once: “My soulmate is separated by mountains and rivers.”
QIU JIN(quietly): I remember.
WU ZHIYING: I wrote a poem. For you. For today.
QIU JIN: Let me hear it.
Wu Zhiying takes a breath. She recites.
WU ZHIYING:
“We met in the capital, strangers.
We meet again in Japan, sisters.
The ink on this paper will fade.
The seals will crack. But the vow —
The vow will outlast us both.”
(She looks up.)
That is why I came.
(Silence.)
(Qiu Jin reaches across the table. She takes Wu Zhiying’s hand.)
QIU JIN: Then let us swear it. Here. Now. No altar. No incense. Just us.
WU ZHIYING: What do we swear?
QIU JIN: That we are sisters. Beyond blood. Beyond marriage. Beyond death.
(Wu Zhiying looks at their joined hands.)
WU ZHIYING: And if one of us dies?
QIU JIN: Then the other carries her name.
(Wu Zhiying nods.)
WU ZHIYING: Then write it.
(Wu Zhiying reaches into her sleeve. She pulls out a small silk pouch. She unties it. Inside: a brush — not an ordinary one. The handle is carved with orchids. It is beautiful, personal, clearly special.)
(She holds it out to Qiu Jin.)
WU ZHIYING: My brush. The one I use for my best poems. I have never let anyone else hold it.
(Qiu Jin takes it. She looks at it. She looks at Wu Zhiying.)
QIU JIN: This is more than a vow.
WU ZHIYING: Yes.
(Qiu Jin picks up the brush. She dips it in ink. She begins to write on the white paper. She speaks as she writes.)
QIU JIN(writing): We, Qiu Jin and Wu Zhiying, swear before heaven and earth —
(She writes.)
To be sisters. To share each other’s joys and sorrows. To protect each other’s names.
(She writes.)
If one of us dies, the other will live as if she were still here.
(She sets the brush down. She reads what she has written.)
(Then she hands the brush to Wu Zhiying.)
(Pause.)
(Wu Zhiying takes the brush. She reads the contract. She adds her own lines. She speaks as she writes.)
WU ZHIYING(writing): I, Wu Zhiying, swear to keep Qiu Jin alive.
(She writes.)
I will not let her disappear.
(She sets the brush down.)
(They look at each other across the table.)
(Wu Zhiying folds the contract carefully. She tucks it into her sleeve.)
(They sit in silence.)
(Wu Zhiying stands.)
WU ZHIYING: I should go. The ship leaves at dawn.
QIU JIN: I know.
WU ZHIYING: Will you write to me?
QIU JIN: Every day.
WU ZHIYING: And when you return to China?
QIU JIN: I will find you.
(Wu Zhiying moves to the door. She stops.)
WU ZHIYING: Qiu Jin.
QIU JIN: Yes?
WU ZHIYING: Do not die.
(Qiu Jin does not answer.)
(Wu Zhiying leaves.)
(Qiu Jin stands alone. She holds the carved brush against her chest. She looks at the empty doorway.)
(She speaks — to Wu Zhiying, who cannot hear her, and to herself.)
QIU JIN: I will try.
(She bows her head.)
(Lights fade.)
ACT TWO: THE SCHOOL
SCENE 6: THE HIRE
Xunxi Girls’ School, Zhejiang Province. 1906.
A small office. A wooden desk, neat. A stack of student essays. A pot of cold tea. A window looking out onto a courtyard.
On the wall behind the desk: a scroll of calligraphy. Four characters: 宁静致远 — “Tranquility leads to distance.”
XU ZIHUA sits behind the desk. She holds a letter — Qiu Jin’s application. She has read it three times.
QIU JIN stands. She has not been offered a seat. She does not seem to notice.
XU ZIHUA: Your letter says you studied in Tokyo.
QIU JIN: I did.
XU ZIHUA: And before that?
QIU JIN: I was married.
(Xu Zihua looks up. A pause.)
XU ZIHUA: Many of our teachers are married.
QIU JIN: I left.
(Another pause.)
XU ZIHUA: I see.
(She sets the letter down. She folds her hands.)
You understand what we teach here. Girls. Young women. Most of them will marry. Most of them will raise children. We teach them to read, to write, to calculate. To be useful.
QIU JIN: You teach them to be small.
XU ZIHUA: I teach them to survive.
QIU JIN: Same thing.
(Xu Zihua does not rise to it. She waits.)
XU ZIHUA: Why do you want to teach here?
QIU JIN: Because you are the only school that would read my letter.
XU ZIHUA: That is not an answer.
QIU JIN: But it is the truth.
(Xu Zihua stands. She moves to the window. She looks out at the courtyard.)
XU ZIHUA: I have been principal here for six years. When I started, we had forty students. Now we have sixty. The local gentry want me to stop. They say I am creating women who will not obey their husbands.
(She turns.)
They are right.
QIU JIN: Then why do you keep going?
XU ZIHUA: Because my husband is dead.
(Qiu Jin waits.)
XU ZIHUA: He was a good man. He did not beat me. He did not take concubines. By every measure, I should mourn him still.
(She returns to the desk. She does not sit.)
But when he died, I could breathe.
(Qiu Jin’s face changes. Something softens.)
XU ZIHUA: I do not teach these girls to be small. I teach them to wait. There is a difference.
QIU JIN: For how long?
XU ZIHUA: What?
QIU JIN: For how long should they wait?
(Xu Zihua does not answer.)
QIU JIN(quoting from memory):
“I often wondered if you were a goddess beyond the clouds.
How fortunate to meet you, to clasp your hand in joy.
Your ambition surpasses even men’s.
Such talent in a woman is rare indeed.
Together we shall save our motherland…
How many women have long been submissive, hidden away?
We rely on you to restore our rights to freedom.”
Xu Zihua is startled into silence.
XU ZIHUA: You’ve read my poetry?
(She laughs, as if this is too absurd to even believe.)
Of course you have. Of course you have.
(She shakes her head.)
Look around you. This is a girl’s school, not a den of cut-throats and radicals. I am a school teacher, not a revolutionary.
QIU JIN: I think you already are. You just won’t admit it.
(A long silence.)
(Xu Zihua sits down heavily.)
XU ZIHUA: The magistrate came to see me last week. He said he has heard rumors about you. About the women’s newspaper you started in Shanghai.
QIU JIN: The newspaper is not a rumor.
XU ZIHUA: He said if I hire you, he will close my school.
QIU JIN: Will he?
XU ZIHUA: I do not know.
QIU JIN: Then we find out together.
(Xu Zihua laughs once more — a short, surprised sound.)
XU ZIHUA: You are not afraid of anything, are you?
QIU JIN: I am afraid of dying old. In a bed. Having done nothing.
(Xu Zihua looks at her. Really looks.)
XU ZIHUA: What would you teach my students?
QIU JIN: The truth.
XU ZIHUA: Which is?
QIU JIN: That the world can be different.
(Xu Zihua nods slowly.)
XU ZIHUA: And if I ask you to leave that part out?
QIU JIN: Then I am not your teacher.
XU ZIHUA: I cannot hire you.
QIU JIN: I know.
XU ZIHUA: You will get us both killed.
QIU JIN: Probably.
(Xu Zihua stands again. She goes to the window. She speaks without turning.)
XU ZIHUA: My daughter is eight years old. She is learning to read. She asked me last week why there are no women in the history books. I told her there are. She asked why no one talks about them. I did not have an answer.
(She turns.)
Be here tomorrow. Seven in the morning. The students arrive at seven.
QIU JIN: You just said—
(This time it is Qiu Jin who falls into silence. A small, brief smile.)
(Xu Zihua returns to the desk. She picks up the application letter. She folds it carefully.)
XU ZIHUA: I will tell the magistrate you are teaching physical education. Sword drills. Traditional forms. Nothing political.
QIU JIN: The sword is political.
XU ZIHUA(without looking up): Then teach them to hold it quietly.
(Qiu Jin watches her for a long moment.)
QIU JIN: What is your daughter’s name?
XU ZIHUA: Xiao Hua.
QIU JIN: Little Flower.
(Xu Zihua nods.)
QIU JIN: Then she is about to write history books that do not exist yet.
(Xu Zihua looks up. Her eyes are wet. She does not wipe them.)
XU ZIHUA: Seven o’clock.
(Qiu Jin turns to leave. At the door, she stops.)
QIU JIN: One more thing.
XU ZIHUA: Yes?
QIU JIN: The sword drills. They are not traditional.
(She leaves.)
(Xu Zihua sits alone. She picks up the cold tea. She does not drink it. She holds it.)
(After a long moment, she speaks to the empty room.)
XU ZIHUA(quietly): Little Flower. You asked why no one talks about them.
The same room as Scene 6. The desk. The scroll on the wall: “Tranquility leads to distance.”
But now there is something new: a printing press. Small. Portable. Ink-stained. Sheets of paper are scattered everywhere — some printed, some smudged, some discarded. Qiu Jin has been working. It is a messy job. Ink is on her hands, her sleeves, her face.
XU ZIHUA enters. She finds Qiu Jin hunched over the press, pulling a lever, checking a sheet, cursing softly under her breath. Ink is everywhere.
Xu Zihua watches for a moment. Then she approaches. She touches the metal of the press.
XU ZIHUA: This is what you spent your money on?
(Qiu Jin does not look up. She is adjusting the type.)
QIU JIN: This is what will change the world.
(Xu Zihua looks at her.)
XU ZIHUA: It’s a printing press.
(Qiu Jin looks up. She holds up a sheet of paper — the first proof of the newspaper.)
QIU JIN: It’s a sword.
(Xu Zihua is silent.)
XU ZIHUA: How many copies?
QIU JIN: One thousand.
XU ZIHUA: We have sixty students.
QIU JIN: The students are not the only ones who need to read it.
(She picks up the proof sheet.)
The magistrate has soldiers. He has guns. He has the law on his side.
(She holds up the paper.)
We have this.
XU ZIHUA: A gazette? A tabloid? A periodical?
QIU JIN: A truth that will reach those who have never been told they matter. In villages where no revolutionary has ever gone. It will reach anyone who thinks they are alone.
(She sets the paper down.)
The magistrate can kill me. He cannot kill everyone who reads this.
(Xu Zihua is silent.)
XU ZIHUA: You wrote the first issue already. What does it say?
(Qiu Jin picks up the proof sheet. She reads — not the whole thing, just fragments. The most dangerous lines.)
QIU JIN(reading): “The greatest injustice in this world is the injustice suffered by our two hundred million sisters.”
(She turns the page.)
“When heaven created people, it never intended such injustice. If the world is without women, how can men be born?”
(She looks up.)
“If we don’t take heart now and shape up, it will be too late when China is destroyed.”
(She sets the proof down.)
And I mean every word.
(Xu Zihua picks up the proof. She reads it silently. Her face changes.)
XU ZIHUA: They will burn every copy they find.
QIU JIN: Then we print more.
XU ZIHUA: They will arrest the people who distribute it.
QIU JIN: Then we find new people.
XU ZIHUA: They will kill you.
(Qiu Jin looks at her. Steady.)
QIU JIN: Then you will print it without me.
(Xu Zihua stares at her.)
QIU JIN: That is the test. Not whether you will fight when I am standing beside you—
(She stops. A long silence.)
(Xu Zihua sets the proof down. She touches the printing press again — differently this time. Not curious. Committed.)
XU ZIHUA: Show me how it works.
(Qiu Jin places a sheet of paper on the press. She inks the type. She pulls the lever.)
(The press closes. Opens.)
(A printed page.)
(Xu Zihua picks it up. She holds it in both hands. She reads the title.)
XU ZIHUA:“China Women’s News.”
(She looks at Qiu Jin.)
With this we will shake the world. With this everyone will hear.
QIU JIN: Yes.
(Xu Zihua looks at the printed page in her hands. Then she crosses to the wall. She pins it there — in huge letters, for everyone to see.)
《中国女报》
(She steps back. She looks at it. Then she looks at Qiu Jin.)
(Qiu Jin looks at the stack of printed pages — the newspaper that they both hope will outlast them all.)
(Xu Zihua picks up the next blank sheet of paper. She moves to the machine. She begins the process.)
XU ZIHUA: One thousand copies.
(She smiles.)
You asked me to help. So, I am helping.
(Xu Zihua touches the paper — not the ink, not the type. The edge. The place where the next issue will begin.)
(They turn back to the press. They work together — placing paper, inking type, pulling the lever.)
(The rhythm of it. The sound of it.)
(Lights fade.)
SCENE 8: THE SWORD
Setting: Xunxi Girls’ School. 1907.
The room is now a sparring hall. Mats on the floor. A weapons rack against the wall — wooden swords, staffs, a real blade.
On the wall: a scroll with Qiu Jin’s personal motto: “Read Books./ Practice Sword.”
Qiu Jin is dressed in protective gear, holding a wooden sword. She is in the middle of training one of her students (Actor 5), who is also dressed for dueling.
Qiu Jin has been training her students for months and months and still the young girls are not ready.
XU XILIN enters. He is agitated — always agitated now.
XU XILIN: I finally found you! What are you doing?
(Humoring him but not stopping what she is doing.)
QIU JIN: Preparing.
(He crosses to her.)
XU XILIN: These girls. The ones you are training. Are they ready?
(As if to illustrate the two women duel. The student isn’t very good.)
QIU JIN: They are learning.
XU XILIN: Learning is not the same as ready.
(Lowering her sword. Still not looking at him.)
QIU JIN(almost sarcastic): Must I point out that patience is a virtuous trait?
(He looks at her blankly.)
XU XILIN: The sword. You have been practicing.
(For the first time Qiu Jin turns to look at her cousin. There is something wrong with him, something manic, something unhinged.)
(She has no words for this: of course she has been “practicing.”)
XU XILIN: Show me.
(He moves to the weapons rack. He takes a wooden sword. The student moves to one side. He takes her place.)
(They face each other.)
(Xu’s rage and impatience bubble right under the surface. When he recites his little speech it is clear that he’s been saying the same thing over and over for ages. It could be a slogan from a propaganda poster. It isn’t poetry.)
XU XILIN: For two hundred years the Manchus have forgotten that we are Han!
(He raises his blade.)
We will remind them!
(He attacks.)
(They spar. The fight is not long — thirty seconds, forty. But it is real. No music. Just the sound of wood on wood, breath, feet on the mats.)
(Xu Xilin is good. But Qiu Jin is far better. She disarms him. His wooden sword clatters to the floor.)
(He picks up his sword as if that round didn’t count.)
XU XILIN: Again.
(They circle each other.)
XU XILIN: You are thinking about her. The woman in Beijing. The one who writes you letters.
(Xu attacks — faster this time, harder.)
(She blocks and counters. She disarms him again.)
(For all his revolutionary zeal he has lost his way, his humanity.)
XU XILIN: You are thinking about *her* when you should be thinking about the *blade!*
QIU JIN(calmly): I am always thinking about her.
(He picks up his sword. He does not wait for her to attack. He moves first.)
(This time, she does not hesitate.)
(She drives him back across the room. He parries, blocks, retreats. She presses forward.)
(She strikes his blade from his hand.)
(His wooden sword falls, for the last time, to the ground.)
(She points her blade at his chest.)
(Silence.)
(The Student stares.)
XU XILIN(breathing hard): Fine. So you’ve “practiced.”
(He still only sees her as a girl.)
I have something for you.
(She lowers her sword.)
(He brings out a dagger — small, sharp, ridiculous against the sword Qiu Jin normally wears.)
(He holds it out.)
XU XILIN: It is meant to be hidden. In your sleeve. In your boot. In your hair.
(Qiu Jin looks at the dagger. Then at him.)
QIU JIN: I already have a sword.
XU XILIN(sneers): Yes, yes, that “sword”… what good are swords for assassinations?
XU XILIN: Take it.
(She does not take it.)
(Instead she walks to where his fallen wooden sword lays, retrieves it and places both hers and his back into the weapon rack. Respect for the weapon. For the ritual. A highly trained realist doing what the chaotic zealot can’t.)
XU XILIN(again): Take it.
(She takes it. She holds it in her palm. It is light.)
XU XILIN: You will need it. Soon.
(She looks at him.)
QIU JIN: What do you mean?
XU XILIN: I am going to Anqing. Next week.
QIU JIN: Why?
XU XILIN: To meet with En Ming. The governor.
(For once Qiu Jin looks taken aback. This isn’t news, this is just crazy.)
QIU JIN: What? You are going to kill him?
(He does not answer.)
QIU JIN(calmly): Xu Xilin. Cousin. You are going to kill him?
XU XILIN: Yes.
(She stares at him.)
QIU JIN: That is suicide.
XU XILIN: It is revolution.
QIU JIN: It is madness. You will die. Nothing will change.
XU XILIN: You do not know that. The People! The People will rise!
QIU JIN: I know that when you fail — and you *will* fail — they will go after your comrades, your friends… and your family. They will come here. They will arrest every student in this building. They will torture them. They will kill them.
XU XILIN: Then you should have trained them to fight harder.
(This is the one moment in the play when Qiu Jin loses her self-control. She slams the dagger down into the floor between them. The sound rings through the room.)
QIU JIN: You are a fool!
(He does not flinch.)
QIU JIN: You are a blind, arrogant fool. You think one dead governor will bring down the Qing? You think all of China will rise up at your call, like a trained dog?
XU XILIN: Someone has to start.
QIU JIN: Starting is not the same as succeeding! You are starting nothing. They’ll cut out your entrails and eat you alive. And you are taking the rest of us with you.
(She turns away from him. She cannot look at him.)
XU XILIN: You did not used to be this way. You used to believe in the revolution.
QIU JIN: “Believe”? No, cousin. Back in Japan I “believed”.
(She turns back.)
Now I am beyond belief. This is faith. What you suggest isn’t even revolution. It is vanity.
XU XILIN: You are a coward.
(Qiu Jin wrenches the dagger from the floor. She is furious.)
QIU JIN: Once! Once I swore that if I ever returned to the motherland, if I ever surrendered to the Manchu barbarians, if I ever deceived the Han people, then “stab me with this dagger”!
(He is silent.)
(She holds the dagger out in one hand.)
QIU JIN: If I am such a coward! — If all of this (gestures to the student, the school, China, everything) — means nothing to you — then go on, use this! Show me what a real revolutionary would do!
(Silence.)
(She drops the dagger on the floor, forgotten — not shouting now. Quiet. Deadly.)
QIU JIN: But I will not follow you into death for no reason. I will not sacrifice my students for some man’s pathetic satisfaction.
(She walks to the door. She stops.)
Even if the soldiers come — even if they ask what I knew — I will *never* tell them the truth: that you are a madman and are willing to throw away everything that we’ve worked for, everything that we’ve built, for pride.
(She leaves, her student following quickly behind.)
(Xu Xilin stands alone.)
(He looks at the dagger, laying on the floor.)
(It is impossible to read what he is thinking.)
(He picks it up. He holds it in his hand.)
(He says nothing.)
(Lights fade.)
SCENE 9: THE NEWS
Setting: Xunxi Girls’ School. July 1907. Afternoon.
Xu Zihua’s office. The same room. The scroll on the wall: “Tranquility leads to distance.” The printing press is in the corner. The newspaper is still pinned to the wall — 《中国女报》.
Xu Zihua and Qiu Jin sit at the desk. They are grading papers. A pot of tea sits between them. It is ordinary. It is mundane. It is the last ordinary moment of their lives.
Xu Zihua marks a paper. She sets it aside. She picks up another.
XU ZIHUA: This one is good. She wrote about the Tang dynasty poets.
QIU JIN(without looking up): Which ones?
XU ZIHUA: Li Bai. Du Fu. The usual.
QIU JIN: Did she mention that Li Bai died drunk in a boat, trying to embrace the moon’s reflection in the water?
(Xu Zihua looks at her.)
XU ZIHUA: No. She left that part out.
QIU JIN: Pity. That is the best part.
(She sets her paper down. She pours tea.)
QIU JIN: How many more?
XU ZIHUA: A dozen. Maybe more.
QIU JIN: We will be here all night.
XU ZIHUA: Is that a problem?
(Qiu Jin almost smiles.)
QIU JIN: No.
(She hands Xu Zihua a cup of tea.)
QIU JIN: No, it is not.
(They drink their tea. The afternoon light is golden. Peaceful.)
(Then — running footsteps. The door bursts open.)
(THE MESSENGER stands there, gasping for breath. His face is white. His clothes are torn. He has run all the way from Anqing.)
(Xu Zihua stands. The cup falls from her hand. It shatters on the floor.)
XU ZIHUA: What happened?
(The Messenger cannot speak. He is shaking.)
QIU JIN(calmly): Tell me.
MESSENGER: Anqing. The governor. Xu Xilin —
(He stops. He cannot finish.)
QIU JIN: Tell me.
MESSENGER: He killed En Ming. At the police academy. In front of everyone.
(Xu Zihua gasps. Qiu Jin does not move.)
MESSENGER: But the soldiers — they surrounded the building. He fought for hours. They captured him.
QIU JIN: Is he dead?
MESSENGER: Not yet.
(Pause.)
But he will be.
(Silence.)
(Xu Zihua looks at Qiu Jin. Qiu Jin’s face is unreadable.)
MESSENGER: Madam, you need to leave. They know about the school. They know about the plan. They will come here next.
QIU JIN: When?
MESSENGER: Hours. Maybe less. I rode ahead. They — they are coming.
(Outside, in the distance, shouting, violence. The sound of boots. There is nothing human about this noise: if totalitarianism had a heartbeat it would pound like this.)
(Xu Zihua runs to the window. She looks out. Her face drains of color.)
XU ZIHUA: They are already here.
(She turns to Qiu Jin.)
There is a back way. Through the kitchen. You can climb the wall—
QIU JIN: No.
XU ZIHUA: Qiu Jin—
QIU JIN: If I run—
(She pauses, gathers herself. Self-control is a terrible weight to carry.)
QIU JIN: (trying again): If I run they will take it out on everyone: you, the students, anyone who has ever trained in this room.
(She stands. She is calm.)
I have been waiting for this moment since the day my cousin left for Anqing.
XU ZIHUA: You knew he would fail?
QIU JIN: I knew he would try. That was enough.
(She moves to the desk. She picks up a brush. She dips it in ink.)
XU ZIHUA: What are you doing?
QIU JIN: Writing a letter. To a friend.
XU ZIHUA: There is no time for letters.
QIU JIN: There is always time for letters.
(She writes. She speaks as she writes.)
QIU JIN(writing): To Wu Zhiying, Beijing —
(She writes.)
The uprising has failed. Xu Xilin is captured. They are here.
(She stops. Stares at nothing.)
QIU JIN: (speaking as if Wu Zhiying were there): I do not regret anything. Not Japan. Not the school. Not the newspaper. Not the sword.
(She looks down at the paper. Writes.)
I only regret that I will not see you again.
(She sets the brush down.)
XU ZIHUA(picking up the paper, horrified): You are not finished.
(The noise outside intensifies. If there are students, or teachers, or civilians crying or lamenting or pleading it is lost in the chaos.)
QIU JIN(slowly): No. I am not.
(Xu Zihua rushes to Qiu Jin, as if she is ready to break a thousand years of tradition in this one action and clings to her, desperate, out of her mind with horror.)
XU ZIHUA: No! No, no, no, no! You can’t! There is still time. The back way—
(Qiu Jin gently removes Xu Zihua from her.)
QIU JIN: And lose you?
I will not let that happen.
(She moves to the door.)
(Qiu Jin stops. She does not turn.)
QIU JIN: When they ask… tell them that I was not afraid.
(Pause.)
(She turns. She looks at Xu Zihua. Her face is calm. Resolved.)
QIU JIN: Bury me at West Lake. Where the heroes are.
(She leaves.)
(Xu Zihua collapses in shock. She holds the unfinished letter.)
(Chaos outside. Boots on the stairs. Worlds ending.)
(As the lights and noise fade we are left in a bloodcurdling silence of inevitability.)
(Blackness.)
SCENE 10: THE AUTUMN WIND
The room is now a prison cell. Dim. Claustrophobic. One small window.
QIU JIN sits, shackled, at a bare wooden table.
She has been here for days. The interrogation is over. Her hands are shattered. Her lip is split. One eye is swollen. Her clothes are torn.
But her back is straight. She has not broken.
The light outside her cell is bleak, gray, rainy: autumn.
She traces a single word for the wind on the bare table in front of her: 风
These are the two elements that will form her greatest poem.
She stops.
She closes her eyes.
The noise of boots: softer but still just as tyrannical.
The sound of keys, of bolts being drawn of locks opening.
The door opens.
THE OFFICIAL enters. He is the face of the state, come to offer her a way out. He is doing his job.
OFFICIAL: Qiu Jin.
(She opens her eyes. She does not turn.)
OFFICIAL: You have been given every chance. Confess. Name your comrades. The governor is merciful.
QIU JIN: The governor is a Manchu. There is no mercy in him.
OFFICIAL: He will spare your life.
(Qiu Jin turns. She looks at him. They both know that’s a lie.)
QIU JIN: And, tell me, what would I do with my life if I “confessed and named my comrades”?
(The Official is surprised. He pauses, considering.)
OFFICIAL: Why, you would live, of course.
(Qiu Jin says nothing. The Official tries reasoning one last time. It has yet to work.)
OFFICIAL: Look, I understand. You are brave, for a woman. You want things better for all of us. So does the governor.
(The Official spreads a blank sheet of paper before her. He brings out ink and a brush. Qiu Jin stares at all this.)
QIU JIN(almost a whisper to herself, almost): “Not a man in the flesh, unable to walk among them;/ But my heart is stronger, more fierce than any man’s.”
OFFICIAL(confused): What? (Pressing on.) Go ahead. Take the brush. Confess.
(Qiu Jin raises one shackled hand, the chains rattling. She writes. She puts the brush down.)
(He looks at the paper. He reads the characters.)
(He looks at her.)
This is not a confession.
QIU JIN: It is the only one I have.
(He stares at her.)
OFFICIAL: Then you will die at dawn.
QIU JIN: I know.
(He leaves.)
(Qiu Jin is alone.)
(She stands. She speaks — to the room, to the women she loves, to everyone who cannot hear her.)
QIU JIN: They will kill me at dawn. At Xuantingkou. In the square where they behead criminals.
(Pause.)
There will be a crowd. Some will cheer. Some will weep.
(She touches her chest, where the pendant lies.)
I will not close my eyes. I want to see them.
I want to see the ones who will remember.
(Blackout.)
(When the lights rise, the stage is transformed.)
(The prison cell is gone. The square at Xuantingkou. Bare. A single wooden post. Ropes.)
(The gray light of dawn.)
(THE EXECUTIONER stands to one side. His ASSISTANT stands beside him.)
(Qiu Jin is led in. The Guards bind her to the post. Her hands are tied behind her. Her body is upright. Her face is toward the audience. She does not blink.)
(The Assistant moves behind her. He gathers her long hair in one hand, pulling it forward, lowering her head toward the ground.)
(Qiu Jin does not close her eyes.)
(She speaks, her confession, her last lines.)
QIU JIN: “Autumn wind, autumn rain, fills my heart with sorrow.”
(Pause.)
(The Executioner raises his sword.)
(The Assistant holds her hair taut.)
(The sword hangs in the air.)
(Silence.)
(Qiu Jin’s eyes find the audience.)
(She does not look away.)
(Blackout.)
(Complete darkness.)
(No sound.)
(Long pause.)
(Then, very faintly, the sound of wind.)
ACT THREE: THE ELEGY
SCENE 11: THE MADNESS OF WU ZHIYING
Setting: Wu Zhiying’s house, Beijing. July 1907.
The same room as Act One. On the wall, a scroll of calligraphy: 安排嬌骨用鞭摑 — in Qiu Jin’s handwriting. It would be droll if anyone was in the mood for such frivolous gestures.
But the room is a wreck. Dark. Curtains drawn. Table overturned. A broken tea set. A black mess where a pot of ink had been thrown against a wall in rage.
A single candle burns low — it has been burning for days.
Books, poems, papers are scattered on the floor. A life of letters has been dropped and not picked up.
WU ZHIYING sits on the floor. Hair undone. She does not move, staring at nothing. She has been here for days.
The candle flickers.
She mumbles — these are not words to be heard by anyone.
WU ZHIYING: “One life…”
(She stops.)
(She tries again.)
“One life…”
(She cannot finish.)
(She looks at the writing brush on the floor. She does not pick it up.)
(Blackout.)
(When the lights come on again time has passed. A couple of days — a thousand years, it is impossible to know.)
(Wu Zhiying has moved beyond grief into a new state — not mania, but she is a woman driven by a feverish goal that has consumed her.)
(But she is ill, gravely ill. A cup of untouched medicine sits on the floor. Cold. Forgotten. She stops once in a while to cough into a handkerchief. Perhaps not consumption, perhaps not blood in the lungs, but a dire illness.)
(Regardless, she sits at her table, now right side up, writing furiously.)
(Whatever sentiment that drove her to say, “I will stay here in this house pouring tea,” in Act 1 has been forgotten.)
(The floor around her contains a thousand crumpled attempts at articulating her grief. At her elbow, a small mountain of papers have been stacked; she has been composing Qiu Jin’s biography, writing eulogies, writing and writing and writing.)
(She stops. Puts down her brush with ink-stained fingers.)
(Silently reads her lines.)
(Rage at not writing the right words. In a fit she crumples the poem, tosses it aside. There is a horrible moment when she isn’t in control. It passes. She takes a fresh sheet of paper and starts again.)
(She closes her eyes. Gathers her thoughts. A long pause.)
(She begins to write. Stops. Adds a thought and puts down the brush.)
(She stands. This should be an agonizing movement; she has been sitting for days, her body forgotten. She walks a little, trying to get the blood moving. She stands over her poem, looking down on it, casting judgment.)
(She picks up the paper and finally reads it out loud.)
WU ZHIYING: “One life, not preserved, / For millennia, a heroic name lives.”
(At some earlier time she would have paused to enjoy such a powerful, creative success. Not today. She places the paper on top of the pile of finished work.)
(She sits. Picks up her brush and begins to write once more.)
(Blackness.)
(When the lights come up this time Wu Zhiying has transformed. She is still ill, still weak, but her hair is washed and her clothes clean. Her manuscripts organized into piles in front of her.)
(She speaks as she writes.)
WU ZHIYING(writing and coughing): To Xu Zihua, Principal of Xunxi Girls’ School —
(She writes.)
You have suggested a burial site by West Lake. Xiling. The place Qiu Jin herself wanted.
(She writes.)
Already the government is speaking out against — (She finds she is about to write, “Brother Qiu,” pauses and includes it.) Already there are rumors her body will be dug up, desecrated, as a warning to others. (She pauses, thinks.) The first priority is to secretly transport her coffin to the lake without the officials knowing. I have found a man in Shaoxing who can help.
(She stops as coughing nearly overwhelms her. Through pure self-will she controls herself, picks up the brush and continues.)
Write to me. We must act quickly.
(She sets the brush down. She reads what she has written. Then she adds one more line.)
WU ZHIYING(writing): She spoke of you often. In her last months, you were the one at her side. I do not know you. But I know she loved you. That is enough for me.
(She folds the letter. She seals it.)
(She holds it in both hands.)
(She speaks — to the letter, to Xu Zihua, to Qiu Jin.)
WU ZHIYING: I do not know if you will answer. I do not know if you are even alive.
(Pause.)
But you are the only other person in the world who loved her the way I did.
(She sets the letter down.)
That makes you my sister.
(She stands. She moves to the window. She opens the curtains. Light floods the room.)
(She blinks as if she had forgotten sunlight was even possible.)
(She calls out.)
WU ZHIYING: Messenger!
(The MESSENGER enters — the same young man from Scene 10. He is frightened. He is always frightened.)
MESSENGER: Madam?
WU ZHIYING: This must go to Zhejiang. Xunxi Girls’ School. Do not let anyone else touch it.
MESSENGER: Madam, the roads are dangerous—
WU ZHIYING: Then avoid the danger.
(He takes the letter. He leaves.)
(Wu Zhiying stands alone.)
(She looks at the scroll on the wall — Qiu Jin’s calligraphy.)
(She speaks — not to Qiu Jin now. To herself.)
WU ZHIYING:“One life, not preserved. / For millennia, a heroic name lives.”
(Whatever she was suffering in the beginning of the scene, she has turned her trauma into a weapon.)
(She bows her head.)
(Lights fade.)
SCENE 14: THE FUNERAL
Setting: West Lake, Hangzhou. Spring 1908.
The stage is bare. A single willow branch hangs from above — the suggestion of a tree, of water, of a place where heroes are buried.
A grave marker. Simple. Unadorned. A mound of earth.
WU ZHIYING and XU ZIHUA kneel at the grave. They have been here for some time.
The sound of a crowd — distant, murmuring. Not loud. Just present. Waiting.
Wu Zhiying reads her eulogy first. Not loudly. Not whispered. Simply.
WU ZHIYING:
“Are you sated by my great offering of wine?
Looking back at Jiangting, one farewell, many tears.
Today at Xiling I risk a great wailing.
I cannot sing your song, ‘The Precious Sword’.”
(She pauses.)
(Xu Zihua speaks.)
XU ZIHUA:
Those few of us who still keep our promises
will hang up our swords at her grave like the loyal Yanling.
From now on, the waves of Xiling,
when they reach this bridge, will not rest.
(Wu Zhiying speaks again.)
WU ZHIYING:
Painful is the memory of our parting,
tears of the lone traveler fell like silken thread.
Alone, I gaze upon the sun that sets behind the lone grave mount,
Holding my sorrow, which no one can know.
XU ZIHUA:
XU ZIHUA:
The one who lies here met a bloody end,
though now may rest by a good lake and a green hill, at home.
Oh let my grave be at the right side of yours —
under the bright moon, we will wander together
among the pines and catalpas.
(Silence.)
(The crowd murmurs. Louder now. Restless.)
(Wu Zhiying speaks again — a different poem, one she wrote on the road to Shanyin.)
WU ZHIYING:
Vast and murky are heaven and earth,
a myriad of feelings assault me.
I gather your bones, my tears soak the kerchief.
Autumn wind, autumn rain,
along the Shanyin road,
Sigh upon sigh,
it is not easy to be a survivor.
(She pauses.)
(Xu Zihua speaks her final poem.)
XU ZIHUA:
A legend of blood has been written.
Fortunately, there are green hills to hold the white bones.
Nanhu has built a bower for “Mourning Autumn”;
Will you visit us there, when the wind comes, and the rain?
(They wait.)
(The wind.)
(Silence.)
(Then — footsteps.)
(GULIN steps forward from the crowd. He is a Manchu official. He is not there to mourn. He is there to control the narrative.)
(He speaks — not shouting. Calm. Measured. Dangerous.)
GULIN: This is not a hero’s grave.
(Wu and Xu turn to look at him.)
(The crowd stirs. Murmurs grow.)
GULIN: The Qing did not steal this land. We took it from bandits. You honor a criminal.
(Wu and Xu do not answer.)
(The crowd erupts.)
(Boos. Shouts. Protest. The sound is not organized. It is not clean. It is messy, loud, and undeniable.)
(Gulin looks around. He is surrounded. Not by soldiers. By voices, common voices.)
(He tries to continue but cannot compete.)
(He leaves. Angry. Humiliated.)
(The crowd continues. Their voices swell.)
(Wu and Xu look at each other.)
(A nod.)
(Darkness.)
(The sound of the crowd continues — not fading, not diminishing, but growing, spreading, as if all of China were protesting.)
(The lights are gone. The stage is black. But the sound remains.)
(Long pause.)
(Gradually — very gradually — the crowd begins to fade. Not because they have stopped. Because they have moved beyond this place, this moment, this grave.)
(Silence.)
(Then, very faintly, the sound of wind.)
SCENE 15: AFTERMATH
Setting: West Lake, Hangzhou. The present day. The statue of Qiu Jin.
The stage is bare. A single light rises on the statue — a suggestion, a shape, a presence.
A VISITOR stands before it. She holds a red silk scarf in one hand. A small print — a woodblock image of Qiu Jin’s face — is tucked into her pocket, visible but not explained.
She speaks — not to the audience. To the statue. To Qiu Jin.
VISITOR: I have been standing here for an hour.
(Pause.)
People walk by. They mistake me for someone else. A tourist. A student. A ghost.
(She looks at the statue.)
I do not correct them.
(She steps closer. She touches the base of the statue.)
There was a printmaker once. In 1979. She carved your face into wood and pressed it onto paper. She said, “No one can tell how great Qiu Jin is.”
(She pauses.)
There was a filmmaker. She made a film where women with swords danced to your poems. She called you a “messy revolutionary.” A drama queen.
(She almost smiles.)
I think she was right.
(She is silent for a moment.)
(Then she speaks — a line of poetry. Qiu Jin’s line. The one that started everything.)
VISITOR: “Don’t tell me women are not the stuff of heroes…”
(She pauses.)
(She wraps the red scarf around the base of the statue. She places the print beside it.)
(She steps back.)
(She bows her head.)
VISITOR: I am not the first person to stand here. I will not be the last.
(The light fades slowly — very slowly — until there is nothing but darkness.)
(Silence.)
(Then, very faintly, the sound of wind.)
(Then — a new sound. Footsteps. Someone else approaching the statue.)
(The play does not end. It continues. Offstage. Into the future.)
(Blackout.)
EPILOGUE: THE JINGWEI BIRD
The stage is dark.
A single light rises on QIU JIN. She stands alone. She holds no sword. She holds no brush. She simply stands, facing the audience.
She speaks — not as the character Qiu Jin, but as the writer Qiu Jin, reaching out across a century to speak directly to us.
QIU JIN: I live in an era of transition.
(Pause.)
I’ve taken advantage of the glimmer of civilization that appears here — small, fragile, like light through a crack in a closed door — to expand the… (Pause, selecting the word.) boundaries of my universe.
(She steps forward.)
I am not very erudite. I have read fewer books than the men who dismiss me. I have studied fewer classics than the scholars who mock me. But I know this: it is always very painful for me to think that women in my country live in a world of darkness.
As if drunk.
As if immersed in a dream.
Without any knowledge.
(She touches her chest.)
There is a bird in the old stories. The Jingwei bird. She was a girl once — a girl who drowned in the Eastern Sea. She did not accept her death. She did not accept the sea’s power over her. She transformed. She became a bird. And every day, she carries twigs and stones from the Western Mountains to fill the sea.
Every day.
She will never fill it. She knows this. The sea is vast. The sea is ancient. The sea does not care about her small stones.
But she carries them anyway.
She looks out at the audience.
That is what I am doing. Carrying stones. Writing poems. Starting newspapers. Opening schools. Training women to fight. Small things. Impossible things.
They will kill me for it. I know this too.
(She almost smiles.)
But the Jingwei bird does not stop. Neither will I.
(The light begins to fade.)
(She speaks her final words into the dark.)
秋風秋雨愁煞人.
Qiūfēng qiūyǔ, lìng xīnzhōng chōngyíngzhe nányǐ chéngshòu de āichóu.
Autumn wind, autumn rain, fills my heart with sorrow.
(Blackout.)
AUTHOR’S NOTE
This play is based on the historical lives of Qiu Jin (1875-1907), Wu Zhiying (1857-1918), and Xu Zihua (1873-1935). While the dialogue and specific scenes are dramatized, the major events — the meeting in Beijing, the escape to Japan, the Golden Orchid oath, the founding of Chinese Women’s News, the Xunxi School, the failed uprising, the execution, the secret burial at West Lake — are documented in historical sources.
The poetry in Act One, Scene 5 (Wu Zhiying’s oath poem) is my own dramatic reconstruction. The poems in Act Three, Scene 14 are authentic translations of Wu Zhiying’s “Mourning Qiu Jin at Xiling” and Xu Zihua’s response poems, as documented in Hu Ying’s Burying Autumn and other scholarly sources.
The author wishes to acknowledge the scholarly work of Hu Ying (Burying Autumn), Li-li Ch’en (Women Writers of Traditional China), Yilin Wang (The Lantern and the Night Moths), and the archival research that has preserved these women’s stories.
ZJC (20206)
As supplementary sources go, this was my very first attempt at translating Qiu Jin’s poetry years and years ago; the poem that started it all. The original title reads, “A Reply Verse in Matching Rhyme (for Ishii-kun, a Japanese friend).” At the time I simply wrote, “A first attempt, by a young translator, who found Qiu Jin in an old anthology and fell in love.”
Note: The Gangsters, Doctors, and Patient have been removed.
Note on the Bed
The Bed should function not as furniture but as a visible, predatory puppet-object animated by black-clad operators whose presence the production does not attempt to hide. Its movement vocabulary should suggest appetite, mood, and cruel intelligence: at times languid and seductive, breathing almost imperceptibly through tiny ripples of curtain, sheet, and mattress; at others abrupt, playful, and vicious, with snaps, lunges, recoils, and convulsive inward folds. It should never move like a machine and never like a person in costume; rather, it should feel like a possessed household object that has, over decades, learned the rhythms of hunger, boredom, delight, and rage. The operators may manipulate curtains, slats, mattress seams, and hidden inner “mouth” spaces so that the Bed can tease, listen, toy with victims, savor their fear, and finally strike with terrifying speed. In this way, the Bed acquires a real stage personality: vain, watchful, malicious, and almost playful in its certainty that no ordinary human action can hurt it.
Set Description
Gar Wood Mansion, Detroit, Michigan.
Darkness. The sounds of the Bed are all we hear, overlapping: the rhythmic crunch of an apple being eaten, mixed in with an extremely slow, extremely heavy snoring. It’s not the sound of a human; it sounds more like something eldritch, uncanny, turning over underground. Layered beneath this is faint drumming, a queer heartbeat.
We find ourselves in a small stone building with a fire burning in its brick hearth. Cold. Eerie. The Bed, a creepy four-poster canopy, sits in the center of the room. To one side on the wall is a Painting of the Bed—grotesque, decadent, erotic. Behind the painting resides the Soul of the Artist.
The entire play unfolds within a single space; however, this space constantly shifts and slides between memory, hallucination, mythological narrative and reality.
SCENE I: Breakfast (早餐)
Like Cthulhu, dreaming in a death-like stasis, the Artist simultaneously exists and does not exist, residing both behind the painting and elsewhere. The Artist is both soliloquy and exposition.
I have been rotting behind my own painting for sixty years after my death. Not the way the dead rot in the ground. The dead in the ground at least have earth that will take them. I have nothing but this crack between worlds. A damp, moldy, undead darkness. All these years, the only thing that has kept me company is the sound of it sleeping. When it sinks into its slumber, the whole house feels a heavy, crushing weight. But when it wakes—
Footsteps are heard in the distance.
又有人来了。
Someone is coming again.
天哪!
God help them.
它闻到他们的气味了!
It smells them already.
Outside the locked door, the Girl and Boy enter. The Boy holds a picnic basket.
GIRL
我不想进去。
I don’t want to go in.
BOY
你怎么又来了?刚才不还好好的?
What’s wrong with you now? You were fine a moment ago.
Baby, your feet are tired. This place is falling apart, sure, but it’s not going to hurt you. Look—doors, windows, walls. It’s just an empty house. What could be in here?
GIRL
我说不上来。可这里不像空的。像……像里面有什么东西,一直在等。
I can’t explain it. But it doesn’t feel empty. It feels like something in here has been waiting.
Waiting for what? For us? Come on. Don’t scare yourself. If you really want to leave, we’ll leave. But think about it. We came all this way.
Hey.
You know I love you.
GIRL
……好吧。
…All right.
BOY
这就对了。你在这儿等等,我去看看。
That’s my girl. Wait here. I’ll take a look.
He tries the door.
BOY
见鬼。全锁着。
Damn. It’s locked.
GIRL
那就走吧。现在就走。
Then let’s go. Right now.
BOY
急什么。能进院子,就总能找到别的路。
Don’t rush. If we made it into the yard, there’s got to be another way in.
They move off to explore. As their backs are turned, the door slowly creaks open. The Girl notices.
GIRL
嘿,这边。
Hey. Over here.
As the Couple enter, the fire in the fireplace goes out.
GIRL
这里有味道。
There’s a smell in here.
BOY
什么味道?
What kind of smell?
GIRL
像湿木头。又像……像什么东西放坏了。
Like wet wood. Like something’s just gone bad.
ARTIST
对。放坏了。血放久了,木头也会有味。可你们这些活人,总要等闻见自己了,才肯信。
Yes. Gone bad. Blood left too long in wood has a smell. But you living people never believe it until you smell your own.
BOY
嘿——这边。你过来看看。
Hey—over here. Come look at this.
Girl remains motionless.
BOY
怎么了?
What’s wrong?
GIRL
你先说,里面有什么。
You tell me what’s in there first.
BOY
一张床。好大的床。老天,这玩意儿真够气派。现在你总不会还想走吧?
A bed. A huge bed. My God, this thing is magnificent. You’re not still thinking about leaving, are you?
GIRL
是挺漂亮。
It’s beautiful.
ARTIST
漂亮。对。牙也可以很漂亮。井口也可以很漂亮。坟若铺了花,也会显得漂亮。
Beautiful. Yes. Teeth can be beautiful. A well can be beautiful. A grave covered in flowers can look beautiful.
The Boy takes out a candle, places it on the ground and lights it.
BOY
过来啊。
Come here.
The Couple sit on the Bed and begin kissing. After a moment…
GIRL
你有没有吃的?
Did you bring anything to eat?
BOY
你饿了?
You’re hungry?
GIRL
走太久了。我有点发虚。
We walked too far. I’m feeling a little weak.
BOY
行,我找找。
All right, let me see.
From the picnic basket the Boy produces two apples, a bottle of wine and a bucket of fried chicken.
GIRL
弗兰克。
Frank.
BOY
嗯?
Yeah?
GIRL
把门锁上。
Lock the door.
BOY
宝贝,我都说了,这地方好多年没人住了。谁还会来?
Baby, I told you. Nobody’s lived here for years. Who’s going to come?
GIRL
锁上比较好。
Lock it anyway.
BOY
好吧。
Fine.
He tests the door.
BOY
本来就是锁着的。
It was already locked.
The Couple goes back to kissing. Unnoticed, though inches away, frothy digestive juices seep up through the mattress, pulling one of the apples down inside. Slowly, the Bed then consumes the other apple, the wine and the chicken in the same manner.
GIRL
我们吃点东西吧。
Let’s eat something.
The Boy reaches for the chicken and bottle only to find them gone.
Because it already tasted you. Not with a mouth. Not with teeth. Something earlier. First it makes you tired. Then it makes you soft. Then it makes you think—lying down for a moment won’t hurt. A patient monster is worse than one that simply bites.
The Boy manages to remove the Girl’s bra. She stands up, nervously begins pacing.
BOY
你先坐一会儿吧。
Just sit down for a minute.
GIRL
我不想坐那张床。
I don’t want to sit on that bed.
BOY
为什么?
Why not?
GIRL
我不知道。我不喜欢它在看我。
I don’t know. I don’t like the way it’s looking at me.
BOY
……你今天真有点不对劲。
…You’re really not yourself today.
GIRL
不是我不对劲。是这里不对劲。
It’s not me. It’s this place.
Before their lovemaking can progress any further the curtains of the Bed pull themselves closed. The Boy and Girl begin screaming, accompanied by the apple-crunching sounds of the Bed eating, mixed in with its labored breathing.
Blood splatters from under the curtains and onto the floor, dousing the candle.
After a moment: silence.
The curtains open. The Bed is, once more, empty.
The slow, heavy snoring begins again.
ARTIST
对。不是你。是这里。可惜你说得还太轻。这里不是”不对劲”。这里是饿。
Yes. Not you. This place. But you didn’t say it loudly enough. This place isn’t just “not right.”
This place is hungry.
A faint, low-pitched pulsation emanates from deep underground.
ARTIST
它在做梦。
It’s dreaming.
人们太胆小。他们知道这地方有东西,却不敢烧,不敢埋,不敢拖出去。索性把门一锁,装作问题会自己烂掉。
People are too afraid. They know there’s something in this house. But they won’t burn it. Won’t bury it. Won’t drag it out. So they just lock the door and pretend the problem will rot on its own.
可饥饿不会烂掉。饥饿只会等。
But hunger doesn’t rot.
Hunger waits.
A flash of light—old newspaper headlines of The Detroit Free Press sweeping across time and space.
PROJECTION / VOICE
夜间听见奇怪咀嚼声!
“Strange Chewing Sounds Heard at Night!”
市长要求采取行动。
“Mayor Demands Action!”
科尔曼·杨:我们需要行动!
“Coleman Young: We Need Action!”
市长失踪!
“Mayor Missing!”
ARTIST
所以,你已经很多年没吃东西了。
So you haven’t eaten in years.
别怪我。我可没替你招客。我没站在门口说:请进。请进。里面凉快。里面柔软。里面适合躺下。
Don’t blame me. I don’t bring them to you. I don’t stand at the door and say: Please. Come in. It’s cool in here. It’s soft. It’s good for lying down.
是你自己太贪。见人就吞。来者不拒。如今这宅子臭名昭著。人人都知道,进来的人,出不去。谁还肯来?
You’re just too greedy. Everyone who comes in, you swallow. Now the house is notorious. Everyone knows—those who go in don’t come out. So who would come?
所以你饿。饿得在地窖里翻身。饿得连做梦都在咬。
So you’re hungry. Hungry enough to turn in your cellar. Hungry enough to bite in your dreams.
可我还是不懂。既然你有那样的力气,为什么不干脆把整栋房子都毁了?
But I still don’t understand. If you have that kind of power, why not just destroy the whole house?
啊,对。因为你是个傻子。你有力量,却没有自由。你能吞活人,却搬不动自己的监牢。
Ah. Right.
Because you’re a fool.
You have strength but no freedom.
You can devour the living but you cannot move your own prison.
SCENE II: Lunch (午餐)
Diane, Susan, and Sharon enter. Carrying bags and coats, they arrive from the brighter world of the living. Yet, as they draw near the house, that sense of daylight begins to fade.
DIANE
行了,就是这儿。你不是一路都在说想找个安静地方吗?现在到了,又摆这副样子给谁看?
All right, this is it. You said you wanted a quiet place. So here it is. So why are you making that face?
SUSAN
我不是摆样子。我是真的不舒服。一下车就不舒服。
I’m not making a face. I really don’t feel well. I haven’t felt well since we got out of the car.
SHARON
这里有味道。你们没闻见吗?
There’s a smell in here. Don’t you smell it?
DIANE
旧房子都有味。木头、灰、潮气。有什么好大惊小怪的?
Old houses always smell. Wood, dust, damp. What’s the big deal?
SUSAN
不是那种味道。像什么东西坏了。又像……像有人在这里病过很久。
It’s not that kind of smell. Like something’s gone bad. Or like… like someone was sick here for a long time.
我就不该来。我跟你们本来也不熟。
I shouldn’t have come. I don’t even really know you.
DIANE
苏珊,差不多行了。是你自己非要跟来的。一路上念到现在,谁受得了?
Susan, that’s enough. You’re the one who wanted to come. You’ve been complaining the whole way. Nobody can take it anymore.
I know I wanted to come. That’s why I’m even more upset. I wanted to get out of the car. I really did. But I couldn’t open my mouth. Because every time I was about to say something, you both looked at me like you were going to laugh.
SHARON
不是笑。是你那时候就不对劲。
We weren’t laughing. You were already acting strange back then.
SUSAN
我现在也不对劲。我一靠近这里,就觉得它认得我。
I’m still strange now. The closer I get to this place, the more it feels like it knows me.
ARTIST
别进来。它已经很久没吃东西了。
Don’t come in. It hasn’t eaten in a very long time.
Sharon stops.
SHARON
你们听见没有?
Did you hear that?
DIANE
听见什么?
Hear what?
SHARON
……像有人说话。
…Like someone was talking.
ARTIST
她听得见一点。总会有一个。耳朵比别人薄,魂比别人轻。
She hears a little. There’s always one. With thinner ears. A lighter soul.
DIANE
走吧。都到门口了,现在回头像什么样子?
Come on. We’re at the door. What kind of fools would we be to turn back now?
Another one. New. Alive. Someone who breathes and bleeds and dreams at night of being bitten. Even if I could push words into your ears right now, it’s already too late. The terror has already begun. To you, I’m just a painting on the wall. But to me—you’re like warm meat on a silver platter.
Because it’s thinking. Because it’s afraid. Because among you there is one who touches an old wound it cannot bear. She unsettles you, doesn’t she? She makes you want to run, doesn’t she? Then why don’t you run?
SHARON
我以前没见过这种地方。
I’ve never seen a place like this before.
DIANE
至少今晚不用担心没地方睡。这床够大,三个人都睡得下。
At least we don’t have to worry about where to sleep tonight. This bed is big enough for all three of us.
SUSAN
要是挤不下,我可以睡地板。
If it’s too crowded, I can sleep on the floor.
DIANE
别傻了。有地方就是有地方。我不至于让你睡地上。
Don’t be stupid. A place is a place. I’m not going to make you sleep on the floor.
SUSAN
我好累。我能不能先躺一会儿?等晚上你们再睡。
I’m so tired. Can I lie down for a while? You two can sleep later.
SHARON
那你夜里怎么办?
What will you do in the middle of the night?
SUSAN
我本来也睡不好。我可以起来生火,看书。只要你们别介意。
I don’t sleep well anyway. I can get up, build a fire, read a book. As long as you don’t mind.
DIANE
我不介意。你要睡就睡。醒了我们再吃东西。
I don’t mind. You sleep. When you wake up, we’ll eat.
You’re letting her lie down. She’s already this afraid. But you living people always think “she’s tired” or “she just needs to rest” or “don’t think too much” will somehow delay the disaster.
DIANE
来吧,莎隆。先看看别的房间。
Come on, Sharon. Let’s look at the other rooms.
SHARON
我不想留她一个人。
I don’t want to leave her alone.
DIANE
就一会儿。她又不是小孩。
It’ll just be a minute. She’s not a child.
SUSAN
没事。你们去吧。我躺一下就好。
It’s fine. Go ahead. I’ll just lie down for a bit.
ARTIST
你放她走了。你们竟真把她留下了。她一定让你怕得厉害。可为什么偏偏是她?
You let her go. You actually left her. She must frighten you terribly. But why her? Why her of all people?
Diane and Sharon leave for a moment. Susan is alone by the bed.
SCENE III: Lunch continued (午餐续)
The light grows silent and still—silent to an extreme.
SUSAN
太安静了。不像安静。像是在听。
It’s too quiet. It’s not like quiet. It’s like listening.
这床……怎么会这么软。
This bed… why is it so soft?
真奇怪。明明我刚才还想走。可一碰到它,就觉得……躺一下也没什么。
How strange. A minute ago I wanted to leave. But the moment I touched it, I thought—lying down for a moment won’t hurt.
等她们回来,我就说我不舒服。她们会送我回家的。一定会。一定……
When they come back, I’ll tell them I don’t feel well. They’ll take me home. Of course they will. Of course…
No. It’s not that they won’t. It’s that this place will strip the person from the person before anyone can move. First it strips away alertness. Then judgment. Then the little strength it takes to say “no.” In the end, you’ll tell yourself to lie down.
The bed remembers before it hungers. It remembers the first ones. Not the doctors. Not the gangsters. Not the fools who thought they could bargain with it.
The one who made it.
The fire dims further. A new image emerges—not a full scene, but a bleeding-in of memory, as if the room itself is remembering.
THE ARTIST’S DEATH (画中人自己)
A man lies in a narrow bed. Not the demon bed—a sickbed. Aubrey Beardsley, younger than you expect, thinner, his cheeks hollowed by consumption. Bloody handkerchiefs everywhere. Half-finished drawings pinned to the walls: grotesque, erotic, exquisite.
He is drawing even now, charcoal in trembling fingers.
ARTIST’S MEMORY-SELF(weaker, younger, but the same man)
You were already here, weren’t you? Waiting. Not in Detroit. Not yet. Waiting in the wood. Waiting in the grain. Waiting for someone to lie down who mattered.
Behind him, just visible in the shadows of the vision, a shape begins to form. Not the Bed—something older. A silhouette with red eyes that do not blink.
ARTIST’S MEMORY-SELF
你选中我,是因为我快死了。你想:这个人不会挣扎。这个人会躺着看。
You chose me because I was already dying. You thought: this one won’t struggle. This one will lie still and watch.
He laughs—a wet, consumptive sound.
ARTIST’S MEMORY-SELF
我确实看了。我画了你。你也把我画了进去——画进了墙里。
And I did. I watched. I painted you. And you painted me back—
into the wall.
The vision distorts. The dying man’s face stretches, then collapses inward. The red eyes widen.
Then—
The vision tears.
Susan gasps awake for one second, sees nothing, and is pulled back under.
They don’t always hand them over directly. More often, they just step away for a moment. To look at another room. To get a bottle of wine. To say “I’ll be right back.” And when they turn around—the person is already gone.
SHARON
你听见没有?
Did you hear that?
DIANE
又怎么了?
What now?
SHARON
像翻书。又像有人在火边说话。
Like pages turning. Like someone talking by the fire.
DIANE
这里除了我们还有谁?
Who else would be in here besides us?
SHARON
画里那个人。我一直都听得见他。
The man in the painting. I’ve been hearing him the whole time.
DIANE
……别在这时候说这种话。
…Don’t talk like that. Not right now.
By the fire.
SHARON
这里有本书。
There’s a book here.
DIANE
什么书?
What book?
SHARON
一本关于死人的书。我在里面。你也在里面。苏珊也在里面。
A book about the dead. I’m in it. You’re in it. Susan’s in it.
DIANE
给我看看。
Let me see that.
SHARON
你看不见。得盯着火看。看久一点。火里有字。还有脸。
You can’t see it. You have to stare into the fire. Look long enough. There are words in the fire. And faces.
ARTIST
她开始听见了。先是火。再是字。再是脸。再往后——就是她自己的魂。
She’s starting to hear. First the fire. Then the words. Then the faces. Then—
her own soul.
Shouting comes from the distance.
BROTHER(far away)
苏珊!苏珊!
Susan! Susan!
SHARON
有人来了。
Someone’s coming.
DIANE
像是在叫她。
It sounds like he’s calling her.
The Brother enters. He has been running—his clothes are caked with dust; he is gasping for breath.
BROTHER
苏珊!……见鬼。她跟你们一起来的,是不是?她人呢?
Susan! …Damn it. She came with you, didn’t she? Where is she?
DIANE
你是谁?
Who are you?
BROTHER
我是她哥。我找了她一路。她车还在外面。包也不见了。她人呢?
I’m her brother. I’ve been looking for her all the way. Her car’s still outside. Her bag’s gone. Where is she?
DIANE
我们以为她还在屋里。
We thought she was still in the house.
BROTHER
什么叫”以为”?
What do you mean, “thought”?
He stops halfway through speaking, confused.
你们闻见没有?
Do you smell that?
SHARON
刚才有臭味。现在没了。现在闻起来……很甜。
There was a bad smell a minute ago. Now it’s gone. Now it smells… sweet.
BROTHER
不。这不是甜。这像——
No. That’s not sweet. That’s—
A ripple slowly spreads across the mattress.
Beneath the fabric, the outline of a hand rises to the surface; then a forearm, ribs, and the sunken curve of a face. Susan’s remains—resembling half-dissolved bones—pushing outward from deep within the bed, only to be instantly sucked back in.
This time, all three of them see it.
BROTHER
苏珊。
Susan.
SHARON
它在吃她。
It’s eating her.
Without a pause for anyone to process it, Diane immediately lunges forward.
DIANE
不。还没有。苏珊!苏珊,抓住我!
No. Not yet. Susan! Susan, grab my hand!
She violently tears aside the bed curtains, flinging herself to the bedside, leaning half her body inside—reaching out to grasp at the invisible within.
BROTHER
别碰那个东西!
Don’t touch that thing!
DIANE
她还在里面!她还——
She’s still in there! She’s—
The Bed transforms abruptly.
The seduction has ceased; the violence begins. The bed curtains recoil like living things, and the sheets abruptly coil around Diane’s arms and shoulders. Beneath her, the surface of the bed splits open, collapsing inward.
DIANE
不!
No!
BROTHER
放开她!
Let her go!
The Brother rushes over, but he is a step too late.
Diane struggles desperately. Her death is entirely different from Susan’s: no dreams, no coaxing—only a brief, visceral horror.
DIANE
拉我出去!拉——!
Pull me out! Pull—!
She kicks one leg and arm out from beneath the covers, only for them to be violently yanked back in. The bed curtains snap shut and open; she is gone.
A horrible, low swallow.
The Brother freezes. Sharon freezes too.
SCENE IV: The Ritual
The Bed is still. The demon sleeps. The fire has gone low.
The Artist crawls fully out from behind the painting—not standing, not quite human in his movements. He crouches like something that forgot how to use legs.
Wood. Any wood. Break it from the door, the floor, the window frame. Arrange it in a figure-eight. Two circles biting each other’s tails. No gaps. It escapes through gaps.
Sharon moves—slowly, mechanically, but she moves. She drags broken planks, chair legs, a shattered picture frame. She arranges them around the Bed.
The Brother watches. His hands are still whole. Not for long.
BROTHER
这有什么用?
What is this supposed to do?
ARTIST
困住它。只要困住它。够用就行。
Hold it. Just hold it. Long enough.
Sharon finishes. The figure-eight is crooked but closed.
ARTIST
现在,血。不是为了伤它。是为了让这屋子记住——今晚不是它张口。
Now blood. Not to hurt it. To make the room remember whose turn this is.
The Brother hesitates. Then cuts his palm with the knife Sharon carries. He smears blood at the intersections of the wood.
The Bed’s curtains stir—not pain. Curiosity. Amusement.
BROTHER
它在看我们。
It’s watching us.
ARTIST
让它看。现在,头发。你的。把两个圈连起来。
Let it. Now hair. Yours. Stretch it between the circles.
The Brother severs a lock of his own hair. His hands shake as he ties it across the figure-eight.
The fire drops. Cold pours in.
ARTIST
现在,刀。你得刺进去。趁它睡着。趁圈还困着它。
Now the knife. You have to pierce it. While it sleeps. While the circles hold.
The Brother grips the knife.
ARTIST
去。
Now.
The Failure
The Brother lunges. Drives the blade into the center of the Bed.
For one breath—nothing.
Then the Bed moves.
Not in pain. In annoyance.
The figure-eight shatters. Wood flies. Hair snaps. Blood smears into nothing.
The Bed’s curtains rise like a hand swatting a fly.
The Brother’s arms sink into the mattress up to the elbows.
BROTHER(scream cut short)
He is thrown backward. He hits the floor.
When he raises his hands, the flesh is gone from the wrists down. Bone. Clean as a diagram.
He does not scream again. He cannot.
ARTIST(barely a whisper)
我不知道。我不知道它能这样。
I didn’t know. I didn’t know it could do that.
The Artist looks genuinely afraid for the first time.
Sharon stands frozen. The Brother lies on the floor, staring at his own skeleton hands.
The Bed settles back. Satisfied. Waiting.
Long silence.
The Door
Then—
The door explodes inward. Not kicked. Not broken. Unmade, as if the darkness outside simply decided the door had never existed.
Footsteps. Heavy. Wrong. Something ancient walking where nothing should walk.
The Bed tenses—then relaxes. It has faced intruders before.
But the footsteps are not coming toward the Bed.
They are coming toward Sharon.
Sharon’s body jerks. Her spine arches. Her head snaps back.
Her hands rise to her face—not in defense. In recognition.
The Bed stops breathing.
Not a flinch. A full, desperate contraction, as if trying to make itself smaller. As if, for the first time in a hundred years, it knows what fear feels like.
Sharon’s hair falls loose around her shoulders.
She lowers her hands.
Her eyes are open.
Black.
Not dark. Not shadowed. Solid, pupil-less black—as if something has poured into her from behind and filled every visible window.
The Artist stares. His voice, when it comes, is barely a breath.
ARTIST
莉诺尔。
Lenore.
Sharon—no longer Sharon—turns her head slowly. Not like a human turning. Like a door swinging open on rusted hinges.
She looks at the Bed.
The Bed makes a sound. Low. Wet. Trapped.
When she speaks, her voice is not entirely her own. Lower. Older. A woman who has been dead and has not forgotten the temperature of the grave.
Lenore. That was my name. Before he buried me in unmarked dirt. Before he told himself I was a dream he could wake from.
She takes one step toward the Bed.
The Bed’s curtains try to rise—then stop. They cannot.
LENORE
你现在记得我了。你记得自己弄坏了什么。你记得哭进木头里的那些血。
You remember me now. You remember what you broke. You remember the blood you cried into the wood.
She raises Sharon’s hand. The black eyes do not blink.
LENORE
我是从地里走上来的。从土里。从根里。从你以为归了你的那些年岁里。因为坟墓关不住人。关不住一个母亲。
I walked here. Through dirt. Through roots. Through every year you thought was yours. Because a grave is not a cage. Not for a mother.
She presses her palm against the Bed’s surface.
The Bed convulses—not in violence. In recognition. In the horrible intimacy of a wound meeting the hand that first received it.
LENORE
你从来不是魔鬼。你只是悲伤。学会了吃的悲伤。
You were never a demon. You were just grief. Grief that learned to eat.
The Bed begins to crumble.
Not burn. Not explode. Crumble—as if the curse that held it together has simply been withdrawn.
Wood splinters. Fabric tears. The frame collapses inward like an exhausted animal finally lying down.
The Artist watches. His painting behind him cracks.
ARTIST
我能——我能感觉到——
I can— I can feel—
He does not finish. His body begins to dissolve—not violently, but like smoke losing shape. His face stretches, softens, scatters.
He is gone before he hits the ground.
The Bed is wreckage. The painting is shards.
Lenore turns to the Brother.
He still lies on the floor, his hands gone to bone. He has not spoken. He has not looked away.
Lenore’s black eyes soften—just slightly. Just enough to remind you that something human once lived behind them.
LENORE
你不该在这里的。你们谁都不该在这里。
You were not supposed to be here. None of you were.
She kneels. Presses her ruined hand—Sharon’s hand—against his forehead.
The Brother closes his eyes.
Lenore rises. Her body begins to waver—not collapsing, but unbecoming. The black eyes flicker. Sharon’s face shows through for one moment, exhausted and young.
Then the darkness takes her.
She is gone.
The Brother does not move. He does not call out. He lies among the wreckage of the Bed, his hands gone to bone, and watches the empty space where she stood.
Sugar Hill (1974) is a product of Blaxploitation cinema—a genre that, for all its flaws, created some of the first opportunities for Black heroines on screen; even as the directors, writers and producers behind those images were predominantly white and their interpretations of Black stories are through a lens of commercial sensationalism.
I, myself, come to this material as a pale male, a composer of Russian, Italian, Jewish and Irish descent, a relative newcomer to the Southern Gothic and Dark Americana traditions that have shaped this Opera. Spanish is not my native language. I do not claim expertise in the Histories, Spiritual practices, or lived experiences that form the foundation of this story. What I can offer, though, is an act of listening—to the Scholars, Musicians and Traditions that have long cultivated the soil from which this work grows. This libretto has been shaped by deep study and love of Black composers (Harry Lawrence Freeman, Florence Price, Margaret Bonds) and contemporary practitioners (Rhiannon Giddens, Nicole Brooks, Jessie Montgomery) whose work demonstrates how to honor these Traditions with rigor and care.
I have tried, always, to write not as one who speaks for, but as one who listens to—and to let the music that emerged be not my voice, but a Chorus of voices far older and wiser than I will ever be. Any failures of imagination or understanding are mine alone. My admiration and the conversations that I hope we shall have belong to the Traditions —their sins as well as their blessings— that brought us all here.
Thank you. ZJC.
PART I:
ACT ONE, SCENE ONE
TITLE:Club Haití — La Ritual Falsa (The Fake Ritual)
SETTING: Club Haití, New Orleans, 1974. A discotheque with pretensions of authenticity—tiki torches that are actually electric, fake moss draped too evenly, a cardboard vévé on the wall. The Audience sits at cabaret tables. Waiters move through with drinks. It’s sophisticated, commercial and slightly tacky. The proscenium is framed to look like a swamp proscenium—the Audience is watching a ‘show’ within the show.
TIME: Evening. The club is full. White patrons and Black patrons mix uneasily, the whites here for ‘exotic’ entertainment, the Blacks here because it’s the place.
ATMOSPHERE: The National Style 0 Resonator is visible on stage, played by a guitarist in a sharp suit. He’s part of the band. The lighting is warm, amber, safe. Nothing scary has happened yet.
SOUND: The Orchestra begins with a slow, swampy drone—cellos, bass, the Vega Vintage Star humming underneath, barely audible. Then the National Resonator cracks in with a syncopated, brassy riff. The drums kick in. It’s funk, but corrupted—the harmonies are just slightly wrong, the beat just slightly mechanical. This is Voodoo as product.
The stage fills with dancers. They wear glittering, exaggerated ‘Voodoo’ costumes—sequined top hats, feathers, face paint. Their movements are sharp, rhythmic, theatrical—this is possession as choreography, not as truth. They twitch on cue. They roll their eyes on the downbeat. It’s a show.
The lead dancer—let’s call her FANTASIA—struts forward. She’s the ‘High Priestess’ of this performance. She sings in English, with a staged Creole accent that’s just a little too thick.
FANTASIA (mezzo, with belt): Deep in the heart of the foggy Bayou Where the moss hangs low and the water is blue There’s a lady waiting with a secret in her hand The most powerful woman in all of the land!
DANCERS (kicking in unison): Ooh! She’s got the power!
FANTASIA: She’s got the spirits, she’s got the soul She’s got a power that’s out of control!
ENSEMBLE (full company, the National Resonator wailing): Supernatural Voodoo Woman! (Sugar Hill, Sugar Hill!) Supernatural Voodoo Woman! She’s coming for you, yes she will!
The choreography intensifies. Dancers ‘collapse’ in trance, then pop back up with grins. It’s athletic, impressive and completely hollow. The white patrons applaud enthusiastically; they’ve seen this in a movie. As for many of the Black patrons—they’ve also seen this before, but they’re here for the music and the scene, not someHollywood phantasy.
FANTASIA (strutting, working the room): She walks through the night with a silver-eyed stare! She’s calling the shadows from out of thin air! Don’t try to hide, don’t try to run! The work of the Spirits has only begun!
A cringe-worthy YANKEE at a front table—Northern, drunk, laughing—calls out: ‘Dig it! Groovy! Work it, brown sugar!’ Fantasia flashes him a smile that’s pure commerce.
FANTASIA: She’s taking her vengeance, she’s paying the debt! A night with Sugar is a night you won’t forget!
ENSEMBLE: Supernatural Voodoo Woman! (Sugar Hill, Sugar Hill!) Supernatural Voodoo Woman! She’s coming for you, yes she will!
BRIDGE:
The music shifts. The Resonator drops out. For a moment, just the drums—and the Vega, shimmering underneath, barely audible. The dancers freeze. Fantasia’s voice drops to something almost like reverence. For a split second, it feels real.
FANTASIA (alone, center stage, no backup): Raise ’em up… (the dancers slowly raise their arms) From the mud and the clay… (a single, genuine shiver runs through her—then she catches herself, grins and the mask is back)
FANTASIA (belting again, the Resonator crashing back in): SUGAR’S GONNA HAVE HER WAY!
The dancers explode into motion. A guitar solo—National Resonator, distorted wah-wah, pure 70s disco—tears through the club. The patrons are on their feet. It’s a party. It’s a hit. It’s nothing.
FANTASIA (shouting over the solo): Can’t no bullet stop ’em! Can’t no fire burn! The Dead have got a lesson for the Living to learn!
ENSEMBLE (building to a climax): SUPERNATURAL! VOODOO! WOMAN! She’s coming for you! YES SHE WILL!
The number ends with a huge crash—cymbals, Resonator feedback, the dancers in a final tableau of ‘possession.’ The lights come up. The Audience applauds wildly. Fantasia bows, blows kisses and the dancers exit, already loosening their costumes, becoming ordinary performers again.
FANTASIA (to a waiter, sotto voce, as she exits): Dios mío, necesito un trago. (My God, I need a drink.)
)(^)(
SCENE CONTINUES: The Real World Enters
The club settles. The band strikes up something smooth, slick and background-y. LANGSTON enters from the office door upstage. He’s handsome, warm, in his late 30s—the co-owner, the host, the man who made this place work. He crosses to a table where SUGAR sits alone, watching the crowd. She’s stunning—elegant, composed, dressed not for the show but for herself. She’s been watching Fantasia with a complicated expression: amusement, distance, maybe a little sadness.
LANGSTON (leaning down, kissing her cheek): Diana. ¿Te gustó el show, Sugar?
(Diana. Did you like the show, Sugar?)
SUGAR (smiling up at him, her hand finding his): Es dinamita.
(It’s dynamite.)
LANGSTON (sitting beside her, his knee touching hers): Dinamita. Es lo que algunas personas dicen que eres.
(Dynamite. That is what some people say you are.)
She laughs—a real laugh, warm and low.
SUGAR: Podrían tener razón.
(They could be right.)
They kiss. It’s not a stage kiss. It’s two people who genuinely love each other, comfortable, present, in love. The Orchestra swells beneath them—warm strings, the love theme introduced quietly, a melody that will haunt the rest of the Opera.
LANGSTON (pulling back, looking at her): Debo estar haciendo algo bien.
(I must be doing something right.)
SUGAR (touching his face): Todo. Simplemente, todo.
(Everything. Simply everything.)
A pause. The club noise fades beneath them. The Vega hums faintly—The Swamp, waiting.
LANGSTON (simply, without drama): Te amo, Sugar.
(I love you, Sugar.)
SUGAR (the same): Yo también te amo, Langston.
(I love you too, Langston.)
They sit together, watching their club, their world. For this moment, everything is perfect.
)(^)(
THE INTRUSION
The mood doesn’t sour—it curdles. Four men enter from the street door. FABULOUS leads—sharp suit, sharp smile, nothing behind the eyes. TANK follows, huge and stupid. O’BRIEN, jumpy and cruel. GEORGIE, silent and dangerous. They move through the crowd like sharks. Patrons instinctively lean away. The background music seems to curdle too—the strings hold a dissonant note, the Resonator hums a warning.
Langston doesn’t stand. His hand tightens on Sugar’s.
LANGSTON (flat): No soy tu amigo.
(I am not your friend.)
Fabulous‘ grin doesn’t flicker. He’s done this before.
FABULOUS: Te lo diré una vez más.
(I’ll tell you one more time.)
LANGSTON: Tú no vas a decirme nada, Fabulous.
(You’re not going to tell me anything, Fabulous.)
O’BRIEN (laughing, too loud): ¡Es un hermano duro!
(He’s a tough brother!)
FABULOUS (savoring it): Lo es.
(He is.)
GEORGIE (the first words he’s spoken, soft and ugly): No debe recordar quiénes somos.
(He must not remember who we are.)
FABULOUS (waving a hand, dismissing Georgie’s concern): No, no. Sólo se está divirtiendo. ¿Verdad, Langston?
(No, no. He’s just having fun. Right, Langston?)
Langston stands. He’s not tall, but he’s solid and he’s not afraid. Sugar rises with him.
LANGSTON: Acércate un poco y averigüalo.
(Come a little closer and find out.)
Tank shifts forward, but Fabulous stops him with a look.
TANK (muttering): Ya estoy harto…
(I’ve had enough…)
FABULOUS (to Langston, voice dropping, losing the performance): Calma. El Sr. Morgan sólo quiere darte un precio justo por tu club. Completamente legal.
(Calm down. Mr. Morgan just wants to give you a fair price for your club. Completely legal.)
LANGSTON (his voice rising, for the first time, for the whole club to hear): ¿Qué demonios sabe el Sr. Morgan sobre lo que es legal? ¡Que se lo meta en el culo!
(What the hell does Mr. Morgan know about what’s legal? He can shove it up his ass!)
A few patrons look over. Most look away. This is not their business. This is the Gothic South.
FABULOUS (quiet, dangerous): ¿Tu última palabra?
(Is this your last word?)
LANGSTON: La última.
(The last one.)
Fabulous looks at Sugar. He lets his eyes travel. Langston steps forward, but Sugar’s hand on his arm stops him.
FABULOUS (to Langston, still looking at Sugar): Has atrapado a una linda dama, Langston. Demasiada clase para un buitre como tú.
(You’ve snagged yourself a lovely lady, Langston. Too much class for a vulture like you.)
LANGSTON (shaking with rage): Fabulous, saca tu sucio trasero de mi lugar. Ahora.
(Fabulous, get your dirty ass out of my place. Now.)
A long beat. The club is silent. Georgie smiles—a small, ugly thing.
GEORGIE (low, to Fabulous): Claro, hermano.
(Sure, brother.)
FABULOUS (spreading his hands, the grin back, the mask restored): Tienes razón. No hemos venido a pelear. Sólo somos hombres de negocios. Los tratos se cumplen o no.
(You’re right. We didn’t come here to fight. We’re just businessmen. Deals are either honored or they aren’t.)
He turns. The four of them walk out. The club exhales. Music starts again—something safe.
SUGAR (her hand still on Langston’s arm, her voice low): Están jugando contigo, cariño.
(They’re playing with you, honey.)
LANGSTON (watching the door, not looking at her): No estoy preocupado, Sugar.
(I’m not worried, Sugar.)
She turns him to face her. Her eyes are fierce.
SUGAR: No lo estés tú.
(Don’t be.)
He softens, just a little, for her.
LANGSTON: Puedo manejar a esos tipos con los ojos cerrados.
(I can handle those guys with my eyes closed.)
SUGAR (her voice breaking, just a little, a crack in the facade): No quiero que nada le suceda a mi hombre.
(I don’t want anything to happen to my man.)
He pulls her close. They hold each other. The Orchestra swells—the love theme, full and warm and doomed.
LANGSTON (into her hair): Nada sucederá. Nada sucederá, Sugar. Tengo que ir a esa reunión. Terminaremos a eso de las nueve.
(Nothing will happen. Nothing will happen, Sugar. I have to go to that meeting. We’ll finish around nine.)
He doesn’t know. She doesn’t know. But we know. The Vega hums beneath the strings—The Swamp, waiting, patient, hungry.
Slow fade.
LIGHTING CUE: The amber warmth of the club slowly bleeds away, replaced by a cold, silver wash—the color of zombies’ eyes, the color of what’s coming.
TRANSITION MUSIC: The love theme holds, then fragments. A single note from the Vega. A single drumbeat. Silence.
END OF SCENE ONE
)(^)(
ACT ONE, SCENE TWO
EL ASESINATO — EL SILENCIO DESPUÉS (THE MURDER — THE SILENCE AFTER)
SETTING: A back alley near the docks. Chain-link fence. Puddles reflecting distant neon. A single bare bulb above a door that says ‘SALIDA’ in chipping paint. The Bayou is close—you can smell it, even here—but this is the City’s edge, the liminal space where the Swamp begins to reclaim what belongs to it.
TIME: Later that night. The sky is bruised purple and black. No moon.
ATMOSPHERE: The National Resonator is silent. The Vega is silent. There is only the Orchestra—but it’s an Orchestra of absence. Low strings, holding single notes. Percussion that sounds like distant thunder or approaching footsteps; you can’t tell which.
SOUND DESIGN: This entire scene should be felt more than heard. The murder itself happens almost entirely in instrumental terms, with the human voice reduced to its most primal: grunts, gasps, a single, choked cry.
)(^)(
BEAT I
‘EL GOLPE’ (THE BLOW) — INSTRUMENTAL INTERLUDE WITH CHORUS OF WITNESSES
The scene begins in near-darkness. We see LANGSTON walking, alone. He’s taken a shortcut—he knows these streets, he’s walked them a thousand times. He’s thinking of Sugar, maybe humming the love theme under his breath. The Audience can’t hear it, but the Orchestra can: a solo cello, playing the theme softly, tenderly, tragically.
Shadows move. Four figures emerge from behind a dumpster. They wear pantyhose over their faces—distorted, grotesque, almost featureless. FABULOUS. TANK. O’BRIEN. GEORGIE. They are not individuals now; they are a machine.
The cello stops. Silence.
LANGSTON (seeing them, stopping, his voice calm—he knew this could happen, he just hoped it wouldn’t): Fabulous.
(Fabulous.)
Fabulous doesn’t answer. He nods. The machine moves.
THE ORCHESTRA: A single, shattering percussion hit—a bass drum, a slammed metal door, something primal. Then chaos.
The beating is not shown in graphic detail. It is suggested—through shadows on the chain-link fence, through the choreography of the four men moving in and out, through LANGSTON’S body falling and rising and falling again. The Orchestra plays a brutal, atonal assault: brass screaming, strings scraping, percussion pounding. It’s not music; it’s violence given sound.
And beneath it all, a new element enters: THECHORUS OF THE DEAD, wordless, humming. They are not yet visible. They have not yet risen. But they are watching. Their hum is a low, polyphonic drone—close intervals, beating in the air—the sound of centuries of violence witnessing this new violence.
THE MURDER lasts perhaps ninety seconds. It will feel like an hour.
A final blow. LANGSTON falls and does not rise.
The Four Men stand over him, breathing hard. The Chorus’s hum fades. The Orchestra falls silent. Only the hum of the single bare bulb remains—a thin, electric whine.
FABULOUS (his voice flat, stripped of performance): ¿Qué hacemos con él?
(What do we do with him?)
MORGAN enters from the shadows. He wasn’t here for the beating; he’s been watching from a distance, perhaps from a car, perhaps from a doorway. He walks forward slowly, deliberately. He looks down at Langston‘s body. No emotion.
MORGAN (quietly, to himself as much as them): No es más que polvo. Déjenlo ahí.
(It is nothing but dust. Leave it there.)
He turns and walks away. The Four Men follow. The stage empties.
Only the body remains.
)(^)(
BEAT II
THE LONG SILENCE
The stage holds on LANGSTON’S body for a full thirty seconds. The Orchestra is silent. The bulb hums. A dog barks somewhere. A door slams. The City doesn’t care.
Then: footsteps. Running. Stopping.
SUGAR enters. She’s in the same clothes from the club—she’s been waiting and waiting and finally couldn’t wait anymore. She followed the route she knew he would take. She found him.
She stops. She sees.
The Orchestra begins, but barely—a single violin, playing the love theme, but so slowly, so fractured, that it’s almost unrecognizable.
)(^)(
BEAT III
‘LAMENTACIÓN’ (LAMENT)
SUGAR (approaching the body as if in a dream, as if this isn’t real, as if she can still wake up): Langston…
(Langston…)
She kneels. She touches his face. It’s cold. It’s real. She can’t wake up.
SUGAR (her voice small, childlike, destroyed): ¿Qué te han hecho?
(What have they done to you?)
A pause. She looks at her hands—they have his blood on them. She doesn’t understand.
SUGAR (louder, as if he can hear her, as if he’s just sleeping): ¡Por favor, no me dejes!
(Please, don’t leave me!)
Nothing. The violin fractures further—notes sliding into dissonance.
SUGAR (a scream, torn from her throat, operatic in its raw power): ¡LANGSTON!
(Langston!)
The Orchestra answers—a full, shattering chord, all the grief and rage the instruments can hold. Then it collapses. The violin is gone. Only the cello remains, playing the love theme in its lowest register, funereal, hopeless.
SUGAR (rocking, holding him, her voice dropping to something barely audible): No me dejes… no me dejes… no me dejes…
(Don’t leave me… don’t leave me… don’t leave me…)
She repeats it like a prayer, like a spell, like she can undo what’s been done through sheer repetition. The cello fades. The bulb hums. A stray cat calls.
Slow fade to black.
)(^)(
BEAT IV
MORGAN’S LAIR — THE PHILOSOPHY OF POWER
SETTING: Morgan’s office. Expensive but tasteless—leather, chrome, a wet bar, a painting of a white horse that’s trying too hard. It’s the lair of a man who has money but no class, power but no soul.
TIME: The next day. Sunlight through Venetian blinds—stripes of light and shadow, like a prison.
ATMOSPHERE: The National Resonator returns, but muted—this is business, not pleasure. The music is cool, detached, almost conversational. Morgan is in his element.
MORGAN (sitting in a massive leather chair, Fabulous kneeling at his feet, shining his shoes—an image of casual domination): Como ya les he dicho, señores, si se quiere destruir a un hombre, tienen que romperlo en pedazos.
(As I have already told you, gentlemen, if you want to destroy a man, you have to break him into pieces.)
He gestures expansively, as if sharing wisdom.
MORGAN: Pedazos tan pequeños que no puedan ser armados de nuevo. Nada más que un pedazo de carne hermana y fría.
(Pieces so small that they cannot be put back together. Nothing more than a cold, sisterly piece of flesh.)
He looks at FABULOUS, who keeps polishing.
MORGAN: Esta será nuestra forma de trabajar de ahora en adelante. Si Morgan quiere algo, Morgan lo toma. Sin problemas, simple, directo al grano.
(This will be our way of working from now on. If Morgan wants something, Morgan takes it. No problems—simple, straight to the point.)
FABULOUS (not looking up from the shoes, but his voice carrying a smirk): El tipo tenía malos modales. Ya no los necesita más.
(The guy had bad manners. He doesn’t need them anymore.)
A beat. Fabulous pauses, looks up.
FABULOUS [cont.]: La pregunta es… ¿cómo vas a comprarle el club a un hermano muerto?
(The question is… how are you going to buy the club from a dead brother?)
Morgan smiles. It’s not a nice smile.
MORGAN: Ese es el problema con los muertos, Fabulous. No pueden firmar contratos. Pero las novias… las novias siempre heredan.
(That’s the problem with the dead, Fabulous. They can’t sign contracts. But brides… brides always inherit.)
He leans back, satisfied. The Resonator plays a cool, cynical little riff—the sound of evil at ease.
MORGAN [cont.]: Tráeme a la señorita Hill. Vamos a darle el pésame.
(Bring me Miss Hill. We are going to offer her our condolences.)
Blackout.
END OF SCENE ONE.
)(^)(
ACT ONE, SCENE TWO
Title: Sugar’s Studio — The Return of Valentina
SETTING: Sugar’s photography studio. Cameras, backdrops, evidence of an artist’s life. But today, it’s dim, closed. Sugar sits at her desk, staring at nothing. She hasn’t slept. She hasn’t changed her clothes. There’s dirt on her hands—from the alley? She hasn’t washed.
TIME: Late afternoon. Grey light through the windows.
ATMOSPHERE: The Vega hums—just barely, just beneath consciousness. The Swamp is reaching out for her and she doesn’t know it yet.
A knock. Sugar doesn’t move. Another knock. Then the door opens.
VALENTINA enters. She’s in uniform—police, but not the captain, not yet. She’s beautiful, composed, but her eyes are raw. She’s been crying too.
VALENTINA (stopping in the doorway, seeing Sugar, her voice cracking): ¿Diana?
(Diana?)
Sugar looks up. For a moment, she doesn’t recognize her. Then she does. Her face does something complicated—grief, surprise, a flicker of something older.
SUGAR (her voice hollow): Valentina.
(Valentina.)
A long pause. They look at each other across the room. The Vega hums.
VALENTINA (stepping inside, closing the door): Ha pasado mucho tiempo.
(A long time has passed.)
She crosses to Sugar, stands behind her, doesn’t touch her—yet.
VALENTINA [cont.]: Te ves bien.
(You look well.)
Sugar laughs—a broken, bitter sound.
SUGAR: ¿Te parece? Siento que tengamos que encontrarnos de nuevo así.
(You think? I’m sorry that we have to run into each other again like this.)
Valentina‘s composure breaks, just a little. She moves—she can’t help it—and kneels beside Sugar’s chair, taking her hands. The touch is electric, old, familiar.
VALENTINA (quietly, intimately): Sabes, es extraño. Después que nos separamos, me tomó mucho tiempo superar el hecho de que salieras con Langston.
(You know, it’s strange. After we broke up, it took me a long time to get over the fact that you were dating Langston.)
SUGAR (looking at their joined hands, not pulling away): Sí, pero lo superaste bien.
(Yes, but you got through it well.)
VALENTINA: De todos modos, nunca pensé que tendría que interrogarte sobre su muerte.
(In any case, I never thought I would have to question you about his death.)
The word ‘death’ lands like a slap. Sugar pulls her hands back.
SUGAR (standing, moving away): Asesinato.
(Murder.)
VALENTINA (rising, following): Diana—
(Diana—)
SUGAR (turning, fierce): No fue muerte. Fue asesinato. Lo golpearon hasta matarlo, Valentina. Como a un perro. En un callejón. Y se fueron a tomar algo.
(It wasn’t a death. It was murder. They beat him to death, Valentina. Like a dog. In an alley. And then they went to get a drink.)
She’s shaking. Valentina wants to hold her but doesn’t know if she’s allowed.
VALENTINA (gently): Lo sé. Lo sé.
(I know. I know.)
SUGAR (her voice dropping, becoming something else—colder, harder): Nos conocimos aquí. En el club. Se acercó y me preguntó mi nombre. Diana Hill, le dije. Dijo: ‘a partir de ahora te llamarás Sugar.’ La Srta. Sugar Hill. Porque eres dulce como el azúcar.
(We met here. At the club. He walked up to me and asked my name. ‘Diana Hill,’ I told him. He said, ‘From now on, you’ll be called Sugar.’ Miss Sugar Hill. Because you’re sweet as sugar.)
A pause. She looks at Valentina.
SUGAR [cont.]: ¿Ahora tú manejas el caso? ¿Alguna vez caen… tipos como esos?
(So you’re handling the case now? Do guys like that… ever go down?)
VALENTINA (meeting her gaze, steady): Lo pagarán. A su momento.
(They will pay for it. In due time.)
Sugar shakes her head—a small, violent motion.
SUGAR: Sabes, si supiera quiénes fueron… me vengaría uno por uno. Podría verlos morir. Lentamente.
(You know, if I knew who they were… I would take my revenge on them, one by one. I could watch them die. Slowly.)
The Vega swells—just for a moment, just enough to be felt. Valentina shivers but doesn’t know why.
VALENTINA (watching Sugar carefully): Diana…
(Diana…)
SUGAR (turning away, toward the window, toward the gray light): No digas nada, Valentina. No me digas que el tiempo cura, o que la justicia existe, o ninguna de esas cosas que dices a las víctimas.
(Don’t say anything, Valentina. Don’t tell me that time heals, or that justice exists, or any of those things you say to victims.)
A long silence. Valentina crosses to her, stands behind her, close enough to feel her heat but not to touch.
VALENTINA (barely a whisper): No iba a decir eso.
(I wasn’t going to say that.)
Sugar turns. They’re inches apart. The Vega hums. The love theme, fractured, plays in the strings—the ghost of what they were, what they might have been.
VALENTINA (touching Sugar’s face, gently, the way she used to): Te he extrañado.
(I’ve missed you.)
Sugar closes her eyes. For a moment, she leans into the touch. For a moment, she’s just a body who has lost everything and is being held by someone who once loved her.
Then she opens her eyes. They’re dry. They’re hard.
SUGAR (stepping back, gently, inevitably): Tienes un caso que resolver, Teniente.
(You have a case to solve, Lieutenant.)
Valentina‘s hand falls. She nods. She understands.
VALENTINA: Sí.
(Yes.)
She moves to the door. Pauses. Looks back.
VALENTINA [cont.]: Diana… ten cuidado. Quienes hicieron esto… son peligrosos.
(Diana… be careful. The ones who did this… are dangerous.)
SUGAR (her voice strange, distant, already somewhere else): Lo sé. Lo sé. Lo sé.
(I know. I know. I know.)
Valentina exits. Sugar stands alone. The Vega swells—a full, shimmering chord. The lights shift to silver. The Swamp is calling.
Blackout.
END OF SCENE TWO
)(^)(
ACT ONE, SCENE THREE
TITLE:El Descenso — La Casa de Mamá Maitresse (The Descent — Mama Maitresse’s House)
SETTING: The Swamp. Not the picturesque Bayou of postcards—this is the real thing. Ancient cypress trees draped in Spanish moss that looks like old women’s hair. Water the color of tea. Mist that moves against the wind. The sound of things living and dying just out of sight. A narrow path of packed mud leads to a cabin that seems to grow out of the earth itself—cypress knees for pillars, moss for curtains, smoke curling from a chimney that shouldn’t work but does.
TIME: Dusk. The liminal hour. The hour when the veil thins.
ATMOSPHERE: The National Resonator is gone. For the first time, the Orchestra is dominated by the Deering Vega Vintage Star—but softly, distantly, as if played in another room, another world. Low strings drone. Woodwinds make sounds like birds, like insects, like things that should not be imitated. The percussionist has found objects: chains, wooden crates, a metal sheet bowed into a shriek.
SOUND DESIGN: The journey should feel like submersion. Each step Sugar takes, the music gets thicker, more humid, more alive. The Audience should feel the sweat on their skin, the mosquitoes at their necks, the weight of the air.
)(^)(
BEAT I
‘EL CAMINO’ (THE PATH) — INSTRUMENTAL JOURNEY
The scene begins in near-darkness. A single figure moves through the Swamp: Sugar, in clothes she shouldn’t be wearing for this—City clothes, heels sinking into mud. She’s carrying a small bag. She’s determined. She’s terrified.
The Vega plays a slow, shimmering drone—two notes, a minor second apart, beating against each other. This is the sound of the Swamp‘s attention.
Sugar stops. She’s lost. The path has vanished. The mist closes in.
SUGAR (calling out, her voice swallowed by the trees): ¿Mamá? ¿Mamá Maitresse?
(Mama? Mama Maitresse?)
No answer. Only the drone. Only the beating wings of something large and unseen.
SUGAR (louder, trying to hide her fear): ¿Estás aquí, Mamá? ¡Responde por favor, Mamá!
(Are you here, Mama? Please answer, Mama!)
A rustle. A splash. Something moves in the water. Sugar spins—nothing there.
She’s about to turn back. She’s about to give up. And then—
A hand on her shoulder.
Sugar screams. The Orchestra screams with her—a violent, dissonant crash. She spins and there is MAMA MAITRESSE, inches from her face, ancient and impossible, her eyes milky with age but sharp with knowing.
They stare at each other. The Vega holds its drone. The Swamp holds its breath.
)(^)(
BEAT II
‘EL ENCUENTRO’ (THE MEETING)
MAMA MAITRESSE (her voice a cracked contralto, the sound of roots and rot and something that has been here longer than memory): ¿Por qué has vuelto aquí?
(Why are you back here?)
Sugar can’t speak. She’s shaking.
MAMA (stepping closer, circling her, examining her like a curious specimen): ¿Has venido a ver a mamá Maitresse? ¿Por qué?
(Have you come to see Mama Maitresse? Why?)
SUGAR (finding her voice, barely): Necesito tu ayuda.
(I need your help.)
Mama laughs—a dry, rattling sound.
MAMA: Puedo sentir tus problemas. Te rodean.
(I can feel your problems. They surround you.)
She gestures—at the mist, at the trees, at Sugar herself. The Orchestra swells—the Vega, the drones, the found percussion.
MAMA [cont.]: Están en tu sangre. En tu aliento. En el hueco donde solía estar tu risa.
(They are in your blood. In your breath. In the hollow where your laughter used to be.)
SUGAR (breaking, the words tumbling out): Estaba enamorada, Mamá. Pero mataron al hombre con quien me iba a casar. Lo golpearon hasta la muerte.
(I was in love, Mama. But they killed the man I was going to marry. They beat him to death.)
A pause. Mama watches her.
SUGAR (her voice hardening, the grief turning to something else): Los quiero muertos.
(I want them dead.)
Mama stops circling. She stands before Sugar, studying her with those impossible eyes.
MAMA: Siento tu rabia y tu dolor. Y simpatizo contigo. ¿Pero qué puedo hacer?
(I feel your rage and your pain. And I sympathize with you. But what can I do?)
SUGAR (meeting her gaze, not backing down): Sé lo que puedes hacer. Los poderes que posees.
(I know what you can do. The powers you possess.)
Mama‘s face shifts—something like pain, something like memory.
MAMA (turning away, moving toward the cabin): Hace mucho tiempo, no ahora. Soy vieja y débil, y sólo quiero que me dejen sola.
(A long time ago—not now. I am old and weak and I just want to be left alone.)
SUGAR (following, not letting her escape): Vengo a ti porque sé que puedes ayudarme.
(I come to you because I know you can help me.)
MAMA (at the door, not turning): Estoy cansada, muy cansada. Se necesita un gran esfuerzo, no sé…
(I’m tired—very tired. It takes a great effort… I don’t know.)
Sugar reaches into her bag. She pulls out a photograph—Langston, smiling, alive. She holds it out.
SUGAR: Por favor, mamá. Te lo ruego.
(Please, Mama. I beg you.)
Mama looks at the photograph. Something softens in her face—the memory of love, perhaps. The memory of loss.
MAMA (turning, taking Sugar’s chin in her ancient hand, studying her): Tú siempre fuiste una gran incrédula.
(You were always a great skeptic.)
She laughs—not cruelly, but with wonder.
MAMA [cont.]: ¿Por qué crees ahora?
(Why do you believe now?)
SUGAR (her voice raw, honest, stripped of all pretense): ¡Porque quiero venganza!
(Because I want revenge!)
A long pause. The Swamp listens.
SUGAR (whispering): Por favor, Mamá Maitresse.
(Please, Mama Maitresse.)
Mama closes her eyes. She begins to murmur—words that Sugar doesn’t understand, words older than Spanish, older than America, words that make the Vega shimmer and the chains rattle and the mist swirl.
MAMA (opening her eyes, fixing Sugar with a gaze that sees everything): ¿Cuán fuerte es tu odio?
(How strong is your hatred?)
Sugar doesn’t hesitate.
SUGAR: Tan fuerte como era mi amor, mi odio aún más fuerte es.
(As strong as my love was, my hatred is even stronger.)
Mama nods slowly.
MAMA: El riesgo es alto.
(The risk is high.)
SUGAR: Estoy lista.
(I am ready.)
Mama studies her for a long moment. Then she nods again, decisively.
MAMA: Bien. Mira en la llama.
(Good. Look into the flame.)
She gestures Sugar toward a small fire that has inexplicably appeared—or was it always there? Sugar kneels before it. Mama raises her hands to the sky.
MAMA (chanting, her voice growing in power): Llamaré a mis más poderosos dioses vudú.
(I will call upon my most powerful vodoun gods.)
The Orchestra swells—the Vega, the drums, the chains, the bowed metal. THE CHORUS OF THE DEAD enters, humming their polyphonic drone, still invisible, still waiting.
)(^)(
BEAT III
‘LA CATECISMO DE LOS MUERTOS’ (THE CATECHISM OF THE DEAD)
MAMA (her voice a rhythmic chant): ¿Por dónde sale el sol?
(Where does the sun rise?)
SUGAR (answering, her voice finding a new strength): Por el este, Mamá.
(To the east, Mama.)
MAMA: ¿Dónde se pone el sol?
(Where does the sun set?)
SUGAR: En Guinea, Mamá.
(In Guinea, Mama.)
The Chorus’ hum grows louder, more present.
MAMA: ¿De dónde viene el poder?
(Where does power come from?)
SUGAR: De los vivos entre los muertos, Mamá.
(From the Living among the Dead, Mama.)
MAMA (her voice rising): ¿Quién puede usar el poder?
(Who can use the power?)
SUGAR (rising with her, her voice soaring): Los muertos entre los vivos.
(The Dead among the Living.)
A thunderous percussion hit. Lightning flickers—not from the sky, but from somewhere else. The mist parts. A path appears.
MAMA (taking Sugar’s hand, pulling her to her feet): Ven. El Barón nos espera.
(Come. The Baron awaits us.)
They move into the mist. The Chorus follows. The Vega holds its shimmering drone.
Blackout.
)(^)(
BEAT IV
THE CEMETERY — THE THRONE OF BONES
SETTING: A clearing deeper in the Swamp. An ancient cemetery—if it can be called that. The graves are unmarked, but the earth is disturbed, as if things have been climbing out for centuries. At the center, an altar of stacked stones, with slave chains bolted to the largest. Moss hangs like funeral curtains. The trees are hung with offerings: bottles, bones, ribbons faded to gray.
TIME: Night, but the moon is wrong—too bright, too close.
ATMOSPHERE: The Vega is now dominant. The National Resonator is dead weight, absent. The percussion is all found objects: chains rattling, wood striking wood, the bowed metal, screaming.
Mama and Sugar enter the clearing. Sugar stops, staring at the altar, at the chains.
MAMA (gesturing to the ground before the altar): Arrodíllate.
(Kneel.)
Sugar kneels. The mud is cold. The chains gleam in the wrong moonlight.
MAMA (raising her arms, her voice filling the clearing): ¡Barón Samedi!
(Baron Samedi!)
Thunder—distant, answering.
MAMA [cont.]: ¡Barón Samedi! ¡Guardián de los muertos! ¡Rey de los cementerios!
(Baron Samedi! Guardian of the Dead! King of the Cemeteries!)
The wind rises. The moss dances.
MAMA [cont.]: ¡Escucha nuestra llamada! ¡Demuestra tu presencia! ¡Acude a nuestra llamada!
(Heed our call! Make your presence known! Answer our call!)
Silence. Nothing. Sugar looks up at Mama, desperate.
MAMA (lowering her arms, muttering): Es un Dios codicioso.
(He is a greedy god.)
She turns to Sugar.
MAMA [cont.]: ¿Tienes algo de dinero?
(Do you have any money?)
SUGAR (patting her pockets, finding nothing): No, nada.
(No, nothing.)
MAMA (impatient): Algo, lo que sea.
(Something—anything.)
Sugar reaches up, pulls off her necklace—a simple gold chain, Langston’s gift.
SUGAR (holding it out): ¿Esto?
(This?)
Mama takes it, places it on the altar.
MAMA: Barón Samedi, un regalo para ti.
(Baron Samedi, a gift for you.)
Nothing. Sugar’s hope flickers.
SUGAR: Inténtelo de nuevo, Mamá.
(Try again, Mama.)
MAMA (looking at Sugar’s hands): Tu anillo. Dame tu anillo.
(Your ring. Give me your ring.)
Sugar hesitates. It’s her grandmother’s ring—the only thing she has from her mother’s mother. Then she pulls it off, places it in Mama‘s hand.
MAMA (placing it on the altar): Otro regalo, Barón Samedi.
(Another gift, Baron Samedi.)
The sky tears. Thunder—not distant, but here, splitting the ozone. Lightning—not flickering, but striking, hitting the altar, setting the chains ablaze with cold fire. Smoke curls. The ground shakes.
And from the smoke, and from the fire, and from the desecrated earth itself—
BARON SAMEDIappears.
)(^)(
BEAT V
‘EL PRECIO DE LA SOMBRA’ (THE PRICE OF THE SHADOW) — BARON’S ENTRANCE ARIA
The Baron is magnificent and terrible. He wears a tattered top hat, a formal coat rotting with age, a cane that is also a snake, a snake that is also a cane. His eyes are pits of darkness. His smile is a wound. He is Bass-Baritone and his lowest notes should vibrate in the Audience’s bones.
BARON (laughing—a sound that is also thunder): ¡Ja ja ja!
(Ha ha ha!)
He strides forward, surveying his Domain, his Kingdom, these intruders.
BARON [cont.]: ¿Quién despierta de su sueño al Barón Samedi?
(Who wakes Baron Samedi from his slumber?)
MAMA (bowing low): ¡Barón Samedi!
(Baron Samedi!)
BARON (approaching her, amused): ¿Eres tú, Mamá Maitresse? Hace mucho que no siento tu voz en mi reino.
(Is that you, Mama Maitresse? It has been a long time since I heard your voice in my Realm.)
MAMA: Vinimos a pedir tu ayuda, barón.
(We have come to ask for your help, Baron.)
BARON (his gaze shifting to Sugar, who has not bowed, who is staring at him with fear and defiance): ¿Ayuda?
(Help?)
He circles her. She forces herself to hold still.
SUGAR: Quiero el poder para destruir a mis enemigos.
(I want the power to destroy my enemies.)
MAMA (horrified): ¡Mujer!
(Woman!)
The Baron laughs again—delighted, genuinely delighted.
BARON (stopping before Sugar, leaning close): ¿Quién eres? Soy el Barón Samedi. ¡Este es mi dominio! ¡Mi reino de los muertos!
(Who are you? I am Baron Samedi. This is my Domain! My Kingdom of the Dead!)
MAMA (interceding): Ella no quiso faltarte el respeto, señor. Su nombre es Diana.
(She didn’t mean to disrespect you, sir. Her name is Diana.)
The Baron ignores her. He is focused entirely on Sugar.
BARON: Diana. ¿Y qué va a entregar esta Diana al Barón Samedi por el poder que busca?
(Diana. And what will this Diana give to Baron Samedi for the power she seeks?)
Behind him, figures emerge from the mist. The Zombie brides—women in rotting nightgowns, their eyes silver, their movements fluid and wrong. They flank him, watching Sugar with hunger.
SUGAR (staring at them, horrified): ¿Quiénes son?
(Who are they?)
BARON (smiling, gesturing to them): Esas son las novias del Barón Samedi.
(Those are Baron Samedi’s brides.)
He reaches out, strokes the hair of one. She leans into his touch like a cat.
BARON: Es un gusto adquirido.
(It’s an acquired taste.)
He turns back to Sugar.
BARON [cont.]: ¿Qué me vas a dar?
(What are you going to give me?)
Sugar swallows. She knows what’s expected. She’s ready.
SUGAR: Mi alma.
(My soul.)
The Baron stares at her for a beat. Then he roars with laughter—genuine, astonished, delighted.
BARON: ¿Tu alma? ¡Ja ja ja! ¿Qué es eso de las almas, mujer? No estoy interesado en las almas.
(Your soul? Ha ha ha! What is this talk of souls, woman? I am not interested in souls.)
More thunder. More lightning. The Brides sway.
BARON (stepping closer, his voice dropping, becoming intimate, dangerous): Nada de almas. ¿No me temes?
(No souls. Do you not fear me?)
Sugar meets his eyes. Her voice is steady.
SUGAR: No.
(No.)
A long pause. The Baron studies her. Something shifts in his face—respect, perhaps. Interest, certainly.
BARON: Dime, ¿por qué quieres mis poderes?
(Tell me, why do you want my powers?)
SUGAR: Hay unos hombres a los que quiero castigar.
(There are some men I want to punish.)
BARON: ¿Castigar?
(Punish?)
SUGAR: Muerte. Pero necesito a más de un hombre. ¿Me puedes ayudar?
(Death. But I need more than one man. Can you help me?)
The Baron looks at her for a long moment. Then he smiles—a terrible, wonderful smile.
BARON (spreading his arms, addressing the Night, the Dead, everything): ¡Tengo un ejército de muertos… esperando tus órdenes!
(I have an Army of the Dead… waiting for your orders!)
The ground erupts. From every grave, from every patch of mud, from the water itself—Hands. Arms. Bodies. TheZombies rise. They wear the chains of slaves. Their eyes are silver. Their machetes catch the wrong moonlight.
BARON (his voice building, drawing out each syllable, commanding the Universe): ¡Despierten! ¡Todos han jurado obedecer la voluntad… del Barón Samedi! ¡Esclavo y amo! ¡Amo y esclavo! ¡DESPIERTEN!
(Wake up! You have all sworn to obey the will… of Baron Samedi! Slave and master! Master and slave! Wake Up!)
)(^)(
BEAT VI
‘LA DANZA DE LOS ZOMBIS’ (THE DANCE OF THE ZOMBIES) — FULL COMPANY BALLET
This is not a dance of joy. It is a dance of awakening. The Zombies move slowly at first, stiffly, as if remembering how bodies work. Then faster, more fluid, more terrifying. They raise their machetes. They turn their silver eyes toward Sugar. They are waiting.
The Orchestra is at full power—the Vega shimmering, the percussion pounding, the brass and strings weaving a horrifying, beautiful tapestry. THE CHORUS OF THE DEAD hums and keens and stomps.
Two Zombies—a man and a woman—find each other. They look into each other’s silver eyes. They smile. It’s the most human thing they’ve done and it’s the most horrible.
Sugar watches them. She should be terrified. She is. But beneath the terror, something else is growing. Power. Purpose. The knowledge that she is no longer alone.
The Baron appears beside her, watching his children dance.
BARON (his voice cutting through the music, but only for her): ¡Te daré tu venganza! Ponlos al servicio del mal. Es todo lo que saben y desean.
(I will give you your vengeance! Put them in the service of evil. It is all they know and desire.)
Sugar looks at him. Looks at the Zombies. Looks at Mama, who is watching with ancient, knowing eyes.
She steps forward. The Zombies part for her. She walks among them and they bow.
The music builds to a shattering climax. The Zombies raise their machetes to the sky. Sugar stands at the center, her face half-lit by the wrong moonlight, half-shadowed by the thing she is becoming.
And for just a moment, her eyes flicker silver.
Blackout.
The Vega holds its final note—a shimmering, endless drone—for three full seconds after darkness.
Then silence.
END OF SCENE THREE
)(^)(
ACT ONE, SCENE FOUR
STRUCTURE NOTE: This scene is a double scene—two locations inter-cut, two worlds unfolding simultaneously. On one side: the first kill, brutal and swift. On the other: Valentina’s first encounter with the impossible, small and strange. The scene should be staged with fluid transitions—lighting shifts, the Orchestra moving between two auditory worlds, the action flowing from one to the other without blackouts.
)(^)(
BEAT I
THE DOCKYARDS — MORNING
SETTING: The docks. Shipping containers, cranes, the smell of diesel and river. A hiring line—Black men waiting for day work, their faces tired and familiar with humiliation. Tank presides over them like a petty king, clipboard in hand, enjoying himself entirely too much.
TIME: The morning after the cemetery. Sugar has not slept. She has been elsewhere.
ATMOSPHERE: The National Resonator is back—but it’s different now. Tainted. The urban brass is there, but beneath it, the Vega shimmers faintly, watching. The two worlds are beginning to bleed into each other.
)(^)(
TANK (calling out, enjoying the power): Bueno, necesito diez hombres. Para un contenedor de la línea Quesada. Tengo un barco de bananas de Costa Rica.
(Alright, I need ten men—for a container from the Quesada line. I have a banana ship from Costa Rica.)
He pauses, letting them hope.
TANK [cont.]: ¿Qué opinan, chicos? ¡Todas las bananas que quieran! Y además, paga.
(What do you boys think? All the bananas you want! Plus, it pays.)
A murmur among the men. One of them—WORKER 1, a man who has done this too many times—steps forward.
WORKER 1: No nos gusta pagar para trabajar.
(We don’t like paying to work.)
Tank’s smile doesn’t flicker. This is the part he likes.
TANK: De acuerdo. No hay dinero, no hay trabajo. Siguiente.
(Agreed. No money, no work. Next.)
Worker 1 doesn’t move. The men behind him shift, angry.
WORKER 1: No compramos puestos de trabajo.
(We do not buy jobs.)
Tank moves faster than a man his size should. He punches Worker 1 in the stomach—once, twice. The man crumples. Tank stands over him, breathing hard, enjoying the silence.
TANK (to the fallen man, to all of them): ¿Qué has dicho? ¡Tú compras tu trabajo, chico! ¡O te mueres de hambre!
(What did you say? You buy your job, boy! Or you starve!)
He looks around at the other men. They won’t meet his eyes.
TANK [cont.]: ¿Entiendes? ¿Entendido?
(Do you understand? Understood?)
Silence. Then movement—the men begin to drift away, angry, humiliated, defeated. Tank watches them go, satisfied.
TANK (to himself, chuckling): Tienen más cerebro de lo que pensaba.
(They have more brains than I thought.)
He turns and exits toward the warehouse. The stage empties.
But one figure remains. He was at the back of the crowd—an old Black man in a tattered coat, leaning on a cane, watching everything. The Baron, in his ‘Old Sam’ guise. He smiles—a small, private smile.
He follows Tank into the warehouse.
The Vega shimmers. The Resonator holds a single, decaying note.
Light shift.
)(^)(
BEAT II
THE WAREHOUSE — THE FIRST KILL
SETTING: Inside the warehouse. Dark, cavernous, stacked with crates. A single shaft of light from a high window. The sound of water dripping somewhere. The smell of rot.
TIME: The same moment. The light is wrong—gray, flat, as if the sun has forgotten this place.
ATMOSPHERE: The Resonator fades. The Vega takes over—slow, shimmering, patient. The percussion begins: a rhythmic, metallic clanking—chains, dragging.
TANK enters, alone. He’s still smug, still enjoying his morning’s work. But something’s wrong. The shadows are too dark. The silence is too complete.
TANK (calling out, trying to sound confident): ¿Quién anda ahí?
(Who’s there?)
Silence. He takes another step.
TANK (louder): Dije que quién anda ahí.
(I said, ‘Who’s there?’)
A figure steps from the shadows. SUGAR. She’s wearing the same clothes as the cemetery—mud on her hem, something different in her eyes.
TANK (relieved, then leering): Bueno, bueno. La novia de Langston.
(Well, well. Langston’s girlfriend.)
He circles her, slow and ugly.
TANK [cont.]: ¿Sabes? Tienes uno de los mejores culos de la ciudad. No me gustaría vértelo pateado por acusar a las personas.
(You know? You have one of the best asses in the City. I’d hate to see it kicked for accusing people.)
Sugar doesn’t move. Doesn’t flinch. Her voice is calm, cold, elsewhere.
SUGAR: No soy tu juez, soy tu destino.
(I am not your judge; I am your destiny.)
Tank laughs—but it’s uncertain now.
TANK: ¿Qué dijiste?
(What did you say?)
SUGAR: No es una acusación, es tu sentencia: la muerte.
(It is not an accusation; it is your sentence: death.)
She steps closer. He steps back—and bumps into something solid. He turns.
Tank screams. He turns—another Zombie. Another. Another. They surround him, silent, patient, terrible.
TANK (falling to his knees, begging): ¡Por favor, no me mates! ¡No quise hacerlo! ¡Me obligaron! ¡No quise hacerlo! ¡No, por favor!
(Please, don’t kill me! I didn’t mean to do it! They forced me! I didn’t mean to do it! No, please!)
Sugar watches. Her face is expressionless. But beneath the stillness, something is happening—a flicker of silver in her eyes, a tremor in her hands. This is the first time. This is the threshold.
She nods.
The Zombies’ blowsflood down upon Tank.
The Orchestra does not play music. It plays sound—the wet thud of machetes, the crunch of bone, the gurgle of a scream cut short. THE CHORUS OF THE DEAD hums—low, steady, indifferent. They have done this before. They will do it again.
Tank’sgutted body finally falls. The Zombies stand over it, silent.
Sugar looks at what she’s done. Her face is pale. Her hands are shaking. She opens her mouth—to say something, to take it back, to claim it—
But The Baron appears behind her, silent, watching. He doesn’t speak. He doesn’t need to. This is what she asked for. This is what she’ll become.
Sugar closes her mouth. She walks away. The Zombies dissolve into shadow.
The Vega holds a single, shimmering note.
Light shift.
)(^)(
BEAT III
THE CRIME SCENE — THE IMPOSSIBLE ENTERS
SETTING: The same warehouse, hours later. Now it’s a crime scene—yellow tape, police officers, the harsh glare of portable lights. Tank’s headless body has been removed, but the blood remains. And something else.
TIME: Afternoon. The wrong light is gone; this is ordinary daylight, harsh and unforgiving.
ATMOSPHERE: The Orchestra is back in ‘real world’ mode—but it’s off. Slightly detuned. Slightly wrong. The Vega is gone, but its absence is felt.
THECAPTAIN—a weary man who has seen too much and understood too little—supervises the investigation. VALENTINA enters, out of breath, still in uniform from her shift.
VALENTINA: Vine tan pronto como pude. ¿Es Tank Watson?
(I came as soon as I could. Was that Tank Watson?)
CAPTAIN (not looking up): Eso creemos.
(That is what we believe.)
VALENTINA: ¿Creen?
(You believe?)
She crosses to where the body was. The blood is enormous—a lake of it. She stares.
VALENTINA (quietly): Dios mío.
(My god.)
OFFICER 1 enters, speaking carefully.
OFFICER 1: Tenemos algo, capitán.
(We’ve got something, Captain.)
CAPTAIN: Vamos.
(Come on.)
They cross the warehouse. In a corner, near a stack of crates, they find it: Tank’s head, severed, eyes still open, mouth frozen in a scream. Valentina turns away, sick.
OFFICER 1 kneels, examining the area. He picks something up—holds it to the light.
OFFICER 1: ¿Qué es esto?
(What is this?)
Valentina forces herself to look. It’s a shackle. Old. Rusted. The kind slaves wore.
She takes it, turns it over in her hands. The Orchestra plays a single, dissonant chord—the Vega, silent but present, a ghost in the machine.
VALENTINA (staring at the shackle, her voice barely a whisper): ¿Qué es esto?
(What is this?)
THECAPTAIN glances at it, dismissive.
CAPTAIN: Basura. Los niños encuentran esas cosas en los pantanos todo el tiempo.
(Junk. Kids find things like that in the swamp all the time.)
VALENTINA (not convinced): Sí. Claro.
(Yes. Of course.)
She holds the shackle tighter. The lights hold on her face—confused, disturbed, beginning to suspect things she cannot name.
Blackout.
)(^)(
BEAT IV
MORGAN’S LAIR — THE UNEASY KING
SETTING: Morgan’s office, same as before. But something has shifted. The leather and chrome seem tawdry now, cheap, vulnerable. Morgan eats at his desk—a steak, bloody—but he’s not enjoying it.
TIME: Evening. The same day.
ATMOSPHERE: The National Resonator tries to assert itself, but it’s wrong—notes slip, rhythms stumble. Something is coming.
MORGAN eats. FABULOUS stands by the door. O’BRIEN and KING hover, uneasy.
MORGAN (chewing, annoyed): Bueno, ¿qué están esperando?
(Well, what are you waiting for?)
O’BRIEN (unable to look at the steak): ¿Cómo puedes comer después de lo que le pasó a Tank?
(How can you eat after what happened to Tank?)
KING (quiet, for once shaken): Los chicos están asustados. La manera en que fue cortado…
(The boys are scared. The way he was cut…)
MORGAN (waving a fork dismissively): Cuéntamelo más tarde.
(Tell me about it later.)
KING: ¡Pero Morgan…!
(But Morgan…!)
MORGAN (slamming down the fork): ¡DIJE DESPUÉS!
(I Said ‘Later’!)
Silence. Morgan takes a breath, composes himself.
MORGAN [cont.]: Sal a la calle y averigua quién está detrás de esta basura. ¡Ahora, idiota!
(Get out on the street and find out who’s behind this garbage! Now, you idiot!)
KING (backing away): Está bien, está bien.
(It’s fine, it’s fine.)
O’Brien and King exit. Fabulous remains by the door, watching Morgan.
Morgan picks up his fork again. Tries to eat. Can’t.
MORGAN (muttering, trying to convince himself): Algún hippie drogado mató a Tank… ¡y ahora no me dejan comer en paz!
(Some stoned hippie killed Tank… and now they won’t let me eat in peace!)
He forces a bite. Chews. Swallows. The Resonator plays a sad, cynical little riff—the sound of a man who doesn’t know he’s already dead.
Light shift.
)(^)(
BEAT V
THE LAB — THE IMPOSSIBLE NAMED
SETTING: The police lab. Fluorescent lights, stainless steel, the smell of chemicals. A microscope. Evidence bags.
TIME: Late night. Valentina hasn’t gone home.
ATMOSPHERE: The Orchestra is clinical—precise, detached—but beneath it, the Vega hums faintly, waiting.
VALENTINA stands at the microscope. THELAB TECH—young, earnest, a little strange—stands beside her.
TECH: ¿Así que no hay nada sobre esto?
(So there’s nothing about this?)
VALENTINA (not looking up): Un viejo grillete de esclavo. Los niños los encuentran de vez en cuando en los pantanos. Nada raro.
(An old slave shackle. The children find them every now and then in the swamp. Nothing unusual.)
TECH (hesitating): Maldición.
(Damn.)
Valentina looks up.
VALENTINA: ¿Qué?
(What?)
The Tech moves to another microscope, gestures for her to look.
TECH: Esto es lo que quiero que veas.
(This is what I want you to see.)
Valentina looks. She sees… nothing unusual.
VALENTINA: ¿Qué se supone que vea?
(What am I supposed to see?)
TECH: Es una muestra del cuello de Tank Watson.
(It is a sample from Tank Watson’s neck.)
VALENTINA: ¿Entonces?
(So?)
TECH (choosing his words carefully): Es un hongo.
(It is a fungus.)
VALENTINA: ¿De qué clase?
(What kind?)
TECH: No del tipo que se encuentra en el queso suizo.
(Not the kind found in Swiss cheese.)
Valentina straightens, frustrated.
VALENTINA: De acuerdo. ¿Dónde encontramos este tipo de hongo?
(Alright. Where can we find this type of fungus?)
TECH: No lo sé. Pero quién sea que agarró a Tank, tenía los dedos cubiertos de piel muerta.
(I don’t know. But whoever grabbed Tank had their fingers covered in dead skin.)
Valentina stares at him.
VALENTINA: ¿Piel muerta y moho?
(Dead skin and mold?)
TECH (leaning forward, intense): Teniente, no lo entiende. No estoy hablando de células muertas que son reemplazadas. Eso es lo normal.
(Lieutenant, you don’t understand. I’m not talking about dead cells being replaced. That is normal.)
A pause. The Vega hums louder.
TECH [cont.]: Lo que tenemos aquí son terminaciones nerviosas, células de pigmento, epidermis… todo muerto.
(What we have here are nerve endings, pigment cells, epidermis… all dead.)
Valentina processes this. Her face goes through several stages—disbelief, confusion, the beginning of something she can’t name.
VALENTINA (slowly, testing the idea): ¿Quieres decir que estas células provenían de tejidos muertos?
(You mean that these cells were from dead tissue?)
She laughs—a nervous, disbelieving sound.
VALENTINA [cont.]: ¡Ja, ja, ja! ¡Eso significaría que el asesino no estaba vivo! ¡Que un muerto asesinó a Tank Watson!
(Ha, ha, ha! That would mean the killer wasn’t alive! That a dead man murdered Tank Watson!)
The Tech meets her eyes. He’s not laughing.
TECH: Tú lo dijiste, no yo.
(You said it, not me.)
The Vega swells—a full, shimmering chord. Valentina feels it, physically—a vibration in her chest, a cold at the base of her spine.
She looks at the shackle. She looks at the microscope. She looks at The Tech, who is pale and serious.
She doesn’t speak. She can’t.
Slow fade.
The Vega holds its note into the darkness.
END OF SCENE FOUR
)(^)(
ACT ONE, SCENE FIVE
TITLE:Los Cerdos — La Segunda Muerte (The Pigs — The Second Death)
STRUCTURE NOTE: This scene inter-cuts three locations: the docks (O’Brien’s casual cruelty), the taxi ride (The Baron as chauffeur) and the pig pen (Sugar’s grotesque justice). The tone shifts from realistic brutality to surreal horror to black comedy—sometimes in the same moment.
)(^)(
BEAT I
THE DOCKYARDS — THE LITTLE TYRANT
SETTING: Another part of the docks. A produce stall—crates of vegetables, a scale, an awning that provides inadequate shade. The owner is an old man, Produce Cart Owner, who has run this stall for years.
TIME: A few days after Tank’s death. O’Brien hasn’t learned anything.
ATMOSPHERE: The National Resonator is back—but it’s nervous, skittish, playing riffs that start and stop. O’Brien’s music is jumpy, cruel, small.
O’Brien stands at the produce stall, looming over the Owner. He’s enjoying this.
O’BRIEN: Escúchame bien, tienes un día para traer el dinero. O todo esto y tu trasero serán míos. ¿Entendido?
(Listen to me closely: you have one day to bring the money. Or all of this—and your ass—will be mine. Understood?)
The Owner says nothing. He’s learned that saying nothing is safest.
O’BRIEN (louder, leaning in): ¿ENTENDIDO?
(Understood?)
OWNER (barely audible): Sí, señor.
(Yes, sir.)
O’BRIEN (satisfied, stepping back): Bien. No queremos enojar al Sr. Morgan, ¿no?
(Alright. We don’t want to anger Mr. Morgan, do we?)
He turns to go—and nearly collides with an old Black man in a tattered coat, leaning on a cane, smiling.
BARON (unfazed by ‘chico,’ beaming): El Sr. Morgan dice que quiere hablar con usted ahora.
(Mr. Morgan says he wants to speak with you now.)
O’BRIEN: ¿Para qué?
(What about?)
BARON: Eso es lo que me dijo. Y el viejo Sam… no le pregunta al Sr. Morgan. No, señor.
(That’s what he told me. And Old Sam… he doesn’t ask Mr. Morgan. No, sir.)
He leans in conspiratorially.
BARON [cont.]: Es un hombre malo. De hecho, me dijo que…
(He is a bad man. In fact, he told me that…)
O’BRIEN (impatient, waving him off): Está bien, está bien. Vamos.
(Okay, okay. Let’s go.)
He follows The Baron toward a waiting taxi. The Resonator plays a jaunty, sinister little tune—the sound of a trap closing.
Light shift.
)(^)(
BEAT II
THE TAXI — THE ROAD TO JUSTICE
SETTING: The interior of a taxi. O’Brien in the back seat. The Baron driving. The windows show swamp—more and more swamp, less and less City.
TIME: Late afternoon, fading toward dusk.
ATMOSPHERE: The Resonator fades. The Vega enters—softly at first, then growing. The percussion begins: the sound of water, of mud, of things moving just beneath the surface.
O’BRIEN (looking out the window, uneasy): Oye… esto no es el camino a la oficina de Morgan.
(Hey… this isn’t the way to Morgan’s office.)
BARON (cheerfully): No, señor. El Sr. Morgan está en su otra oficina. La del pantano.
(No, sir. Mr. Morgan is in his other office. The one in the Swamp.)
O’BRIEN: ¿Morgan tiene una oficina en el pantano?
(Morgan have an office in the swamp?)
BARON: Desde siempre, señor. Muy privada. Muy segura. Nadie encuentra a Morgan si Morgan no quiere ser encontrado.
(Always has been, sir. Very private. Very secure. No one finds Morgan unless Morgan wants to be found.)
O’Brien doesn’t like this. But he’s also smart enough to say anything about it.
O’BRIEN (sullen): Bueno, apúrate. Tengo cosas que hacer.
(Well, hurry up. I have things to do.)
BARON (glancing in the rearview, smiling): Sí, señor. Apurándonos.
(Yes, sir. Hurrying up.)
The taxi drives deeper into the Swamp. The Vega shimmers. The light fades.
Light shift.
)(^)(
BEAT III
THE SWAMP ESTATE — THE PIG PEN
SETTING: A clearing deep in the Swamp. At its center: a small enclosure, fenced with rough wood. Inside: pigs. Not cute pigs—these are large, hungry, restless. They push against the fence. They smell blood.
TIME: Dusk. The wrong light again—silver, otherworldly.
ATMOSPHERE: The Vega dominant. The percussion includes sounds that might be pigs or might be something else. THE CHORUS OF THE DEAD hums—low, anticipatory.
The taxi arrives. O’Brien gets out, looking around with growing alarm.
O’BRIEN: ¿Dónde está Morgan?
(Where is Morgan?)
BARON (gesturing toward the trees): Por allí, señor. Solo tiene que caminar un poco.
(Over there, sir. You just have to walk a little.)
O’BRIEN: ¿Caminar? ¿En esto?
(Walk? In this?)
He looks at themud, the mosquitoes, the hot wet dark. The Baron waits, patient, smiling.
O’BRIEN (sighing, starting forward): Este puto Morgan…
(That fucking Morgan…)
He walks. The Baron watches him go. Then The Baron dissolves into the shadows—not walking away, just gone.
O’Brienwalks deeper into the clearing. He sees the enclosure. The pigs. He stops.
O’BRIEN (to himself, confused): ¿Qué es esto?
(What is this?)
Behind him: movement. He spins.
ZOMBIES. Surrounding him. Silver eyes. Shackled wrists. Machetes gleaming in the wrong light.
He screams—but before he can run, they’re on him. They don’t kill him. They drag him—toward the enclosure, toward the pigs.
SUGAR enters. She’s different now—more composed, more Other. The silver in her eyes is stronger. Her voice is calm, almost gentle.
(Come here, O’Brien. I want to show you something.)
She gestures. The Zombies drag him to the fence, force him to look at the pigs.
O’BRIEN (struggling, desperate): ¡No! ¡Sólo quiero marcharme de aquí!
(No! I just want to get out of here!)
SUGAR (ignoring him, speaking to the pigs): Pobres cerditos. ¿Sabes que hace casi una semana que no comen basura?
(Poor little pigs. Do you know that they haven’t eaten garbage for almost a week?)
She turns to O’Brien, smiles—a terrible, beautiful smile.
SUGAR [cont.]: Tienen un hambre terrible, diría yo.
(They have a terrible hunger, I would say.)
O’BRIEN (understanding dawning, horrified): ¡No! ¡No vas a hacer nada loco, ¿no?!
(No! You’re not going to do anything crazy, are you?!)
SUGAR (tilting her head, curious): ¿Quieres decir como hice con Tank?
(Do you mean like I did with Tank?)
O’Brien goes still. His face drains of color.
O’BRIEN: ¿Fuiste tú? No lo creo.
(That was you? I don’t believe it.)
SUGAR: Te estás por convertir en un creyente.
(You are about to become a believer.)
She steps closer. Her voice drops—intimate, almost kind.
SUGAR [cont.]: ¿Te estás divirtiendo?
(Are you having fun?)
O’BRIEN (babbling now): Ya entendí el mensaje. No vas a hacer nada más, ¿no? ¡Ya entendí!
(I got the message. You’re not going to do anything else, are you? I get it!)
SUGAR: Por supuesto que no. Te di mi palabra. Lo prometí.
(Of course not. I gave you my word. I promised.)
She pauses. Looks at the pigs. Looks back at him.
SUGAR: Pobres cerditos.
(Poor little pigs.)
A long moment. O’Brien actually relaxes, just slightly—he’s going to be okay, she promised, she gave her word—
SUGAR (to the Dead, gesturing): Aliméntenlos.
(Feed them.)
The Zombies move. O’Brien screams—really screams, a sound that tears through the Swamp, through the Orchestra, through the Audience’s chest. They lift him. They throw him over the fence.
He lands among the pigs. For a moment, nothing happens. He lies there, frozen, hoping—
Then they move.
The Orchestra doesn’t play. It becomes the sound—the grunting, the tearing, the screaming that doesn’t last nearly long enough. THE CHORUS OF THE DEAD hums, steady, indifferent. They’ve seen this before. They’ll see it again.
Sugar watches. Her face is still. But beneath the stillness—something. Not guilt. Not pleasure. Something else. Something new.
She turns away. The Baron is there, watching her.
BARON (quietly, approvingly): Bien.
(Good.)
She meets his eyes. Hers flicker silver.
SUGAR: Espero que les guste la basura blanca.
(I hope they like white trash.)
She walks away. The Baron laughs—softly, privately—and follows.
The pigs continue feeding. The Vega holds a single, shimmering note.
Light shift.
END OF SCENE FIVE
)(^)(
ACT ONE, SCENE SIX
SETTING: Sugar’s photography studio. The same as before—but different. Something has shifted. The light is wrong. The shadows are too dark.
TIME: The next day. Ordinary daylight, but it doesn’t feel ordinary.
ATMOSPHERE: The Orchestra is quiet—tense, waiting. The Vega is silent, but its absence is heavy.
)(^)(
BEAT I
THE STUDIO — THE WEIGHT OF SILENCE
SUGAR sits at her desk. She’s not working. She’s staring at nothing. Her hands are clean—she washed them—but she can still feel it. The weight of the screams. The sound of the body.
A knock. She doesn’t move. Another knock. The door opens.
VALENTINA enters. She’s in civilian clothes—off duty, but not off the case. She carries a file. She looks exhausted.
VALENTINA: Hola.
(Hello.)
Sugar doesn’t respond. Valentina crosses to her, stands beside her.
VALENTINA [cont.]: Una cosa no ha cambiado: Aún trabajas tan duro como siempre.
(One thing hasn’t changed: You still work as hard as ever.)
Sugar laughs—a hollow, broken sound.
SUGAR: Hace mucho que no andabas por aquí, Valentina.
(It’s been a long time since you were around here, Valentina.)
VALENTINA (sitting across from her): Si no recuerdo mal, tuvo más que ver contigo que conmigo.
(If I recall correctly, that had more to do with you than with me.)
Sugar looks at her. Really looks. For a moment, the mask slips—she’s just a woman, exhausted, horrified by what she’s become.
SUGAR: ¿Qué te trae aquí hoy?
(What brings you here today?)
VALENTINA (quietly): Negocios.
(Business.)
SUGAR: Solía ser placer.
(It used to be a pleasure.)
A long pause. They look at each other. The air between them is thick with everything unsaid.
VALENTINA: Sí, solía serlo.
(Yes, it used to be.)
SUGAR: Sería bueno si pudiéramos transformar ese pasado en presente.
(It would be good if we could transform that past into the present.)
VALENTINA: Bueno, con el tiempo las cosas cambian.
(Well, over time, things change.)
SUGAR: A veces vuelven a su estado anterior.
(Sometimes they return to their previous state.)
Valentina studies her. There’s something different about Sugar—something she can’t name but feels.
VALENTINA: ¿Has oído hablar de los asesinatos?
(Have you heard about the murders?)
Sugar’s face doesn’t change.
SUGAR: ¿Qué asesinatos?
(What murders?)
VALENTINA: Dos hombres de Morgan.
(Two of Morgan’s men.)
SUGAR: No se supone que me ponga triste, ¿no? No los conocía, pero sé lo que eran. Basura.
(I’m not supposed to feel sad, am I? I didn’t know them, but I know what they were. Trash.)
VALENTINA (leaning forward, intense): Tengo la sensación de que sus muertes fueron una especie de castigo.
(I have the feeling that their deaths were a kind of punishment.)
Sugar meets her gaze—steady, unreadable.
SUGAR: ¿Qué significa eso?
(What does that mean?)
VALENTINA: Nena, soy policía. A veces los policías tienen corazonadas que parecen inverosímiles. Pero a veces son mejores que cualquier prueba tangible.
(Baby, I’m a cop. Sometimes cops have hunches that seem far-fetched. But sometimes they’re better than any tangible evidence.)
SUGAR (her voice flat): Me parece bien que sigas tus corazonadas, Valentina, sólo te digo que aquí estás equivocado.
(I think it’s fine that you follow your hunches, Valentina—I’m just telling you that you’re wrong here.)
VALENTINA (not backing down): Quizás no sabes nada sobre los asesinatos. Sólo por los viejos tiempos, ten cuidado. Morgan no es un tipo con el que se juegue.
(Maybe you don’t know anything about the murders. Just for old times’ sake, be careful. Morgan isn’t a guy to mess with.)
Sugar stands, moves to the window—putting distance between them.
SUGAR: Soy suficientemente inteligente para saber eso.
(I am intelligent enough to know that.)
VALENTINA (rising, following): Sé exactamente lo lista que eres, Sugar. Eres capaz de hacer cualquier cosa que se te meta en la cabeza.
(I know exactly how smart you are, Sugar. You are capable of doing anything you set your mind to.)
Sugar turns—and for a moment, the mask is gone. Her eyes are fierce, wounded, dangerous.
SUGAR: ¡Vamos, Valentina! ¿Te parezco una loca asesina?
(Come on, Valentina! Do I look like a crazy killer to you?)
A long pause. Valentina looks at her—really looks. She sees the woman she loved. She sees someone she doesn’t recognize.
VALENTINA (softly): Esa no es una pregunta justa.
(That is not a fair question.)
SUGAR (her voice cracking, just slightly): ¿Por qué?
(Why?)
Valentina crosses to her. Stands inches away. Lifts a hand—touches Sugar’s face, gently, the way she used to.
VALENTINA: Nena, siempre lucirás bien para mí.
(Baby, you’ll always look good to me.)
She leans in. Kisses her. It’s soft, tender, full of everything they were and everything they’ll never be again.
Sugar doesn’t move. Doesn’t respond. But she doesn’t pull away either.
The kiss ends. Valentina steps back.
VALENTINA [cont.]: Planeo estar en contacto.
(I plan to stay in touch.)
She moves to the door. Pauses. Looks back, then exits. Sugar stands alone. She touches her lips—where Valentina kissed her. Her hand trembles.
The Vega shimmers—just once, just a note. The silver flickers in her eyes.
She closes them. When she opens them again, the mask is back. She is SugarHill. She is the Mother of the Rot in progress. She is unstoppable.
Blackout.
)(^)(
BEAT II
MORGAN’S LAIR — THE HEART ARRIVES
SETTING: Morgan’s office. Same as before—but now it seems smaller, cheaper, as if the Swamp is pressing in on it.
TIME: Night. Morgan is alone, drinking, trying to pretend everything is fine.
ATMOSPHERE: The National Resonator tries to play—but it’s sick, notes sliding out of tune, rhythms stumbling. Something is coming.
A knock. Morgan starts, recovers.
MORGAN (calling): ¡Adelante!
(Come in!)
The door opens. No one’s there. But on the doorstep: a ceramic urn. Ornate. Old. Wrong.
Morgan stares at it. He doesn’t want to go look. He goes anyway.
He picks up the urn. Carries it inside. Sets it on his desk. Circles it.
MORGAN (calling out, uncertain): ¿Fabulous?
(Fabulous?)
No answer. He’s alone.
He lifts the lid. Looks inside.
The Orchestra screams—a full, dissonant crash. Morgan staggers back, dropping the urn and whatever horror it contains. It doesn’t break. It just… sits there.
MORGAN (his voice small, childlike, terrified): ¡Dios! ¡Dios! ¡Dios!
(God! God! God!)
He stares at the urn, the sickly glow of the human heart tucked within, barely out of sight. The Resonator plays a single, dying note—the sound of a man realizing he’s not safe anywhere.
Slow fade.
The urn sits on his desk, patient, waiting.
The Vega shimmers—once, softly, from somewhere far away.
Blackout.
END OF SCENE SIX
)(^)(
ACT ONE, SCENE SEVEN
TITLE:El Muñeco — La Tercera Muerte (The Doll — The Third Death)
STRUCTURE NOTE: This entire scene takes place in one location—a pool hall transformed into a temple of dread. The tension builds slowly, inexorably. The Audience should feel the fuse burning, even if they can’t see it.
)(^)(
BEAT I
THE POOL HALL — THE TRAP SPRINGS
SETTING: A pool hall on the edge of the City. Not a nice one—felt worn, cues crooked, lights low. A few tables, a bar in the back, the smell of stale beer and old cigarettes. But tonight, something’s wrong. Something has taken it over. The usual crowd is gone. The lights are dimmer than they should be. Candles have been placed on every surface—flickering, casting long shadows.
TIME: Night. Late. The hour when nothing good happens.
ATMOSPHERE: The National Resonator is present, but it’s trapped—playing the same nervous riff over and over, unable to escape. The Vega shimmers beneath it, patient, waiting. The percussion is sparse: the click of pool balls, the creak of a cue stick, the slow tick of something burning.
GEORGIE stands at a pool table, cue in hand. He’s alone—or so he thinks. He’s been here for an hour, waiting for someone who never came. He’s nervous. He should leave. He doesn’t.
The door opens. SUGAR enters. She’s dressed for a photo shoot—stylish, composed—but her eyes catch the candlelight strangely.
GEORGIE (relieved, then wary): Vaya lugar que tienes.
(What a place you have.)
SUGAR (crossing to him, smiling): ¿Te gusta?
(Like it?)
She gestures at the candles, the shadows, the vodounfetishes arranged on a shelf behind the bar.
SUGAR [cont.]: Para la portada de una revista.
(For a magazine cover.)
Georgie looks around. He doesn’t like what he sees.
GEORGIE: ¿Buscas algo en particular?
(Are you looking for something in particular?)
SUGAR: A ti.
(For you.)
A long pause. Georgie’s hand tightens on his cue.
GEORGIE (forcing a laugh): ¿A mí? ¿Para qué?
(For me? Whatever for?)
SUGAR (still smiling, still pleasant): Quiero hacerte unas fotos. Eres muy fotogénico, Georgie.
(I want to take some photos of you. You’re very photogenic, Georgie.)
He doesn’t buy it. He’s looking at the things he does not understand, at the candles, at the shadows that seem to move when he’s not looking directly at them.
GEORGIE: ¡Hay algo malo en este lugar!
(There is something wrong with this place!)
His voice rises. He points at the shadows.
GEORGIE [cont.]: ¡Las velas, los muñecos, eso! ¡No me gusta nada de esto!
(The candles, the dolls—that stuff! I don’t like any of this!)
He backs away from her—and bumps into a table. He spins. Nothing there. When he turns back, Sugar is somehow much closer.
SUGAR: Tú y yo vamos a hablar.
(You and I are going to talk.)
GEORGIE (panic rising): Hablar, ¿qué quieres decir con hablar? ¿Por qué me has traído aquí?
(Talk—what do you mean by talk? Why have you brought me here?)
Sugar doesn’t answer. She just watches him—patient, calm, terrible.
Georgie’s hand goes to his jacket. Comes out with a gun.
GEORGIE (pointing it at her, his voice shaking): ¡Tienes tres segundos para decirme qué está sucediendo aquí… y para quién trabajas!
(You have three seconds to tell me what’s going on here… and who you work for!)
Sugar looks at the gun. Looks at him. Smiles.
SUGAR: ¿En verdad quieres saberlo?
(Do you really want to know?)
GEORGIE (screaming): ¿PARA QUIÉN?
(For Who?)
SUGAR (softly, almost gently): Para él.
(For him.)
Behind Georgie, the shadows thicken. A figure emerges—tall, top-hatted, grinning. The Baron. He’s been here the whole time. They’ve all been here the whole time.
Georgie spins. Shoots.
The bullet passes through The Baron like he’s made of smoke. The Baron doesn’t flinch. Doesn’t blink. Just laughs—that terrible, wonderful laugh.
BARON: ¡Ja ja ja!
(Ha, ha, ha!)
Georgie screams. He shoots again. Again. The Baron is untouched. The bullets embed themselves in the wall behind him.
Sugar moves to a table. On it: a ceremonial knife, a fetish doll in the shape of Georgie and a single candle. She sits. Gestures for Georgie to join her.
He can’t move. The Zombies have appeared—silent, silver-eyed, surrounding him. They don’t touch him. They don’t need to. He’s already trapped.
He stumbles to the table. Sits across from Sugar. The Baron looms behind her, watching.
)(^)(
BEAT II
THE TABLE — THE FUSE BURNS
SETTING: The table. Intimate, claustrophobic. The candle between them. The doll. The knife.
TIME: Now. Time has stopped. Only the candle moves.
ATMOSPHERE: The Resonator is gone. The Vega holds a single, shimmering drone. The percussion is the tick-tick-tick of something burning.
Sugar and Georgie face each other. He’s shaking. She’s utterly still.
GEORGIE (staring at the doll, at the knife): ¿Qué…? ¿Para qué es eso?
(What…? What is that for?)
Sugar doesn’t answer. She reaches out—slowly, deliberately—and snaps her fingers.
A spark. A small flame. It begins to travel—along a thin fuse, laid across the table, heading toward the doll.
SUGAR (her voice calm, almost kind): Cuando el muñeco esté en llamas, toma el cuchillo y úsalo… en ti.
(When the doll is in flames, take the knife and use it… on yourself.)
Georgie stares at her. His mouth opens. No sound comes out.
GEORGIE (finally, whispering): Es una locura.
(That’s crazy.)
SUGAR: No, es justicia. Mi justicia, Georgie.
(No, it’s justice. My justice, Georgie.)
GEORGIE (louder, desperate): No lo haré.
(I won’t do it.)
SUGAR (nodding, accepting): Sí, lo harás.
(Yes, you will.)
GEORGIE (screaming): ¡NO, NO LO HARÉ! ¡NO PUEDO! ¡NO!
(No! No, I won’t do it! I can’t do it! No!)
He tries to rise—but the Zombies are there, hands on his shoulders, forcing him down. They’re gentle about it. That’s the worst part.
GEORGIE (sobbing now): ¡No lo haré! ¡No lo haré! ¡No lo haré!
(I won’t do it! I won’t do it! I won’t do it!)
One of the Zombies picks up the knife. Places it in Georgie’s hand. Closes his fingers around it. Steps back.
Georgie looks at the knife in his hand. Looks at the fuse, burning steadily toward the doll. Looks at Sugar, who watches him with something almost like pity.
SUGAR: Vas a morir por tu propia mano.
(You’re going to die by your own hand.)
A tear slides down Georgie’s face. He doesn’t wipe it away.
SUGAR [cont.]: Relájate. No hay nada que puedas hacer. Tengo el poder de destruirte.
(Relax. There is nothing you can do. I have the power to destroy you.)
The fuse reaches the doll. The doll bursts into flame.
Georgie looks at the knife. Looks at his own chest. His hand is shaking so badly he can barely hold it.
THE CHORUS OF THE DEAD begins to hum—low, steady, inexorable. They’re not watching. They’re waiting.
Georgie screams—one long, sustained note of pure terror. And then he drives the knife into his own heart.
The Orchestra explodes—a single, shattering chord. Then silence.
Georgie slumps forward onto the table. The burning doll gutters and dies. Blood spreads across the felt, dark and final.
Sugar sits motionless. She looks at what she’s done. Her face is unreadable.
The Baron appears beside her. He doesn’t speak. He just watches her watching Georgie.
She meets his eyes. Hers flicker silver—longer this time. Stronger.
Sugar rises. Walks away. The Zombies dissolve into shadow.
The Baron remains. He looks at Georgie’s body. Shakes his head—not with pity, but with something like professional appreciation.
BARON (to the body, softly): Bienvenido al reino, hermano.
(Welcome to the Kingdom, brother.)
He tips his hat. Exits.
The candle continues to burn, alone on the table, beside the dead man and the blood.
Slow fade.
)(^)(
BEAT III
MORGAN’S LAIR — THE HEARTS MULTIPLY
SETTING: Morgan’s office. Same as before. The urn still sits on his desk. He hasn’t moved it. Can’t move it.
TIME: The next morning. Grey light through the blinds. Morgan hasn’t slept.
ATMOSPHERE: The National Resonator is silent. Dead. The Vega is absent. Only the Orchestra remains—low strings, uneasy woodwinds, the sound of a man alone with his fear.
Morgan sits at his desk, staring at the urn. He hasn’t touched it since last night. He doesn’t want to touch it ever again.
A knock. He jumps.
MORGAN (hoarse): ¿Quién?
(Who is it?)
FABULOUS (through the door): Soy yo, jefe.
(It’s me, boss.)
Morgan exhales. Wipes his face. Tries to compose himself.
MORGAN: Adelante.
(Come in.)
Fabulous enters. He’s holding something—a small package, wrapped in brown paper.
FABULOUS: Esto llegó a la puerta. No hay remitente.
(This arrived at the door. There is no return address.)
Morgan stares at the package. He knows what it is. He doesn’t want to open it.
FABULOUS (hesitant): ¿Jefe? ¿Estás bien?
(Boss? Are you okay?)
MORGAN (not looking at him): Déjalo ahí.
(Leave it there.)
Fabulous places the package on the desk, beside the urn. He looks at the urn. Looks at Morgan.
FABULOUS: ¿Qué es eso?
(What’s that?)
MORGAN (quietly): No preguntes.
(Don’t ask.)
A long pause. Fabulous doesn’t ask. He’s learning.
FABULOUS: ¿Quieres que me quede?
(Do you want me to stay?)
MORGAN (shaking his head): No. Sal a la calle. Presiona a todo el que conozcamos. Cada puta, cada cliente, cada soplón. Que sepan que quiero saber quién está detrás de esto.
(No. Hit the streets. Lean on everyone we know. Every hooker, every john, every snitch. Let them know I want to know who’s behind this.)
He looks up at Fabulous—and for the first time, Fabulous sees it: fear. Real fear.
MORGAN: Asústalos, pero consigue resultados.
(Scare them, but gets results.)
FABULOUS (nodding): Sí, jefe.
(Yes, boss.)
He exits. Morgan is alone with the urn and the package.
He stares at them for a long moment. Then, slowly, he reaches for the package. Unties the string. Unfolds the paper.
Inside: now visible to the Audience, another human heart.
Morgan doesn’t scream this time. He’s past screaming. He shakes the first heart from the urn onto the paper. Two hearts side by side. He slumps back, staring at it—this second heart, this second message, this second death.
MORGAN (whispering): ¿Quién eres?
(Who are you?)
No answer. Only the sound of his own breathing, too loud in the silent room.
Slow fade.
)(^)(
BEAT IV
THE VOODOO MUSEUM — THE EDUCATION OF VALENTINA
SETTING: The New Orleans Voodoo Museum and Research Institute. Not a tourist trap—a real place, dusty shelves, old books, artifacts in glass cases. Skulls. Dolls. Shackles. The history of a faith Hollywood loves to pretend it understands.
TIME: Afternoon. The same day.
ATMOSPHERE: The Orchestra is academic—precise, curious—but the Vega hums beneath it, faint but present. Knowledge is reaching for Valentina, whether she wants it or not.
VALENTINA enters. DR. PARKHURST—a woman in her 60s, sharp, warm, utterly unafraid of the subject she’s dedicated her life to—looks up from a book.
PARKHURST: ¡Teniente Valentina, qué bueno verlo de nuevo! Pase.
(Lieutenant Valentina, it’s good to see you again! Come in.)
She gestures to a chair. Valentina sits, exhausted.
PARKHURST: Supongo que la única chance de vernos es cuando necesita mi ayuda. Por favor, siéntese.
(I suppose the only chance we have of seeing each other is when you need my help. Please, sit down.)
VALENTINA: Gracias.
(Thanks.)
PARKHURST (settling across from her): ¿Algún asunto con el vudú? ¿Talismánes falsos que se venden a los turistas y cosas por el estilo?
(Any issues with vodoun? Fake talismans being sold to tourists and things like that?)
VALENTINA (shaking her head): No. Hace un par de años que me fui de ese departamento. Homicidios.
(No. I left that department a couple of years ago. Homicide.)
Parkhurst’s eyebrows rise.
PARKHURST: ¿Asesinatos? Interesante. ¿Una taza de té?
(Murders? Interesting. A cup of tea?)
VALENTINA: No, gracias.
(No, thanks.)
She leans forward, intense.
VALENTINA [cont.]: Doctora Parkhurst… vine a usted porque es el único que puede creerme.
(Dr. Parkhurst… I came to you because you are the only one who can believe me.)
PARKHURST (studying her): Esa es una afirmación extraña.
(That is a strange statement.)
VALENTINA: Ha habido tres asesinatos recientemente. No puedo ir ante mis superiores. Se reirían en mi cara.
(There have been three murders recently. I can’t go before my superiors. They would laugh in my face.)
Parkhurst says nothing. Waits.
VALENTINA (reaching into her bag, pulling out the shackle): Encontré esto en una escena del crimen.
(I found this at a crime scene.)
Parkhurst takes the shackle. Turns it over in her hands. Her face changes—professional interest, yes, but something else. Reverence. Sorrow.
PARKHURST: Un grillete de esclavo. ¿Dónde lo encontraste?
(A slave shackle. Where did you find it?)
VALENTINA: Digamos que es posible evidencia.
(Let’s say it is possible evidence.)
Parkhurst nods. Crosses to a glass case, retrieves a similar shackle, holds them side by side.
PARKHURST: De 1840. Tal vez 1850. En ese momento se trajeron esclavos de Guinea. Transatlántica. ‘Pasaje del medio’. Muchos no sobrevivían al viaje. Las enfermedades se esparcían a bordo.
(From 1840. Perhaps 1850. At that time, slaves were brought from Guinea. Transatlantic. ‘Middle Passage.’ Many did not survive the journey. Diseases spread on board.)
She looks at Valentina.
PARKHURST [cont.]: Eran enterrados lejos de la ciudad, en cementerios pantanosos. Todavía con sus cadenas.
(They were buried far from the City, in swampy cemeteries. Still in their chains.)
A pause. The Vega hums.
PARKHURST [cont.]: Por cierto… esto puede ser un poderoso juju.
(By the way… this could be some powerful juju.)
VALENTINA: ¿Juju?
(Juju?)
PARKHURST: Un talismán vudú.
(A vodoun talisman.)
Valentina takes the shackle back. Stares at it.
VALENTINA: Sospecho que el ‘vudú’ está relacionado con los tres asesinatos. El grillete se encontró en una de las escenas del crimen. Y por supuesto, hay otras pruebas. Algo de piel muerta… La forma en que se cometieron los asesinatos… Casi ritual.
(I suspect that ‘vodoun’ is connected to the three murders. The shackle was found at one of the crime scenes. And, of course, there is other evidence. Some dead skin… The way the murders were committed… Almost ritualistic.)
Parkhurst watches her carefully.
PARKHURST: La mejor biblioteca sobre el tema está en esta sala. Y siempre estoy ansiosa de iniciar a un escéptico.
(The best library on the subject is in this room. And I am always eager to initiate a skeptic.)
She gestures at the shelves, the cases, the history.
PARKHURST [cont.]: ¿Algún aspecto en particular?
(Any particular aspect?)
VALENTINA (meeting her eyes): Sí. Los secretos. Las maldiciones. Los rituales del vudú.
(Yes. The secrets. The curses. The voodoo rituals.)
VALENTINA: No volveré a la oficina de mi capitán… hasta que tenga algo que apoye mi historia.
(I won’t go back to my Captain’s office… until I have something to back up my story.)
Parkhurst nods. Crosses to a shelf, pulls down a heavy book, places it on the table between them.
PARKHURST: Entonces, Teniente… empecemos.
(So, Lieutenant… let’s begin.)
The Vega shimmers—a full, resonant chord. Knowledge is power. Power is dangerous. Valentina is walking into the dark and she doesn’t even know it yet.
Slow fade.
END OF SCENE SEVEN
)(^)(
ACT ONE, SCENE EIGHT
TITLE:La Navaja — La Cuarta Muerte (The Razor — The Fourth Death)
STRUCTURE NOTE: This scene inter-cuts three locations: the bar (King’s brutality), the alley (the Preacher’s trauma) and the ritual space (Sugar’s most personal kill). The straight razor becomes a physical object that connects all three—a weapon, a tool, a symbol.
)(^)(
BEAT I
THE BAR — THE BULLY’S MUSIC
SETTING: A dive bar on the edge of the French Quarter. The kind of place where the regulars don’t ask questions. A piano in the corner, old and out of tune. A bartender who’s seen everything and forgotten most of it.
TIME: Evening. The blue hour—that moment between daylight and darkness when nothing is quite what it seems.
ATMOSPHERE: The National Resonator is back, but it’s dying—playing the same few notes over and over, like a record stuck. The Vega hums beneath it, patient, waiting. The percussion is the sound of glasses clinking, a door opening, footsteps on a wooden floor.
An old man sits at the piano. THE PREACHER—though he hasn’t preached in years. He plays the Blues, softly, to himself. It’s the only prayer he has left.
The door opens. KING enters. He’s alone—for once. He looks around, sees the Preacher, walks toward him.
The Preacher doesn’t stop playing. Doesn’t look up.
KING (louder, slamming a hand on the piano): ¡DIJE QUE QUIERO HABLAR!
(I said I want to talk!)
The music stops. The Preacher looks up. His eyes are old, tired, afraid.
PREACHER: Yo no sé nada. No sé nada.
(I don’t know anything. I don’t know anything.)
KING (leaning in, grinning): Seguro te sabes alguna canción. ¿Qué hay de Tank? ¿Y O’Brien? ¿Y Georgie?
(You surely know a song or two. What about Tank? And O’Brien? And Georgie?)
The Preacher shakes his head, slowly, hopelessly.
PREACHER: En serio, te lo diría si lo supiera.
(Seriously, I would tell you if I knew.)
King’s grin doesn’t waver. He’s enjoying this.
KING: No jodas, hermano. ¿Quién? Si no lo sabes, averigüalo.
(No way, man. Who? If you don’t know, find out.)
He looks at the piano. Looks at the Preacher’s hands on the keys. His grin widens.
KING: Tal vez esto te refresque la memoria.
(Maybe this will refresh your memory.)
Before the Preacher can move, King grabs the piano lid and slams it down—on the Preacher’s fingers.
The Preacher screams—a raw, broken sound. His hands are crushed, bleeding, ruined. He falls from the bench, cradling them, sobbing.
KING (standing over him, satisfied): Ahora recuerdas, ¿verdad?
(Now you’ll remember, won’t you?)
He turns away—and almost collides with the bartender. The Baron, in his ‘Old Sam’ guise, polishing a glass, utterly calm.
KING (to The Baron, dismissive): Chico… si quieres cuidar tu cabeza, no has visto nada.
(Boy… if you want to save your head, you didn’t seen anything.)
BARON (nodding, smiling): Seguro, no he visto nada. Ciertamente, no he visto nada.
(Sure, I haven’t seen anything. Certainly, I haven’t seen anything.)
He sets down the glass. Reaches under the bar. Brings out a bottle—dusty, ancient, labeled with something that might be a skull.
BARON: Tal vez una copa por la casa. Mi cóctel especial. Un trago por el que soy famoso.
(Perhaps a drink on the house. My specialty cocktail. A drink I’m famous for.)
He pours a glass. Slides it toward King.
BARON: El Zombi.
(The Zombie.)
King looks at the drink. Looks at The Baron. Something in those old, smiling eyes makes him uneasy.
KING (pushing the glass away): Ahógate en él.
(Drown in it.)
He turns to leave—and stops.
The Zombies are there. Every exit. Every shadow. Silver eyes. Shackled wrists. Silent.
King reaches for his gun—but before he can draw, they’re on him. They don’t hurt him. They just… hold him. Firmly. Gently. Inescapably.
SUGAR enters from the back room. She’s carrying something—a small box. She sets it on the bar.
KING (staring at her, understanding dawning): ¿Tú?
(You?)
SUGAR (calm, almost pleasant): Sí, King.
(Yes, King.)
King struggles. The Zombies don’t loosen their grip.
KING: ¡Ayúdenme!
(Help me!)
SUGAR (tilting her head, curious): ¿Ayudarte? Yo te ayudaré, nene.
(Help you? I’ll help you, baby.)
She opens the box. Inside: a fetish doll. A straight razor.
SUGAR [cont.]: Como Tank y los demás ayudaron a Langston.
(Just like how Tank and the others helped Langston.)
KING (desperate): ¡Yo no estuve allí! ¡No hice nada!
(I wasn’t there! I didn’t do anything!)
Sugar looks at him. For a long moment, she considers this.
SUGAR: Entonces recibirás tu castigo… por todas las veces que no te atraparon.
(Then you will receive your punishment… for all the times you weren’t caught.)
She picks up the razor. Turns it in the light.
SUGAR: Cerdo.
(Pig.)
King thrashes, but the Zombies are iron. He can’t move.
KING: ¡AUXILIO!
(Help!)
Sugar looks at The Baron, who has resumed polishing his glass, watching with mild interest.
SUGAR: Barón…
(Baron…)
The Baron nods. Sugar raises the razor. Holds it above the doll’s throat.
King screams—a long, terrible sound that fills the bar, fills the theater, fills the night.
Sugar brings the blade across the doll’s throat.
On the other side of the room, King’s throat opens. Blood gushes—not from the doll, but from him, from nowhere, from everywhere. He falls. The Zombies release him. He crumples to the floor, bleeding out in seconds, dead before he stops moving.
Sugar looks at the razor. No blood. She looks at the doll. A thin red line across its throat.
She looks at King’s body. Then at The Baron. Then at the Preacher, who has crawled into a corner, clutching his ruined hands, staring at her with eyes that have seen too much.
She doesn’t speak. She doesn’t need to.
The Baron takes the razor from her hand. Wipes it on his apron. Puts it away.
BARON (softly, to Sugar): Bien hecho.
(Well done.)
She meets his eyes. Hers are fully silver now—not flickering, but steady. She has crossed a threshold. She is no longer entirely human.
Blackout.
)(^)(
BEAT II
THE ALLEY — THE WITNESS
SETTING: The alley behind the bar. Garbage cans, a single light, the smell of rotting vegetables. The Preacher huddles against the wall, his hands wrapped in his own shirt, blood seeping through.
TIME: Later that night. The same blue hour, stretched into something else.
ATMOSPHERE: The Vega is silent. The Resonator is dead. Only the Orchestra remains—low strings, a single mournful woodwind. This is the sound of aftermath.
VALENTINA enters, out of breath. She’s been following leads all night. She found him.
VALENTINA (kneeling beside him): Predicador… ¡Predicador, tienes que hablar conmigo!
(Preacher… Preacher, you have to talk to me!)
The Preacher stares at her. His eyes are empty.
VALENTINA [cont.]: Sí, hablar. ¿Los reconocerías si los vieras de nuevo?
(Yes, to talk. Would you recognize them if you saw them again?)
The Preachershakes his head—a small, hopeless motion.
PREACHER: No quiero volver a ver nada así de nuevo. Nunca más.
(I don’t want to see anything like that again. Never again.)
VALENTINA (gently): Cálmate, abuelo.
(Calm down, grandfather.)
PREACHER (his voice breaking): Nunca vi algo así. No. Nunca.
(I’ve never seen anything like this. No. Never.)
Valentina takes his good hand—the one that isn’t crushed.
VALENTINA: Trata de recordar. ¿Podrías reconocerlos?
(Try to remember. Could you recognize them?)
The Preacher looks at her. For a moment, something flickers in his eyes—not sanity, not hope, but memory.
PREACHER: Eran como cadáveres. Si los vuelvo a ver, espero que ellos no me reconozcan.
(They were like corpses. If I see them again, I hope they don’t recognize me.)
Valentina goes very still.
VALENTINA (slowly): ¿Como cadáveres?
(Like corpses?)
PREACHER (nodding, his voice dropping to a whisper): Sí, como cadáveres.
(Yes, like corpses.)
The Orchestra plays a single, dissonant chord—the Vega, absent but felt. Valentina closes her eyes. She wanted proof. She has it. Now she doesn’t want it.
Slow fade.
)(^)(
BEAT III
THE VOODOO MUSEUM — THE TRUTH TAKES SHAPE
SETTING: The Voodoo Museum. Same as before. Books and artifacts and the weight of history.
TIME: The next day. Daylight, but it feels thin, insubstantial.
ATMOSPHERE: The Vega is present—not loud, but there, a constant shimmer beneath the academic surface. Knowledge is becoming dangerous.
VALENTINA sits at a table, surrounded by books. DR. PARKHURST across from her, watching her read. She pushes a book forward.
PARKHURST: Puedes encontrar interesantes a estos. Aunque temo que las letras son demasiado pequeñas.
(You might find these interesting. Although I’m afraid the lettering is too small.)
Valentina looks up. She’s been reading for hours. Her eyes are red. Her hands are shaking.
VALENTINA: Doctora… esto es…
(Doctor… this is…)
She trails off. Can’t find the words.
PARKHURST (gently): Esto del vudú es fascinante. Es algo absorbente. Lo he estudiado toda la vida. Y temo que recién ahora comienzo a entender su significado.
(This Voodoo business is fascinating. It is something absorbing. I have studied it all my life. And I fear that only now am I beginning to understand its meaning.)
VALENTINA: ¿Hay Manbo Asogwe por aquí?
(Are there Mambo Asogwe around here?)
Parkhurst nods slowly.
PARKHURST: Oh, sí, sí… No es algo de lo que la gente hable. Hubo una Manbo durante muchos años. Poderosa. Se decía que podía invocar a los muertos.
(Oh, yes, yes… It’s not something people talk about. There was a Mambo for many years. Powerful. It was said that she could summon the dead.)
VALENTINA (leaning forward): ¿Cuánto hace que murió?
(How long ago did she die?)
Parkhurst smiles—a sad, knowing smile.
PARKHURST: ¿Morir? Mamá Maitresse no está muerta.
(Die? Mama Maitresse has not died.)
Valentina stares at her.
VALENTINA: ¿Dónde puedo encontrarla?
(Where can I find her?)
PARKHURST: No lo sé. Siempre nos encontrábamos en un cruce de caminos. Al límite del condado, cerca de las vías del tren.
(I don’t know. We always met at a crossroads. At the county line, near the train tracks.)
She pauses, thinking.
PARKHURST [cont.]: Eso está cerca… del barrio francés.
(That is close… to the French Quarter.)
VALENTINA (standing, gathering her things): Sí, claro. ¿Por qué?
(Yes, of course. Why?)
Parkhurst watches her—this determined woman walking toward a truth that will destroy her.
PARKHURST (quietly): Por nada, Teniente. Por nada.
(It was nothing, Lieutenant. It was nothing.)
Valentina pauses at the door. Looks back.
VALENTINA: Gracias, Doctora.
(Thanks, Doctor.)
She exits. Parkhurst sits alone, surrounded by her books, her artifacts, her history.
PARKHURST (to herself, softly): Que los dioses te protejan, hija. Los que no conoces te están esperando.
(May the gods protect you, daughter. Those you do not know are waiting for you.)
The Vega shimmers—a single, resonant chord. The truth is out there. Valentina is walking toward it.
Slow fade.
)(^)(
BEAT IV
THE SWAMP ESTATE — THE RETURN
SETTING: The Swamp estate. Mama’s cabin. The same as before—ancient, impossible, patient.
TIME: Dusk. The same liminal hour where this all began.
ATMOSPHERE: The Vega is everywhere now—shimmering in the air, in the water, in the bones of the Audience. The Swamp is no longer a place; it’s a presence.
SUGAR sits alone on the porch. She’s different now—her movements slower, more deliberate, more other. The silver in her eyes has faded to a faint shimmer, but it’s always there, always watching.
The Baron approaches through the trees. He’s not in his ‘Old Sam’ guise—he’s himself, top hat, cane, terrible smile. He sits beside her. They don’t speak for a long moment.
BARON (finally): ¿Te gusta esa mujer?
(Do you like that woman?)
Sugar doesn’t pretend not to understand.
SUGAR: Me cae bien —sí.
(I like her—yes.)
BARON: ¿Eso te molesta?
(Does that bother you?)
She looks at him. His face is unreadable.
SUGAR: ¿Yo? ¿Sugar? Nada me molesta.
(Me? Sugar? Nothing bothers me.)
The Baron chuckles—a low, dark sound.
BARON: Pero ella está justo detrás de ti. ¿Qué vas a hacer?
(But she is right behind you. What are you going to do?)
A long pause. Sugar stares at the water, at the trees, at the darkness gathering.
SUGAR: Por eso estamos aquí. Para detenerla.
(That is why we are here. To stop her.)
She turns to him. Her eyes are steady.
SUGAR [cont.]: Pero no la mates.
(But don’t kill her.)
The Baron considers this. Tilts his head.
BARON: Matarla es más fácil.
(Killing her is easier.)
SUGAR (firm): Haz lo que te pido.
(Do as I ask.)
A long moment. The Baron studies her—this woman who commands him, who has become something he didn’t expect, something almost like an equal.
BARON (nodding slowly): Hecho.
(Agreed.)
He reaches into his coat. Pulls out a small doll—crude, featureless, but unmistakably Valentina. He holds it up. Looks at Sugar. Looks at the doll.
Sugar watches. Her face is still, but her hands grip the porch railing, white-knuckled.
The Baron takes a long pin from his lapel. Holds it above the doll’s leg.
BARON (softly, almost apologetically): Sólo un pequeño recordatorio.
(Just a small reminder.)
He drives the pin into the doll’s thigh.
In a cut-away—we don’t see it, but we feel it—VALENTINA, somewhere in the City, descending a staircase, suddenly cries out, grabs her leg and tumbles down the remaining stairs. The sound of her fall is the sound of the Orchestra—a sickening crash of percussion, a wail of strings.
Sugar flinches. Closes her eyes. When she opens them, they’re fully silver—bright, terrible, Other.
SUGAR (quietly, to The Baron, to herself, to the night): Que así sea.
(May it be so.)
The Baron nods. Puts away the doll. Rises. Tips his hat.
BARON: Hasta la próxima, Sugar.
(Until next time, Sugar.)
He dissolves into the mist. Sugar sits alone, watching the darkness, becoming the darkness.
Slow fade.
)(^)(
BEAT V
THE HOSPITAL — THE WOUND THAT DOESN’T HURT
SETTING: A hospital room. White, sterile, anonymous. Valentina lies in a bed, her leg in a cast, her face pale with exhaustion and confusion.
TIME: The next day. Harsh daylight through venetian blinds.
ATMOSPHERE: The Orchestra is quiet—almost absent. The Vega hums faintly, a ghost in the machine. This is the space between worlds.
The door opens. Sugar enters. She’s composed, beautiful, wrong—but Valentina can’t see it. Not yet.
SUGAR (crossing to the bed, taking Valentina’s hand): ¿Valentina, qué ha pasado?
(Valentina, what happened?)
VALENTINA (confused, trying to smile): Me caí por las escaleras. No sé cómo.
(I fell down the stairs. I don’t know how.)
She pauses. Her face shifts.
VALENTINA [cont.]: Los doctores tampoco. Sé que mi pierna está rota, pero no siento ningún dolor. Eso es raro.
(Neither do the doctors. I know my leg is broken, but I don’t feel any pain. That’s strange.)
Sugar’s face doesn’t change. But something flickers in her eyes—guilt, perhaps. Or regret. Or something else entirely.
(Valentina, you’re working too much. Get some rest. I’m sure you’ll be out soon.)
VALENTINA (watching her carefully): ¿Cuán segura?
(You sure?)
Sugar doesn’t answer. She squeezes Valentina‘s hand—once, briefly—then releases it.
SUGAR: Espera y verás. No me puedo quedar, nene. Tengo una cita. Te veré más tarde.
(Just you wait and see. I can’t stay, baby. I have a date. I’ll see you later.)
She turns to go. Valentina‘s voice stops her.
VALENTINA: Diana.
(Diana.)
Sugar pauses. Doesn’t turn.
VALENTINA: Sé bastante bien lo que está sucediendo. No sé cuánto estás involucrada, pero si descubro…
(I know quite well what is happening. I don’t know how involved you are, but if I find out…)
Sugar turns. Her face is kind. Her eyes are silver.
SUGAR: No sé de lo que estás hablando.
(I don’t know what you’re talking about.)
She blows a kiss—the ghost of the woman that she used to be.
SUGAR [cont.]: Nos vemos pronto.
(See you soon.)
She exits. Valentina lies alone, staring at the door, at the empty space where Sugar stood, at the wound that doesn’t hurt and the love that does.
The Vega holds a single, shimmering note.
Slow fade.
END OF SCENE EIGHT
)(^)(
ACT ONE, SCENE NINE
TITLE: El Masaje — La Quinta Muerte (The Massage — The Fifth Death)
STRUCTURE NOTE: This scene provides the crucial beat: Fabulous, the most loyal of Morgan’s men, dies in a setting of corrupted intimacy, at the hands of the Baron’s Brides. The scene also introduces the Zombie Brides as active agents, not just decorations.
)(^)(
BEAT I
THE BROTHEL — THE TRAP IS SET
SETTING: Masajes L’amour — a massage parlor on the edge of the French Quarter. Pink neon, velvet curtains, the smell of cheap perfume and expensive secrets. A reception desk with a crystal ball that doesn’t work. Stairs leading to rooms upstairs.
TIME: Evening. The hour when men come to forget.
ATMOSPHERE: The National Resonator is present, but sick—playing the same few notes over and over, like a heartbeat that won’t stop. The Vega shimmers beneath it, patient, waiting. The percussion is soft: the rustle of velvet, the click of heels, the distant sound of a door closing.
SUGAR stands at the reception desk. She’s dressed for the part—stylish, composed, other. Across from her, MADAM L’AMOUR—a woman in her fifties, sharp eyes, a mouth that has seen everything and forgotten nothing.
L’AMOUR (counting the money Sugar has placed on the desk):
Si me preguntas, es un montón de dinero para hacerle una broma a un amigo.
(If you ask me, that’s a lot of money to play a prank on a friend.)
The phone rings. She holds up a finger.
L’AMOUR [cont.]:
Disculpa.
(Sorry.)
She picks up the phone, her voice transforming into something warm, practiced, professional.
L’AMOUR (into the phone):
Buenas tardes, ‘Masajes L’amour’. Habla L’amour. Sí. Sí. A las seis esta noche. Gracias por llamar.
(Good afternoon, ‘Masajes L’amour’. This is L’amour speaking. Yes. Yes. At six o’clock tonight. Thank you for calling.)
She hangs up. Looks at the money. Looks at Sugar.
L’AMOUR [cont.]:
No sé si debería hacerlo.
(I don’t know if I should do it.)
Sugar reaches into her bag. Places more money on the desk.
SUGAR:
Cien dólares.
(One hundred dollars.)
L’amour doesn’t move. Sugar adds another bill.
SUGAR [cont.]:
¿Ciento veinte?
(One hundred twenty?)
L’amour looks at the money. Looks at Sugar’s eyes—and something in those eyes makes her shiver, though she doesn’t know why.
L’AMOUR (taking the money):
Estoy convencida.
(I am convinced.)
SUGAR:
¿Seguro que vendrá?
(Are you sure he will come?)
L’AMOUR (counting the bills, not looking up):
No se ha perdido un jueves en seis meses.
(He hasn’t missed a Thursday in six months.)
She puts the money in a drawer. Looks up. Sugar is already walking toward the stairs.
L’AMOUR (calling after her):
¿Quieres que suba alguien? ¿Algo de beber?
(Do you want someone to come up? Something to drink?)
Sugar pauses at the bottom of the stairs. Turns. Her face is calm, beautiful, wrong.
SUGAR:
Na’. Solo el cuarto, ¿me captas? Nadie más sube esta noche. Punto.
(Nah. Just the room—you catch my drift? Nobody else is coming up tonight. Period.)
She climbs the stairs. L’amour watches her go, then shakes her head, counts the money again, and returns to her magazine.
The Vega shimmers. The resonator holds a single, decaying note.
Slow fade.
)(^)(
BEAT II
THE RECEPTION — THE BARON AS HOST
SETTING: The reception desk. The pink neon has dimmed. The velvet curtains seem heavier. L’amour is gone—where, we don’t know. Behind the desk stands THE BARON, in his ‘Old Sam’ guise, polishing a glass, utterly at home.
TIME: Later that evening. The hour when men arrive.
ATMOSPHERE: The National Resonator is silent. The Vega holds a low, shimmering drone. The percussion is the sound of footsteps on the stairs.
The door opens. FABULOUS enters. He’s dressed sharp, but his face is drawn—the strain of the past weeks showing. He’s looking for comfort, for forgetting, for something that isn’t death.
He approaches the desk. Sees the Baron. Doesn’t recognize him.
BARON (cheerful, harmless):
¿Qué puedo hacer por ti esta noche, amigo?
(What can I do for you tonight, my friend?)
FABULOUS (looking around, impatient):
¿Dónde está Opal?
(Where’s Opal?)
BARON:
Está engripada. Ella me pidió que me encargara de ti.
(She has the flu. She asked me to take care of you.)
Fabulous looks at him—this old man, this nothing. Something flickers in his eyes. Suspicion? Recognition? He pushes it aside.
FABULOUS:
¿Tú?
(You?)
BARON (unbothered, beaming):
La atractiva y sensual Frenchie será tu chica esta noche.
(The attractive and sensual Frenchie will be your girl tonight.)
Fabulous hesitates. He should leave. He knows he should leave. But he’s tired. He’s so tired.
FABULOUS:
¿Sí? Ya que Opal está enferma…
(Yes? Since Opal is sick…)
BARON (pouring a glass of something dark, sliding it across the desk):
No te arrepentirás.
(You won’t regret it.)
Fabulous takes the glass. Drinks. The Baron watches him with eyes that are not old, not young, not human.
Fabulous sets down the glass. Moves toward the stairs.
FABULOUS (without looking back):
¿Arriba?
(Upstairs?)
BARON:
Arriba. La última puerta a la izquierda.
(Upstairs. The last door on the left.)
Fabulous climbs the stairs. The Baron watches him go. When Fabulous disappears into the shadows, the Baron smiles—a small, private, terrible smile.
He polishes the glass. Puts it away. The Vega shimmers.
BARON (to the empty room):
Que disfrutes, amigo.
(Enjoy yourself, my friend.)
He dissolves into shadow. The reception desk stands empty. The pink neon flickers once, twice, then steadies.
Slow fade.
)(^)(
BEAT III
THE MASSAGE ROOM — THE BRIDES RECEIVE
SETTING: A room at the top of the stairs. Velvet walls, a massage table draped in white, candles flickering. The air is warm, close, smelling of oil and jasmine and something else—something old, something patient.
TIME: The same moment. Time is slowing.
ATMOSPHERE: The Vega is dominant now—shimmering, eternal. The percussion is the sound of breathing, of fabric moving, of something waiting.
FABULOUSenters the room. He’s stripped to a towel, his body tense, his eyes scanning the shadows. He’s looking for Frenchie, for comfort, for something that isn’t there.
He lies on the massage table. Closes his eyes. Tries to relax.
The door opens. SUGAR enters. She’s dressed as Frenchie—or something like Frenchie—but her eyes are silver, and her skin is cold, and she is not what he came for.
He doesn’t recognize her. He’s not looking.
SUGAR(her voice low, intimate):
Bonjour. Ce que vous voyez vous plaît?
(Hello. Do you like what you see?)
Fabulous doesn’t open his eyes. He’s already sinking into the fantasy.
FABULOUS:
Estoy tenso. Mi espalda está rígida. Hazme un masaje. Aprieta fuerte.
(I’m tense. My back is stiff. Give me a massage. Press hard.)
Sugar doesn’t move. She stands beside him, watching him with silver eyes, waiting.
SUGAR:
Pourquoi es-tu si tendue, chérie?
(Why are you so stiff, darling?)
Fabulous shifts on the table. His voice is tight, closed.
FABULOUS:
No quiero hablar de ello. ¿Ok, nena?
(I don’t want to talk about it. Okay, baby?)
A pause. Sugar’s hand hovers over his back—not touching, not yet.
SUGAR:
J’ai une idée.
(I have an idea.)
Fabulous almost smiles.
FABULOUS:
Apuesto que sí.
(I bet you do.)
SUGAR:
C’est un peu calme ce soir.
(Things are a little quiet tonight.)
FABULOUS:
Sí. Pero yo no.
(Yes. But not me.)
Sugar turns. Gestures. From the shadows, two figures emerge. THE ZOMBIE BRIDES—the Baron’s companions, the ones who have been waiting in the wings since Act I. They move toward the table, their silver eyes fixed on Fabulous, their hands outstretched.
SUGAR
Tu aimerais que deux ou trois superbes filles s’occupent de toi? Ce serait comme une fête. Je te ferais un prix de groupe, chéri.
(Would you like two or three gorgeous girls to take care of you? It would be like a party. I’d give you a group rate, darling.)
Fabulous opens his eyes. Sees the Brides. Something flickers in his face—desire, confusion, the first stirring of fear.
He pushes it aside. He’s come this far. He’s not stopping now.
FABULOUS:
Soy todo tuyo.
(I am all yours.)
Sugar smiles. It is not a kind smile.
SUGAR:
Ooo la la, bébé. Reste ici. Je reviens bientôt.
(Ooo la la, baby. Stay here. I’ll be back soon.)
She exits. The Brides move to the table. Their hands—cold, silvered, inhuman—begin to work on Fabulous’s back.
He closes his eyes again. The candles flicker. The Vega shimmers.
For a moment, nothing happens. For a moment, it’s almost peaceful.
Then—
FABULOUS (stirring, uneasy):
¿Con qué me estás rascando?
(What are you scratching me with?)
The Brides do not answer. Their hands continue their work—slower now, deeper, wrong.
FABULOUS (his voice rising):
¡Tus manos están frías!
(Your hands are cold!)
He tries to sit up. The Brides push him back down. Gently. Firmly. Inescapably.
FABULOUS (struggling):
¡No me gusta! ¡Trátame suavemente!
(I don’t like it! Treat me gently!)
The Brides do not stop. Their hands are not massaging now. They are gripping. Their nails—long, silvered, sharp—dig into his skin.
He screams.
The Vega swells. The candles extinguish. The room is dark except for the silver of the Brides’ eyes, the silver of their hands, the silver of the blood that is beginning to flow.
Fabulous’ screams become gurgles. The gurgles become silence.
The Brides step back. Their hands are red. Their faces are still. They have done what they were made to do.
Sugar re-enters. She looks at the body on the table—the man who beat Langston, who threatened her, who thought he was untouchable.
She looks at the Brides. Nods once.
SUGAR:
Gracias.
(Thank you.)
The Brides dissolve into shadow. Sugar stands alone with the body, with the candles, with the silence.
The Vega holds a single, shimmering note.
SUGAR (to the body, softly):
Bienvenido al infierno, Fabulous.
(Welcome to hell, Fabulous.)
She exits. The room is empty. The candles relight themselves—or perhaps they were never extinguished. The body is gone. The table is clean. There is no evidence that anything happened here.
Except the smell of jasmine, and something else. Something old. Something patient.
Slow fade.
)(^)(
BEAT IV
THE AFTERMATH — WHAT REMAINS
SETTING: Morgan’s lair. The same as before. The urn with the heart is still on his desk. He hasn’t moved it. Can’t move it.
TIME: The next morning. Grey light through the blinds. Morgan hasn’t slept.
ATMOSPHERE: The National Resonator is silent. The Vega is absent. Only the Orchestra remains—low strings, a single mournful woodwind. The sound of a man alone with his fear.
Morgan sits at his desk, staring at the urn. Fabulous didn’t come back last night. No one came back. He is alone.
A knock. He doesn’t move. Another knock.
MORGAN (hoarse):
¿Quién?
(Who?)
Silence. He rises. Crosses to the door. Opens it.
No one is there. But on the doorstep: Fabulous’s shoes. Polished. Empty. Waiting.
Morgan picks them up. Stares at them. He knows what this means. He has known since the first heart, since the first death, since the night Langston fell.
He closes the door. Sits back at his desk. The shoes sit beside the two hearts. He doesn’t look at them. He can’t look away.
The Vega shimmers—once, softly, from somewhere far away.
MORGAN (to the empty room, to the shoes, to the heart):
¿Quién eres?
(Who are you?)
No answer. Only the sound of his own breathing, too loud in the silent room.
Slow fade.
END OF SCENE NINE
)(^)(
ACT ONE, SCENE TEN
TITLE:La Emboscada — El Pantano Recibe (The Ambush — The Swamp Receives)
STRUCTURE NOTE: This final scene of Act One is a continuous sequence—no breaks, no inter-cuts. The action builds relentlessly from Morgan’s lair to the Swamp to the final image of Sugar transformed. The Orchestra never stops; the Vega never stops; the Dead never stop watching.
)(^)(
BEAT I
MORGAN’S LAIR — THE LAST STAND OF A SMALL MAN
SETTING: Morgan’s office the next day. But it’s different now—stripped, somehow, of its pretensions. The leather seems cheap, the chrome tarnished, the painting of the white horse crooked on the wall. Morgan sits at his desk, but he’s not working. He’s just… sitting. Waiting. Afraid.
TIME: Late afternoon. The light through the blinds is orange, sickly, the color of bad meat.
ATMOSPHERE: The National Resonator is dead. Silent. The Vega is absent. Only the Orchestra remains—low, tense, waiting. The percussion is Morgan’s heartbeat, too fast, too loud.
The phone rings. Morgan stares at it. Rings again. He picks up.
MORGAN (his voice hoarse, trying to sound in control): ¿Quién es? ¿Sí?
(Who is it? Yes?)
On the other end of the line: Sugar’s voice, calm, almost cheerful.
SUGAR (voice only, through the theater’s speakers): Decidí no vender el club después de todo.
(I decided not to sell the club after all.)
Morgan’s grip tightens on the phone.
MORGAN: Traidora.
(Traitor.)
SUGAR: Mi decisión.
(My decision.)
MORGAN (standing, pacing as far as the cord allows): No te muevas. Voy para tu estudio.
(Don’t move. I’m coming to your studio.)
A pause. Then Sugar’s voice again—and now there’s something in it, something cold and amused.
SUGAR: No estoy en mi estudio.
(I’m not at my studio.)
MORGAN (stopping): ¿Dónde estás?
(Where are you?)
SUGAR: En mi antigua casa de Hill Road.
(In my old house on Hill Road.)
Morgan laughs—a desperate, disbelieving sound.
MORGAN: ¿Crees que voy a ir ahí? ¿A tu territorio?
(Do you think I’m going to go there? To your dominion?)
SUGAR (simply): Ya jugué lo suficiente contigo.
(I’ve played with you long enough.)
Morgan’s face twists—rage, fear, the desperate need to be the one in control.
MORGAN: ¡No te muevas! ¡Voy para allá!
(Don’t move! I’m on my way!)
He slams down the phone. Grabs his coat. Stops. Looks around the office—this space that has always felt like power, now feeling like a cage.
MORGAN [cont.]:
¡Vamos a ajustar cuentas con ese cerdito apestoso y tambaleante de una vez por todas!
(We’re going to settle the score with that stinky, wobbly little pig once and for all!)
He exits. The office stands empty. The painting of the white horse hangs crooked. The light through the blinds is the color of blood.
Slow fade.
)(^)(
BEAT II
THE SWAMP ESTATE — THE HUNTER BECOMES THE HUNTED
SETTING: The swamp estate. The cabin. The cypress trees. The water. The mist. Everything is silver and gray and waiting.
TIME: Dusk deepening toward night. The liminal hour has stretched into something eternal.
ATMOSPHERE: The Vega is everywhere—shimmering in the air, in the water, in the Audience’s bones. THE CHORUS OF THE DEAD hums constantly now, a low polyphonic drone that is the sound of The Swamp itself. The percussion is the sound of Morgan’s footsteps, too loud, too human, too doomed.
MORGAN enters, gun drawn, moving through the trees like the City man he is—loud, clumsy, utterly out of place. He doesn’t see the shadows that move when he’s not looking. He doesn’t see the eyes that watch from every direction.
MORGAN (calling out, trying to sound commanding): ¡Sugar! ¿Dónde estás, puta?
(Sugar! Where are you, bitch?)
Silence. Only the hum. Only the eyes.
He moves deeper. The cabin looms ahead. He approaches it, gun raised.
MORGAN (kicking open the door): ¡SAL AHORA Y TERMINAMOS ESTO!
(Come out now and let’s finish this!)
The cabin is empty. But on the table: a single object. A doll. A straight razor. A heart in a jar. Something—everything—that tells him he’s been expected.
He backs out of the cabin. Turns. And sees them.
The Zombies. Everywhere. Surrounding him. Silent. Patient. Their silver eyes reflecting the dying light.
Morgan fires. The bullets pass through them like they’re made of mist. The Zombies don’t flinch. Don’t fall. Don’t even notice.
He runs.
)(^)(
BEAT III
THE CHASE — THE SWARM RECEIVES ITS OWN
SETTING: The Swamp. Morgan runs through it, but The Swamp is alive—trees shift, paths disappear, the water rises and falls. He’s not running through The Swamp. He’s running in it and it’s playing with him.
TIME: Night now. Full dark. But the silver eyes provide their own light.
ATMOSPHERE: The Vega is joined by the full Orchestra—but it’s a swamp Orchestra, dissonant and beautiful and terrible. THE CHORUS OF THE DEAD hums and keens and laughs. This is their music. This is their night.
Morgan runs. Falls. Rises. Runs again. Behind him, always, the silver eyes—never closer, never farther, just there.
He bursts into a clearing. And stops.
They’re waiting for him. All of them. TANK, head reattached, silver-eyed, grinning. O’BRIEN, covered in mud and pig bites, standing with the pigs themselves, who have silver eyes now too. GEORGIE, the knife still in his chest, blood still fresh. KING, throat slit, smiling. FABULOUS, torn apart and reassembled wrong.
They sit at a long table—rotting, moss-covered, but a table—and they’re laughing. Silent, silver-eyed, horrible laughter.
Morgan screams. He fires into them. They don’t stop laughing.
SUGAR appears at the head of the table. She holds a lantern—not electric, not flame, something else, something cold electric blue and silver. Her eyes are fully silver now, bright as stars, bright as death.
SUGAR: ¡Morgan!
(Morgan!)
He turns to her. His face is wet with tears and sweat and terror.
MORGAN: ¡Miserable vejiga cabruna y chupada por el pantano! ¡Te arrancaré el corazón!
(You wretched, goat-like bladder, sucked dry by The Swamp! I will tear out your heart!)
He raises his gun—but his hand is shaking too badly. He can’t aim. Can’t do anything.
MORGAN (his voice breaking): ¿Qué diablos eres? ¿Qué quieres de mí?
(What the hell are you? What do you want from me?)
Sugar sets down the lantern. Walks toward him. The Zombies part to let her pass.
SUGAR: Juré que te atraparía. Por Langston.
(I swore I would catch you. For Langston.)
Behind her, The Baron emerges from the mist. He’s not laughing now. He’s simply present, terrible and magnificent.
BARON: Buenas noches, Sr. Morgan. Lástima que nuestro primer encuentro también sea el último.
(Good evening, Mr. Morgan. It is a pity that our first meeting is also our last.)
Morgan looks at him—really looks—and understands. Not how, not why, but who. The old man in the taxi. The bartender. The brothel owner. Always there. Always watching.
MORGAN (whispering): Tú…
(You…)
BARON (tipping his hat): El viejo Sam, a su servicio.
(Old Sam, at your service.)
Sugar steps closer to Morgan. He backs away—but the Zombies are behind him, blocking escape.
SUGAR: Estás solo ahora, Morgan. Muéstranos. Muéstranos lo gran hombre que eres.
(You are alone now, Morgan. Show us. Show us what a great man you are.)
She gestures at the table, at the Dead, at the Night.
SUGAR [cont.]: Todos los demás están muertos. Todos excepto tú.
(Everyone else is dead. Everyone except you.)
Morgan looks at the Dead. Looks at Sugar. Looks at The Baron. And for the first time in his life, he has nothing to say. No threats. No deals. No clever lines. Just terror. Just silence.
The Baron laughs—that terrible, wonderful laugh—and the Zombies join in, a Chorus of the damned, laughing at the little man who thought he could trump the world.
Morgan breaks. He runs—not toward anything, just away, into the Swamp, into the dark, into whatever waits.
)(^)(
BEAT IV
THE QUICKSAND — THE SWAMP’S JUSTICE
SETTING: A clearing at the Swamp’s heart. Water like black glass. Trees like skeletons. And in the center: a patch of mud that looks solid but isn’t. Quicksand. Patient. Hungry.
TIME: The same moment. Time doesn’t matter here.
ATMOSPHERE: The Orchestra falls silent. The Vega holds a single note. THE CHORUS OF THE DEAD hums—low, steady, expectant. This is the moment they’ve been waiting for. This is justice.
Morgan stumbles into the clearing. He doesn’t see the quicksand. He doesn’t see anything except the dark and the eyes and the terror.
He steps onto the mud. It holds—for a moment. Then it gives.
He sinks. Slowly. Inexorably. He thrashes, but that only makes it faster.
MORGAN (screaming): ¡AYÚDENME! ¡POR EL AMOR DE DIOS, AYÚDENME!
(Help me! For the love of God, help me!)
Sugar appears at the edge of the clearing. She watches. Her face is still. Her silver eyes reflect the dying man.
MORGAN (reaching toward her, toward anyone): ¡QUE ALGUIEN ME AYUDE! ¡CELESTE!
(Someone help me! Celeste!)
The name of a woman he wronged, a woman he killed, a woman who isn’t coming. The Swamp doesn’t care. The Dead don’t care. Sugar doesn’t care.
He sinks lower. The mud reaches his chest. His neck. His mouth.
His eyes meet Sugar’s—one last time. And in them, she sees it: not remorse, not understanding, just terror. The terror of dying alone in a place that doesn’t even know his name.
The mud covers his face. A few bubbles. Then nothing.
Silence.
)(^)(
BEAT V
THE ASCENSION — SUGAR ALONE
SETTING: The same clearing. Morgan is gone. The mud is smooth again, as if nothing happened. The Zombies have vanished. Only Sugar remains—and The Baron, watching from the trees.
TIME: Night. The moon is wrong. The stars are wrong. Everything is wrong and everything is as it should be.
ATMOSPHERE: The Vega shimmers—a single, sustained note. THE CHORUS OF THE DEAD hums—softly now, reverently. This is a coronation.
Sugar stands at the edge of the quicksand. She looks at the smooth mud where Morgan disappeared. She looks at her hands—silvered now, gleaming in the wrong moonlight.
The Baron approaches. Stands beside her. They don’t speak for a long moment.
BARON (finally): Está hecho.
(It’s done.)
SUGAR (her voice different now—hollow, echoing, eternal): Sí.
(Yes.)
BARON: ¿Cómo te sientes?
(How do you feel?)
Sugar considers this. Really considers it. She searches inside herself for the woman who loved Langston, who kissed Valentina, who was afraid.
She can’t find her.
SUGAR (quietly): No lo sé.
(Don’t know.)
The Baron nods. He understands.
BARON: El precio.
(The price.)
SUGAR: El precio.
(The price.)
A long pause. The Swamp breathes around them. The Dead wait.
BARON: ¿Y ahora?
(And now?)
Sugar looks at him. Her silver eyes are steady.
SUGAR: Ahora… soy la Colina.
(Now… I am the Hill.)
She turns away from the quicksand. Walks toward the cabin. The Baron watches her go.
At the cabin door, she pauses. Looks back—not at him, but at the Swamp, the Trees, the Water, the Dead.
SUGAR (to the Night, to the Spirits, to herself): Despierten. La reina está en casa.
(Wake up. The queen is home.)
She enters the cabin. The door closes behind her.
The Baron smiles—a sad smile, a proud smile, a smile for the daughter he never had, the queen he helped create.
BARON (to the night, softly): Bienvenida, Reina de la Podredumbre.
(Welcome, Queen of Rot.)
He tips his hat. Dissolves into mist.
The stage holds on the cabin, The Swamp, the silver moonlight.
The Vega holds its note.
THE CHORUS OF THE DEAD hums—softly, endlessly, forever.
Slow fade to black.
Silence.
End of Act One.
CURTAIN
)(^)(
ACT TWO — LA REINA DE LA PODREDUMBRE (The Queen of Rot)
DRAMATURGICAL NOTE: Act Two is shorter than Act One, but denser. The killings are done. Now we face the consequences. This act is a descent into the heart of The Swamp—and into the heart of Sugar herself. The structure is a continuous arc, building toward the final confrontation and Sugar’s ultimate transformation.
)(^)(
ACT TWO, SCENE ONE
TITLE:La Investigación — La Verdad Tiene Ojos de Plata (The Investigation — Truth Has Silver Eyes)
)(^)(
BEAT I
THE CROSSROADS — WHERE MAMÁ WAITS
SETTING: A crossroads at the edge of the county. Train tracks cutting through swamp. A wooden sign, half-rotted, pointing nowhere. An old truck, rusted, abandoned. This is where the City ends and The Swamp begins. This is where Mamá Maitresse receives her visitors.
TIME: Early morning. Mist rising from the ground. The light is gray, uncertain, neither day nor night.
ATMOSPHERE: The Vega is present—not overwhelming, but there, a shimmer beneath everything. The Orchestra is sparse: a single cello, a single woodwind, the distant sound of a train that never arrives.
VALENTINA stands at the crossroads. She’s been here before—in her dreams, in her fears, in the long nights since the hospital. Her leg still aches where The Baron‘s pin went in, but she doesn’t feel it. She doesn’t feel much of anything anymore, except the need to know.
She looks up the road, down the road, into The Swamp. Nothing. She’s about to leave—
And then MAMA MAITRESSE is there. Not walking. Not emerging. Just… present. As if she’s been there the whole time, waiting for Valentina to be ready to see her.
They look at each other. The Vega shimmers.
MAMA (her voice ancient, cracked, but clear as water): Has estado buscando.
(You have been searching.)
Valentina doesn’t deny it.
VALENTINA: Sí.
(Yes.)
MAMA: Has encontrado cosas que no querías encontrar.
(You have found things you didn’t want to find.)
VALENTINA: Sí.
(Yes.)
MAMA: Y sigues buscando.
(And you keep searching.)
Valentina meets her eyes—those ancient, milky, knowing eyes.
VALENTINA: Necesito entender.
(I need to understand.)
Mama laughs—a dry, rattling sound, like leaves in wind.
MAMA: Comprender. Los vivos siempre quieren comprender. Como si lo que saben los muertos pudiera comprenderse.
(To understand. The living always want to understand. As if what the dead know could be understood.)
She circles Valentina, examining her the way she examined Sugar, so long ago (or was it yesterday? time works differently here).
MAMA [cont.]: Tú no eres creyente.
(You are not a believer.)
It’s not a question. Valentina doesn’t pretend otherwise.
VALENTINA: No. No lo soy.
(No. I am not.)
MAMA (stopping before her, tilting her head): ¿Y qué crees, entonces? ¿Qué eres, si no creyente?
(And what do you believe, then? What are you, if not a believer?)
Valentina thinks about this. About the shackle, the dead cells, the Preacher’s ruined hands, the woman she loves whose eyes have turned to silver.
VALENTINA: Soy policía. Creo en la justicia.
(I am a police officer. I believe in justice.)
Mama shakes her head—not dismissing, just… sad.
MAMA: La justicia, hija, no es lo mismo que la verdad.
(Justice, my daughter, is not the same thing as truth.)
She gestures at the Swamp, the crossroads, the space between worlds.
MAMA [cont.]: Tu Sugar aprendió eso.
(Your Sugar learned that.)
Valentina‘s breath catches.
VALENTINA: No es mi Sugar. No más.
(She’s not my Sugar. Not anymore.)
MAMA (softly, almost kindly): ¿No? Entonces ¿por qué estás aquí?
(No? Then why are you here?)
Valentina has no answer. Or rather: she has an answer, but it’s the one she’s been running from since the beginning.
VALENTINA (finally, quietly): Porque la amo.
(Because I love her.)
The Vega swells—just for a moment, just enough to be felt. Mama nods, slowly, as if she expected this, as if she’s heard it before, as if she’s heard it a thousand times across a thousand years.
MAMA: El amor no salva, hija. El amor no trae de vuelta a quienes se han ido. El amor solo… atestigua. Atestigua lo que hemos perdido. Atestigua lo que hemos hecho.
(Love does not save, my daughter. Love does not bring back those who have gone. Love only… bears witness. It bears witness to what we have lost. It bears witness to what we have done.)
A long pause. Valentina‘s eyes are wet, but she doesn’t wipe them.
VALENTINA: ¿Puedo verla?
(Can I see her?)
Mama studies her—this woman who has walked into the Swamp with nothing but her love and her stubbornness and her refusal to look away.
MAMA: Ella no es quien recuerdas.
(She is not who you remember.)
VALENTINA: Lo sé.
(I know.)
MAMA: No es humana. No más.
(She is not human. Not anymore.)
VALENTINA (her voice breaking, just a little): Lo sé.
(I know.)
MAMA: Y si la ves… no podrás volver a la ciudad. No podrás ser policía. No podrás ser la que eras. El pantano te cambiará. Te marcará. Te recordará siempre.
(And if you see her… you won’t be able to return to the City. You won’t be able to be a police officer. You won’t be able to be the person you were. The Swamp will change you. It will mark you. It will always remember you.)
Valentina looks at the Swamp, at the mist, at the dark between the trees. She thinks of her apartment, her job, her life. She thinks of Sugar. She thinks of Sugar’s silver eyes.
VALENTINA: Llévame.
(Take me.)
Mama nods. Takes Valentina‘s hand—her grip is old and strong, older than anything, strong as roots. She leads her into the Swamp.
The Vega shimmers. The mist closes behind them. The crossroads stand empty.
Slow fade.
)(^)(
BEAT II
THE CABIN — THE QUEEN AT HOME
SETTING: The cabin in the Swamp. But it’s different now—transformed. The walls are hung with silver moss. The floor is packed earth, soft as a grave. A table holds offerings: a photograph of Langston, a photograph of Valentina, a straight razor, a fetish doll, a single silver candle that burns without flame. Sugar sits at the table. She is not the woman Valentina loved. She is something else.
TIME: The same moment. Time is strange here.
ATMOSPHERE: The Vega is constant now—a shimmering drone that underlies everything. THE CHORUS OF THE DEAD hums softly, somewhere, everywhere. This is Sugar’s court. These are her subjects.
Mama enters first. Sugar looks up—and for a moment, something flickers in her silver eyes. Recognition. Hope. Fear. Then it’s gone, replaced by the stillness of the Dead.
Valentina enters behind Mama. She stops in the doorway. She sees Sugar—really sees her: the silver eyes, the pale skin, the stillness of something that has stopped being alive and hasn’t yet become something else.
They look at each other across the room. The distance between them is everything.
SUGAR (her voice different—hollow, echoing, but still hers): Viniste.
(You came.)
VALENTINA (her voice raw, honest, stripped of everything but the truth): Dije que planeaba estar en contacto.
(I said that I planned to stay in touch.)
A pause. Almost a laugh. Almost. Sugar’s face doesn’t change, but something in her posture shifts—softens, just slightly.
SUGAR: Deberías haberte quedado en la ciudad.
(You should have stayed in the City.)
VALENTINA: No pude.
(I couldn’t.)
SUGAR: No debiste venir.
(You shouldn’t have come.)
VALENTINA: Lo sé.
(I know.)
She steps forward. Mama moves aside, watches. The Zombies watch. The Swamp watches.
VALENTINA (stopping a few feet away, not touching, not yet): Te vi. En el hospital. Tus ojos…
(I saw you. At the hospital. Your eyes…)
SUGAR (looking away): Mis ojos.
(My eyes.)
VALENTINA: Eran plateados. Y yo no dije nada. Porque tenía miedo.
(They were silver. And I said nothing. Because I was afraid.)
SUGAR: Tenías razón de tener miedo.
(You were right to be afraid.)
VALENTINA (fierce, suddenly): ¡No de ti!
(Not from you!)
Sugar’s head snaps up. Something in her face—something human, something wounded, something that hasn’t died yet.
SUGAR: Deberías.
(You should.)
They look at each other. The Vega shimmers. The Deadhum in the humid heat.
VALENTINA: Mataste a esos hombres.
(You killed those men.)
Sugar doesn’t deny it.
SUGAR: Sí.
(Yes.)
VALENTINA: Los mataste… con los muertos.
(You killed them… with the Dead.)
SUGAR: Sí.
(Yes.)
VALENTINA: Los hiciste sufrir.
(You made them suffer.)
SUGAR (quietly): Sí.
(Yes.)
A long pause. Valentina‘s face works through something—grief, horror, understanding, love—all of it, all at once.
VALENTINA: ¿Y tú? ¿Sufres?
(And you? Do you suffer?)
Sugar stares at her. No one has asked her that. Not Mama. Not The Baron. Not herself.
SUGAR (her voice cracking, the first crack in the mask): No… sé.
(I… don’t know.)
She looks at her hands—silvered, terrible, beautiful.
SUGAR [cont.]: A veces… pienso que sí. Pero no sé si es dolor. O memoria del dolor. O solo… el eco.
(Sometimes… I think so. But I don’t know if it’s pain. Or the memory of pain. Or just… the echo.)
VALENTINA (her hand on Sugar’s cheek, feeling the cold there): Estás fría.
(You’re cold.)
SUGAR (closing her eyes): Sí.
(Yes.)
VALENTINA: ¿Puedes sentir esto?
(Can you feel this?)
She leans in. Kisses her. Softly. Gently. The way she kissed her in the studio, the way she kissed her years ago, the way she has always kissed her.
Sugar doesn’t move. Doesn’t respond. But she doesn’t pull away either.
The Vega shimmers—a single, sustained note. The Dead fall silent.
The kiss ends. Valentina pulls back. Looks at Sugar’s face. The silver eyes are open. Something is there—something that wasn’t there before.
SUGAR (barely a whisper): Sí. Lo siento.
(Yes. I’m sorry.)
A long pause. They look at each other. The world narrows to this cabin, these two women, this moment.
And then The Baron is there. Not emerging. Not arriving. Just… present. As he always is. As he always will be.
)(^)(
BEAT III
TITLE:El Juicio del Barón — La Corona o el Caos (The Baron’s Judgment — The Crown or the Chaos)
SETTING: The cabin, but the walls have drawn back, or perhaps the Swamp has drawn in. Sugar and Valentina stand together. Mama watches from the shadows. The Zombies surround them—silver-eyed, shackled, patient. The Baron stands before Sugar and, for once, he is not laughing.
TIME: The hour between night and dawn. The hour when choices are made.
ATMOSPHERE: The Vega is joined by the full Orchestra—but it’s a dark Orchestra, a swamp Orchestra, the sound of roots and rot and resurrection. THE CHORUS OF THE DEAD hums their polyphonic drone, but they are waiting. They are all waiting.
The Baron looks at Sugar. Looks at Valentina. Looks at their hands, still touching.
BARON (his voice dark, patient): El trato era claro. Los hombres están muertos. La deuda está pagada. Y tú… tú eres mía.
(The deal was clear. The men are dead. The debt is paid. And you… you are mine.)
Sugar’s hand tightens on Valentina’s.
BARON [cont.]: Ese era el precio, Sugar. Lo aceptaste. Lo juraste.
(That was the price, Sugar. You accepted it. You swore to it.)
VALENTINA (stepping between them, her voice fierce): Ella no es tuya.
(She is not yours.)
The Baron laughs—a dark, terrible sound.
BARON: ¿No? ¿Entonces de quién es? ¿Tuya? ¿La tuya, la policía, la que no cree, la que no sabe?
(No? Then whose is she? Yours? Yours—the police—the one who doesn’t believe, the one who doesn’t know?)
He circles Valentina, examining her.
BARON [cont.]: La llamaste Diana. La besaste. La amaste. Pero ¿la conoces? ¿Conoces a la mujer que mandó a los muertos a matar? ¿Conoces a la mujer que abrió la garganta de un hombre con una muñeca y una navaja? ¿Conoces a la que se sienta en mi trono y usa mi corona?
(You called her Diana. You kissed her. You loved her. But do you know her? Do you know the woman who sent the Dead to kill? Do you know the woman who slit a man’s throat with a doll and a razor? Do you know the one who sits on my throne and wears my crown?)
He stops before Sugar. Leans close.
BARON [cont.]: ¿La quieres ahora, policía? ¿La quieres con los ojos plateados y las manos frías y el corazón que ya no late?
(Do you want her now, officer? Do you want her with silver eyes, cold hands and a heart that no longer beats?)
VALENTINA (not backing down): La quiero.
(I love her.)
The Baron studies her. Something shifts in his face—not pity, not respect, but recognition. He has seen this before. He will see it again. Love walking into the dark.
BARON (softly, almost gently): Eso no es suficiente.
(That’s not enough.)
He turns to Sugar. His voice hardens.
BARON [cont.]: El trato, Sugar. Lo pagaste con tu alma. Tu alma es mía. Tu cuerpo es mío. Tu reino es este pantano, esta noche, estos muertos que te obedecen.
(The deal, Sugar. You paid for it with your soul. Your soul is mine. Your body is mine. Your kingdom is this Swamp—this Night, these Dead who obey you.)
He gestures at the Zombies, the Trees, the Silver moon.
BARON [cont.]: Esa es la corona. Esa es la jaula.
(That is the crown. That is the cage.)
Sugar looks at Valentina. Looks at The Baron. Looks at her hands—silvered, cold, terrible.
SUGAR (quietly): ¿Y si no quiero la corona?
(And what if I don’t want the crown?)
A long pause. The Baron tilts his head.
BARON: No hay vuelta atrás, Sugar. Eso no es cómo funciona.
(There’s no turning back, Sugar. That’s not how it works.)
SUGAR: Dime cómo funciona.
(Tell me how it works.)
The Baron considers this. He has never been asked. No one has ever asked.
BARON (slowly): Hay un camino. Uno solo.
(There is a path. Only one.)
He points at Valentina.
BARON [cont.]: Ella puede tomar tu lugar.
(She can take your place.)
Valentina goes pale. Sugar’s hand tightens on hers.
BARON [cont.]: Una vida por otra. Un alma por otra. El pantano no es exigente. Solo tiene hambre.
(One life for another. One soul for another. The Swamp is not demanding. It is only hungry.)
VALENTINA (her voice steady, though her hands are shaking): Tómame.
(Take me.)
SUGAR (fierce, turning on her): ¡No!
(No!)
VALENTINA (meeting her silver eyes): He vivido. He amado. He hecho lo que pude. Tú… tú tienes tanto que dar. Tanto que hacer. No puedes quedarte aquí, en este pantano, siendo la reina de los muertos.
(I have lived. I have loved. I have done what I could. You… you have so much to give. So much to do. You cannot stay here, in this Swamp, being the Queen of the Dead.)
SUGAR: Y tú puedes?
(And you can?)
VALENTINA (smiling—a small, sad, beautiful smile): Soy policía, Diana. He visto cosas. Cosas peores que esto. Y siempre he estado solo. Incluso ahora. He estado lista.
(I’m a cop, Diana. I’ve seen things. Things worse than this. And I’ve always been alone. Even now. I’ve been ready.
She turns to The Baron.
VALENTINA [cont.]: Tómame. Déjala ir.
(Take me. Let her go.)
The Baron looks at her. Looks at Sugar. Looks at the Zombies, the Swamp, the Night.
For a long moment, he says nothing. Then—
BARON: No.
(No.)
They stare at him.
BARON [cont.]: El trato fue con Sugar. La deuda es de Sugar. El precio es de Sugar.
(The deal was with Sugar. The debt belongs to Sugar. The price belongs to Sugar.)
He steps closer to Sugar, his voice dropping to something almost intimate.
BARON [cont.]: Pero si tú rechazas la corona… si eliges el caos… el pantano buscará lo que necesita. Buscará… a quien necesita.
(But if you reject the crown… if you choose chaos… the Swamp will seek what it needs. It will seek… the one it needs.)
His eyes shift to Valentina. Then back to Sugar.
BARON [cont.]: Pero esa elección no es mía. Es tuya, Sugar.
(But that choice isn’t mine. It’s yours, Sugar.)
A long pause. Sugar’s face is white, her silver eyes flickering.
SUGAR: ¿Y si no quiero la corona ni el caos? ¿Y si quiero… otra cosa?
(And what if I don’t want the crown, nor the chaos? What if I want… something else?)
The Baron goes still. Something shifts in his ancient face—surprise, perhaps, or curiosity. He has never been asked this either.
BARON (slowly, drawing out the words): Otra cosa… no existe.
(Anything else… doesn’t exist.)
He studies her—this woman who has defied him, commanded him, become something he didn’t expect.
BARON [cont.]: Pero si quieres buscarla… tienes hasta el amanecer.
(But if you want to look for her… you have until dawn.)
He steps back. His form begins to dissolve.
BARON [cont.]: Cuando el sol toque el agua… volveré. Y entonces… elegirás.
(When the sun touches the water… I will return. And then… you will choose.)
He laughs—his terrible, wonderful laugh—and dissolves into mist. The Zombies follow, one by one, fading into the shadows. The cabin is gone. The clearing is gone. Only Sugar and Valentina remain, alone in the swamp, alone in the night.
The Vega holds a single, shimmering note.
Slow fade.
END OF SCENE ONE
)(^)(
ACT ONE, SCENE TWO
TITLE:El Trío — El Peso de la Elección (The Trio — The Weight of Choice)
SETTING: The heart of the swamp. The clearing where Morgan died, where Sugar was crowned, where everything has led. The quicksand is smooth, untroubled. The cypress trees stand like sentinels. The silver moon hangs low and wrong, but the east is beginning to lighten.
TIME: The hour before dawn. The Baron’s deadline approaches.
ATMOSPHERE: The Vega shimmers—deep, resonant, eternal. The CHORUS OF THE DEAD hums softly, waiting. MAMA MAITRESSE stands at the edge of the clearing, her ancient face unreadable. This is the Trio. This is the last moment before the choice.
)(^)(
BEAT I
Sugar and Valentina stand together at the water’s edge. Mama watches from the shadows. The moon is setting. The sun is not yet risen. The Baron is absent—for now. This moment belongs to the women.
They don’t speak for a long moment. There is too much to say and none of it will change what comes.
SUGAR (finally, her voice quiet, almost human): ¿Por qué viniste?
(Why did you come?)
VALENTINA: Lo sabes.
(You know it.)
SUGAR: Dilo.
(Say it.)
Valentina takes Sugar’s face in her hands. Her eyes are wet, but her voice is steady.
VALENTINA: Porque te amo. Porque te amé desde el principio. Porque te amaré hasta el final.
(Because I love you. Because I loved you from the beginning. Because I will love you until the end.)
Sugar’s hands come up, cover Valentina’s. Her touch is cold—silver-cold, death-cold. But she doesn’t pull away.
SUGAR: Eso no es suficiente.
(That’s not enough.)
VALENTINA: Es todo lo que tengo.
(That’s all I have.)
They stand like that for a long moment—two women at the edge of everything. Sugar’s eyes flicker, brown to silver, silver to brown. She is fighting. She has been fighting since the cemetery.
Mama takes a step forward. Her voice is ancient, cracked, gentle.
MAMA: Hija… he visto esto antes. Muchas veces. Mujeres que entran al pantano buscando justicia. Mujeres que encuentran poder. Mujeres que pierden todo lo que aman.
(Daughter… I have seen this before. Many times. Women who enter the Swamp seeking Justice. Women who find Power. Women who lose everything they love.)
She looks at Valentina. Her eyes are wet.
MAMA [cont.]: Y cada vez… cada vez, la que se queda piensa que puede encontrar otra cosa. Que el pantano le debe algo. Que el amor puede vencer a la muerte.
(And every time… every time, the one who stays behind thinks she can find something else. That the Swamp owes her something. That Love can conquer Death.)
She shakes her head—slowly, sadly.
MAMA [cont.]: El amor no vence a la muerte, hijas mías. El amor es tan solo memoria… y la muerte se alimenta de la memoria hasta que no queda nada más que polvo y huesos desnudos.
(Love does not conquer Death, my daughters. Love is merely Memory… and Death feeds on Memory until nothing remains but dust and bare bones.)
Sugar pulls away from Valentina. Turns to the water. Stares into its smooth, dark surface.
SUGAR: Me acuerdo de cuando nos conocimos.
(I remember when we met.)
Valentina doesn’t move. Doesn’t speak.
SUGAR [cont.]: Eras policía nueva. Yo estaba haciendo fotos en el parque. Me viste y pensaste que estaba haciendo algo ilegal.
(You were a new police officer. I was taking photos in the park. You saw me and thought I was doing something illegal.)
She almost smiles. Almost.
SUGAR [cont.]: Me dijiste: ‘Señorita, necesita un permiso para fotografiar en propiedad pública.’
(You said to me: ‘Miss, you need a permit to take photographs on public property.’)
VALENTINA (her voice cracking): Y tú me dijiste: ‘Entonces arréstame, oficial. Me muero por pasar la noche en tu celda.’
(And you said to me: ‘Then arrest me, Officer. I’m dying to spend the night in your cell.’)
Sugar turns. For a moment, the silver fades. For a moment, she’s just Diana. Just the woman Valentina fell in love with.
SUGAR: ¿Te acuerdas?
(Do you remember?)
VALENTINA: Me acuerdo de todo.
(I remember everything.)
They cross to each other. Embrace. It is not a kiss of passion—it is a kiss of farewell. They both know. They have both known since The Baron spoke.
Mama watches. Her face is wet. She has seen this before. She will see it again. It never gets easier.
The kiss ends. Sugar steps back. Her eyes flicker—brown, silver, brown. She is trying to hold onto the human part of herself, trying to find the ‘otra cosa’ that The Baron said doesn’t exist.
She looks at the eastern sky. It’s lighter now. The dawn is coming.
SUGAR (her voice breaking): No hay otra cosa. Nunca la hubo.
(There is nothing else. There never was.)
Valentina takes her hands. Squeezes them.
VALENTINA: Lo sabía. Desde el principio.
(I knew it. From the beginning.)
SUGAR (desperate): ¿Y aun así viniste?
(And yet you came?)
Valentina smiles—a small, sad, beautiful smile. The smile of someone who has already made her peace.
VALENTINA: Aun así.
(Even so.)
She releases Sugar’s hands. Steps back.
VALENTINA [cont.]: Tienes que elegir, Diana. No puedes huir. No esta vez.
(You have to choose, Diana. You can’t run away. Not this time.)
Sugar looks at her. Looks at Mama. Looks at the water, the trees, the lightening sky. She knows what she has to do. She has known since The Baron spoke.
She opens her mouth to speak—
But The Baron is there. Not emerging. Not arriving. Just… present. As he always is. As he always will be.
The Vega swells. The Chorus rises. The dawn holds. The choice has come.
)(^)(
BEAT II
EL DÚO — EL SACRIFICIO (THE DUET — THE SACRIFICE)
SETTING: The same clearing. But the walls of the world are drawing in. The trees press closer. The water rises. The Dead emerge from the shadows—silver-eyed, shackled, waiting. And in their center: THE BARON, no longer laughing, his face grave and eternal. The east is lightening. The sun will rise soon.
TIME: The moment of choice. The moment of sacrifice. The moment that will end everything and begin something new.
ATMOSPHERE: The Vega swells to its full power. THE CHORUS OF THE DEAD sings—not humming now, but singing, a polyphonic chant in a language older than America, older than Spanish, older than words. The Orchestra is full, terrible, beautiful.
The Baron advances. Sugar steps forward to meet him—but Valentina is beside her, holding her hand. Mama has withdrawn to the edge of the clearing, watching, weeping.
BARON (his voice carrying the weight of the First Act, the weight of eternity): La corona o el caos. Siempre la corona o el caos.
(The crown or chaos. Always the crown or chaos.)
He stops before Sugar. Looks at her silver eyes, her cold hands, what she has become.
BARON [cont.]: Has elegido.
(You have chosen.)
Sugar’s voice is steady. The decision is made. The fight is over.
SUGAR: He elegido.
(I have chosen.)
BARON: ¿La corona?
(The crown?)
Sugar looks at Valentina. Looks at the Water, the Trees, the Dead who wait for her. She shakes her head.
SUGAR: No.
(No.)
BARON: ¿El caos?
(The chaos?)
Sugar looks at Valentina again. Looks at the woman she loves, the woman who walked into the dark for her, the woman who is smiling at her with tears in her eyes.
SUGAR (barely a whisper): No. Ella.
(No. Her.)
A long pause. The Baron looks at Valentina. Looks at Sugar Hill. His face is unreadable—ancient, patient, eternal. But something moves behind his eyes. Recognition. Respect. Perhaps even grief.
BARON (quietly, to Valentina): Lo sabías. Desde el principio.
(You knew it. From the beginning.)
VALENTINA (her voice steady, her eyes on Sugar): Lo sabía.
(I knew it.)
BARON (to Sugar): El trato fue contigo. La deuda es tuya.
(The deal was with you. The debt is yours.)
He steps closer to Valentina. Studies her—this woman who has walked into the Swamp with nothing but her love and her stubbornness and her refusal to look away.
BARON [cont.]: Pero tú has pagado la deuda con tu elección. Y la elección… tiene su propio precio.
(But you have paid the debt with your choice. And the choice… has its own price.)
He extends his hand to Valentina.
BARON [cont.]: ¿Estás lista, hija?
(Are you ready, daughter?)
Valentina looks at his hand. Looks at Sugar. The woman she loves. The woman she came to save. The woman she will become.
She takes Sugar’s face in her hands one last time. Kisses her forehead. Kisses her closed eyes. Kisses her lips—softly, gently, farewell.
VALENTINA: Adiós, Diana. No te olvidaré… ni siquiera mientras la Muerte se sacia conmigo.
(Goodbye, Diana. I will not forget you… not even while Death sates itself upon me.)
She releases her. Turns to The Baron. Takes his hand.
The silver begins. It rises from the water, from the mud, from the roots of the cypress trees. It fills her eyes, her hands, her heart. She does not fight it. She has never fought anything in her life except the truth of how much she loves this woman.
Sugar watches. She does not scream. She has no scream left. She watches Valentina become something else. Something swamp-born. Something eternal. Something that will never grow old, never die, never forget.
SUGAR (her final words to Valentina, barely audible): Amor. Amor. Amor. No te olvidaré. Ni siquiera en la muerte. Ni siquiera en la muerte.
(Love. Love. Love. I will not forget you. Not even in Death. Not even in Death.)
Valentina—silver-eyed, transformed, crowned—turns. She looks at Sugar. For a moment, something human flickers in her new eyes. Love. Grief. Farewell.
She turns. Walks into the swamp. The Dead follow. The Baron follows. They disappear into the mist, into the silver-blue-crystal light, into the kingdom that is hers now.
Sugar falls to her knees. The scream that tears from her throat is not human—it is the sound of a soul losing everything, twice and surviving anyway.
The Vega holds its note. The Chorus is silent. The world is silent.
Mama stands alone at the water’s edge, watching Sugar, watching the place where Valentina disappeared, watching the dawn that is finally breaking.
)(^)(
BEAT III
THE SOLO — LA REINA DE LA NADA (THE QUEEN OF NOTHING)
SETTING: The clearing. Empty now. The water is smooth. The trees are still. The mist has lifted. The sun is rising—pale, watery, indifferent. Mama stands at the edge of the trees, watching Sugar with eyes that have seen too much.
TIME: Dawn. The dawn after the night that contained everything.
ATMOSPHERE: The Vega is silent. The Orchestra is silent. There is only Sugar, alone and the sound of her breathing and the slow, terrible transformation that is still happening, that will not stop, that cannot be undone.
Sugar kneels at the water’s edge. She is not crying. She has no tears left. She is watching her hands—her silver hands, her cold hands, her hands that killed and loved and lost.
Mama takes a step toward her. Stops.
MAMA (her voice ancient, cracked, gentle): Hija…
(Daughter…)
SUGAR (not looking up): Vete, Mamá.
(Go away, Mama.)
MAMA: No puedo dejarte así.
(I can’t leave you like this.)
SUGAR: No estoy así. Estoy… como debo estar.
(I’m not like that. I am… how I should be.)
She rises. Turns. Her eyes are fully silver now—not flickering, not fighting, just steady. The transformation is complete. She is not Valentina. She is not the queen. But she is not human anymore either.
Mama sees this. Backs away.
MAMA: Diosa misericordiosa… lo que has perdido…
(Merciful Goddess… what you have lost…)
SUGAR (almost smiling): Lo que he perdido, Mamá, no es nada comparado con lo que he ganado.
(What I have lost, Mom, is nothing compared to what I have gained.)
She spreads her arms. The Vega returns—not the Vega of the swamp, but something new, something that contains both the Resonator’s decay and the Vega’s shimmer, something that is entirely Sugar’s.
SUGAR [cont.]: No soy la reina. No soy la madre. No soy nada de lo que el Barón quería que fuera.
(I am not the queen. I am not the mother. I am nothing of what the Baron wanted me to be.)
She looks at the water where Valentina disappeared. Her face is still, but something moves behind her silver eyes—grief, perhaps, or love, or memory.
SUGAR [cont.]: Pero tampoco soy la mujer que entró en este pantano. Esa mujer murió con Langston. Esa mujer se ahogó en el barro. Esa mujer… la maté yo misma.
(But neither am I the woman who entered this swamp. That woman died with Langston. That woman drowned in the mud. That woman… I killed her myself.)
She raises her hands. The dead rise from the water—not threatening, not serving, just present. They are not her army. They are her witnesses.
SUGAR [cont.]: Mírenme. Miren lo que queda. Miren lo que eligió quedarse.
(Look at me. Look at what remains. Look at what chose to stay.)
She walks to the edge of the water. The dead part to let her pass.
SUGAR [cont.]: No hay corona. No hay trono. No hay reino que gobernar. Solo… esto.
(There is no crown. There is no throne. There is no kingdom to rule. Only… this.)
She touches the water. It ripples. The silver spreads from her fingers, through the water, through the mud, through the roots of the cypress trees.
SUGAR [cont.]: Soy la podredumbre. Soy la raíz. Soy la tierra que recuerda.
(I am the rot. I am the root. I am the earth that remembers.)
She turns back to Mama. Her face is terrible and beautiful and sad.
SUGAR [cont.]: Dile al Barón que su reina es la que eligió. Dile que yo… yo soy otra cosa.
(Tell the Baron that his queen is the one he chose. Tell him that I… I am something else entirely.)
She walks into the water. It rises around her—her knees, her waist, her chest. The Dead watch. Mama watches.
At her throat, the water stops. She stands in the center of the clearing, half-submerged, silver-eyed, eternal.
SUGAR (her final words, spoken to the Dawn, to the Swamp, to the woman she lost, to what she now is): Soy la Colina. Soy el Azúcar. Soy la dulzura que crece sobre la tumba de los que me hicieron daño.
(I am the Hill. I am the Sugar. I am the sweetness that grows upon the grave of those who hurt me.)
She looks up at the rising sun—pale, indifferent, beautiful.
SUGAR [cont.]: Y algún día… cuando los vivos me hayan olvidado… cuando la ciudad sea pantano otra vez… cuando no quede nadie que recuerde mi nombre…
(And someday… when the living have forgotten me… when the City is a swamp once again… when no one remains to remember my name…)
(I will still be here. Waiting. Remembering. Being.)
The water closes over her head. She is gone.
The dead stand silent. Mama stands alone at the water’s edge.
The Vega plays one last time—a single, shimmering note that holds for a long moment, then fades, slowly, into silence.
The sun rises. The mist lifts. The swamp is just a swamp. The dead are just shadows.
But something remains. Something in the water. Something in the roots. Something in the silver light that catches on the surface of the water, just for a moment, just for a breath.
Sugar is there. Sugar is everywhere. Sugar is the hill, the swamp, the memory of vengeance and love and loss.
The stage bleeds to white.
Silence.
Curtain.
(THE END)
PART II:
SUGAR HILL: A Swamp Opera
A GUIDE TO THE MUSICAL AND AESTHETIC WORLD
‘Well, what did you expect in an opera… a happy ending?’ Bugs Bunny, from, What’s Opera, Doc? (1957)
)(^)(
CAST OF CHARACTERS
Principal Roles
SUGAR (Diana Hill) — Soprano (Lyric to Dramatic) A successful fashion photographer and the co-owner of Club Haiti. Grief transforms her from a warm, loving woman into something cold and powerful. Her voice moves from vibrant, vibrato-rich lyric soprano in Act I to a straight-toned, silvered dramatic soprano in Act II. She is the Opera’s heart and its open wound.
Vocal range: B3 – C6
)(^)(
VALENTINA — Mezzo-Soprano A police lieutenant, sharp and stubborn, who once loved Sugar. She is the Opera’s conscience—grounded in the real world, committed to justice and ultimately willing to sacrifice everything for the woman she never stopped loving. Her voice is warm but precise, capable of both tenderness and steel.
Vocal range: G3 – A5
)(^)(
BARON SAMEDI — Bass-Baritone The Vodou spirit who rules the Cemetery, the Dead and the Crossroads between Worlds. He is ancient, playful and utterly terrifying. His laugh is a musical motif—thunder and delight mixed together. He is not evil; he is simply inevitable. His lowest notes should vibrate in the floorboards.
Vocal range: D2 – F4
)(^)(
MAMA MAITRESSE — Contralto A Vodou priestess who has served The Baron for decades. Ancient, reluctant and deeply wise. She is the bridge between Sugar’s human world and the Spirit world. Her voice is cracked but powerful—the sound of roots and memory.
Vocal range: F3 – D5
)(^)(
LANGSTON — Tenor (Lyric) Sugar’s fiance, the co-owner of Club Haiti. Warm, steady and unafraid. His death in Act I is the catalyst for everything that follows. His love theme returns throughout the Opera, fragmented and corrupted. He appears only in Act I.
Vocal range: B2 – A4
)(^)(
MORGAN — Baritone A corrupt businessman who wants to own the French Quarter. He is the secular villain—slick, cruel and utterly unprepared for the supernatural forces he has unleashed. His voice should be smooth and cynical in Act I, decaying into panic and terror in Act II.
Vocal range: C3 – F4
)(^)(
Supporting Roles
FABULOUS — Tenor (Character) Morgan’s right hand. Charismatic, dangerous and ultimately disposable. He leads the Mob’s attacks with a smile. His death is the most intimate of the revenge killings—at the hands of the Baron’s Brides.
Vocal range: B2 – G4
)(^)(
TANK — Bass Morgan’s enforcer. Huge, stupid and casually cruel. His death is the first—brutal, swift and witnessed by the Zombies.
Vocal range: D2 – E4
)(^)(
O’BRIEN — Tenor (Character) A jumpy, cruel member of Morgan’s crew. His death is the Opera’s most grotesque—fed to hungry pigs in the Swamp.
Vocal range: B2 – G4
)(^)(
KING — Baritone The quietest of Morgan’s men and the most dangerous. His death is the most fantastic—Sugar cuts a voodoo doll’s throat and King’s throat opens.
Vocal range: C3 – F4
)(^)(
GEORGIE — Tenor A pool hall regular, one of Morgan’s crew. His death is the most psychological—forced to take his own life while Sugar watches.
Vocal range: B2 – G4
)(^)(
DR. PARKHURST — Soprano A professor of anthropology and Vodou studies. She helps Valentina understand what she’s hunting. Warm, academic and quietly reverent about the traditions she studies.
Vocal range: C4 – A5
)(^)(
CAPTAIN — Bass-Baritone Valentina’s supervisor. A weary, practical police captain who dismisses the supernatural explanations even as the evidence mounts.
Vocal range: D3 – E4
)(^)(
THE PREACHER — Tenor (Character) An old Blues pianist whose hands are crushed by King. He becomes the first witness who confirms Valentina’s suspicions: the killers were ‘like corpses’.
Vocal range: C3 – F4
)(^)(
FANTASIA — Mezzo-Soprano The lead dancer at Club Haiti’s ‘voodoo show’. She performs possession as entertainment, unaware that the real thing is coming. Appears only in Act I.
Vocal range: G3 – A5
)(^)(
LAB TECH — Tenor A young, earnest forensic technician who discovers that the evidence from Tank’s murder points to impossible conclusions. His deadpan delivery of horrifying facts provides the Opera’s darkest comic moment.
Vocal range: B2 – G4
)(^)(
Ensemble / Chorus
THE ZOMBIES — Mixed Chorus (SATB) The risen Dead, bound to the Baron, commanded by Sugar. They wear slave shackles and have silver eyes. Their music is polyphonic humming, hocketing rhythms and the occasional burst of terrifying song. They function as both Chorus and army—witnesses to Sugar’s vengeance, instruments of her will and ultimately the kingdom she chooses to leave behind.
)(^)(
THE CHORUS OF THE DEAD — Mixed Chorus (SATB) Whatever is the opposite of all the patrons of Club Haiti, the workers on the docks, the police officers and the Community of New Orleans. They represent the Spirit world that Sugar is tranforming into—and that Valentina is trying to protect her from.
)(^)(
CHARACTER VOICE TYPES SUMMARY
Role
Voice Type
Range
Sugar
Soprano (Lyric to Dramatic)
B3 – C6
Valentina
Mezzo-Soprano
G3 – A5
Baron Samedi
Bass-Baritone
D2 – F4
Mama Maitresse
Contralto
F3 – D5
Langston
Tenor (Lyric)
B2 – A4
Morgan
Baritone
C3 – F4
Fabulous
Tenor (Character)
B2 – G4
Tank
Bass
D2 – E4
O’Brien
Tenor (Character)
B2 – G4
King
Baritone
C3 – F4
Georgie
Tenor
B2 – G4
Dr. Parkhurst
Soprano
C4 – A5
Captain
Bass-Baritone
D3 – E4
Preacher
Tenor (Character)
C3 – F4
Fantasia
Mezzo-Soprano
G3 – A5
Lab Tech
Tenor
B2 – G4
Zombies
Mixed Chorus (SATB)
Flexible
Chorus of the Dead
Mixed Chorus (SATB)
Flexible
CASTING NOTES
Sugar requires a soprano with both lyric warmth and dramatic power. She must be able to sustain the love theme’s tenderness in Act I and deliver the straight-toned, silvered final aria of Act II. The role demands stamina, emotional range and the ability to convey transformation through vocal color.
The Baron requires a bass-baritone with a genuinely dangerous low register. His laugh must be both comic and terrifying. The role demands a performer who can be charming, menacing and ultimately something like sympathetic—a force of Nature who is not evil but simply inevitable.
Valentina requires a mezzo-soprano with both warmth and steel. She must be able to ground the Opera’s supernatural elements in human reality. The role demands a performer who can convey intelligence, stubbornness and the quiet devastation of sacrificial love.
Mama Maitresse requires a contralto with genuine depth in the lower register. The role is small but crucial—she is the Opera’s ancient conscience, the bridge between worlds. Her voice should sound like it has been singing for centuries.
)(^)(
NOTES & ANSWERS
I. WHAT IS A ‘SWAMP OPERA’?
All of this belongs to a tradition that doesn’t yet have a name—but it has roots. Call it Swamp Opera: an intersection where the high drama of Operatic form meets the humid, decaying, supernatural landscape of the American South. It is Opera that smells like moss and tastes like salt. Opera that rises from the mud.
The term acknowledges two lineages:
Verismo Opera (Mascagni, Leoncavallo, Puccini): Gritty, earthy stories of ordinary people driven to extraordinary passion and violence.
Southern Gothic Literature (Faulkner, O’Connor, McCullers): Grotesque characters, moral decay, religious fervor dreams and the psychedelic weight of history pressing down on the present, on us.
Swamp Opera marries these traditions. It replaces the Sicilian villages of verismo with Louisiana bayous. It gives the grotesque characters of Southern Gothic a voice that can soar. It makes the land itself a character—not a backdrop, but a presence that breathes, waits and ultimately claims what belongs to it.
)(^)(
II. THE SOUND OF THE SWAMP: Southern Gothic & Dark Americana
The score of Sugar Hill draws from two distinct but related aesthetic traditions. Understanding them is essential to understanding the Opera’s musical language.
Southern Gothic (The ‘High Art’ Tradition)
Southern Gothic in music is characterized by:
Lush dissonance: Chords that are beautiful and unsettling at the same time, like a summer afternoon that feels like a high pressure cell of a threat.
Atmospheric strings: Low, sustained droning that mimic the weight of humidity, the hum of insects, the patience of the swamp.
Lonely woodwinds: A solo oboe or duduk playing a repetitive, slightly out-of-tune bird-call—the sound of being watched by something non-human.
Unrelieved tension: Music that never fully resolves, that holds its dissonance like the South holds its history.
Key reference: Carlisle Floyd’s Susannah (1955) Often called the ‘father of American Opera,’ Floyd’s masterpiece is set in rural Tennessee and uses Appalachian folk melodies transformed into tragic, sweeping orchestral language. It captures the judgmental energy of a small community and the oppressive weight of nature. Susannah is the essential text for understanding how to make American folk music Operatic without losing its grit.
What we borrow from Floyd:
The ‘Swamp Drone’: Low, sustained strings that never quite resolve.
The ‘Stuttering Woodwind’: A solo voice that repeats, fragments, decays.
The use of folk melodies as the foundation for tragic arias.
Dark Americana (The ‘Folk’ Tradition)
Dark Americana is rooted in the soil of American folk music—but slowed down, distorted and turned toward the shadows. It is characterized by:
Percussive folk instruments: Banjo, fiddle, slide guitar, played not for virtuosity but for texture.
Rhythmic work-song pulses: The sound of bodies working, suffering, persisting.
A cappella ritual: Voices alone, creating both melody and percussion through hocketing, polyphonic humming and body sounds.
Found sound: The use of chains, wooden crates, bowed metal—instruments that come from the physical world of the Bayou.
Key reference: Rhiannon Giddens’ Omar (2022) Giddens’ Opera (co-composed with Michael Abels) tells the story of an enslaved Muslim man who wrote his autobiography in Arabic. It uses banjo, fiddle and percussive foot-stomping in ways that feel both ancient and utterly new. Giddens reclaims folk instruments from their ‘quaint’ associations and reveals their capacity for tragedy.
What we borrow from Giddens:
The banjo as a percussive, ‘stabbing’ instrument, not a pretty one.
The use of folk forms (work songs, spirituals) as the basis for operatic structures.
The integration of a cappella sections that use the human voice as both melody and percussion.
)(^)(
III. THE INSTRUMENTS: Two Sounds, Two Worlds
At the heart of Sugar Hill‘s sound is a dual-instrument system: a guitar and a banjo that function as opposing moral forces. They are not just instruments; they are characters.
The National Style O Resonator Guitar (The Mob)
Sound: Brassy, metallic, aggressive. It ‘honks’ rather than sings.
Association: The City, capitalism, corruption, Morgan and his men.
Musical style: Debased P Funk, jagged rhythms, staccato attacks.
Dramatic function: Represents what the Mob thinks Power is—loud, visible, bought.
Fate: In Act Two, the Resonator is detuned, played by a zombie having a bad acid trip—the sound of a world that has been swallowed whole.
Listening reference: The soundtrack to Shaft (1971), but played through a speaker underwater and a thousand years ago.
The Deering Vega Vintage Star Banjo (The Swamp)
Sound: Ghostly, woody, shimmering. Its Dobson tone ring creates a sustain that hangs in the air like stagnant water.
Association: The Bayou, the Spirits, the Dead, the Truth.
Musical style: Drones, open tunings, modal harmonies, silence.
Dramatic function: Represents what Power actually is—ancient, patient, eternal.
Fate: In Act Two, the Vega becomes the dominant voice of the Opera, swallowing the Resonator’s sounds and transforming them.
Listening reference: The scores of Nick Cave and Warren Ellis (see: The Assassination of Jesse James), but with the harmonics of a sitar and the decay of a banjo played on a Louisiana porch at dusk.
The Instrumental Arc of the Opera:
Act
Dominant Instrument
Dramatic Meaning
Act I, Scenes 1-4
National Resonator
The world of the Mob, the City, the ‘fake’ power
Act I, Scene 5 (The Descent)
Vega enters, Resonator fades
The Swamp begins to claim the story
Act I, Scene 8 (The Coronation)
Vega dominant
Sugar has accepted her power
Act II, Scene 1
Vega + corrupted Resonator
The two worlds have merged
Act II, Scene 2 (The Finale)
Vega alone, then silence
The Swamp has won. Sugar has become the Other.
)(^)(
IV. THE RITUALS: Voodoo-Pop vs. The Real Thing
One of the Opera’s central structural ideas is the contrast between two rituals: one false, one true. This contrast is communicated through music, movement and staging.
The Club Haiti Ritual (Act I, Scene 1)
What it is: A tourist show. Voodoo as entertainment, commodified, safe.
Music: Syncopated Disco, the National Resonator dominant, major keys, predictable structures. (‘Yeah. White is so much… whiter.’)
Movement: Theatrical ‘Possession’—dancers twitch on cue, roll their eyes on the downbeat. It’s choreographed. It’s a performance.
Atmosphere: Warm amber light, applause, cocktails. Nothing is actually happening.
Dramatic function: Establishes what the Mob thinks Vodoun is. Sets a trap for the Audience: they think they know what’s coming. They don’t.
The Bayou Ritual (Act I, Scene 5)
What it is: The real thing. Sugar’s invocation of the Baron, her pact with the Dead.
Music: Drones, polyphonic humming, the Vega emerging from beneath the Resonator and slowly overwhelming it. The shift from major to modal harmonies. (‘Well, whatever it is, you could use some of it.’)Silence as a structural element.
Movement:Crise de Locher—The convulsive onset of Possession. If there is any duende to be found in this, it is here. This is not choreographed; it is visceral. The body moves involuntarily. The Spirit takes the ‘Rider’ (the Possessed person) as a Horse.
Atmosphere: Silver-blue light, fog, the smell of ozone and mud. The Audience should feel that something sacred and dangerous is happening.
Dramatic function: The mask drops. The real Power emerges. The Mob’s confidence is revealed as ignorance. )(^)(
Movement Terminology for the Choreographer/Director:
Term
Definition
Application in Sugar Hill
Crise de Locher
The violent onset of possession; the moment the Spirit takes the ‘Horse’
Sugar’s transformation during the Invocation
Chwal (Horse)
The Possessed person; the Vessel for the Spirit
The Zombies are the chwal of The Baron; Sugar becomes his chwal in Act I, rejecting it in Act II
‘Convulsive Labor’
A term for the physical struggle of accommodating a Spirit; the body working hard to contain the Divine
Valentina’s transformation in the Duet; she does not fight against the silver, but her body registers the change
Averring / Swaying
Rhythmic, hypnotic movements that occur once the spirit has settled
The Zombies’ movement; they are not thrashing, they are waiting
)(^)(
V. HISTORICAL PRECEDENTS: What Came Before
It is my hope that Sugar Hill stands in a lineage of American Art that engage with Black spirituality, Southern history and Supernatural themes. As I stated in the beginning:
What I can offer, though, is an act of listening—to the Scholars, Musicians and Traditions that have long cultivated the soil from which this work grows. This libretto has been shaped by deep study and love of Black composers (Harry Lawrence Freeman, Florence Price, Margaret Bonds) and contemporary practitioners (Rhiannon Giddens, Nicole Brooks, Jessie Montgomery) whose work demonstrates how to honor these Traditions with rigor and care.
Understanding this lineage is essential for placing the work in context.
)(^)(
Harry Lawrence Freeman (1869-1954) — The ‘Colored Wagner’
Freeman was an African American composer of the Harlem Renaissance who wrote over twenty Operas. His work Voodoo (1928) is the closest historical relative to Sugar Hill.
Setting: A Louisiana plantation.
Plot: A love triangle, a Voodoo Queen named Lolo, a full ritual ceremony.
Musical style: Wagnerian leitmotifs infused with spirituals, chants and jazz.
Key moment: The ‘Voodoo Queen Aria,’ noted for its malevolent energy and ‘effectively barbaric’ orchestral moments.
What we borrow: The integration of ritual into Operatic form; the treatment of Vodoun as a legitimate Spiritual force, not exotic Spectacle. )(^)(
Florence Price (1887-1953) — The Symphonic Voice
Price was the first Black woman to have a symphony performed by a major Orchestra. Her music incorporates Spirituals, Juba dances and the Blues into classical forms.
Relevance: Her Symphonies Nos. 1 and 3 demonstrate how to use African American folk forms as the foundation for ‘High Art’ music without losing their cultural specificity.
What we borrow: The integration of Blues harmonies into orchestral writing; the use of folk rhythms as structural elements. )(^)(
Margaret Bonds (1913-1972) — The Spiritual Reimagined
Bonds was a composer and pianist who worked closely with Langston Hughes. Her settings of Spirituals transformed them from ‘folk songs’ into concert works of tremendous power.
Relevance: Her Spiritual Suite shows how to treat Spirituals not as quaint artifacts but as vessels of grief, resistance and transcendence.
What we borrow: The treatment of THE CHORUS OF THE DEAD’S humming as a Spiritual without words—a sound that carries centuries of meaning.
)(^)(
VI. CONTEMPORARY REFERENCES: Who Is Doing This Now
Sugar Hill is not alone in its aesthetic. These living composers are working in related territory:
Rhiannon Giddens (b. 1977)
Key work:Omar (2022, with Michael Abels)
What she does: Uses banjo, fiddle and percussive folk forms in operatic contexts. Reclaims folk instruments from their ‘quaint’ associations.
Relevance to Sugar Hill: The percussive banjo technique; the integration of a cappella sections; the centering of Black historical experience. )(^)(
Jessie Montgomery (b. 1981)
Key work:Voodoo Dolls (2008)
What she does: Uses West African drumming patterns and lyrical chant motives in instrumental contexts. High-energy, rhythmic, ritualistic.
Relevance to Sugar Hill: The rhythmic language for the Invocation; the use of chant as a structural element.
)(^)(
Nicole Brooks (b. 1970)
Key work:Obeah Opera (2015)
What she does: A strictly a cappella Opera telling the story of the Salem witch trials through Tituba, a Black slave. Uses Ska, Calypso and traditional Caribbean folk music. The Chorus creates both melody and percussion through hocketing, polyphonic humming and body sounds.
Relevance to Sugar Hill: The a cappella sections for THE CHORUS OF THE DEAD; the use of the human voice as environmental sound; the treatment of ritual as the center of operatic form.
)(^)(
VII. THE ORCHESTRA: A Practical Summary
The Orchestra for Sugar Hill is unconventional. It requires:
Strings:
Standard string section, but with a focus on low registers (cellos and basses as the ‘Swamp Drone’).
Solo violin for the love theme and its corruptions.
Bowed percussion: violin bows on vibraphone and metal sheets for ghostly shrieks.
Woodwinds:
Standard woodwinds, but with a focus on the low register (bassoon, duduk, bass clarinet).
Solo oboe for the ‘Stuttering Bird-Call’—a repetitive, slightly out-of-tune figure that represents the swamp’s watchfulness.
Brass:
Trumpets and trombones for the Mob’s staccato, jagged music.
French horns for the Baron’s fanfares.
Percussion (The Found Sound Section):
Chains (dragged, rattled, struck).
Wooden crates (struck, stomped).
Bowed metal sheets.
Traditional drums, but with a focus on low, slow rhythms.
Timpani for the thunder of The Baron’s entrance.
Folk Instruments (The Dual System):
National Style O Resonator Guitar (The Mob)
Deering Vega Vintage Star Banjo (The Swamp)
Voices:
Full operatic Chorus (the living, the dead, the community)
A cappella sections for THE CHORUS OF THE DEAD (polyphonic humming, hocketing, body percussion).
)(^)(
VIII. Glossary of the Sacred & The Profane
For readers unfamiliar with the aesthetic traditions Sugar Hill draws from:
Term
Definition
Southern Gothic
A genre of American art (literature, music, visual art) characterized by grotesque characters, moral decay, religious fervor and the weight of history. In music: lush dissonance, atmospheric strings, unrelieved tension.
Dark Americana
A musical genre that takes American folk traditions (Blues, Gospel, Torch n’ Twang) and slows them down, distorts them and turns them toward themes of Death, Loss and supernatural Dread.
Verismo
An Italian operatic movement (c. 1890-1920) focusing on gritty, realistic stories of ordinary people. Cavalleria Rusticana and Pagliacci are the classic examples.
Leitmotif
A recurring musical theme associated with a character, place, or idea. Wagner made this famous; Sugar Hill uses it with the love theme, The Baron’s laugh and the Banjo and the Guitar.
Polyphonic Humming
Multiple voices humming close intervals (like a C and a C-sharp simultaneously), creating ‘beats’ in the air—a physical vibration that feels like heat or pressure. Used for TheChorus Of The Dead.
Hocketing
A vocal technique where the melody is split between voices, creating a rhythmic, percussive texture. Used for the Zombies’ ‘heartbeat’ in Act II.
Crise de Locher
In Vodou tradition, the violent onset of Possession; the moment the Spirit takes the ‘Horse.’ In Sugar Hill, it is the movement language for Sugar’s transformation.
Manbo/ (Mambo)
A female high priestess. Use this for Sugar’s final form. It implies a woman who has ‘the ason’ (the rattle of power) and can command the Spirits.
Lwa/ (Loa)
The Spirits or deities of the Vodou pantheon. They are not ‘gods’ in the Western sense, but intermediaries. In our Opera, the Baron Samedi is the primary Lwa—the Ruler of the Dead and the Guardian of the Crossroads.
)(^)(
IX. A LISTENING PATH
For collaborators, musicians, or curious readers who want to hear what Sugar Hill is hearing:
The Foundation (Southern Gothic Opera)
Carlisle Floyd, Susannah — especially the ‘Aria of the Elders’ and the Overture.
Harry Lawrence Freeman, Voodoo — the 2015 Miller Theatre revival recording.
The Folk Tradition (Dark Americana) 3. Rhiannon Giddens, Omar — the full Opera, or at least the ‘Prelude’ and ‘Dido’s Lament’ sections. 4. Rhiannon Giddens, Songs of Our Native Daughters — the percussive use of banjo and the treatment of historical trauma.
The Contemporary Voice 5. Jessie Montgomery, Voodoo Dolls — for the rhythmic language of the Invocation. 6. Nicole Brooks, Obeah Opera — excerpts focusing on the a cappella Chorus.
The Cinematic Swamp 7. Nick Cave and Warren Ellis, The Assassination of Jesse James score — for the atmosphere of decay and dread. 8. T-Bone Burnett, O Brother, Where Art Thou? soundtrack — for the integration of folk forms into narrative.
The Guitars 9. Any recording of a National Style O Resonator (Tampa Red, Bukka White) — for the brassy, aggressive sound of the Mob. 10. Any recording of a Deering Vega Vintage Star — for the ghostly, shimmering sound of the swamp.
)(^)(
POETRY OF THE DEAD: The Expected and the Unexpected.
The English lyrics of ‘Supernatural Voodoo Woman’ come from the 1974 vinyl release of the Sugar Hill Soundtrack, as preformed by The Originals (arranged by DePitte; written by Fekaris). If this is unavailable, an original composition is fine, provided that it reflects early Zombie cinema (originating in the 1930s) focusing on ‘old-school’ aesthetic: Haitian vodoun-driven tales of enslaved, mindless shambling husks. Key classics include White Zombie (1932) and I Walked with a Zombie (1943), but not the genre-defining Night of the Living Dead (1968), which shifted the focus to flesh-eating ghouls. The Zombies in Sugar Hill (1974) are ashy-blue, with skull-like faces, bulging chrome/ silver balls for eyes and bodies covered in dirt and cobwebs, often seen wearing old slave chains and wielding machetes.
Another choice, depending on copyright laws, might be Tami Lynn’s 1971 Funk/Soul version of ‘Mojo Hannah’ (Cotillion Records; produced by Shapiro and Wexler; written by Williams, Paul and Paul). I include the lyrics here, as they say in many a Tarot reading, for ‘entertainment value,’ only:
I’m taking four strands of your hair
And a five dollar bill
I’m gonna put it in a letter,
I’m gonna drop it in the mail
I’m gonna send it to a woman
That a friend of mine told me about
She’s a Gumbo Cooker and an Alligator Hooker
Make a Dead Man jump and shout
Talking about a woman named Hannah
Down in Louisiana
Oh, she’s a Mojo worker
She’s gonna work that thing for me
She’s gonna end my misery
And I know he’s coming on home soon…
She don’t wear fancy stitches
All she wears is a man’s britches
And now and then she takes a little sip
She’s got a forty-five on her hip
She’s built a strong reputation in the Southern land
Saturday night about twelve o’clock
You know she hoodoos the Voodoo Man…
Talking about a woman named Hannah
Down in Louisiana
Oh, she’s a Mojo worker
She’s gonna work that thing for me
She’s gonna end my misery
And I know, I know, I know that he’s coming on home to you…
)(^)(
STAGING THE SUCK
‘What is it that’s not exactly water, and it ain’t exactly earth?’
— Bart, Blazing Saddles (1974)
Short of alligators and piranha, was there anything more deadly in ‘The Dark Jungles of Mysterious Africa’ than 1970 Hollywood Quicksand? Can it really be called a B-film if, at least once, the merest touch of the bog’s outer edge isn’t enough to pull the unwary screaming into its oily and all-consuming depths?
Of course, even the Wicked Witch’s melting scene in The Wizard of Oz (1939) required a trap door. The logistics of disappearing a human being into the stage have been solved for centuries—trap doors, elevators, smoke and mirrors. But Morgan’s death in Sugar Hill is not a disappearance. It is a consumption. The quicksand does not swallow him in one gulp. It takes its time. It savors him. And the audience must watch him sink, inch by inch, unable to look away.
So how do we stage the impossible?
The Trap Door Problem
A traditional trap door does two things: it makes a person vanish quickly, and it draws attention to itself. The audience knows, intellectually, that there is a hole in the stage. But Morgan’s death requires the opposite of quick disappearance. It requires duration. It requires the audience to see him struggle, to see the mud rise, to see his face disappear last. A trap door gives us the before and the after, but not the during.
We could use a rising platform—the kind used for phantom exits in The Phantom of the Opera—where the stage floor rises to meet the actor, creating the illusion of sinking. But these mechanisms are expensive, finicky, and dangerous if not operated with precision. And they still require the audience to look at a mechanism rather than a man dying.
We could use a scrim and projection—Morgan on a slowly descending platform, his image projected onto a screen that shows the mud rising. But projection distances us from the immediacy of the performance. Opera is live. The Audience needs to see the sweat on his face, the terror in his eyes, the mud reaching his mouth.
So what do we do?
Let the Orchestra Do the Heavy Lifting
Here is the solution: we don’t stage the quicksand. We score it.
Morgan’s death is not a special effect. It is a musical event. The Audience should hear him sinking before they see it. The Orchestra creates the mud. The Orchestra creates the weight. The Orchestra creates the inexorable pull that drags him down.
The Mechanism:
Morgan stands on a small, circular platform—no more than four feet in diameter—at the center of the stage. The platform is covered in dark fabric that matches the stage floor. It is not a trap door. It is not an elevator. It is simply… a platform.
As The Baron laughs, Morgan begins to sink. But he does not sink into the stage. The platform rises around him. A collar of dark fabric, attached to the platform, is drawn up by stagehands beneath. The effect is not that Morgan is descending, but that the mud is rising. His feet disappear. His knees. His waist. His chest.
And all the while, the Orchestra is playing the music of the Swamp—the Vega shimmering, the strings droning, the percussion building like a heartbeat that will not stop.
When the mud reaches his chest, the lights begin to shift. The warm amber of Morgan’s world is replaced by the cold silver of Sugar’s. The focus is no longer on Morgan’s body. It is on his face. And the Orchestra is telling us what we cannot see: the mud is cold, it is heavy, it is hungry.
When the mud reaches his neck, The Chorus of the Dead enters—not singing words, but humming their polyphonic drone, close intervals beating against each other, the sound of pressure, the sound of suffocation.
When the mud reaches his mouth, Sugar speaks her final words to him. Not to the platform. Not to the mechanism. To him. He hears her. We hear her. And then—
The lights go to silver. The Orchestra swells to a shattering chord. And when the lights return, Morgan is gone. The platform is flat. The stage is empty. The mud has taken him.
Why this works:
The Audience never sees the mechanism. They see Morgan sinking. They see the mud rising. They do not see how it happens because they are watching him, not the floor.
The duration is controlled by the music. The Orchestra dictates the pace. A slow, inexorable tempo creates the horror of sinking. A sudden acceleration can create the shock of the final plunge. The Music leads; the Staging follows.
The focus stays on the actor’s face. The most important thing in this moment is Morgan’s terror. The mechanism exists to support the performance, not replace it.
It is Operatic. The quicksand is not a cinematic effect; it is a musical event. The Orchestra creates the mud. The Chorus becomes the weight. The Audience experiences the drowning through their ears as much as their eyes.
The Final Detail: The Name
In the film, Morgan’s last word is ‘Celeste’—the name of a woman he wronged, a woman who isn’t coming. It is a brilliant, terrible detail. The man who thought he could own everything dies calling for someone he abused, someone who will not save him.
In the Opera, that name must be heard. Not shouted over the Orchestra, not lost in the chaos. Heard. In the moment before the mud covers his face, the Orchestra drops to silence. The Chorus stops. The Vega holds a single, shimmering note. And Morgan—alone, terrified, finally small—whispers:
‘Celeste…’
The mud covers his face. The Vega fades. Silence.
Then Sugar speaks her final words to him. Or perhaps she says nothing at all. Perhaps she simply watches. Perhaps that silence is the most terrible thing of all.
A Note on Safety
The Platform Mechanism described above is not theoretical. It has been used in productions of Metamorphoses, The Tempest, and other plays requiring water or earth effects. It requires a skilled stage crew, careful rehearsal, and rigorous safety protocols. But it is possible. And it is safe.
The alternative—should budget or venue limitations make the platform impossible—is to trust the Orchestra entirely. Morgan stands on the stage, the lights shift, the music builds, and he simply… stops moving. His face goes still. His eyes go empty. And the Orchestra tells us: he is drowning in fear. He is gone and the world is a better place because of that.
Sometimes, what we don’t see is more powerful than what we do.
)(^)(
X. FINAL THOUGHTS
Speaking only for myself, Sugar Hillis an Opera about Grief, Vengeance and Transformation. But it is also an Opera about Sound—about what Power might sound like, what Grief might sound like, what the Dead might sound like when they rise. To the best of my ability, the musical language of Southern Gothic and Dark Americana should not be an aesthetic overlay; I hope that it is the very substanceof the work. The Swamp that haunts my dreams is not a setting; it is a Presence. The Guitar and Banjo are not instruments; they are Moral forces.
When the Audience hears the National Resonator’s brassy honk, they should feel the City. When they hear the Vega’s shimmering sustain, they should feel the weight of Centuries. When the two merge in Act Two, they should hear something new—something that has never been heard before, because it has never been made before.
That is the sound of Sugar Hill. That is the sound of the Swamp. That is the sound of the Dead: rising, waiting, singing.
Based on the film, Alucarda, la hija de las tinieblas,
by Juan López Moctezuma (1977)
Libretto by ZJC (2026)
Principal Cast
Character
Description
ALUCARDA
The ‘Crossroads’ daughter of the Desert and European Gothic ancestry. An untamed, elemental force.
JUSTINE
A fragile, grieving orphan whose transformation provides the opera’s tragic heart.
THE BRUJA
An ancient, earthy figure who acts as the ‘Memory of the Desert.’
FATHER LÁZARO
The rigid, uncompromising arm of the Church.
DR. OSZEK
A Viennese psychoanalyst and man of science.
SISTER ANGÉLICA
The kindest face of the Convent, who becomes the voice of mourning.
LUCY WESTENRA
Alucarda’s mother. Appears in the Prologue only.
Silent Roles
Character
Description
MOTHER SUPERIOR
A terrifying presence who never speaks. She watches from the shadows.
THE BRUJO
A beautiful, disturbing boy. He appears, gestures, and is sacrificed—all in silence.
CINTIA
The girl who committed suicide. Appears as a body in the funeral procession.
Chorus
Group
Description
THE NUNS
Female chorus. They move and sing in rigid unison, descending into hysteria.
VOICES OF THE WIND
Offstage voices that mimic the wailing of the Zone.
Setting
The Zone of Silence, Chihuahuan Desert, Mexico. 1910.
PROLOGUE: The Birth at the Crossroads
The ruins of a colonial palace in the Chihuahuan Desert. The architecture is skeletal, half-swallowed by sand. A violet twilight hangs over the horizon.
LUCY WESTENRA lies on a bed of dry corn husks and tattered silk. She is drenched in sweat and blood. The BRUJA moves with earthy grace, tending to her with bowls of water and bundles of herbs.
A sudden, piercing cry—LUCY screams in childbirth.
LUCY (Weak, her voice a ghost) ¡Ay!… el aire… no puedo… respirar el polvo… / Oh!… the air… I can’t… breathe the dust…
BRUJA (Deep and steady) Empuje, señora. El desierto está escuchando. No le tenga miedo al Silencio… dele su aliento. / Push on, ma’am. The desert is listening. Don’t be afraid of the Silence… give it your breath.
A final surge. The sharp, thin cry of a newborn baby.
BRUJA [cont.] (Lifting the child) Es una niña, señora… y es preciosa. Tiene los ojos de la obsidiana. / She’s a girl, ma’am… and she’s beautiful. She has eyes like obsidian.
LUCY (Reaching out with trembling hands) Mi niña… mi pequeña luz de sombra… Naciste donde los mapas terminan. Pobre criaturita… me gustaría verte crecer… Pero la sangre me reclama. La tierra me llama por mi nombre.
My little girl… my little light of shadow… You were born where the maps end. Poor little creature… I would like to see you grow… But my blood calls me back. The earth calls me by my name.
(She grabs the Midwife’s arm with surprising strength)
Llévela al Convento. Por favor… prométame que la protegerá. No deje que se la lleven. No deje que él la encuentre.
Take her to the convent. Please… promise me you’ll protect her. Don’t let them take her. Don’t let him find her.
BRUJA ¿Quién, señora? ¿El padre? / Who, ma’am? The father?
LUCY (Eyes wide, looking at a shadow no one else can see) El pasado. El hambre que cruza el mar. ¡Júrelo! ¡Júrelo por la Virgen y por la Muerte!
The past. The hunger that crosses the sea. Swear it! Swear it by the Virgin and by Death!
BRUJA (Solemnly, crossing herself and then touching the baby’s forehead with a pinch of Desert soil) Lo juro. La protegeré. La llevaré a las puertas de piedra. Ella será una hija del Convento… hasta que el desierto la reclame. / I swear it. I will protect her. I will take her to the stone gates. She will be a daughter of the Convent… until the desert claims her.
LUCY falls back. Her breathing rattles. She whispers one last name.
LUCY …Alucarda… / …Alucarda…
She dies.
The BRUJA wraps the baby in a blood-stained lace shawl. She exits the ruins into the vast, purple night. Sand begins to blow into the room, covering the body of LUCY WESTENRA.
FADE TO BLACK.
ACT I
Scene 1: The Gates of Stone
Outside the high, limestone walls of the Convent. The Desert sun is high and bleaching. A dusty wagon sits before the massive wooden gates. The architecture is austere, imposing, European in its denial of the surrounding Desert.
JUSTINE, dressed in a heavy black mourning dress, is helped down from the wagon by a DRIVER. She looks fragile, her eyes wide with shock.
DRIVER ¡Justine! ¡Al fin has llegado! No es lugar para una niña sola, pero aquí los muros son gruesos. / Justine! You’ve finally arrived! This is no place for a girl alone, but the walls here are thick.
JUSTINE ¿Es este mi nuevo hogar? El aire… el aire aquí no se mueve. Todo parece… de piedra. / Is this my new home? The air… the air here doesn’t move. Everything seems… made of stone.
The small side-door of the gate creaks open. SISTER ANGÉLICA enters, warm and kind.
ANGÉLICA Por aquí, Justine. Cuando nos dijeron que tus padres habían muerto, mi corazón lloró contigo. Te hemos estado esperando. Pasa… deja el polvo del camino afuera. / This way, Justine. When we heard your parents had died, my heart ached with yours. We’ve been waiting for you. Come in… leave the dust of the road outside.
JUSTINE (Looking back at the vast Desert) El hombre que me trajo dijo que el desierto tiene voz. ¿Es cierto, Hermana? / The man who brought me here said the desert has a voice. Is that true, Sister?
ANGÉLICA (Smiling, guiding her inside) Aquí solo escuchamos la voz de Dios, pequeña. En el silencio de la oración, el mundo desaparece. Aquí encontrarás una nueva vida. Ven. Olvida el sol. Olvida la arena. / Here we hear only the small voice of God. In the silence of prayer, the world disappears. Here you will find a new life. Come. Forget the sun. Forget the sand.
They walk through the threshold into the Convent hallway. The acoustic changes—stone walls, echoing reverb.
ANGÉLICA [cont.] Aquí el tiempo no corre como afuera. Rezamos, estudiamos, y nos preparamos para ser esposas de lo eterno. No tengas miedo. Yo seré tu guía. / Time doesn’t flow here like it does outside. We pray, we study, and we prepare to be brides of eternity. Don’t be afraid. I will be your guide.
A shadow streaks across the white wall. ALUCARDA appears—perched on a high stone ledge, her hair wild, her white shift stained. She stops and stares at JUSTINE from a distance.
ANGÉLICA [cont.] (Sighing) Y esa es Alucarda. Ignórala, Justine. Ella… ella llegó aquí en una noche de tormenta, envuelta en encaje y sangre. No conoce las reglas. Es como el viento que sopla en la Zona del Silencio: no se puede atrapar. / And that’s Alucarda. Ignore her, Justine. She… she arrived here on a stormy night, wrapped in lace and blood. She doesn’t know the rules. She’s like the wind that blows in the Zone of Silence: uncatchable.
ALUCARDA lets out a short, mocking laugh and vanishes into the shadows. JUSTINE watches the spot where she was, mesmerized.
JUSTINE (To herself) Ella no parece de piedra. Ella parece… fuego. / She doesn’t look like stone. She looks like… fire.
FADE.
Scene 2: The Garden of Stone and Thorns
The Convent Cloister. A rectangular garden enclosed by arches. Meticulously kept but sterile—mostly sand, a few struggling rosebushes, a dry fountain. The heat is shimmering.
JUSTINE sits on a stone bench, clutching a black prayer book. She tries to pray, but her eyes keep wandering to the horizon.
ALUCARDA appears suddenly, hanging upside down from a low tree branch. She is eating a prickly pear fruit, her fingers stained purple.
ALUCARDA (Light, mocking) ¿Por qué lees ese libro de muertos, Justine? Las letras no se mueven. Las sombras, sí. / Why are you reading that book of the dead, Justine? The letters don’t move. The shadows do.
JUSTINE (Startled, standing) ¡Alucarda! Me asustaste. Es… es mi devocionario. Me ayuda a no sentirme tan sola. / Alucarda! You scared me. It’s… it’s my prayer book. It helps me not to feel so alone.
ALUCARDA drops to the ground with feline grace. She circles JUSTINE.
ALUCARDA La soledad no es un libro. La soledad es este muro. (She touches the stone wall) Siente… la piedra está fría, pero el sol la quiere quemar. Tú eres como la piedra, Justine. Te visten de negro para que el sol no te encuentre.
Loneliness isn’t a book. Loneliness is this wall. Feel… the stone is cold, but the sun wants to burn it. You are like the stone, Justine. They dress you in black so the sun won’t find you.
JUSTINE (Defensive, yet intrigued) Sor Angélica dice que el negro es respeto. Mis padres… ellos acaban de… / Sister Angelica says that black is respect. My parents… they just…
ALUCARDA (Stopping directly in front of her) Tus padres son tierra ahora. Como mi madre. Ella vive en las ruinas, donde el viento no pide permiso para entrar. ¿Quieres verla? ¿Quieres ver lo que hay detrás de ese muro? / Your parents are dust now. Like my mother. She lives in the ruins, where the wind doesn’t ask permission to enter. Do you want to see her? Do you want to see what’s behind that wall?
JUSTINE No podemos salir. La Madre Superiora dice que el desierto es un lugar de pecado. Que allí habita el Silencio. / We can’t leave. The Mother Superior says the desert is a place of sin. That Silence dwells there.
ALUCARDA takes JUSTINE’S hand, her purple-stained fingers leaving marks on her skin.
ALUCARDA El Silencio no es pecado, Justine. El Silencio es música que ellos no saben cantar. Mi madre me habla desde la arena. Me dice que tú no eres una huérfana… eres una semilla. / Silence is not a sin, Justine. Silence is music they don’t know how to sing. My mother speaks to me from the sand. She tells me you are not an orphan… you are a seed.
They sing.
ALUCARDA Ven conmigo a donde el mapa se borra, donde las cruces no tienen sombra. Deja que el polvo te limpie el luto, deja que el hambre se vuelva fruto.
Come with me to where the map fades, where the crosses cast no shadows. Let the dust cleanse your mourning, let hunger become fruit.
JUSTINE Tengo miedo de lo que no tiene nombre, del viento que llora y del sol que corrompe. Pero tus ojos… tus ojos son pozos, donde el miedo se vuelve… hermoso.
I fear the nameless, of the weeping wind and the corrupting sun. But your eyes… your eyes are wells, where fear becomes… beautiful.
Their voices weave together.
ALUCARDA Júrame, Justine. Júrame que si cruzamos ese muro, no volverás a cerrar los ojos ante la oscuridad. / Promise me, Justine. Promise me that if we cross that wall, you will never close your eyes to the darkness again.
JUSTINE Lo juro, Alucarda. Llévame al Silencio. / I swear it, Alucarda. Take me to Silence.
They slip through a hidden gap in the garden wall where the stones have crumbled. The Convent bells begin to toll for Vespers—harsh, metallic, alarmed.
They vanish into the purple haze of the Zone of Silence.
FADE.
Scene 3: The Oracle of Dust
A desolate Desert landscape. In the background, the palace ruins shimmer in the sunlight. The sky has an eerie, almost electric hue.
ALUCARDA and JUSTINE run through the Desert, laughing. In the distance, a procession of figures in black carries a rustic coffin.
JUSTINE (Stopping, panting) ¿Qué es eso, Alucarda? Nunca había visto un lugar que se sintiera tan… vacío y tan lleno a la vez. / What is that, Alucarda? I’ve never seen a place that felt so… empty and so full at the same time.
ALUCARDA (Pointing at the ruins) Es otro secreto, Justine. Como tú y como yo. El desierto guarda lo que la iglesia quiere enterrar. ¡Vamos a buscar más! / It’s another secret, Justine. Just like you and me. The Desert holds what the Church wants to bury. Let’s go find more!
JUSTINE (Looking at the funeral procession) Mira… ¿quiénes son? / Look… who are they?
ALUCARDA Van a enterrar a Cintia. Se quitó la vida porque no aguantaba el peso de la cruz. La llevan a tierra no sagrada… donde por fin podrá descansar del cielo. / They are going to bury Cintia. She took her own life because she couldn’t bear the weight of the cross. They are taking her to unconsecrated ground… where she can finally rest from heaven.
JUSTINE (Hugging herself) Me dan miedo los funerales. Me recuerdan que el frío siempre llega. / Funerals scare me. They remind me that the cold always comes.
ALUCARDA No tengas miedo. Todos tenemos que morir, Justine. Y te prometo que hay una felicidad después de la muerte que los sacerdotes no conocen. No está lejos. ¡Ven! / Don’t be afraid. We all have to die, Justine. And I promise you there is a happiness after death that priests don’t know about. It’s not far off. Come!
THE BRUJA appears from among the bushes. She doesn’t walk; she seems to emerge from the earth itself.
BRUJA Hijas… miren lo que el viento ha traído. ¿Quieren jugar un juego? Un juego donde el futuro no se escribe con tinta, sino con sombras. / Daughters… look what the wind has brought. Do you want to play a game? A game where the future isn’t written in ink, but in shadows.
JUSTINE (Backing away) Creo que deberíamos irnos, Alucarda. Sus ojos… no tienen luz. / I think we should leave, Alucarda. Her eyes… they have no light.
BRUJA (Laughing) ¿Escuchan? ¿Qué oyen? ¿Nada? Eso es porque el Silencio tiene mucho que decir. El viento me cuenta por qué muere la gente, quién busca un amuleto para no ser olvidado… Vengan, no muerdo… a menos que el destino lo pida. / Do you hear? What do you hear? Nothing? That’s because Silence has much to say. The wind tells me why people die, who seeks an amulet so as not to be forgotten… Come, I don’t bite… unless destiny demands it.
She leads them toward a small adobe hut. THE BRUJO sits on the ground—beautiful, disturbing; an indigenous cherubino. He takes JUSTINE’S hand with unexpected strength, studies it, then releases it as if burned.
The BRUJA observes.
BRUJA Nada más que silencio, hija. Un silencio que grita. Sombras… sombras que se muerden la cola. Ten cuidado, Alucarda… ella ya es tuya. / Nothing but silence, my daughter. A silence that screams. Shadows… shadows that bite their own tails. Be careful, Alucarda… she’s already yours.
The BRUJA’s monologue.
BRUJA Ahora verán las maravillas que guardo. Yo estudio la alquimia del desierto… puedo convertir este polvo en piedras preciosas, y las piedras en sueños que nunca imaginaste. Tienes sueños extraños, niña… profundos, cortantes, como los pájaros que se pierden en el bosque. Vienes del rocío, pero las criaturas de la noche te están esperando. Tienes que ser valiente… porque el camino de regreso al Convento se está borrando.
Now you will see the wonders I hold. I study the alchemy of the desert… I can turn this dust into precious stones, and the stones into dreams you never imagined. You have strange dreams, child… deep, sharp, like birds lost in the forest. You come from the dew, but the creatures of the night await you. You must be brave… for the path back to the Convent is fading away.
ALUCARDA laughs and pulls JUSTINE’S hand. They run toward the ruins.
BRUJA (Shouting at the wind) ¡Hijas! ¿A dónde van? ¡No pueden huir de lo que ya llevan en la sangre! / Daughters! Where are you going? You can’t run from what’s already in your blood!
The girls disappear into the distance. The BRUJA watches. The BRUJO sits, still, his eyes following them.
FADE.
Scene 4: The Shrine of the Holy Death
The interior of the Ruined Palace. A small, hidden alcove contains a modest altar to SANTA MUERTE: white candles, marigolds, and small cadaverous figures draped in lace. Outside, the Desert wind whistles through the stone.
ALUCARDA leads JUSTINE by the hand, her voice hushed and reverent.
ALUCARDA Mira, Justine. Aquí no hay confesionarios. Nadie te pide que te azotes por tus pecados. / Look, Justine. There are no confessionals here. Nobody’s asking you to flog yourself for your sins.
JUSTINE (Fearful, looking at the skeletal figure) ¿Quién es ella, Alucarda? Parece… la muerte. / Who is she, Alucarda? She looks like… death.
ALUCARDA Es la Santa Muerte. La que nos cuida cuando los hombres de negro nos olvidan. Ella no te pide que sufras para ser santa. Ella solo te pide que seas tú. / It’s Santa Muerte. The one who watches over us when the men in black forget us. She doesn’t ask you to suffer to be a saint. She only asks you to be yourself.
JUSTINE (Shivering) No… Alucarda, vámonos. Este lugar no nos quiere aquí. / No… Alucarda, let’s go. This place doesn’t want us here.
ALUCARDA approaches her, her voice becoming obsessive and dark.
ALUCARDA Todos tenemos miedo. Pero hablo de morir amando… morir juntas para que podamos vivir eternamente con la misma sangre corriendo siempre por nuestras venas. Yo vivo en ti, Justine… ¿morirías por mí? Te quiero tanto… nunca he estado enamorada de nadie, excepto de ti.
We’re all afraid. But I’m talking about dying loving… dying together so we can live eternally with the same blood always running through our veins. I live in you, Justine… would you die for me? I love you so much… I’ve never been in love with anyone, except you.
JUSTINE (Breathless) ¿Lo dices en serio? / Are you serious?
ALUCARDA No sabes cuánto. Llámame cruel, llámame egoísta… el amor siempre lo es. Tienes que amarme hasta la muerte. Recuerdo una noche… casi me asesinaron. Me hirieron aquí, y nunca volví a ser la misma.
You have no idea. Call me cruel, call me selfish… love always is. You have to love me until death. I remember one night… they almost killed me. They hurt me here, and I was never the same again.
JUSTINE ¿Estuviste a punto de morir? / Were you close to death?
ALUCARDA draws a knife.
ALUCARDA Sí. Casi. Hagamos un pacto. Si tenemos que irnos de esta vida, lo haremos juntas. / Yes. Almost. Let’s make a pact. If we have to leave this life, we’ll do it together.
JUSTINE (Stretching out her hand, hesitating) Está bien… si eso te hace feliz. / That’s fine… if it makes you happy.
As the knife nears JUSTINE’S palm, ALUCARDA freezes. Her eyes lock onto a coffin in the shadows.
ALUCARDA Espera… «Lucille Westenra… muerta hace años». Justine… esta es mi madre. Nunca le he visto la cara. / Wait… “Lucille Westenra… dead for years.” Justine… this is my mother. I’ve never seen her face.
ALUCARDA heaves the lid open. Inside is the skeleton of LUCY, still wrapped in blood-stained lace.
JUSTINE ¡Santo cielo! ¡Dios mío! ¡Oh, Dios mío! / Good heavens! My God! Oh my God!
ALUCARDA screams—a raw, high-pitched sound. They flee.
The stage shifts to the exterior of the ruins—blue and cold. JUSTINE chases ALUCARDA through the sand.
JUSTINE ¡Alucarda! ¡Espera! ¡Te dije que este lugar me asustaba! ¡Vuelve! ¿Qué te ha pasado? / Alucarda! Wait! I told you this place scared me! Come back! What happened to you?
ALUCARDA (Trembling, her confidence shattered) Hace frío… estoy temblando… Volvamos, Justine. Lo que tenemos que hacer es volver… volvamos al Convento. / It’s cold… I’m shivering… Let’s go back, Justine. What we have to do is go back… let’s go back to the Convent.
They stand in the Desert, lost.
FADE.
Scene 5: The Anatomy of Evil
The Main Hall of the Convent. Stark, cold, echoing. FATHER LÁZARO stands in a high pulpit, looking down at a sea of black-and-white habits. THE NUNS are in a state of high-strung devotion.
LÁZARO El demonio no toca a la puerta; el demonio la derriba. Entra en el cuerpo, usa los órganos para su propio placer… se apodera de la voluntad por encima de la fuerza humana. ¡Aquí está escrito! ¡En el libro sagrado! / The devil doesn’t knock; he breaks down the door. He enters the body, uses the organs for his own pleasure… he seizes control of the will beyond human strength. It is written here! In the holy book!
(He slams the Bible against the pulpit.)
Desde los tiempos del Señor, la Tlahuelpuchi y otros demonios han perseguido las almas cristianas. No hacen distinción entre hombres, mujeres o niños. ¡Él, el Diablo, usa vuestros cuerpos como si fueran suyos! Destruye, pervierte la lengua, distorsiona los labios… ¡En vez de plegarias, sale espuma de la boca! / Since the time of the Lord, Tlahuelpuchi and other demons have haunted Christian souls. They make no distinction between men, women, or children. He, the Devil, uses your bodies as if they were his own! He destroys, perverts the tongue, distorts the lips… Instead of prayers, foam comes from the mouth!
THE NUNS begin to sway.
LÁZARO Debemos vivir bajo la norma, la única verdad. Si no, el Diablo encontrará un sitio en vuestro interior y se llevará vuestras almas al fuego eterno. ¡Arderán para siempre! ¡Sus cuerpos sufrirán torturas que la mente no puede imaginar! ¡La cólera de Satán no tiene piedad! / We must live by the law, the only truth. Otherwise, the Devil will find a place within you and drag your souls to eternal fire. They will burn forever! Your bodies will suffer tortures beyond comprehension! Satan’s wrath knows no mercy!
(With a thunderous roar)
¡ARREPIÉNTANSE! / REPENT!
Chaos erupts. THE NUNS scream, cry, collapse into hysteria. In the midst of the panic, JUSTINE, who has been staring at ALUCARDA with wide, unblinking eyes, suddenly buckles. Her knees hit the stone floor.
ALUCARDA (Catching her) Justine… ¿Qué te pasa? Mírame. / Justine… What’s wrong? Look at me.
JUSTINE stares at ALUCARDA. Her eyes roll back. She falls limp.
A chilling tableau: ALUCARDA holding the unconscious JUSTINE, ANGÉLICA looking at ALUCARDA.
FADE.
Scene 6: The Blood Wedding of the Shadows
Justine’s cell. Cold stone, a single crucifix on the wall, a small iron bed. Outside, the Zone is screaming.
ANGÉLICA and GERMANA hover over JUSTINE. ALUCARDA stands in the shadows of the doorway, watching.
ANGÉLICA (Softly) ¿Te encuentras mejor, hija? El sermón de Lázaro fue… pesado para un alma tan joven. / Are you feeling better, daughter? Lazarus’ sermon was… heavy for such a young soul.
JUSTINE (Weakly) No lo sé… siento que el aire me pesa. / I don’t know… I feel like the air is heavy.
THE NUNS exit. The door clicks shut. The atmosphere changes.
ALUCARDA moves toward the bed with manic intensity.
ALUCARDA ¡Monstruos! ¡Te hicieron esto! No les cuentes nuestro secreto, Justine. Las voces han regresado… vienen del pasado. Todo se aclaró en el desierto: solo quedamos tú y yo. / Monsters! They did this to you! Don’t tell them our secret, Justine. The voices have returned… they come from the past. Everything became clear in the desert: only you and I remain.
JUSTINE Oh, Alucarda… estoy tan asustada. / Oh, Alucarda… I’m so scared.
ALUCARDA enters a trance.
ALUCARDA Nos lo pagarán… poco a poco. La Llorona… Nahual… Tlahuelpuchi… / They’ll pay for it… little by little. La Llorona… Nahual… Tlahuelpuchi…
JUSTINE ¡Alucarda! ¿Qué te pasa? ¡Por Dios, contesta! / Alucarda! What’s wrong? For God’s sake, answer me!
ALUCARDA begins to thrash. She rips the Crucifix from JUSTINE’S neck with a violent snap.
The room explodes into a storm. Thunder shakes the stone. Lightning flashes.
THE BRUJA steps out of the shadows, laughing.
BRUJA ¡Jajaja! Tienes razón. Se lo haremos pagar. ¡Llamala! ¡Llamala! / Hahaha! You’re right. We’ll make her pay. Call her! Call her!
ALUCARDA (In a soaring, desperate cry) ¡SANTA MUERTE! ¡CIHUATETEO! ¡LA LLORONA! / SANTA MUERTE! CIHUATETEO! LLORONA!
Red lightning. THE GIRLS appear stripped of their Convent clothes—naked and vulnerable yet empowered. THE BRUJA looms over them like a dark priestess.
ALUCARDA (Kneeling before Justine) Mírame, Justine. Eres tan guapa. Mírame… mírame… / Look at me, Justine. You’re so beautiful. Look at me… look at me…
The BRUJA guides the knife. She cuts their breasts. The red hue of the storm floods the room. She smears the blood onto their lips.
BRUJA Ahora… únanse una con otra. Y luego… únanse en mí. Únanse en el Silencio. / Now… unite with one another. And then… unite in me. Unite in Silence.
THE BRUJA vanishes into the shadows. ALUCARDA leans in.
ALUCARDA Mírame, querida Justine… / Look at me, my dear Justine…
ALUCARDA drinks the blood from JUSTINE’S lips. A moment of horror and profound intimacy. She licks the wound clean.
The Convent bells begin to toll—not for prayer, but in alarm.
BLACKOUT.
Scene 7: The Two Altars (The Ecstasy of Blood)
The stage is split. STAGE LEFT: SISTER ANGÉLICA’S cell—stark white, a crucifix, a candle. STAGE RIGHT: The Desert Shrine—shadowy, lit by torches, a skeletal figure of SANTA MUERTE draped in marigolds. A storm is brewing.
ANGÉLICA kneels in her cell.
ANGÉLICA Padre nuestro que estás en los cielos… santificado sea tu nombre. Hágase tu voluntad, así en la tierra como en el cielo. / Our Father who art in heaven… hallowed be thy name. Thy will be done, on earth as it is in heaven.
On the Desert side, THE BRUJO—beautiful, naked, terrifying—leads ALUCARDA and JUSTINE. They are also naked, their skin shimmering under the lightning. Dozens of figures emerge from the shadows—a naked congregation. They begin a concentric, hypnotic dance.
ANGÉLICA continues to pray, her voice becoming more desperate.
ANGÉLICA Líbranos de la maldad, oh querido Dios… dame fuerza para mantenerme alejada del pecado. / Deliver us from evil, oh dear God… give me strength to stay away from sin.
The dance intensifies. ALUCARDA and JUSTINE touch, their movements fluid and transgressive.
A figure representing DOÑA BELLA SEBASTIANA—the skeletal Bride of Death—joins THE GIRLS’ hands. The dance behind them turns into a chaotic orgy of movement.
In the Convent cell, blood begins to seep from ANGÉLICA’S eyes, running down her cheeks like red tears.
ANGÉLICA (In a final, soaring cry) ¡POR FAVOR, PROTÉGELA, SEÑOR! / PLEASE PROTECT HER, LORD!
A massive wound opens on THE BRUJO’S neck. He crumples as a sacrifice.
In the cell, it begins to RAIN BLOOD. The white walls are splattered crimson. ANGÉLICA, her face smeared in gore, begins to float, lifted by the sheer psychic violence of the ritual. She is smiling—a terrifying, glassy-eyed beatitude.
BLACKOUT.
ACT II
Scene 1: The Gospel of the Skin
A stark, whitewashed classroom in the Convent. Large windows reveal the harsh Chihuahuan sun. A blackboard is covered in Latin verses. NUNS sit in rows.
GERMANA leads a lesson on the life of St. Teresa of Avila.
GERMANA Y así, la Santa se entregó al dardo del ángel… Una herida que no duele en la carne, sino en el espíritu. Una sumisión perfecta. / And so, the Saint surrendered to the angel’s dart… A wound that does not hurt the flesh, but the spirit. A perfect submission.
ALUCARDA and JUSTINE sit at the back. They exchange a look of secret shared power.
ALUCARDA (Interrupting) ¿Sumisión? O fue deseo, Hermana? / Submission? Or was it desire, Sister?
THE NUNS gasp.
GERMANA (Startled, angry) Alucarda… hablamos de la gracia divina. No de deseos terrenales. / Alucarda… we’re talking about divine grace. Not earthly desires.
ALUCARDA ¿No lo sientes? Debajo de ese hábito negro… ¿no sientes que tu piel tiene hambre? Nosotras vimos a la Niña Blanca. Ella no pide oraciones. Ella pide vida. / Don’t you feel it? Beneath that black habit… don’t you feel your skin is hungry? We saw the White Girl. She doesn’t ask for prayers. She asks for life.
GERMANA ¡Cállate! ¡Hijas de Satán! ¡Fuera de aquí! / Shut up! Daughters of Satan! Get out of here!
THE GIRLS sing.
ALUCARDA & JUSTINE No hay pecado en el deseo, no hay infierno en el placer. El cuerpo es el único templo que el tiempo no puede romper.
There is no sin in desire, there is no hell in pleasure. The body is the only temple that time cannot break.
THE GIRLS move through the rows. Everywhere they touch a NUN, that NUN begins to shake or weep.
ALUCARDA Mírame, Germana. Anoche la sangre llovió sobre Angélica. ¿Quieres saber a qué sabe la eternidad? / Look at me, Germana. Last night blood rained down on Angelica. Do you want to know what eternity tastes like?
THE NUNS break. One laughs hysterically; another flagellates herself with her rosary. The classroom descends into religious mania.
GERMANA (Falling to her knees, screaming) ¡Lázaro! ¡Lázaro, ayúdenos! ¡El desierto está dentro! ¡Las paredes están sangrando! / Lazarus! Lazarus, help us! The desert is within! The walls are bleeding!
ALUCARDA and JUSTINE stand on the desks, looking down at the writhing NUNS. Outside, the sky turns a deep, bruised purple.
BLACKOUT.
Scene 2: The Weakening
Justine’s cell. JUSTINE lies in a stupor, pale as wax. ANGÉLICA sits nearby, her face a mask of desperate love.
ANGÉLICA (To herself) No te dejaré, mi niña. No te dejaré. / I won’t leave you, my child. I won’t leave you.
DR. OSZEK enters, followed by MOTHER SUPERIOR, who stands in the doorway, watching in silence.
DR. OSZEK Necesito más luz. / I need more light.
ANGÉLICA opens a window.
ANGÉLICA Empeora minuto a minuto, doctor. / It’s getting worse by the minute, doctor.
OSZEK checks JUSTINE’S pulse.
DR. OSZEK ¿Cuánto hace que esta así? / How long has it been like this?
ANGÉLICA Desde esta mañana, doctor. / Since this morning, doctor.
MOTHER SUPERIOR watches, unmoved, silent.
DR. OSZEK Su pulso es muy débil. El corazón también. Esta chica está muy enferma. / Her pulse is very weak. Her heart is weak too. This girl is very sick.
JUSTINE stirs. Her eyes open—just slightly. She sees the Crucifix around ANGÉLICA’S neck. She screams.
DR. OSZEK [cont.] ¿Qué te pasa hija, que te pasa? Tranquilízate… tranquilízate. Así… así. / What’s wrong, daughter? What’s wrong? Calm down… calm down. Like this… like this.
JUSTINE passes out. ANGÉLICA weeps silently. MOTHER SUPERIOR watches, unmoved. OSZEK stares at his hands.
FADE.
Scene 3: The Trial of the Flesh
FATHER LÁZARO’S study. A dark, oppressive room dominated by a massive, bleeding crucifix. ALUCARDA sits in a hard wooden chair, unnervingly calm. GERMANA stands by the door.
GERMANA (Hissing) Es tu turno ahora, Alucarda. El Padre te sacará el veneno. / It’s your turn now, Alucarda. The Father will draw out the poison.
LÁZARO enters. He moves with heavy, rhythmic steps. ALUCARDA rises slowly, crosses the stage with the grace of a predator, and kneels before him with mocking, exaggerated piety.
LÁZARO (His voice a low rumble) Dime, hija mía… / Tell me, my daughter…
ALUCARDA (Voice like silver) Yo… yo… / I… I…
LÁZARO Sí. Adelante. / Yes. Continue.
ALUCARDA Me han dicho que viniera aquí. Me pidieron responder una pregunta y lo hice… y la Hermana Germana se enfadó mucho conmigo. / They told me to come here. They asked me to answer a question and I did… and Sister Germana got very angry with me.
LÁZARO Y por una buena razón. Me han explicado lo que pasó. ¿Has pecado, Alucarda? / And for good reason. They’ve explained what happened to me. Have you sinned, Alucarda?
ALUCARDA (Looking up, eyes wide) No recuerdo haber hecho nada malo. / I don’t remember doing anything wrong.
LÁZARO (Leaning over her) Los mentirosos arderán en el infierno por la eternidad. ¿Estás segura? No pierdas esta oportunidad. Puedes contar la verdad ahora y aquí. / Liars will burn in hell for eternity. Are you sure? Don’t miss this opportunity. You can tell the truth right now, right here.
ALUCARDA rises slowly until she is standing dangerously close.
ALUCARDA No he mentido. Amo la vida… con Justine. Nos hemos vuelto muy unidas. Yo la amo, y usted… usted se hace llamar bendito. Usted cree en la ‘vida eterna’ y adora a un Dios muerto… pero yo adoro la Vida. Usted adora la Muerte. / I haven’t lied. I love life… with Justine. We’ve become very close. I love her, and you… you call yourself blessed. You believe in ‘eternal life’ and worship a dead God… but I worship Life. You worship Death.
ALUCARDA Yo quiero a Justine. Y usted… usted solo quiere matar. Hemos hecho un pacto y lo sellamos con nuestra sangre. ¡La culpa no es nuestra, es suya! Se cubre el cuerpo con esa negra sotana porque se avergüenza de él. Tiene miedo a la vida… / I love Justine. And you… you only want to kill. We made a pact and sealed it with our blood. The fault is not ours, it’s yours! You cover your body with that black cassock because you’re ashamed of it. You’re afraid of life…
(She grabs the edge of his robe, her face inches from his.)
¿Pero le gustaría poseerme, verdad? ¡Pues tómeme! ¡Quítese esa sotana! ¡Sea el hombre que oculta bajo su miedo! / But you’d like to possess me, wouldn’t you? Well, take me! Take off that cassock! Be the man you hide beneath your fear!
LÁZARO lets out a guttural, primal scream. He falls backward, tripping over his own chair.
GERMANA (Rushing over) ¿Pero qué pasa, Padre? ¿Qué ha pasado? / But what’s wrong, Father? What happened?
LÁZARO (Cowering on the floor) ¡Sáquela de aquí! ¡Fuera! ¡Dios mío, no… no… no! / Get her out of here! Get out! Oh my God, no… no… no!
ALUCARDA stands over him, laughing. GERMANA drags her out as LÁZARO begins to pray frantically in Latin, his voice cracking.
FADE.
Scene 4: The Cathedral of Pain
The basement of the Convent. A vaulted stone cellar. The air is thick with dampness and the smell of copper. FATHER LÁZARO and THE NUNS are stripped to the waist, their backs crisscrossed with bloody welts. They move in a rhythmic, agonizing dance of self-flagellation.
LÁZARO (Ragged, punctuated by the crack of the whip) ¡Lo que dijo era horrible! ¡No eran palabras de una niña… era el demonio hablando por su boca! ¡Solo el Diablo! / What she said was horrible! Those weren’t the words of a little girl… it was the devil speaking through her! Only the Devil!
GERMANA (Wailing as she strikes herself) ¡Por favor, Señor, no nos abandones ante la dificultad! ¡Líbranos! / Please, Lord, do not abandon us in our time of difficulty! Deliver us!
NUNS ¡El Diablo! ¡El Diablo está entre nosotros! / The Devil! The Devil is among us!
LÁZARO signals for them to stop. They collapse, panting. He produces a heavy, ancient Vatican record.
LÁZARO ¿Creen que estar en la Iglesia nos protege? He leído los archivos del Vaticano… incidentes confirmados. En 1479, en el monasterio de Cameron, las monjas ladraban como perros y predecían el futuro. ¡Convirtieron el santuario en un templo de Satán! / Do you think being in the Church protects us? I’ve read the Vatican archives… confirmed incidents. In 1479, at the Cameron monastery, the nuns barked like dogs and predicted the future. They turned the sanctuary into a temple of Satan!
GERMANA (Reading from the book) En 1550, las monjas de Nazareth subían a los árboles como gatos… levitaban durante horas en el aire del demonio. / In 1550, the nuns of Nazareth climbed trees like cats… they levitated for hours in the devil’s air.
NUN III ¡En Roma! Tres huérfanas como estas… dos enfermaron, la tercera enloqueció. ¡Murieron las tres! ¡Justine y Alucarda están poseídas! / In Rome! Three orphans like these… two fell ill, the third went mad. All three died! Justine and Alucarda are possessed!
TERESA (A lone voice) No… el diablo puede estar en cualquier parte, pero no en esas pobres chicas. / No… the devil can be anywhere, but not in those poor girls.
LÁZARO (Turning on her) ¡Es una conspiración! Satán elige a las criaturas más delicadas para destruir a la Sagrada Iglesia Católica. Tal vez no sea el Rey de las Tinieblas… pero es uno de sus mensajeros. ¿Cuánto tiempo hace que Justine se comporta así? / It’s a conspiracy! Satan chooses the most vulnerable creatures to destroy the Holy Catholic Church. Perhaps he isn’t the King of Darkness… but he’s one of his messengers. How long has Justine been acting this way?
TERESA Casi una semana. Dijo que… que le molestaba la luz. / Almost a week. He said that… that the light bothered him.
LÁZARO (With terrifying triumph) ¡Eso es! Un diablo heliofóbico. La sexta categoría de los infiernos. El que odia la luz y actúa en las sombras. ¡Para salvarlas, debemos destruir al mensajero! / That’s it! A heliophobic devil. The sixth category of Hell. One who hates the light and acts in the shadows. To save them, we must destroy the messenger!
(He raises his bloody whip like a scepter.)
¡Tenemos que preparar un Exorcismo! / We need to prepare an exorcism!
THE NUNS gasp and cross themselves. The static of the Zone swells, swallowing the sound of their prayers.
FADE.
Scene 5: The Theft of the Innocent
Justine’s room. Dimly lit. JUSTINE is deathly still on the bed. ANGÉLICA hovers over her.
ANGÉLICA ¡Justine… mi pobre Justine! No dejaré que te toquen con sus látigos. No dejaré que te lleven a ese sótano de sombras. Te esconderé… donde el desierto no pueda encontrarte y la Iglesia no pueda romperte. / Justine… my poor Justine! I won’t let them touch you with their whips. I won’t let them take you to that cellar of shadows. I’ll hide you… where the desert can’t find you and the Church can’t break you.
She struggles to lift JUSTINE.
ANGÉLICA Vamos, pequeña… ayúdame. El aire aquí está envenenado. Tenemos que correr antes de que el sol se ponga. / Come on, little one… help me. The air here is poisoned. We have to run before the sun sets.
The door is kicked open. THREE NUNS enter. They move with mechanical, cold efficiency.
NUN I (Sharp, accusing) ¿Hermana? ¿Qué está haciendo? El Padre Lázaro ha reclamado a la niña para la purificación. / Sister? What are you doing? Father Lazarus has claimed the girl for purification.
ANGÉLICA (Shielding Justine) ¡No! ¡Ella no es un demonio! / No! She’s not a demon!
THE NUNS advance. A struggle.
NUNS ¡Apártate, Angélica! Tienes que salir. ¡Abran la puerta! / Step aside, Angelica! You have to leave. Open the door!
ANGÉLICA ¡No! ¡Justine! ¡No dejaré que se la lleven! ¡Es mi sangre! ¡Es mi alma! / No! Justine! I won’t let them take her! She’s my blood! She’s my soul!
THE NUNS grab JUSTINE’S arms and legs. They drag her from the bed. JUSTINE remains limp, her head lolling back.
ANGÉLICA (Screaming) ¿A dónde se la llevan? ¡Justine! ¡Contéstame! / Where are they taking her? Justine! Answer me!
THE NUNS push ANGÉLICA back into the room and slam the door. The bolt slides into place.
ANGÉLICA collapses against the wood.
ANGÉLICA (A long, haunting wail) ¡Ay, mi niña… mi niña…! / Oh, my little girl… my little girl…!
She weeps. The sound of her sorrow echoes.
FADE.
Scene 6: The Exorcism (The Breaking of the Vessel)
The Torture Chamber of the Convent. A suffocating space of red stone. JUSTINE, almost lifeless, is tied to a wooden cross. The instruments of ‘purification’ gleam under the torches. Smoke fills the air.
A NUN drags ALUCARDA inside. Upon seeing JUSTINE, ALUCARDA lets out a wail.
THE NUNS drag her to a second cross and chain her up.
FATHER LÁZARO enters.
LÁZARO No desesperes, hija mía… estamos aquí para librarte del Mal. No son ustedes, es el demonio quien se resiste. ¡Lo demostraré exponiendo la Marca Diaboli! ¡Desvístanla! / Do not despair, my daughter… we are here to free you from Evil. It is not you, it is the devil who resists. I will prove it by revealing the Mark of the Devil! Undress her!
ALUCARDA (A heartbreaking lament) Justine… no… ¡Morirán pronto! ¡Sentirán el fuego que yo ya conozco! / Justine… no… They will die soon! They will feel the fire I already know!
THE NUNS undress JUSTINE. At the sight of her naked body, THE NUNS enter a collective hysteria—they crawl, howl, pound the floor.
LÁZARO (Exalted) ¡Ahí está la evidencia! ¡No pueden oír el nombre del Salvador! ¡Están poseídas! ¡Cállenla! / There’s the proof! They can’t hear the Savior’s name! They’re possessed! Silence her!
ALUCARDA is gagged.
LÁZARO begins the Great Exorcism.
LÁZARO ¡Yo te ordeno, espíritu diabólico! Por aquel que juzga el mundo… ¡Abandona estos cuerpos! ¡Vuelve a las profundidades! Humíllate ante Cristo, que salva a las almas del fuego. ¡Dios Padre te lo ordena! ¡La Sagrada Cruz te lo ordena! / I command you, demonic spirit! By Him who judges the world… Leave these bodies! Return to the depths! Humble yourself before Christ, who saves souls from the fire. God the Father commands you! The Holy Cross commands you!
THE NUNS intensify their torment. JUSTINE breathes her last. Her head falls.
The door crashes open. ANGÉLICA and DR. OSZEK enter.
ANGÉLICA (A blood-curdling scream) ¡Justine! ¡Mi niña! / Justine! My girl!
DR. OSZEK ¡Paren! ¡Deténganse! ¡Esto es la expresión más primitiva de ignorancia que he visto! ¡Usted… Lázaro… acaba de matar a Justine! / Stop! Halt! This is the most primitive expression of ignorance I have ever seen! You… Lazarus… have just killed Justine!
LÁZARO (Cold) ¡Cómo se atreve a interrumpir un rito sagrado, Doctor! / How dare you interrupt a sacred rite, Doctor!
OSZEK examines ALUCARDA.
DR. OSZEK Malditos sean… desátenla. Me llevaré a esta chica antes de que la maten también. Su ‘fe’ es un matadero. / Damn them… untie her. I’ll take this girl before they kill her too. Their ‘faith’ is a slaughterhouse.
OSZEK takes ALUCARDA in his arms. She is catatonic, staring at JUSTINE’S body.
THE NUNS lower JUSTINE and hand her to ANGÉLICA.
ANGÉLICA holds JUSTINE’S bloodied body in a grotesque Pietà. OSZEK leaves with ALUCARDA. LÁZARO remains impassive, like a stone statue.
ANGÉLICA (To Germana) Fuiste testigo… permitiste esto. ¿Dónde está el amor? Destruyeron su cuerpo… pero el Señor no abandonará su alma. Que Dios tenga piedad de usted, porque el desierto no la tendrá. / You were a witness… you allowed this. Where is the love? They destroyed her body… but the Lord will not abandon her soul. May God have mercy on you, for the desert will not.
GERMANA (Icy, triumphant) Suficiente, hermana. / Enough, sister.
END OF ACT II.
Scene 7: The Clinic of Shadows
Dr. Oszek’s study. Filled with the artifacts of 1910 progress: a brass-horned gramophone, anatomical charts, glass jars of specimens. Outside, the Desert wind makes the glassware rattle.
ALUCARDA lies unconscious on a leather fainting couch. DR. OSZEK sits by her side, checking her pulse. His face is haunted.
ALUCARDA wakes up screaming.
ALUCARDA ¡No, no! / No, no!
DR. OSZEK Todo está bien… / Everything’s fine…
ALUCARDA ¡No me toque, no me toque! / Don’t touch me, don’t touch me!
DR. OSZEK Nadie quiere hacerte daño, todo está bien. / Nobody wants to hurt you, everything is fine.
ALUCARDA calms down.
ALUCARDA Tú no… ¡el viento! / Not you… the wind!
DR. OSZEK (Sighing, putting on his spectacles) Lo que usted llama ‘el viento’ es una corriente térmica del Bolsón de Mapimí. Usted sufre de una disociación severa. Es fascinante, en realidad. Un caso de libro sobre cómo la represión religiosa fractura la psique femenina. / What you call ‘the wind’ is a thermal current from the Bolsón de Mapimí. You suffer from severe dissociation. It’s fascinating, really. A textbook case of how religious repression fractures the female psyche.
ALUCARDA moves toward him with a predator’s grace.
ALUCARDA Usted cruzó el mar para medirnos, ¿verdad? Cree que si le pone un nombre en latín a mi sed, la sed desaparecerá. Pero dígame, Doctor… ¿qué nombre le puso al miedo que siente ahora? / You crossed the sea to measure us, didn’t you? You think that if you give my thirst a Latin name, it will disappear. But tell me, Doctor… what name did you give to the fear you feel now?
DR. OSZEK (Chuckling nervously) Yo no siento miedo. Siento curiosidad profesional. / I don’t feel fear. I feel professional curiosity.
ALUCARDA leans close, looking into his eyes. The electric light flickers and buzzes.
ALUCARDA Mientes. Tus ojos huelen a Viena… huelen a bibliotecas antiguas y a una hija que jamás podrías entender. Crees que estoy enferma porque quiero sangre. Pero acabo de despertar. Y tú… estás rodeado de fantasmas que no entiendes. / You’re lying. Your eyes smell of Vienna… they smell of old libraries and a daughter you could never understand. You think I’m sick because I crave blood. But I’ve just woken up. And you… you’re surrounded by ghosts you don’t understand.
ALUCARDA vanishes into the flickering shadows. The room is empty, save for OSZEK, who remains deathly still.
A knock at the door.
DR. OSZEK (Calling) ¿Quién es? / Who is it?
TERESA (Muffled) Soy yo, hermana Teresa. Algo terrible ha pasado en el Convento, tiene que venir. / It’s me, Sister Teresa. Something terrible has happened at the convent; you must come.
OSZEK opens the door.
DR. OSZEK Pero si son las cinco de la mañana. / But it’s five in the morning.
TERESA La reverenda madre me envió a buscarte; dice que tienes que venir enseguida. / The Reverend Mother sent me to find you; she says you have to come right away.
DR. OSZEK Ya estoy acostumbrado a las terribles cosas que pasan en el Convento. ¿Qué sucede ahora? / I’m used to the terrible things that happen at the convent. What’s happening now?
TERESA ¡Es Justine! ¡No está muerta! / It’s Justine! She’s not dead!
They exit together.
FADE.
Scene 8: The Transgression of the Flesh
The Convent Chapel. The altar is in disarray. The air smells of ozone and burnt flesh. DR. OSZEK enters hurriedly, followed by MOTHER SUPERIOR, who stands in the doorway, watching in silence.
DR. OSZEK (Looking at an empty spot) ¿Quién ha hecho esto? ¡El cuerpo de Justine ha desaparecido! ¡Las telas están trituradas! / Who did this? Justine’s body has disappeared! The fabrics are shredded!
FATHER LÁZARO
[Entering.] Parecía como si hubiera sido secuestrada por los demonios del infierno. / It looked as if she had been kidnapped by demons from hell.
DR. OSZEK ¡Superstición! Tendré que avisar a las autoridades. Alguien robó el cuerpo; no hay otra lógica. / Superstition! I’ll have to notify the authorities. Someone stole the body; there’s no other explanation.
A NUN bursts in screaming. Everyone rushes to GERMANA’S cell. On the floor, a pile of ashes and charred human remains, still smoldering.
DR. OSZEK (Bending over, horrified) Ha sido quemada hasta morir… por dentro. Una combustión imposible. / She has been burned to death… from the inside out. An impossible combustion.
MOTHER SUPERIOR watches, unmoved, silent.
LÁZARO, with inhuman coldness, lifts the charred corpse and carries it to the chapel. Suddenly, an inhuman scream tears through the silence. The ‘dead’ corpse stirs, writhes, emits shrieks.
LÁZARO raises a machete and begins to strike the neck with rhythmic violence. Blood splatters the paintings of saints. Finally, he severs the head.
DR. OSZEK (Panting, backing away) ¿Qué significa esto? ¡Estaba muerta y seguía moviéndose! / What does this mean? She was dead and yet she was still moving!
LÁZARO El Diablo la movía. ¿Cómo explica esto su ‘ciencia’, Doctor? Ha sucedido ante sus ojos. ¿Aún duda? / The Devil was moving her. How do you explain this with your ‘science’, Doctor? It happened right before your eyes. Do you still doubt?
DR. OSZEK En París me enseñaron que la religión era farsa y cadena… que la mente enferma crea sus propios demonios. Soy un hombre razonable, pero me enfrento a lo sobrenatural y tengo miedo. Esta mujer estaba muerta… pero algo habitaba en ella preparado para atacar. Es el Diablo… es el Diablo. / In Paris, I was taught that religion was a farce and a chain… that a sick mind creates its own demons. I am a reasonable man, but when I face the supernatural, I am afraid. This woman was dead… but something dwelled within her, ready to strike. It is the Devil… it is the Devil.
LÁZARO Él la llevó del altar al infierno. Germana fue contaminada. / He led her from the altar to hell. Germana was corrupted.
A VOICE Fue Justine. Ella es el foco. / It was Justine. She’s the focus.
ANGÉLICA (From the shadows) ¿Justine? No… ella es la víctima. / Justine? No… she’s the victim.
LÁZARO Tenemos que encontrarla antes de que haya más cuerpos, más poseídos. Ella es el mensajero de la sed. / We have to find her before there are more bodies, more possessed people. She is the messenger of thirst.
DR. OSZEK Debemos encontrarla… o lo que quede de ella. / We must find her… or what’s left of her.
ANGÉLICA (Taking a step forward) Yo sé dónde buscar. Conozco los sitios donde solían esconderse del mundo. / I know where to look. I know the places where they used to hide from the world.
DR. OSZEK Entonces, guíenos, Angélica. / So, guide us, Angelica.
ANGÉLICA (Taking the Doctor’s hand) Prométame que no le hará daño. Prométamelo, Doctor… por lo que queda de su alma. / Promise me you won’t hurt her. Promise me, Doctor… on what’s left of your soul.
DR. OSZEK (Broken) Vamos. / Come on.
They all leave, save LÁZARO, who remains on stage with GERMANA’S remains.
FADE.
Scene 9: The Altar of the First Mother
The ruins of the colonial palace. Moonlight cuts through the cracked ceiling in jagged shafts. The air is stagnant.
DR. OSZEK, MOTHER SUPERIOR, and several NUNS enter cautiously, led by ANGÉLICA. They reach the chamber where LUCY’S COFFIN sits.
ANGÉLICA (In a breathless whisper) Doctor… Justine no puede estar lejos. Puedo sentir su frío aquí mismo. / Doctor… Justine can’t be far away. I can feel her coldness right here.
DR. OSZEK (Pointing to a small door) Parece que hay otra salida. Vamos, hermanas. / It seems there’s another way out. Come on, sisters.
Everyone exits except ANGÉLICA. She stands alone among the broken statues. She looks at the Coffin.
ANGÉLICA (Approaching the lid) ¿Justine? ¿Hija? / Justine? Daughter?
She heaves the lid open. A sickening, wet sound—the splash of liquid. The coffin is overflowing with dark, thick blood. SUBMERGED in it is the reanimated JUSTINE. Her skin is translucent gray, her fingers have become eagle-like talons, her face a skeletal mask of hunger.
JUSTINE rises from the blood. She lets out a piercing, unearthly scream. She lunges, slashing ANGÉLICA’S face.
JUSTINE freezes, recognizing ANGÉLICA. The eagle-claws soften. For a heartbeat, she looks human again—lost and small. ANGÉLICA, sobbing, pulls her into a maternal embrace.
ANGÉLICA Justine… oh Dios, mi pequeña Justine… / Justine… oh God, my little Justine…
The door bursts open. DR. OSZEK and MOTHER SUPERIOR rush in. Seeing the ‘monster’ embracing ANGÉLICA, he cries out.
JUSTINE’S face twists back into the Cihuateteo snarl. In a blind rage, she bites deep into ANGÉLICA’S neck. OSZEK and MOTHER SUPERIOR pin JUSTINE back into the coffin.
DR. OSZEK ¡Sosténgala! ¡Ahora! / Hold it! Now!
They drive a wooden stake through JUSTINE’S chest. JUSTINE shrieks one last time, her body reverting to its original, fragile form as the life leaves her for the second and final time.
Everyone gathers around the dying ANGÉLICA.
ANGÉLICA (A faint whisper) Doctor… Alucarda… el… el Convento… / Doctor… Alucarda… the… the Convent…
She dies in OSZEK’S arms.
MOTHER SUPERIOR turns—slowly, deliberately—and exits. She does not look back.
THE NUNS carry ANGÉLICA’S body off-stage. OSZEK remains for a moment, looking at his blood-stained hands, before picking up JUSTINE’S lifeless body and following them into the darkness.
The stage is empty. The coffin drips.
FADE.
Scene 10: The Burning Sanctuary (The Finale)
The Grand Chapel of the Convent. Massive crucifixes hang from the rafters. The air is thick with smoke. Outside, the sky is a bruised purple.
FATHER LÁZARO stands at the altar, leading THE NUNS in a desperate, percussive chant. They are terrified.
ALUCARDA enters through the massive main doors. She is transformed into something ancient—a feathered serpent-like goddess. Every step she takes causes the floorboards to smolder.
ALUCARDA ¿Dónde está mi mitad, Lázaro? ¿Dónde está la sangre que ustedes intentaron drenar? / Where is my other half, Lazarus? Where is the blood you tried to drain?
LÁZARO (Screaming, holding up a monstrance) ¡Atrás, Hija de las Tinieblas! ¡El fuego te espera! / Back off, Daughter of Darkness! The fire awaits you!
ALUCARDA (Laughing) El fuego no es mi castigo, Padre. El fuego es mi corona. Ustedes construyeron estas paredes para esconderse de la tierra… ¡pero la tierra ha venido a cobrar su deuda! / Fire is not my punishment, Father. Fire is my crown. You built these walls to hide from the earth… but the earth has come to collect its due!
ALUCARDA pulls down the heavy oil lamps from the ceiling. Fire races across the carpets and THE NUNS’ robes. THE NUNS scream and dance as the flames grow.
ALUCARDA (Final Aria) ¡Mírenme! Soy la hija de la encrucijada. Soy el mapa que se borra. El Convento es ceniza, la Iglesia es polvo. ¡En el Silencio todos somos libres! / Look at me! I am the daughter of the crossroads. I am the map that fades away. The Convent is ash, the Church is dust. In Silence, we are all free!
As the Chapel burns, the doors burst open. DR. OSZEK enters, carrying JUSTINE’S body. The stake is still visible in her chest.
DR. OSZEK (Broken) Aquí está… Alucarda. Aquí está tu ‘libertad’. La medicina no pudo salvarla… y mi mano tuvo que terminarla. Todo es ceniza… mi ciencia, mi razón… todo es ceniza. / Here she is… Alucarda. Here is your ‘freedom’. Medicine could not save her… and my hand had to end it. All is ash… my science, my reason… all is ash.
ALUCARDA stops the fire for a moment. She walks toward OSZEK. He falls to his knees and lays JUSTINE’S body on the stones.
ALUCARDA kneels and pulls the stake from JUSTINE’S chest. She cradles her head.
ALUCARDA Pobre pajarillo de Viena… Quisiste medir el infinito con una regla de madera. Justine… mi sangre… ya no hay más sed. Solo queda el sueño. / Poor little bird of Vienna… You tried to measure infinity with a wooden ruler. Justine… my blood… there is no more thirst. Only sleep remains.
ALUCARDA looks at OSZEK, then at LÁZARO.
ALUCARDA [cont.] Ustedes ganaron, ¿verdad? Ella está muerta. El monstruo ha sido vencido. Pero miren a su alrededor… han quemado su propio cielo para matar a una niña. / You won, didn’t you? She’s dead. The monster has been defeated. But look around you… you burned your own sky to kill a little girl.
THE EXTINGUISHING OF THE NUNS
THE NUNS begin to fall. One by one, they crumple to the floor. As each Nun falls, she reaches up and reverses her own habit—the black outer layer pulled away to reveal ash-gray beneath. Each becomes a pile that looks, from the audience, like ash.
LÁZARO alone remains standing. He opens his mouth to speak—and nothing comes out. He crumples last, reversing his own cassock as he falls, becoming just another pile.
THE MOTHER SUPERIOR’S EXIT
In the midst of the chaos, crossing from one side of the stage to the other, walking through the fire without looking at it—the MOTHER SUPERIOR.
She does not run. She does not hurry. She walks at the same pace she has walked these halls for forty years. She passes LÁZARO’S falling body without a glance. She steps over a fallen Nun without breaking stride. She reaches the edge of the stage, pauses just long enough to adjust her wimple, and exits.
She does not look back.
THE VANISHING
ALUCARDA stands at the center of the chapel, JUSTINE in her arms. The fire surrounds them but does not touch them. The light begins to drain from the stage—a slow desaturation, as if color itself is being pulled away.
As the light fades, ALUCARDA and JUSTINE become silhouettes. The final image is their embrace outlined against the glow of the embers.
Then: nothing. The stage is empty. The piles remain. The embers glow.
Silence. Five seconds. Ten.
EPILOGUE
THE BRUJA enters from the back of the theater, walking through the audience. She carries a marigold.
She steps onto the stage. She moves carefully between the piles, never disturbing them. She stops at the center.
From her pocket, she produces the marigold. Holds it up. The light catches it—the only color in the gray.
She drops it into the ash.
She looks out at the audience. She smiles—not warmly, not coldly, but with the patience of something that has waited centuries and can wait centuries more.
She exits the way she came, through the audience.
The stage is empty. The marigold glows in the single pinspot.
A solo cello—offstage, distant—plays a single, haunting phrase. Once. Softly. Then fades.
Translated and arranged by ZJC (2026) after the film by Mario Bava (1965)
Riceviamo un segnale modulato… sembra una richiesta di soccorso.
(We are receiving a modulated signal… it looks like a distress call.)
ACT 1: THE DESCENT
CHARACTERS: COMMANDER MARK MARKARY: Stoic, driven by duty and ‘Volontà.’ SANYA: The ship’s navigator; sensitive to the planet’s psychic shifts. WES: A junior officer, prone to the physical effects of the environment. THE CREW: Various voices represented as a frantic chorus over the intercom.
SETTING: The interior of the spaceship ARGOS. The lighting is expressionistic—deep crimsons and acidic greens. The ‘stage’ should feel claustrophobic. Outside the viewports, the planet AURA is a swirling mass of toxic mist.
MARKARY (Into the comms, voice steady) Attenzione, qui parla il Comandante della Argos. Stiamo entrando nell’orbita del pianeta ignoto. (Attention. This is the Commander of the Argos. We are entering the orbit of the Unknown Planet.)
SANYA (Leaning over a glowing radar screen) Segnale di soccorso captato, Comandante. Proviene dalla Galliott. Ma è frammentario… sembra quasi un’eco dal passato. (Distress signal intercepted, Commander. It comes from the Galliott. But it is fragmentary… it feels almost like an echo from the past.)
MARKARY Tentate di stabilire un contatto diretto. Aumentare la schermatura antiradiazioni. (Attempt to establish direct contact. Increase the anti-radiation shielding.)
CREW VOICE (OFFSTAGE) (Over the speakers, rising in pitch) Pressione esterna in aumento… 4.0… 5.0… la struttura non regge! Comandante, la nave sta gridando! (External pressure increasing… 4.0… 5.0… the structure won’t hold! Commander, the ship is screaming!)
WES (Clutching his head, stumbling) Sento… un ronzio. Non è nei motori. È qui dentro. Come se qualcuno stesse graffiando il vetro della mia mente. (I hear… a humming. It’s not in the engines. It’s in here. As if someone were scratching at the glass of my mind.)
MARKARY (Grabbing Wes by the shoulder) Resisti, Wes! È la pressione atmosferica che gioca con i tuoi nervi. Restate ai vostri posti! (Resist, Wes! It is the atmospheric pressure playing with your nerves. Stay at your stations!)
SANYA (Gasps, staring at the viewport) Guardate… la nebbia si apre. Ma non è un pianeta, Markary. È un abisso che ci guarda. (Look… the fog is opening. But it is not a planet, Markary. It is an abyss that is looking back at us.)
CREW VOICE (OFFSTAGE) (Now screaming) Non voglio morire così! Lasciatemi uscire! Devo uscire! (I don’t want to die like this! Let me out! I must get out!)
MARKARY (To Sanya) Inizia la manovra di atterraggio forzato. Non possiamo abbandonare la Galliott nel vuoto. Se loro sono scesi, noi li seguiremo… fino all’inferno, se necessario. (Begin the forced landing maneuver. We cannot abandon the Galliott in the void. If they descended, we will follow them… to hell, if necessary.)
STAGE DIRECTION: The lights on the bridge begin to strobe violently. A deafening roar of rushing wind and groaning metal fills the theater. The crew collapses into a heap as the ship pitches forward into the darkness.
)(*)(
ACT 1, SCENE 2: THE FEVER OF AURA
SETTING: The bridge is in total disarray. Red emergency lights pulse slowly, like a heartbeat. The sound of the engines has been replaced by a heavy, rhythmic thrumming from the planet outside. The crew members are scattered on the floor, slowly rising.
MARKARY (Coughing, pulling himself up by the command chair) Rapporto… Sanya? Wes? Qualcuno mi risponda. (Report… Sanya? Wes? Someone answer me.)
WES (Rising slowly, his eyes wide and fixed on nothing) Perché c’è così tanto silenzio? Il silenzio fa male. È come se… mi stesse mangiando. (Why is there so much silence? The silence hurts. It is as if… it were eating me.)
SANYA (In a trance, staring at her hands) Il rosso… vedo solo il rosso. È il colore del sangue, Comandante. Il sangue che scorre sotto la crosta di questo mondo. (The red… I see only red. It is the color of blood, Commander. The blood that flows beneath the crust of this world.)
MARKARY Sanya, riprenditi! Dobbiamo controllare i motori. Se siamo atterrati, dobbiamo sapere se possiamo ripartire. (Sanya, snap out of it! We must check the engines. If we have landed, we must know if we can leave.)
WES (Suddenly turning toward Markary, his voice harsh) Ripartire? Tu vuoi andartene perché hai paura di me. Ti vedo, Markary. Vedo quello che pensi. Vuoi chiudermi fuori! (Leave? You want to go because you are afraid of me. I see you, Markary. I see what you are thinking. You want to lock me out!)
MARKARY Wes, calmati. È l’atmosfera. Respira profondamente. (Wes, calm down. It’s the atmosphere. Breathe deeply.)
WES (Lunging at Markary, hands clawing at his throat) Bugiardo! Sei un invasore! Questo posto mi dice la verità su di te! Muori! Muori prima che mi uccidi tu! (Liar! You are an invader! This place tells me the truth about you! Die! Die before you kill me!)
STAGE DIRECTION: A chaotic struggle breaks out. It is not a choreographed fight, but a desperate, animalistic brawl. Other crew members (OFFSTAGE) can be heard screaming and fighting in the corridors. The sound is a cacophony of metal hitting metal and human snarls.
SANYA (Screaming, not at the fight, but at the air) Basta! Lasciateci stare! Non siamo noi! Qualcosa ci sta usando! (Enough! Leave us alone! It isn’t us! Something is using us!)
MARKARY (Pinning Wes to the floor, breathing hard) Wes… guardami… sono Markary. Non lasciarti vincere… la tua volontà… usa la tua volontà! (Wes… look at me… it’s Markary. Don’t let it win… your will… use your will!)
STAGE DIRECTION: Suddenly, as if a switch has been flipped, the rhythmic thrumming outside stops. Wes goes limp. The screaming in the corridors ceases instantly. An oppressive, heavy silence returns.
WES (Blinking, his voice trembling) Comandante? Cosa… cosa ho fatto? Le mie mani… perché sono sporche? (Commander? What… what have I done? My hands… why are they dirty?)
MARKARY (Helping him up, looking shaken) Non eri tu, Wes. Era Aura. Il pianeta ha cercato di spezzarci non appena abbiamo toccato il suolo. (It wasn’t you, Wes. It was Aura. The planet tried to break us the moment we touched the ground.)
SANYA (Looking at the viewports, where the mist is thick and swirling) Non ha cercato di spezzarci, Markary. Ci ha provato. Ci ha testato. E ora sa… quanto siamo fragili. (It didn’t try to break us, Markary. It tested us. And now it knows… how fragile we are.)
WES
Guardate fuori… il fumo… la nebbia… non si vede nulla.
(Look outside… the smoke… the fog… you can’t see anything.)
MARKARY
Dobbiamo trovare la Galliott. Se hanno subito quello che abbiamo subito noi…
(We must find the Galliott. If they suffered what we suffered…)
)(*)(
ACT 1, SCENE 3: THE EXHUMATION OF SILENCE
CHARACTERS: MARKARY: Carrying a heavy flashlight and a sensor. SANYA: Her movements are hesitant, her eyes darting to the mist. WES: Armed with a laser-pistol, appearing jumpy.
SETTING: The surface of AURA. The stage is buried in thick, rolling fog (the famous Bava ‘nebbia’). Jagged, obsidian-colored rock formations loom out of the mist like broken teeth. The sky is a bruised purple. In the distance, the skeletal silhouette of the GALLIOTT is barely visible.
SANYA
Il silenzio… è assoluto. Non c’è vento, eppure la nebbia si muove.
(The silence… it is absolute. There is no wind, yet the fog moves.)
WES
Comandante! Là… tra le rocce. È la sagoma della Galliott!
(Commander! There… among the rocks. It’s the silhouette of the Galliott!)
MARKARY (His voice muffled by his helmet) Rimanete vicini. Se la nebbia si chiude, ci perderemo in un istante. I rilevatori sono quasi inutili qui… c’è troppo ferro nell’aria. (Stay close. If the fog closes in, we will be lost in an instant. The detectors are almost useless here… there is too much iron in the air.)
WES (Aimed his weapon at a shadow) Chi è là? Ho visto qualcosa muoversi tra quelle rocce! (Who’s there? I saw something move among those rocks!)
SANYA È solo la nebbia, Wes. Si muove come se avesse una sua volontà. Guarda come si avvolge intorno ai nostri passi… sembra che ci stia assaggiando. (It’s only the fog, Wes. It moves as if it had a will of its own. Look how it wraps itself around our footsteps… it seems as if it is tasting us.)
MARKARY (Pointing his light upward) Eccola. La Galliott. È atterrata quasi intatta, ma non vedo luci. Non vedo segni di vita. (There it is. The Galliott. It landed almost intact, but I see no lights. I see no signs of life.)
WES Perché non hanno risposto ai nostri segnali? Se sono vivi, perché restano al buio? (Why didn’t they answer our signals? If they are alive, why do they stay in the dark?)
MARKARY Forse non possono accendere le luci. Sembra… morta. (Perhaps they cannot turn on the lights. It seems… dead.)
SANYA (Stopping suddenly, touching a rock) Questa pietra… vibra. Ma non è un suono. È un pensiero. Un grido congelato nel tempo. Markary, non dovremmo entrare là dentro. (This stone… it vibrates. But it isn’t a sound. It’s a thought. A scream frozen in time. Markary, we shouldn’t go in there.)
MARKARY Dobbiamo farlo. Se c’è una risposta a quello che ci è successo sul ponte, è dentro quella nave. Sanya, Wes… pronti a tutto. (We must. If there is an answer to what happened to us on the bridge, it is inside that ship. Sanya, Wes… be ready for anything.)
STAGE DIRECTION: They reach the airlock of the Galliott. The door is slightly ajar, hanging off its hinges as if forced from the inside. A low, sickly green light emanates from within. As they step inside, the sound of the wind outside vanishes, replaced by a rhythmic dripping sound.
SANYA (Whispering) L’odore… è come di ozono bruciato. E qualcosa… di dolciastro.
(The smell… it’s like burnt ozone. And something decaying… sickly sweet.)
WES
Mio Dio… guardate là. Capitano Markary… è l’equipaggio!
(My God… look there. Captain Markary… it’s the crew!)
MARKARY (Shining his light on the floor) Sangue. Ma è secco. E guardate le pareti… ci sono segni di lotta ovunque. Non è stato un atterraggio, è stato un massacro. (Blood. But it’s dry. And look at the walls… there are signs of struggle everywhere. It wasn’t a landing; it was a massacre.)
)(*)(
ACT 1, SCENE 4: THE GALLERY OF THE DAMNED
CHARACTERS: MARKARY: Methodical, checking pulses with a gloved hand. SANYA: Trembling, her back against the cold metal hull. WES: Keeping watch at the portal, his shadow elongated and distorted.
SETTING: The interior of the GALLIOTT. The geometry of the ship seems skewed, shadowed by Bava’s signature ‘Deep Space’ lighting—violent purples and sickly yellows. The air is thick with a shimmering haze. Bodies are slumped over consoles, but they are not merely dead; they are positioned like macabre statues.
WES (A choked whisper) Dio mio… guardateli. Sono come pietrificati nel momento del loro ultimo terrore. (My God… look at them. They are like petrified in the moment of their final terror.)
SANYA (Shining her light on a body slumped over a radar) È Kier. Era il mio migliore amico. Ma guardate il suo viso… non sembra più lui. È una maschera di odio. (It’s Kier. He was my best friend. But look at his face… it doesn’t look like him anymore. It is a mask of hate.)
MARKARY (Examining a wound on a corpse) Nessun colpo di arma da fuoco. Si sono uccisi con le mani… con i denti. Si sono sbranati l’un l’altro come bestie in una gabbia troppo stretta. (No gunshot wounds. They killed each other with their hands… with their teeth. They tore each other apart like beasts in a cage that was too small.)
WES Perché? Perché loro si sono distrutti e noi no? Siamo uomini anche noi… abbiamo lo stesso sangue. (Why? Why did they destroy themselves and we didn’t? We are men too… we have the same blood.)
MARKARY (Standing up, looking into the darkness of the corridor) Forse la loro volontà era più debole. O forse… il pianeta voleva così. Ma guardate bene… c’è qualcosa che non torna. (Perhaps their will was weaker. Or perhaps… the planet wanted it this way. But look closely… something doesn’t add up.)
WES Cosa volete dire, Comandante? (What do you mean, Commander?)
MARKARY Le ferite… non sanguinano. È come se il corpo avesse smesso di essere biologico nel momento della morte. La carne è… cristallizzata. (The wounds… they aren’t bleeding. It is as if the body ceased to be biological at the moment of death. The flesh is… crystallized.)
SANYA (Pointing to a shadow in the corner) Markary! Là! Un’ombra si è mossa! (Markary! There! A shadow moved!)
WES (Firing his laser into the dark—a burst of red light) Vieni fuori! Mostrati! (Come out! Show yourself!)
MARKARY (Grabbing Wes’s arm) Fermi! Non c’è nessuno. È solo il riflesso della nostra paura. Ma dobbiamo andarcene. Questa nave non è più un rifugio… è un sarcofago. E sento che il coperchio si sta chiudendo. (Stop! There is no one. It is only the reflection of our fear. But we must leave. This ship is no longer a refuge… it is a sarcophagus. And I feel the lid is closing.)
STAGE DIRECTION: As they turn to leave, the heavy metal door of the bridge begins to groan and slide shut on its own. The rhythmic thrumming of the planet rises in volume, vibrating the very floorboards under their feet.
)(*)(
ACT 2, SCENE 1: THE CYCLOPEAN RELIC
CHARACTERS: MARKARY: Leading with a sense of grim fascination. SANYA: Hypnotized by the sheer scale of the ruins. WES: Nervous, checking the perimeter of the alien hull.
SETTING: A different part of the planet Aura. The fog is thinner here, but the air glows with a pulsing, rhythmic amber light. In the center of the stage stands the ‘Relic’—a structure that is clearly not of human design. It is organic, ribbed like a ribcage, and vast. The entrance is a jagged hole that looks like a mouth.
WES (Staring up at the structure, his voice echoing) Non è una costruzione umana. Guardate le dimensioni… è ciclopica.
(It’s not a human construction. Look at the dimensions… it is eldritch.)
SANYA (Touching the exterior, which pulses with light) Sento… sento il tempo che preme contro queste pareti. Centinaia, migliaia di anni di solitudine. (I feel… I feel time pressing against these walls. Hundreds, thousands of years of solitude.)
MARKARY (Pointing his light into the dark entrance) Dobbiamo entrare. Se vogliamo capire cosa è successo alla Galliott, dobbiamo capire chi è atterrato qui prima di noi.
(We must enter. If we want to understand what happened to the Galliott, we must understand who landed here before us.)
WES E se sono ancora dentro? Se ci stanno aspettando? (And if they are still inside? If they are waiting for us?)
MARKARY Se fossero vivi, ci avrebbero già ucciso. Su Aura, il silenzio è il segno del vincitore. (If they were alive, they would have killed us already. On Aura, silence is the sign of the victor.)
STAGE DIRECTION: They step through the jagged entrance. The interior is vast and vaulted. The lighting shifts to deep, bruised blues. In the center of the chamber, two massive, calcified skeletons—three times the size of a man—are slumped in what look like pilot chairs.
SANYA I giganti… on sembrano morte per un incidente. Guardate la posizione dei corpi. (The giants… they don’t seem to have died by accident. Look at the position of the bodies.)
MARKARY (Approaching the skeletons, his light scanning their remains) Guardate i crani. Non ci sono fori di proiettili, né segni di lame. Ma le loro ossa… sono state spezzate dall’interno. (Look at the skulls. No bullet holes, no blade marks. But their bones… they were broken from the inside.)
WES
(Gasps, falling to her knees)
Forse sono rimasti intrappolati, come noi. Hanno lottato contro la stessa forza.
(Perhaps they remained trapped, like us. They fought against the same force.)
MARKARY
No. Guardate il metallo. È corroso dall’interno, non dall’atmosfera. È come se la nave stessa fosse stata… digerita.
(No. Look at the metal. It is corroded from the inside, not by the atmosphere. It’s as if the ship itself had been… digested.)
SANYA
Comandante, sento una proiezione… un’eco mentale. È una registrazione del loro passato.
(Commander, I feel a projection… a mental echo. It is a recording of their past.)
MARKARY
Cosa dicono? Riesci a decifrare il senso?
(What are they saying? Can you decipher the meaning?)
SANYA
Dicono… ‘Non fuggite. Non c’è spazio dove fuggire. Il vuoto è dentro di noi’.
(They say… ‘Do not flee. There is no space where to flee. The void is within us’.)
MARKARY È una sostituzione. Noi siamo solo gli ultimi arrivati a questo banchetto di ombre. (It is a substitution. We are only the latest arrivals at this banquet of shadows.)
)(*)(
ACT 2, SCENE 2: THE REAWAKENING OF THE SHELLS
CHARACTERS: MARKARY: Holding a flare, his face pale behind his visor. SANYA: Paralyzed with a mix of scientific curiosity and pure dread. WES: Panic-stricken, his hands shaking on his pulse-rifle.
SETTING: The ‘Graveyard’ outside the GALLIOTT. The crew of the Argos has buried their comrades in shallow graves, covered in transparent plastic sheeting. The fog is thick, pulsing with a rhythmic, heartbeat-like thrumming.
MARKARY
Sanya, registra l’ora. Iniziamo l’inumazione dei resti dell’equipaggio della Galliott.
(Sanya, record the time. We are beginning the burial of the remains of the Galliott’s crew.)
SANYA
Comandante… sento di nuovo quella vibrazione. Come un battito… sotto i piedi.
(Commander… I feel that vibration again. Like a heartbeat… beneath our feet.)
WES
Guardate le tombe! La terra… si muove!
(Look at the graves! The earth… it’s moving!)
STAGE DIRECTION: Slowly, the bodies of the dead crew—Tieri, Kier, and others—rise from the ground. They are still wrapped in their translucent plastic shrouds, which cling to them like second skins.
MARKARY
Perché non parlano? Perché ci fissano così?
(Why don’t they speak? Why do they stare at us like that?)
SANYA (A whisper of disbelief) Non è possibile. I parametri vitali erano a zero. Erano freddi… erano cenere. (It’s not possible. The vital parameters were at zero. They were cold… they were ashes.)
MARKARY (Stepping forward, flare held high) Indietro! State lontani dalle lastre! Sanya, guarda… non si muovono come esseri viventi. Come se un unico nervo li stesse tirando su. (Back! Stay away from the slabs! Sanya, look… they don’t move like living beings. As if a single nerve were pulling them up.)
WES Kier… è Kier! Ma era morto… lo abbiamo visto! (Kier… it’s Kier! But he was dead… we saw him!)
IL RISORTO (THE RISEN KIER) (A voice that sounds like grinding stone, echoing in their headsets) Noi… siamo… voi. Abbiamo bisogno… di voi. (We… are… you. We need… you.)
SANYA Markary, il pianeta sta indossando i loro cadaveri come se fossero dei guanti! (Markary, the planet is wearing their corpses as if they were gloves!)
WES Vogliono la nave! Vogliono la Argos per andarsene da qui! (They want the ship! They want the Argos to get out of here!)
MARKARY Non avrete nulla! Fuoco! Distruggete i simulacri! (You shall have nothing! Fire! Destroy the simulacra!)
STAGE DIRECTION: Bright bursts of red laser fire illuminate the fog. The Risen do not flinch or fall; they simply absorb the light, their plastic shrouds shimmering. They begin to walk toward the living with a slow, rhythmic gait.
SANYA
I colpi… non li hanno fermati. Li hanno solo… illuminati.
(The shots… they didn’t stop them. They only… illuminated them.)
MARKARY
Dobbiamo decollare. Subito. Se restiamo qui, diventeremo come loro.
(We must take off. Now. If we stay here, we will become like them.)
)(*)(
ACT 2, SCENE 3: THE DISSOLUTION OF WES
CHARACTERS
WES: Isolated, spiraling into total sensory overload. SANYA: (Via Radio / Offstage) The voice of cold, terrifying data. MARKARY: (Via Radio / then Onstage) The commander trying to hold onto a dying reality.
SETTING: A ‘liminal’ space on the surface of Aura. The fog here is thick and yellowish, smelling of sulfur. The lighting is low and monochromatic. The sound of the wind has been replaced by a low, dissonant hum that seems to vibrate Wes’s very bones.
WES (Stumbling through the mist, his breathing heavy and ragged in his helmet) Markary? Sanya? La nebbia… è diventata solida. Non sento più i miei passi. Rispondete! (Markary? Sanya? The fog… it has become solid. I can no longer hear my own footsteps. Answer me!)
STAGE DIRECTION: Figures begin to emerge from the yellow haze. They are the corpses of the Galliott crew, but they move with a fluid, unnatural grace. They do not walk; they glide. Their eyes glow with a faint, internal light.
WES
C’è qualcuno? Kier? Sei tu? Rispondi… la tua tuta è lacerata, come fai a respirare?
(Is someone there? Kier? Is it you? Answer me… your suit is torn, how are you breathing?)
SANYA
(via Radio): Wes! Torna indietro! I rilevatori segnano un picco di energia biologica vicino a te!
(Wes! Come back! The detectors are showing a peak of biological energy near you!)
WES
Mi stanno fissando… non hanno occhi, hanno solo… ombra.
(They are staring at me… they have no eyes, they only have… shadow.)
STAGE DIRECTION: The figures of the dead touch him gently, almost lovingly, then melt back into the fog.
WES
Ah! Mi toccano… brucia! Brucia come ghiaccio!
(Ah! They are touching me… it burns! It burns like ice!)
MARKARY
(via Radio): Wes, resisti! Stiamo arrivando! Usa il laser!
(Wes, hold on! We are coming! Use the laser!)
WES
(Urlando): Non è la carne… stanno entrando nei miei pensieri! Mi stanno cancellando!
(It’s not the flesh… they are entering my thoughts! They are erasing me!)
STAGE DIRECTION: Wes collapses as Markary and Sanya burst onto the stage. Wes is lying face down, his suit strangely collapsed, as if there is no longer a body inside it.
SANYA
(Kneeling beside him, then recoiling in horror)
È… è completamente svuotato. Guardate la pelle.
(He is… he is completely emptied. Look at the skin.)
MARKARY
(Stopping her from touching the body)
Non toccatelo. Il processo è ancora in corso. La sua struttura molecolare sta cambiando. Aura lo sta riassemblando.
(Don’t touch him. The process is still ongoing. His molecular structure is changing. Aura is reassembling him.)
)(*)(
ACT 3, SCENE 1: THE PARANOIA OF THE CARRIERS
CHARACTERS: MARKARY: Armed, pacing like a caged animal. SANYA: Working feverishly at a computer terminal, her face pale.
SETTING: The interior of the ARGOS. The ship is under ‘Blackout’ conditions—dim, blue auxiliary lights cast long, nervous shadows. The sound of welding and sparks comes from the lower decks. The air is thick with the smell of scorched metal and ozone.
SANYA (Whispering, her voice cracking) L’hanno portata dentro. La sento. È nelle pareti… è nel sistema di ricircolo dell’aria. Il pianeta sta respirando insieme a noi. (They brought it inside. I feel it. It’s in the walls… it’s in the air circulation system. The planet is breathing along with us.)
MARKARY Basta, Sanya! Abbiamo sigillato i portelli. La nave è a tenuta stagna. Siamo ancora noi. (Enough, Sanya! We’ve sealed the hatches. The ship is airtight. We are still ourselves.)
SANYA Siamo sicuri, Markary? Kier ha detto che siamo ‘continuità’. Cosa succede se il contagio non ha bisogno di un morso? Cosa succede se basta la… vicinanza? (Are we sure, Markary? Kier said we are ‘continuity.’ What happens if the contagion doesn’t need a bite? What happens if… proximity is enough?)
MARKARY State suggerendo che uno di noi è già cambiato? Che siamo dei traditori del nostro stesso sangue?Perché non hai risposto quando ti ho chiamata, Sanya? Cosa stavi facendo nel buio? (Are you suggesting that one of us has already changed? That we are traitors to our own blood? Why didn’t you answer when I called you, Sanya? What were you doing in the dark?)
SANYA (Turning slowly, her expression eerily calm) Cercavo di sentire il silenzio, Markary. È l’unica cosa vera su questo mondo. Tutto il resto… è solo rumore. (I was trying to hear the silence, Markary. It is the only true thing on this world. Everything else… is just noise.)
MARKARY (Drawing his weapon, but looking conflicted) Sanya… Dimmi qualcosa che solo Sanya saprebbe. (Sanya… Tell me something that only Sanya would know.)
SANYA (A cold smile) Il dolore è umano, Markary. E io non sento più dolore. Sento solo… una grande espansione. Come se la mia mente stesse finalmente uscendo da questa piccola scatola di osso. (Pain is human, Markary. And I no longer feel pain. I feel only… a great expansion. As if my mind were finally stepping out of this little box of bone.)
MARKARY (Stepping back, aiming at the ship’s reactor core) Se non possiamo fidarci della nostra carne, allora non possiamo lasciare questo pianeta. Se Aura vuole la nostra nave, avrà solo un sole di fuoco. (If we cannot trust our own flesh, then we cannot leave this planet. If Aura wants our ship, it will have only a sun of fire.)
)(*)(
ACT 3, SCENE 2: THE ARRIVAL AT THE THIRD PLANET
CHARACTERS: MARKARY: Sitting in the command chair, his posture rigid, his eyes unnervingly still. SANYA: Standing beside him, looking out at the stars with a faint, distant smile.
SETTING: The bridge of the ARGOS. The ship is silent now, moving through the deep velvet of space. The violent reds and greens of Aura have been replaced by a soft, ethereal blue light emanating from a planet on the viewscreen. The ‘stage’ feels peaceful, but it is the peace of a tomb.
SANYA (Her voice melodic and hollow) Guarda… la nebbia è sparita. Il cielo è così limpido. È quasi… irreale. (Look… the fog is gone. The sky is so clear. It is almost… unreal.)
MARKARY In fondo… (Ultimately…)
SANYA
… abbiamo solo bisogno di un po’ di spazio per vivere.
(… we only need a little space to live.)
MARKARY (Touching the viewport glass) Credi che ci accetteranno? (Do you believe they will accept us?)
SANYA
(Without turning her head)
Abbiamo un aspetto così… diverso da loro.
(We look so… different from them.)
MARKARY Sì. È il mondo che cercavamo. Il terzo pianeta di questo sistema. (Yes. It is the world we were looking for. The third planet of this system.
SANYA È piccolo, ma basterà per tutti noi. (It is small, but it will be enough for all of us.)
MARKARY Non ci vedranno nemmeno. Abiteremo i loro sogni finché non diventeranno i nostri. (They won’t even see us. We will inhabit their dreams until they become ours.)
SANYA
(Leaning forward as the planet grows larger on the screen) Miliardi di menti che gridano nel buio. (Billions of minds screaming in the dark.)
STAGE DIRECTION: The blue light of the planet (Earth) floods the stage, washing out the faces of Markary and Sanya until they are nothing but silhouettes. The sound of a heartbeat—the same rhythmic thrumming from Aura—begins to play, growing louder and louder until it fills the theater. The screen fades to black.
Note:
This is actually the stage directions for a libretto I wrote. Since it is impossible to duplicate the formatting that I used, at least here, you can read entire project on Internet Archive for free. Cheers!